Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 5, 2021

No. 333-                    

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Agiliti, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7350   83-1608463

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, MN 55439

Telephone: (952) 893-3200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Thomas J. Leonard

Chief Executive Officer

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, MN 55439

Telephone: (952) 893-3200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Alexander M. Schwartz

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

(312) 862-2000

 

Alexander D. Lynch

Barbra J. Broudy

Janeane R. Ferrari

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

(212) 310-8000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     ☐    Accelerated Filer     ☐
Non-accelerated filer     ☒    Smaller Reporting Company     ☐
     Emerging Growth Company     ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion.

Preliminary Prospectus dated                 , 2021

            Shares

PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Agiliti, Inc.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “AGTI.”

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 20 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth above, funds controlled by our principal stockholder, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $        $    

Underwriting discount (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Agiliti, Inc.

   $        $    
  (1)

See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

 

BofA Securities    Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC    Morgan Stanley    BMO Capital Markets

 

Citigroup   Jefferies   UBS Investment Bank

 

KeyBanc Capital Markets

  

            Raymond James

  

MUFG

  

SMBC Nikko

 

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

 

Siebert Williams Shank

 

 

Prospectus dated                    , 2021


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     15  

RISK FACTORS

     20  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     42  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     44  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     45  

CAPITALIZATION

     46  

DILUTION

     48  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     50  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     52  

BUSINESS

     66  

MANAGEMENT

     84  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     91  

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     116  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     118  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     121  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     125  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     134  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     136  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     141  

LEGAL MATTERS

     147  

EXPERTS

     147  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     147  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

For investors outside of the United States, neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “Agiliti,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Agiliti, Inc. and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “THL” refers to Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., our principal stockholder, and the term “THL Stockholder” refers to THL Agiliti LLC, an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

Agiliti Health, Inc. is the predecessor of Agiliti, Inc. for financial reporting purposes. The financial data presented in this prospectus for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 (Predecessor) and for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (Successor) is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Agiliti, Inc. and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data for the year ended 2018 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Agiliti Health, Inc. and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the information presented in this prospectus is generally reliable, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus relating to the size of the U.S. medical equipment services market is contained in independent industry publications produced by Frost & Sullivan, Prescient & Strategic Intelligence, Zion Market Research and iData Research.

This prospectus includes references to our Net Promoter Score. A Net Promoter Score is a metric used for measuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. We calculate our Net Promoter Score by asking customers the following question: “How likely are you to recommend Agiliti to another organization?” Customers are then given a scale from 0 (labeled as “Not at all likely”) to 10 (labeled as “Extremely Likely”). Customers rating us 6 or below are considered “Detractors”, 7 or 8 are considered “Passives”, and 9 or 10 are considered “Promoters”. To calculate our Net Promoter Score, we subtract the total percentage of Detractors from the total percentage of Promoters. For example, if 50% of overall respondents were Promoters and 10% were Detractors, our Net Promoter Score would be 40. The Net Promoter Score gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question. This method is substantially consistent with how businesses across our industry and in other industries typically calculate their Net Promoter Score. Our most recent Net Promoter Score as of December 31, 2020 was 55. We use our Net Promoter Score results to anticipate and provide more attention to customers who may be in the Detractor category and, for those in the Promoter category, as a predictive indicator of a customer’s desire to remain a customer for the long-term.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks such as “Agiliti®” and the Agiliti logo, “Asset360®,” “BioMed360®,” “Universal Hospital Services, Inc.,” “UHS®” and the UHS logo, “OnCare,” “Harmony” and “Quartet” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of

 

ii


Table of Contents

other companies which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Agiliti,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Agiliti, Inc. and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “THL” refers to Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., our principal stockholder, and the term “THL Stockholder” refers to THL Agiliti LLC, an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

Our Mission

Agiliti is an essential service provider to the U.S. healthcare industry with solutions that help support a more efficient, safe and sustainable healthcare delivery system. We ensure healthcare providers have the critical medical equipment they need to care for patients—wherever and whenever it’s needed—with a service model that helps lower costs, reduce waste and maintain the highest quality standard of medical device management in the industry. We are motivated by a belief that every interaction has the power to change a life, which forms the cornerstone of how we approach our work and frames the lens through which we view our responsibility to make a difference for the customers, patients and communities we serve.

Overview

We believe we are one of the leading experts in the management, maintenance and mobilization of mission-critical, regulated, reusable medical devices. We offer a comprehensive suite of medical equipment management and service solutions that help providers reduce capital and operating expenses, optimize medical equipment utilization, reduce waste, enhance staff productivity and bolster patient safety.

We commenced operations in 1939, originally incorporated in Minnesota in 1954 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001. Since January 2019, we have been controlled by the THL Stockholder.

In our more than 80 years serving healthcare providers, we’ve built an at-scale, strong nationwide operating footprint allowing us to reach customers across the entire healthcare continuum—from individual facilities to the largest and most complex healthcare systems. Our ability to rapidly mobilize, track, repair and redeploy equipment during times of peak need or emergent events has made us a service provider of choice for city, state and federal governments to manage emergency equipment stockpiles.



 

1


Table of Contents

Agiliti at-a-glance: Powered by an at-scale, nationwide logistics and service infrastructure

 

LOGO

Our diverse customer base includes approximately 7,000 active national, regional and local acute care hospitals, health system integrated delivery networks and alternate site providers (such as surgery centers, specialty hospitals, home care providers, long-term acute care hospitals and skilled nursing facilities). We serve the federal government as well as a number of city and state governments providing management and maintenance of emergency equipment stockpiles, and we are an outsourced service provider to medical device manufacturers supporting critical device remediation and repair services. We deliver our solutions through our nationwide network of 98 service centers and seven Centers of Excellence, employing a team of more than 500 specialized biomed repair technicians, more than 2,800 field-based service operators who work onsite within customer facilities or in our local service centers, and approximately 200 field sales and account managers. Our fees are paid directly by our customers rather than by direct reimbursement from third-party payors, such as private insurers, Medicare or Medicaid.

Industry Challenges

Across the healthcare system, providers face compounding financial and operational challenges, including cost pressure from payors, nursing and clinical staff shortages, increasing regulatory oversight, and advances in medical technology that generally result in higher prices for newer equipment and a higher cost of managing that equipment over its lifecycle. In our experience, one area that most hospitals and health systems identify for operational and cost improvement is the management and maintenance of medical equipment.

Healthcare facilities have been shown to own large quantities of reusable capital equipment ranging from multi-million dollar highly technical devices (e.g. MRIs) to lower cost, high volume devices (e.g. infusion pumps) required for patient care, treatment and diagnosis. In our experience, providers often face challenges effectively managing their medical equipment inventory. Hospitals typically utilize roughly 42% of their owned medical equipment inventory at any given time, yet caregivers report that they routinely lack access to readily available patient-ready equipment. Nurses report spending an average of 20 minutes per shift searching for equipment, and no more than 37% of their time on direct patient care. Operational silos that naturally occur among hospital departments create inadvertent breakdowns within equipment management workflows, from the administrators who order equipment, to the support staff who clean/reprocess and deliver the equipment, to the nurses and doctors who use the equipment.



 

2


Table of Contents

The repair and maintenance of this highly technical equipment continues to increase in complexity and cost. Over 15 years there has been a 62% increase in the number of medical devices per hospital bed and a 90% increase in costs related to maintaining this equipment (between 1995 and 2010). Most healthcare facilities struggle to maintain in-house capabilities to ensure timely maintenance, repair and turnaround of their medical inventory which may impact time-to-therapy and patient safety, while driving up capital replacement costs on equipment that could have otherwise been kept operational with proper maintenance.

Finally, the healthcare system experiences seasonality in patient volumes, resulting in peak-need demand for specialized medical equipment (e.g. ventilators, specialty beds, infusion pumps). Given the common breakdowns in managing and maintaining their inventory during times of normal operation, hospitals face additional burden on equipment availability during times of peak need and will procure supplemental equipment through additional acquisition channels to fill this gap.

Critical gaps and costly challenges for providers at the intersection of care and technology

 

 

LOGO

These challenges drive up significant costs and time delays within individual hospital facilities, but when multiplied across several hospitals and alternate site facilities within an IDN, the losses increase significantly. An average 2,500 bed IDN has been shown to waste more than $11 million annually on inefficient equipment maintenance and unnecessary capital purchases, while clinicians lose valuable patient time and productivity hours managing equipment needs.

These dynamics, supported by the following trends, further support the essential nature of our work:

Focus on reducing costs and increasing operational efficiency. Hospitals and other healthcare facilities face substantial pressure to conserve capital, reduce costs and become more efficient. Our solutions offer customers a way to realize costs savings while enhancing operational improvements for medical equipment access and availability, improving organizational efficiency and financial viability.

Demand for better patient safety and outcomes. Hospitals turn to Agiliti to assist in effectively managing equipment to help minimize incidents of hospital-acquired conditions (e.g. infections, patient falls and pressure injuries), and to ensure equipment is available when and where it is needed for patient care, helping improve time to therapy and support optimal patient outcomes.



 

3


Table of Contents

Caregiver retention and satisfaction. As healthcare organizations experience ongoing pressures around nursing retention and clinician job satisfaction, we expect providers will increasingly turn to our programs to outsource clinical equipment management processes to allow nurses more time to spend on patient care.

Increased capital and operating expense pressures and regulatory compliance. Hospitals continue to experience restricted capital and operating budgets, while the cost and complexity of medical equipment and associated recordkeeping and regulatory scrutiny increases. We expect providers will increasingly look to us to support the management and maintenance of their equipment inventory to achieve capital and operating expense savings, operating efficiencies and regulatory compliance.

Our Value Proposition

As a critical outsource partner to more than 7,000 U.S. healthcare customers, including most leading providers nationwide, we’ve tailored our solution offering and service model to address the unique challenges and opportunities we witness among our customers related to the effective management of medical equipment.

By partnering with Agiliti, providers have the benefits of:

 

   

Cost savings and lower total costs of equipment ownership

 

   

Increased utilization of both customer-owned and supplemental equipment

 

   

Lower overall total cost of equipment ownership by combining our solutions to solve challenges across the end-to-end equipment management process

 

   

Optimized management and logistics of provider-owned equipment through tracking, monitoring, reprocessing, maintaining, and ensuring equipment is safety-tested and redeployed for use

 

   

Reduced maintenance and repair costs through the use of our proprietary technology, flexible staffing models, parts pool, equipment capabilities, diverse skill mix of knowledgeable equipment technicians and our commitment to quality

 

   

Benefits of specialized technician labor to augment clinical biomed staff, having been shown to help reduce service costs and provide required technical proficiency to address more complex equipment types

 

   

Access to our extensive data and expertise on the cost, performance, features and functions of all major items of medical equipment

 

   

Assistance with capital planning, vendor management and regulatory compliance

 

   

More time to spend with patients and confidence in the availability of patient-ready medical equipment

 

   

Increased productivity and satisfaction among nursing staff achieved by eliminating certain non-clinical work tasks and saving an average 300-bed hospital over 28,000 caregiver hours annually

 

   

Improved time-to-therapy for patients at risk for falls, skin breakdown and bariatric safety by expediting delivery of therapeutic equipment direct to the patient room

 

   

Access to supplemental moveable medical equipment, surgical equipment and next generation technology without the expense of acquisition on a pay-per-procedure basis

 

   

Improved regulatory compliance, risk management and extended use life

 

   

Optimal maintenance intervals and parts replacement to extend equipment use life, reduce waste and lower obsolescence risk



 

4


Table of Contents
   

Compliance with regulatory and recordkeeping requirements and adherence to manufacturers’ specifications on the reprocessing and maintenance of medical equipment

 

   

Equipment quality assurance through the use of our comprehensive QMS based on the quality standards recognized worldwide for medical devices

 

   

Risk mitigation and lower costs associated with product recalls or device modifications

 

   

Technical expertise and supplemental staffing to sustain optimal equipment workflow

 

   

Reduced administrative and time burdens on clinical staff related to managing and locating available equipment and coordinating among multiple vendors

 

   

Specialized technical and clinical specialists that directly interact with and work alongside customers to optimize equipment outsourcing solutions

Our Market Opportunities

We participate in a $14 billion U.S. medical equipment services market comprised of the services we offer through our onsite managed services, clinical engineering services and equipment solutions service lines. We believe that this market will grow at mid-single digits annually.

There is a fundamental shift in the needs of health systems, hospitals and alternate site providers to move from supplemental and peak need sourcing of medical equipment toward more comprehensive onsite inventory management and maintenance solutions. As healthcare facilities look to balance the challenge of providing better care at lower costs, they are more open to third party partnerships that outsource critical but non-core support functions. The move toward full outsourcing is not unlike trends in similar services at hospitals including food service, laundry, professional staffing and technology.

We believe there are several key macro trends that will drive increased demand for our products and services:

Favorable demographic trends. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, individuals aged 65 and older in the United States comprise the fastest growing segment of the population and are expected to grow to approximately 81 million individuals by 2040. The aging population and increasing life expectancy are driving demand for healthcare services.

Increase in chronic disease and obesity. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”), six in ten Americans live with at least one chronic disease and 42% of the U.S. population is obese. These populations demand greater access to specialty equipment to support care and minimize the incidence of injury during a hospital stay.

Increased mergers & acquisitions. We have seen that hospitals and healthcare systems continue to expand their covered network and acquire alternate care delivery settings in order to care for patient populations in the most cost-effective way. In our experience, providers are increasingly seeking partners that provide comprehensive services. Working with one vendor that can operate at a nationwide and system-wide scale has shown to be attractive to cities, states, and integrated delivery networks (“IDNs”) who maintain equipment inventories across multiple locations.

Centralizing shared services across the IDN. Health systems with duplicate services across multiple facilities in close proximity have an increased risk of unnecessary variation, higher costs, and suboptimal outcomes. In our experience, because most health systems do not currently have the storage, technical or transportation resources for managing a shared equipment management function, they will seek third party support to optimize equipment utilization, redeploy equipment where needed and reduce overall equipment costs.



 

5


Table of Contents

Increase in infection control risks. Infection control remains an essential priority for hospitals and health systems and has further escalated as a top priority due to the COVID-19 pandemic. We expect increased demand for onsite equipment management programs to address proper reprocessing of devices in order to help lower infection risks and allow clinicians more time at the patient bedside and less time cleaning equipment.

Our Solutions

We provide comprehensive medical device management solutions based on a proven framework to help providers reduce the cost and complexity of acquiring, managing and maintaining critical medical equipment inventories. The integrated nature of our service offerings within this end-to-end framework ensures we maximize value to customers as we address more aspects of the equipment lifecycle continuum.

Proven framework for end-to-end management of FDA-regulated, reusable medical devices

 

 

LOGO

While customers may initially engage with us across one aspect of our service lines within this framework, we employ a variety of land-and-expand tactics to grow our relationships and customer share-of-wallet over time. These tactics include:

 

   

Gateway solutions offer an entry point to the economic buyer and include peak needs equipment, surgical lasers and equipment, specialty beds and surfaces and supplemental clinical engineering services;

 

   

Vertical solutions provide a deeper level of service with clinical offerings tailored to specific patient needs (e.g. bariatrics, wound management) and clinical engineering programs for broad equipment categories (general biomedical devices, diagnostic imaging equipment, surgical instruments);

 

   

Comprehensive, connected solutions through onsite managed services and outsourced clinical engineering services that connect previously fragmented customer workflow processes to drive operational efficiencies, realize improved clinician and equipment productivity, lower total cost of ownership, ensure regulatory compliance, reduce waste, improve time to therapy and allow customers to effectively lower costs; and

 

   

Comprehensive logistics, management and clinical engineering solutions that allow IDNs to manage equipment inventories across multiple locations, and supports city, state and federal government agencies in managing and maintaining equipment stockpiles.

We deploy our solution offering across three primary service lines:

Onsite Managed Services: Comprehensive programs that assume full responsibility for the management, reprocessing and logistics of medical equipment at individual facilities and IDNs. Our more than 1,700 onsite



 

6


Table of Contents

employees work 24/7 in customer facilities, augmenting clinical support by integrating proven equipment management processes, utilizing our proprietary management software and conducting daily rounds and unit-based training to ensure equipment is used and managed properly, overall helping to optimize day-to-day operations, adjust for fluctuations in patient census and acuity and support better care outcomes. We have over 225 onsite managed service customers. Revenue attributable to such customers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 represented 28% and 28% of our total revenue, respectively.

Clinical Engineering Services: Maintenance, repair and remediation solutions for all types of medical equipment, including general biomedical equipment and diagnostic imaging technology, through supplemental and fully outsourced offerings. Our supplemental offering helps customers manage their equipment repair and maintenance backlog, assist with remediation and regulatory reporting and temporarily fill open biotechnical positions. Our more than 500 technical repair staff flex in and out of customer facilities on an as-needed basis. We contract our Clinical Engineering Services with acute care and alternate site facilities across the U.S., as well as with the federal government and any medical device manufacturers that require a broad logistical footprint to support their large-scale service needs. We have over 6,000 clinical engineering service customers. Revenue attributable to such customers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 represented 33% and 31% of our total revenue, respectively.

Equipment Solutions: Supplemental, peak need and per-case rental of general biomedical, specialty, and surgical equipment, contracted directly with customers at approximately 7,000 U.S. acute care hospitals and alternate site facilities. We consistently achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by our Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) of 55 for the year ended December 31, 2020, by delivering patient-ready equipment within our contracted equipment delivery times and in response to our technical support and educational in-servicing for equipment within clinical departments, including the emergency room, operating room, intensive care, rehabilitation and general patient care areas. We are committed to providing the highest quality of equipment to our customers, supported by our comprehensive QMS which is based on the quality standards recognized worldwide for medical devices: 21 CFR 820 and ISO 13485:2016. We have over 5,000 equipment solution customers. Revenue attributable to such customers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 represented 38% and 41% of our total revenue, respectively.

Many of our customers have multiple contracts and have revenue reported in multiple service lines. Our contracts vary based upon service offering, including with respect to term (with most being multi-year contracts), pricing (daily, monthly and fixed fee arrangements) and termination (termination for convenience to termination for cause only). Many of our contracts contain customer commitment guarantees and annual price increases tied to the consumer price index. Standard contract terms include payment terms, limitation of liability, force majeure provisions and choice of law/venue.

Because we work closely with customers to provide a long-term, value-based solution vs. a product-based, transactional approach, they are motivated to expand their relationships with us over time. We have approximately 84% white space within our current customer base. As indicated by the Customer Case Study presented below, we have demonstrated an ability to grow revenue up to 5-6x with an existing customer. We believe that this case study demonstrates the potential of our “land and expand” strategy of efficiently increasing revenue from our existing customers as they move toward our full suite of highly complementary services. From the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2020, our top 50 customers that experienced the largest growth in revenue over the same period increased in revenue from an aggregate of approximately $21.3 million to approximately $117.3 million (with increases at each customer ranging from $1.0 million to $8.8 million and an average increase of $1.9 million, and with consistent growth across our three primary service lines), primarily driven by our efforts to expand our share of wallet within our existing customer base. During the same period, our average existing customer growth rate was approximately 4.3%.



 

7


Table of Contents

Further, the infrastructure and capabilities required to provide connected, responsive equipment lifecycle management is typically cost-prohibitive, even for large IDNs. Our nationwide network of clinical engineers, storage and repair facilities, vehicles and analytics tools gives us scale to provide cost-effective services for individual facilities, systems, regional IDNs, governments and device manufacturers.

Customer Case Study:

 

 

LOGO

Competitive Strengths

Strong value proposition. Comprehensive, end-to-end medical equipment management and service solutions, and ability to respond quickly to customer needs with reliable, high quality service expertise helps us to:

 

   

lower total cost of device ownership by reducing capital and operating costs related to owning and managing medical equipment;

 

   

enhance operational productivity and staff satisfaction by ensuring equipment is available when and where needed; and

 

   

maintain high standards of quality and regulatory compliance related to medical equipment use, maintenance and end-of-life disposal.

Large, nationwide infrastructure. Our extensive network of 98 service centers and seven Centers of Excellence with round-the-clock service capabilities enables us to compete effectively for large, national contracts as well as drive growth regionally and locally. Our more than 500 biomedical repair technicians, more than 2,800 field-based service operators, and approximately 200 field sales and account managers engage directly with our customers to drive improved cost, efficiency and clinical outcomes. Our specialized teams, large equipment fleet, and quality assurance programs have been built over 80 years and provide the scale to serve the most complex acute care hospitals that demand access to current and preferred technologies to meet the complex needs of their patients.



 

8


Table of Contents

Proprietary software and asset management tools. Our software technology and management tools enable us to meet unique customer demands and support sophisticated onsite managed services which drive cost efficiencies and equipment productivity for caregivers.

Commitment to quality. Though not required by the FDA, we’ve committed to doing the right thing for our customers and their patients by staffing a dedicated Quality team and implementing a Quality Management System (QMS) based on the standards recognized worldwide for medical devices: 21 CFR 820 and ISO 13485:2016. We believe our robust QMS policies set us apart in our industry from those who may use less stringent quality practices on the equipment they own or maintain.

Superior customer service. We believe we have a long-standing reputation among our customers for outstanding service and quality, and we strive to seamlessly integrate our employees and solutions into the operations of our customers. We believe that our aggressive focus on the overall customer experience has helped us achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by our NPS of 55 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

No direct third-party payor reimbursement risk. Our fees are paid directly by our customers, rather than by third-party payors. Accordingly, our exposure to uncollectible receivables or reimbursement changes is reduced, as evidenced by our bad debt expense of approximately 0.3%, 0.2% and 0.4% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Values driven culture centered on doing the right thing for our many stakeholders. Our team operates on a set of shared aspirations that underpin our culture, strategy and service model to help contribute to a safer and more sustainable healthcare system:

WE ARE BUILDING THE PREMIER CLINICAL EQUIPMENT SERVICES COMPANY. We ensure clinicians have the equipment they need, when they need it, with the confidence it is maintained to the highest industry standards.

WE ARE ESSENTIAL TO CUSTOMERS. We deliver a unique and valuable offering that helps customers improve their business and prioritize patient care.

WE ARE EMPOWERED AND ENGAGED. We lead by example, inspiring one another to be at our best, to be accountable, and to develop with purpose. We value our diversity, knowing different perspectives lead to better outcomes.

WE ARE OPERATIONALLY EXCELLENT. We demonstrate a tireless commitment to quality, reliability, and continuous improvement.

WE ARE CREATING A CATEGORY OF ONE. Together, we are building a highly differentiated, leading service company that is the vendor of choice for customers and an employer of choice nationwide.

Highly engaged team. We believe a strong and sustainable company begins with an engaged and empowered team. We are committed to investing in our team’s development and to fostering a culture of diversity, inclusion, trust and transparency. In 2020, we achieved a 77 employee engagement score rating, which places us nearing the extraordinary company benchmark according to third-party engagement indices.

Proven management team. Our diverse and industry leading management team brings decades of executive-level healthcare expertise from across the sector and has successfully supervised the development of our competitive strategy and furthered our reputation as an industry leader in our category.

Key Elements of our Growth Strategy

Retain and expand existing customer relationships. While our overall market opportunity is large, there is also significant expansion opportunity within our existing customers. We believe there is approximately



 

9


Table of Contents

$1.7 billion of white space among our current contracted customer base. Capturing more of our customer share-of-wallet is core to our growth strategy.

Grow our customer base among customers that outsource. We believe there is a significant opportunity to further grow our business by winning new customer contracts within the $5.85 billion that is contracted annually for medical equipment management services in the U.S. This is less than half of the total addressable market, and with increasing pressures on providers, we expect outsourcing to significantly accelerate.

Grow our serviceable market by contracting with those that insource today. Currently, we estimate that $14 billion is spent annually in the U.S. for medical equipment services and functionality, but less than half of the total market is currently outsourced to an equipment management service, while the rest is done in-house in facilities. We believe that as we reach additional potential customers with demonstrated value both in improved patient care and reduced costs, we can grow our total addressable market by contracting with new clients that were not previously outsourcing device management services.

Invest in complementary offerings that enhance customer relationships. As the medical device field becomes increasingly complex, we are constantly evaluating additional services and methods of approaching service delivery that may increase value for our clients. As an example, we recently expanded our work with federal, state, and local governments to help maintain and mobilize strategic stockpiles of ventilators and other critical medical equipment.

Opportunistically pursue accretive M&A. We believe that pursuing opportunistic M&A will drive increasing returns through embedded customer relationships. From 2015-2020, we successfully integrated seven acquisitions and will continue to opportunistically pursue additional inorganic growth.

COVID-19 Update

As COVID-19 drove demand for emergent acute care around the country and illuminated the importance of resilient supply chains and service networks, the importance of our services were also magnified. We are proud to have rapidly developed and deployed a response plan to ensure the safety of our team, while continuing to meet our customers’ evolving needs for patient-ready medical equipment when and where it was needed; notably, doing so without service interruptions.

We believe our value proposition now resonates with an even broader audience of customers as providers, IDNs and governments prepare for potential future surges in demand for acute care and the required equipment necessary to care for patients.

Specifically, during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have:

 

   

fully and rapidly deployed our fleet of medical devices and accessories across the U.S. to ensure they are reaching the maximum number of patients;

 

   

leveraged our logistics, inventory management, and maintenance/repair infrastructure to work with medical device brokers and manufacturers to make thousands of additional critical medical devices available to healthcare facilities;

 

   

deployed our local biomedical repair teams to augment teams at hospitals around the country to ensure their owned medical equipment remains fully operational and available for patient needs;

 

   

redeployed teams from our 98 local service centers to support surge medical capacity in parks, gymnasiums, and hotel rooms across the country;



 

10


Table of Contents
   

been awarded a new contract to manage the maintenance and field repair of the national strategic ventilator stockpile; we are likewise working with various state and municipal governments to manage and mobilize their centralized and local medical device stockpiles; and

 

   

prioritized the care and safety of our employees who are essential to helping our customers meet patient care needs. We committed to avoid COVID-19 related layoffs or furloughs and bridge the income of our team members with variable net pay for the duration of the pandemic. We provided 100% coverage for COVID-19 testing and telemedicine, extended short-term medical leave and disability coverage related to COVID-19, and granted additional time-off benefits for COVID-19 related needs, so that our teams were able to safely focus on our customers and their patients as we served alongside them in front-line response efforts.

Recent Development

Northfield Acquisition

On October 28, 2020, Agiliti Health, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with Northfield Medical Holdings LLC (the “Seller”) and Northfield Medical, Inc. (“Northfield”) to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of Northfield. Northfield provides service and repair of medical equipment, specializing in the repair of endoscopes, surgical instruments and other operating room equipment. Pursuant to the SPA, the Company intends to purchase 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Northfield from the Seller for $475.0 million, subject to adjustments. The completion of the acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of customary closing conditions including the satisfaction of certain representations and warranties and the expiration or termination of any waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended. A portion of the financing for the acquisition will be in the form of a $200 million first lien incremental term loan facility under the existing First Lien Term Loan Facility. Pending regulatory approval, the earliest the acquisition is expected to close is March 2021 and, if completed, would be “significant” under Regulation S-X and would require the filing of audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year of Northfield and, if required, unaudited interim financial statements of Northfield for any stub period.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, Northfield generated approximately $         million of revenue and $         million of operating earnings.

Summary of Risks Associated with Our Business, Our Indebtedness, this Offering and Our Common Stock

There are a number of risks related to our business, our indebtedness, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:

 

   

Political and policy changes could materially limit our growth opportunities. Geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and government stimulus programs in the United States and other countries have contributed to increased volatility and uncertain expectations for the global economy. Additionally, healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, and there continue to be proposals by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to keep these costs down. We cannot predict which healthcare initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the federal or state level, or the effect that any future regulation or legislation would have on us. However, an expansion of the government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower industry reimbursements for our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and may thereby materially adversely affect our business and our ability to execute our growth strategy.



 

11


Table of Contents
   

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects. We source equipment from different parts of the world that have been affected by COVID-19, which could have an adverse impact on our supply chain operations and the ability of manufacturers to obtain materials needed to assemble the products that we offer. Government shutdown orders or a change to our business classification as an “essential business” may result in a closure of operations for an uncertain duration, impacting our business results. In addition, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government and certain state and local governments have purchased significant amounts of medical equipment of the type that we offer in our rental fleet. These purchases of medical equipment that previously would have been rented may reduce the demand for our rental equipment and may thereby materially adversely affect our ability to grow our customer base and retain and expand our existing customer relationships.

 

   

We may be unable to maintain existing contracts or contract terms or enter into new contracts with our customers. Our ability to retain and expand existing customer relationships depends on continuing contracts with customers, including through group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) and IDNs. If we are unable to maintain our contracts, or if the GPOs or IDNs seek additional discounts or more beneficial terms on behalf of their members, we may lose a portion or all of our existing business with, or revenues from, customers that are members of such GPOs and IDNs. In addition, certain of our customers account for large portions of our revenue, including the U.S. government, and to the extent that contracts with significant customers are terminated or are not renewed, our revenue and operating results would be significantly impacted.

 

   

A substantial portion of our revenues come from customers with which we do not have long-term commitments, and cancellations by or disputes with customers could decrease the amount of revenue we generate, thereby reducing our ability to operate and expand our business. Our customers are generally not obligated to outsource our equipment under long-term commitments. The short-term services we provide could be terminated by the customer without notice or payment of any termination fee. A large number of such terminations may adversely affect our ability to generate revenue growth and sufficient cash flows to support our growth strategies.

 

   

If we fail to maintain our reputation, including by adequately protecting our intellectual property, our sales and operating results may decline. We believe that our ability to execute our growth strategies depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of our brand. Challenges or reactions to action or inaction by us on certain issues could harm our reputation, as could any failure to maintain the high-quality customer support that underpins our reputation for having outstanding service and quality. Our ability to protect our brand also depends on our ability to protect our confidential information, including with respect to our proprietary software and asset management tools, and if we fail to do so we may be subject to payment of monetary damages, the loss of valuable intellectual property rights or the loss of personnel. If we are unable to maintain our reputation, our ability to grow our serviceable market, grow our customer base and opportunistically pursue acquisitions will be materially adversely impacted.

 

   

If our customers’ patient census or services decrease, the revenue generated by our business could decrease. Our operating results are dependent in part on the amount and types of equipment necessary to service our customers’ needs, which are heavily influenced by patient census and the services those patients receive. At times of lower patient census, such as during severe economic downturns, our customers have a decreased need for our services on a supplemental or peak needs basis, causing our revenue to decrease.

 

   

Our competitors may engage in significant competitive practices, which could cause us to lose market share, reduce prices or increase expenditures. For example, competitors may sell significant amounts of surplus equipment or sell capital equipment at a lower gross margin to obtain the future



 

12


Table of Contents
 

repeat sales of disposables for a higher gross margin, thereby decreasing the demand for our equipment solutions. Any actions we may be required to take as a result of increased competitive pressure, including decreasing our prices, renegotiating contracts with customers on more favorable terms or increasing our sales and marketing expenses, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, curtail our ability to invest in complementary offerings that enhance our customer relationships and limit our opportunities to pursue accretive M&A.

 

   

Consolidation in the healthcare industry may lead to a reduction in the prices we charge, thereby decreasing our revenue. Numerous initiatives and reforms initiated to combat rising healthcare costs, in addition to other economic factors, have contributed to a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry. Consolidation has resulted in increased competition to provide products and services to industry participants, and this competition is likely to grow increasingly intense. Competitive bidding also emphasizes the importance of relationships with both payors and others in the industry that impact reimbursement of our clients and customers. Further consolidation may reduce competition among our existing and prospective customers and exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products, potentially decreasing our revenue, which would limit our ability to pursue our growth strategies.

 

   

We have substantial indebtedness. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $922.2 million and $240.0 million in borrowings outstanding under our First Lien Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) and Second Lien Term Loan Facility (as defined herein), respectively, and $6.3 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds from the borrowings under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility were used to pay a dividend in an amount equal to approximately $240.0 million (including transaction costs) to our equityholders as a means of providing our equityholders with a return on their investment. Our substantial amount of indebtedness may require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes, and increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic, industry and competitive conditions.

 

   

If we are unable to fund our significant cash needs, including capital expenditures, we may be unable to expand our business as planned or to service our debt. We currently estimate that over the next 12 months, we will make net investments of approximately $60 million to $70 million in new and pre-owned medical equipment, leasehold improvements and other capital expenditures. In addition, a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to servicing our debt. To the extent that we cannot fund our cash needs from our operating cash flow, we will be unable to pursue our growth strategies.

 

   

THL controls us, and its interests may conflict with yours or ours in the future. Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth herein, the THL Stockholder will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). For as long as the THL Stockholder continues to own a significant portion of our stock, THL will be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors, including the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, THL will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock, and their interest in such matters may conflict with yours or ours.

 

   

We are not providing audited historical financial information for Northfield or pro forma financial statements reflecting the impact of the Northfield acquisition on our historical operating results. If the Northfield acquisition closes, we would not file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the required financial information until after the closing of this offering and, we are not



 

13


Table of Contents
 

currently in a position to include this information in this prospectus. As a result, investors in this offering will be required to determine whether to participate in this offering without the benefit of this historical and pro forma financial information.

 

   

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock, which may impair our ability to raise capital to pursue our growth strategies, to continue to fund operations and to pursue acquisitions using our shares as consideration.

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Our Principal Stockholder

THL is a premier private equity firm that invests in middle market growth companies, headquartered primarily in North America, exclusively in three sectors: Financial Services, Healthcare and Technology & Business Solutions. The firm couples its deep sector expertise with dedicated internal operating resources to transform and build great companies of lasting value in partnership with company management. Since 1974, THL has raised more than $25 billion of equity capital, invested in over 150 companies and completed more than 400 add-on acquisitions representing an aggregate enterprise value at acquisition of over $200 billion.

General Corporate Information

We commenced operations in 1939, originally incorporated in Minnesota in 1954 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001. Since the Business Combination (as defined below), we have been controlled by THL Stockholder, an affiliate of THL.

Agiliti, Inc. was formed on August 1, 2018 in order to consummate a merger with Federal Street Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company affiliated with THL (“FSAC”) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 19, 2018 (the “A&R Merger Agreement”), by and among Agiliti, FSAC, Umpire SPAC Merger Sub, Inc., Umpire Cash Merger Sub, Inc., Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (“Agiliti Holdco”), solely in their capacities as Majority Stockholders, IPC/UHS, L.P. and IPC/UHS Co-Investment Partners, L.P., solely in its capacity as the Stockholders’ Representative (as defined in the A&R Merger Agreement), IPC/UHS and, solely for the purposes stated therein, Umpire Equity Merger Sub, Inc. Pursuant to the A&R Merger Agreement, (i) FSAC became a wholly owned subsidiary of Agiliti and the holders of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of FSAC (the “FSAC Class A Common Stock”) received shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Agiliti (our “common stock”); and (ii) Agiliti Holdco became a wholly owned subsidiary of FSAC and the equityholders of Agiliti Holdco received cash and/or shares of our common stock and/or fully-vested options to purchase shares of our common stock as merger consideration (the transactions contemplated by the A&R Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Business Combination”).

Our principal executive offices are located at 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2604. Our telephone number is (952) 893-3200. Our website address is www.agilitihealth.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries.



 

14


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

             shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

             shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this
offering

             shares (or              shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We expect to use approximately $         million of net proceeds of this offering (or $         million of the net proceeds of this offering if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repay outstanding borrowings and related fees and expenses, under our Credit Facilities (as defined herein). See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Conflicts of interest

Certain affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC currently hold 100% of our Second Lien Term Loan Facility and, as such, will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of outstanding borrowings and related fees and expenses, under our Credit Facilities. Therefore, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“Rule 5121”). Accordingly, this offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” as described in Rule 5121 participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus. BofA Securities, Inc., one of the managing underwriters of this offering, has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), specifically including those inherent in Section 11 thereof. BofA Securities, Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify BofA Securities, Inc. against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified



 

15


Table of Contents
 

independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. For more information, see “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

Controlled company

After this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in this section, the THL Stockholder will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % of our common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to             shares of our common stock, or     % of the shares of our common stock to be offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals through a directed share program, including certain employees and certain other individuals identified by management. Shares purchased through the directed share program will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any of our officers and certain of our employees and existing equityholders. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals or entities purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed trading symbol

“AGTI.”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on              shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2021, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of                     , 2021, with a weighted average exercise price of $             per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock issuable upon vesting and settlement of restricted stock units, or performance restricted stock units, as of                     , 2021; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or issuance of shares of restricted stock units, or performance-based restricted stock units after                     , 2021; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock.



 

16


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present the summary consolidated financial data for Agiliti and its subsidiaries and the summary consolidated financial data for Agiliti Health, Inc. Agiliti Health, Inc. is the predecessor of Agiliti for financial reporting purposes. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data and balance sheet data for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (Successor) from the audited consolidated financial statements of Agiliti and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data and balance sheet data for the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 (Predecessor) and for the year ended 2018 from the audited consolidated financial statements of Agiliti Health, Inc. and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

You should read the information set forth below together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Successor            Predecessor  

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
                 From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Year ended
December 31,

2018
 

Consolidated Statements of Operation Data:

               

Revenue

   $ 773,312     $ 613,073            $ —       $ 565,246  

Cost of revenue

     486,965       423,812              —         367,837  
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     286,347       189,261              —         197,409  

Selling, general and administrative

     250,289       187,156              17,147       137,210  

Gain on settlement

    
—  
 
    —                —         (26,391

Intangible asset impairment charge

    
—  
 
    —                —         131,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     36,058       2,105              (17,147     (44,510

Interest expense

     61,530       48,199              —         53,390  
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

     (25,472     (46,094            (17,147     (97,900

Income tax benefit

     (3,234     (14,857            (13,281     (66,348

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     240       171              —         327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   $ (22,478   $ (31,408          $ (3,866   $ (31,879

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted

               

Net (loss) income per share - basic and diluted

   $                   $                           
 

Pro Forma Per Share Data (1):

               

Pro forma net (loss) income per share:

               

Basic

   $       $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

            

Diluted

   $       $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

            

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net (loss) income per share:

               

Basic

               

Diluted

               


 

17


Table of Contents
     Successor                   Predecessor  

(in thousands)

   December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
                  December 31,
2018
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 206,505        —               $ 7,340  

Working Capital (2)

   $ 82,102      $ 39,360             $ 15,756  

Total assets

   $ 1,903,356      $ 1,619,416             $ 744,958  

Total debt

   $ 1,161,099      $ 922,998             $ 690,999  

Equity (Deficit)

   $ 441,945      $ 456,969             $ (67,659

 

(1)

Unaudited pro forma per share information gives effect to our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $                million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”

(2)

Represents total current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less total current liabilities (excluding current portion of long-term debt, current portion of operating lease liability and current portion of obligation under tax receivable agreement).

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) was $234.2 million, $173.1 million and $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 was higher than the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 primarily due to the increase in revenue. Adjusted EBITDA for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was higher than the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to the increase in revenue.

EBITDA is defined as earnings attributable to Agiliti before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA excluding, non-cash share-based compensation expense, Management Fees (as defined below) and non-recurring gains, expenses or losses. In addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA internally as measures of operational performance, we disclose them externally to assist analysts, investors and lenders in their comparisons of operational performance, valuation and debt capacity across companies with differing capital, tax and legal structures. We believe the investment community frequently uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the evaluation of similarly situated companies. Adjusted EBITDA is also used by us as a factor to determine the total amount of incentive compensation to be awarded to executive officers and other employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, however, are not measures of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as alternatives to, or more meaningful than, net income as measures of operating performance or to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities or as measures of liquidity. Since EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures determined in accordance with GAAP and are thus susceptible to varying interpretations and calculations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not represent amounts of funds that are available for management’s discretionary use. EBITDA and Adjusted



 

18


Table of Contents

EBITDA presented below may not be the same as EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA calculations as defined in the Credit Facilities. A reconciliation of net loss attributable to Agiliti to Adjusted EBITDA is included below:

 

     Successor                  Predecessor  
(in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
Through
December 31,
2019
                 From
January 1
Through
January 3,
2019
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2018
 

Net loss attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   $ (22,478   $ (31,408          $ (3,866   $ (31,879

Interest expense

     61,530       48,199              —         53,390  

Income tax benefit

     (3,234     (14,857            (13,281     (66,348

Depreciation and amortization of intangibles and contract costs

     169,241       161,703              —         79,199  
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     205,059       163,637              (17,147     34,362  

Gain on Settlement (1)

     —         —                —         (26,391

Intangible asset impairment charge

     —         —                —         131,100  

Non-cash share-based compensation expense

     10,334       6,011              5,900       3,010  

Management and other expenses (2)

     671       6,713              —         2,850  

Transaction costs (3)

     3,837       4,720              11,247       7,772  

Tax receivable agreement remeasurement

     14,300       (7,970            —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 234,201     $ 173,111            $     $ 152,703  
  

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

               

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 137,927     $ 69,998            $ —       $ 86,323  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (151,732     (761,973            —         (51,034

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     220,310       (42,887            —         (27,949

 

(1)

Gain on settlement represents a litigation settlement with Hill-Rom.

(2)

Management and other expenses represents (a) management fees under the Advisory Services Agreement (the “Advisory Services Fees”), which will terminate in connection with this offering, (b) legacy management fees under a professional services agreement with affiliates of Irving Place Capital (the “Legacy Management Fees” and, together with the Advisory Services Fees, the “Management Fees”), which was terminated in connection with the Business Combination and (c) non-recurring expenses primarily comprising two legal settlements and a credit received under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”).

(3)

Transaction costs represents costs associated with potential mergers and acquisitions and are primarily related to the Business Combination completed on January 4, 2019. See Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Political and policy changes could materially limit our growth opportunities.

Our business may be impacted by political and policy changes. Geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and government stimulus programs in the United States and other countries have contributed to increased volatility and uncertain expectations for the global economy. Additionally, political changes in the United States and elsewhere in the world have created a level of uncertainty in the markets. If the markets experience any economic slowdown, recession or prolonged stagnation, there may be a profound impact on the financial condition of our suppliers and our customers, resulting in a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade. There have been and continue to be proposals by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to keep these costs down. Certain proposals, if passed, would impose limitations on the prices the Company will be able to charge for the Company’s products, or the amounts of reimbursement available for its products from governmental agencies or third-party payers. These limitations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. Changes in the healthcare industry in the U.S. and elsewhere could adversely affect the demand for our products as well as the way in which we conduct business. The 2010 Affordable Care Act provides that most individuals must have health insurance, establishes new regulations on health plans, and creates insurance pooling mechanisms and other expanded public health care measures. The Company anticipates that the healthcare reform legislation will further reduce Medicare spending on services provided by hospitals and other providers and further forms of sales or excise tax on the medical device sector. Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the federal and state level. We cannot predict what healthcare initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the federal or state level, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on the Company. However, an expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for the Company’s products, reduce medical procedure volumes and may thereby materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We are closely monitoring the outbreak and spread of COVID-19 (and any evolutions thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks, “COVID-19”). COVID-19 has spread to many countries and has been declared by the World Health Organization to be a pandemic, resulting in action from federal, state and local governments that has significantly affected virtually all facets of the U.S. and global economies. The U.S. government has implemented enhanced screenings, quarantine requirements and travel restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak.

Our business may be more adversely impacted by the effects of COVID-19 in the future. We source equipment from different parts of the world that have been affected by the virus, which could have an adverse impact on our supply chain operations and ability for manufacturers to obtain materials needed to assemble the products we offer. The current outbreak and continued spread of COVID-19 is likely to cause an economic slowdown and potentially could lead to a global recession. There is a significant degree of uncertainty and lack of visibility as to the extent and duration of any such slowdown or recession. Given the significant economic

 

20


Table of Contents

uncertainty and volatility created by the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to predict the nature and extent of impacts on demand for our products.

The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the outbreak and related travel advisories and restrictions, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Government shutdown orders or a change to our business classification as an “essential business” may result in a closure of operations for an uncertain duration impacting our business results. Preventing the effects from and responding to this market disruption or any other public health threat, related or otherwise, may further increase our costs of doing business and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While we have taken steps to minimize the potential for COVID-19 exposure in the workplace, the potential for a COVID-19 outbreak within our facilities occurring and significantly disrupting operations remains possible. Increased infection rates in geographic locations in which we operate have the potential to result in disruptions to our operations at a greater rate than we currently experience.

The spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices (including employee travel, employee work locations, cancellation of physical participation in meetings (including in-person sales activities), events and conferences and social distancing measures), and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners, vendors and suppliers. Work-from-home and other measures introduce additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, which could have an adverse effect on our operations. Similarly, work-from-home and other measures may lead to increased absenteeism or cause workplace disruption. There is no certainty that such measures will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the COVID-19 virus, and illness and workforce disruptions could lead to unavailability of key personnel and harm our ability to perform critical functions.

Additionally, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government and certain state and local governments have purchased significant amounts of medical equipment of the type we offer in our rental fleet. These purchases by federal, state and local governments of medical equipment that previously would have been rented may reduce the demand for our rental equipment.

The severity, magnitude and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain, rapidly changing and hard to predict and depends on events beyond our knowledge or control. These and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our reputation, sales, results of operations or financial condition. We might not be able to predict or respond to all impacts on a timely basis to prevent near- or long-term adverse impacts to our results. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, but it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be unable to maintain existing contracts or contract terms or enter into new contracts with our customers.

Our revenue maintenance and growth depend, in part, on continuing contracts with customers, including through GPOs and IDNs, with which certain of our customers are affiliated. In the past, we have been able to maintain and renew the majority of such contracts and expand the solutions we offer under such contracts. If we are unable to maintain our contracts, or if the GPOs or IDNs seek additional discounts or other more beneficial terms on behalf of their members, we may lose a portion or all of existing business with, or revenues from, customers that are members of such GPOs and IDNs. In addition, certain of our customers account for large portions of our revenue. From time to time, a single customer, depending on the current status and volumes of a number of separate contracts, may account for 10% or more of our total revenue. As a result, the actions of even a single customer can expose our business and operating results to greater volatility. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not have sales to a single customer that exceeded 10% of our total revenue.

 

21


Table of Contents

On July 21, 2020, we entered into a one-year agreement with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response (the “HHS Agreement”) for the comprehensive maintenance and management services of medical ventilator equipment in exchange for up to $193.0 million. As a result, we expect that the U.S. government will be our largest customer during the duration of the HHS Agreement, which is set to expire on July 21, 2021. Although we expect to have the opportunity to complete a request for proposal for continuing contracts with HHS following the expiration of the HHS Agreement, to the extent the HHS Agreement or other contracts with significant customers are not renewed or are terminated, our revenue and operating results would be significantly impacted.

A substantial portion of our revenues come from customers with which we do not have long-term commitments, and cancellations by or disputes with customers could decrease the amount of revenue we generate, thereby reducing our ability to operate and expand our business.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 49% of our total revenue was derived from customers that purchased equipment or services from us through a GPO that contracted with us on behalf of its members. The remaining 51% of revenue was derived from customers that contract with us directly. Our customers are generally not obligated to outsource our equipment under long-term commitments. The short-term services we provide could be terminated by the customer without notice or payment of any termination fee. A large number of such terminations may adversely affect our ability to generate revenue growth and sufficient cash flows to support our growth plans. In addition, those customers with long-term commitments may have contracts that do not permit us to raise our prices, yet our cost to serve may increase. Any of these risks could have a material adverse impact on our ability to operate and expand our business.

If we fail to maintain our reputation, including by adequately protecting our intellectual property, our sales and operating results may decline.

We believe our continued success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of our brand. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. Even isolated incidents can erode the trust and confidence of our customers and damage the strength of our brand, if such incidents result in adverse publicity or litigation. Challenges or reactions to action (or inaction) or perceived action (or inaction), by us on issues such as social policies, compliance related to social, product, labor and environmental standards or other sensitive topics, and any perceived lack of transparency about such matters, could harm our reputation. The increasing use of social media platforms and online forums may increase the chance that an adverse event could negatively affect the reputation of our brands. The online dissemination of negative information about our brand, including inaccurate information, could harm our reputation, business, competitive advantage and goodwill. Damage to our reputation could result in declines in customer loyalty and sales, relationships with our suppliers, business development opportunities, divert attention and resources from management, including by requiring responses to inquiries or additional regulatory scrutiny, and otherwise materially adversely affect our results. Any failure to offer and maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer support, could similarly adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our products and services, and in turn our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are currently implementing a new information technology business systems platform. The implementation process could result in systemwide delays or failure. Because we depend on information technology systems to operate our business, failure or delay of any or all information technology systems could impact our ability to operate and meet customer demand, resulting in reputational harm.

Further, our ability to protect our brand depends in part on our ability to protect our confidential information, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, maintaining, defending and enforcing our intellectual property rights. We rely on our agreements with our customers, non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, and our trademarks and copyrights to protect our intellectual property rights. However, any of these parties may breach such agreements and disclose our proprietary information, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. In addition, third parties may allege that our products and services, or the conduct of our business, infringe,

 

22


Table of Contents

misappropriate or otherwise violate such third party’s intellectual property rights. Moreover, although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property of any third parties, including such individual’s former employer. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. Furthermore, any of our trademarks may be challenged, opposed, infringed, cancelled, circumvented or declared generic, or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks, which we need in order to maintain name recognition by potential collaborators or clients in our markets of interest.

A global economic downturn could adversely affect our customers and suppliers or have new, additional adverse effects on them, which could have further adverse effects on our operating results and financial position.

We believe our customers could be adversely affected by further global economic downturn. The impact of further downturn on our customers may result in, among other things, a decreased number of patients our customers serve at any time (which we refer to as “patient census”), decreased number of non-essential patient services, increased uncompensated care and bad debt, increased difficulty obtaining financing on favorable terms and tighter capital and operating budgets. Many of our customers depend on investment income to supplement inadequate third-party payor reimbursement. Further disruption in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect the value of many investments, reducing our customers’ ability to access cash reserves to fund their operations. If economic conditions worsen, our customers may seek to further reduce their costs and may be unable to pay for our solutions, resulting in reduced orders, slower payment cycles, increased bad debt and customer bankruptcies.

Our suppliers also may be negatively impacted by further economic downturn and tighter capital and credit markets. If our key suppliers experience financial difficulty and are unable to deliver to us the equipment we require, we could be forced to seek alternative sources of medical equipment or to purchase equipment on less favorable terms, or we could be unable to fulfill our requirements. A delay in procuring equipment or an increase in the cost to purchase equipment could limit our ability to provide equipment to customers on a timely and cost-effective basis (e.g., supply chain issues arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic). Any of these occurrences, all of which are out of our control, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

If our customers’ patient census or services decrease, the revenue generated by our business could decrease.

Our operating results are dependent in part on the amount and types of equipment necessary to service our customers’ needs, which are heavily influenced by patient census and the services those patients receive. At times of lower patient census, our customers have a decreased need for our services on a supplemental or peak needs basis. During severe economic downturns, the number of hospital admissions and inpatient surgeries declines as consumers reduce their use of non-essential healthcare services. Our operating results can also vary depending on the timing and severity of the cold and flu season, local, regional or national epidemics and the impact of national catastrophes, as well as other factors affecting patient census and service demand.

Our competitors may engage in significant competitive practices, which could cause us to lose market share, reduce prices or increase expenditures.

Our competitors may engage in competitive practices that could cause us to lose market share, reduce our prices, or increase our expenditures. For example, competitors may sell significant amounts of surplus equipment or sell capital equipment at a lower gross margin to obtain the future repeat sales of disposables for a higher gross margin, thereby decreasing the demand for our equipment solutions. Our competitors also may choose to offer their products and services to customers on a combined or bundled basis with reduced prices, and if we are unable to offer comparable products or prices, we may experience reduced demand for our solutions.

 

23


Table of Contents

Additionally, the overall market for our services is very competitive and our competitors often compete by lowering prices, thus impacting our ability to maintain our gross margins. Any actions we may be required to take as a result of increased competitive pressure, including decreasing our prices, renegotiating contracts with customers on more favorable terms or increasing our sales and marketing expenses, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry may lead to a reduction in the prices we charge, thereby decreasing our revenue.

Numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payers to curb rising healthcare costs, in addition to other economic factors, have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create new companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become, and will likely continue to become, more intense. In addition, competitive bidding also emphasizes the importance of relationships with both the payors and others in the space that impact reimbursement of our clients and customers. All of this in turn has resulted, and will likely continue to result in, greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from various market segments as GPOs, IDNs, and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our existing and prospective customers. We expect the market demand, government regulation, and third-party reimbursement policies, among other potential factors, will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers and prospective customers, which may reduce competition among our existing and prospective customers, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our implants and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have relationships with certain key medical equipment manufacturers and suppliers, and adverse developments concerning these manufacturers or suppliers could delay our ability to procure equipment or provide certain services or increase our cost of purchasing equipment.

We purchased medical equipment from over 100 manufacturers in 2020, ten of which accounted for approximately 71% of our direct medical equipment purchases in 2020. Additionally, we purchase repair parts, supplies and disposables from medical equipment manufacturers and suppliers that are necessary to our business. Adverse developments concerning key suppliers or our relationships with them could force us to seek alternative sources for our medical equipment or repair parts or to purchase such equipment or repair parts on less favorable terms. A delay in procuring equipment or repair parts or an increase in our cost to purchase equipment or repair parts could limit our ability to provide equipment and/or services to our customers on a timely and cost-effective basis. In addition, if we do not have access to certain parts, or if manufacturers do not provide access to the appropriate equipment manuals or training, we may not be able to provide certain clinical engineering services.

If we are unable to change the manner in which healthcare providers traditionally procure medical equipment, we may not be able to achieve significant revenue growth.

We believe the direct purchase or capital lease of medical equipment, and self-management of that equipment, by hospitals and alternate site providers significantly competes with our solution offerings. Many hospitals and alternate site providers view equipment rental primarily as a means of meeting short-term or peak supplemental needs, rather than as a long-term, effective and cost-efficient alternative to purchasing or leasing equipment. Many healthcare providers may continue to purchase or lease a substantial portion of their medical equipment and to manage and maintain it on their own. If we are unable to influence healthcare providers to increase the proportion of medical equipment they rent rather than purchase, our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will be materially impaired.

 

24


Table of Contents

We depend on key personnel and our inability to attract and retain key personnel could harm our business.

Our financial performance is dependent in significant part on our ability to hire, develop and retain key personnel, including our senior executives, sales professionals, sales specialists, hospital management employees and other qualified workers. We have experienced and will continue to experience intense competition for these resources. The loss of the services of one or more of our senior executives or other key personnel could significantly undermine our management expertise, key relationships with customers and suppliers, and our ability to provide efficient, quality healthcare solutions, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to make attractive acquisitions or successfully integrate acquired businesses, and any inability to do so may disrupt our business and hinder our ability to grow.

From time to time, we may evaluate acquisition candidates or other strategic relationships within the healthcare industry that may strategically fit our business objectives, as opportunistic acquisitions are part of our growth strategy. However, there is no guarantee we will be able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities. In the event we are able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities, we may not be able to complete the acquisition or do so on commercially acceptable terms. We may not be successful in acquiring other businesses, and the businesses we do acquire in the future may not ultimately produce returns that justify our related investment.

Acquisitions may involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

difficulties assimilating personnel and integrating distinct business cultures;

 

   

diversion of management’s time and resources from existing operations;

 

   

potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies;

 

   

exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies; and

 

   

liabilities that may exceed indemnification caps provided in acquisition agreements.

We may incur increased expenses related to our pension plan, which could impact our financial position.

We have a defined benefit pension plan covering certain current and former employees. Although benefits under the pension plan were frozen in 2002, funding obligations under the pension plan continue to be impacted by the performance of the financial markets. If the financial markets do not provide the long-term returns we have assumed, the likelihood of us being required to make additional contributions will increase. The equity and debt markets can be, and recently have been, volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time.

Our cash flow fluctuates during the year.

Our results of operations have been and can be expected to be subject to quarterly fluctuations. We may experience increased revenue in the first and fourth quarters of the year, depending upon the timing and severity of the cold and flu season and the related increased hospital census and medical equipment usage during that season. Because a significant portion of our expenses are relatively fixed over these periods, our operating income as a percentage of revenue tends to increase during the first and fourth quarter of each year. If the cold and flu season is delayed by as little as one month, or is less severe than in prior periods, our quarterly operating results for a current period can vary significantly from prior periods. Our quarterly results can also fluctuate as a result of such other factors as the timing of acquisitions, new on-site managed solution agreements or new service center openings.

 

25


Table of Contents

A portion of our revenues are derived from home care providers and nursing homes, and these healthcare providers may pose additional credit risks.

Our nursing home and home care customers may pose additional credit risks since they are generally less financially sound than hospitals. In addition, such cost pressures have increased due to temporary and permanent closure of nursing homes and home care agencies caused by the spread of COVID-19. These customers continue to face cost pressures. We may incur losses in the future due to the credit risks, including potential bankruptcy filings, associated with any of these customers.

Although we do not manufacture any medical equipment, our business entails the risk of claims related to the medical equipment that we outsource and service. We may not have adequate insurance to cover a claim, and it may be more expensive or difficult for us to obtain adequate insurance in the future.

We may be liable for claims related to the use of our medical equipment or to our maintenance or repair of a customer’s medical equipment. Any such claims, if made and upheld, could make our business more expensive to operate and therefore less profitable. We may be subject to claims exceeding our insurance coverage or we may not be able to continue to obtain liability insurance at acceptable levels of cost and coverage. If we are found liable for any significant claims that are not covered by insurance, our liquidity and operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, litigation relating to a claim could adversely affect our existing and potential customer relationships, create adverse public relations and divert management’s time and resources from the operation of the business.

We may incur increased costs that we cannot pass through to our customers.

Our customer contracts may include limitations on our ability to increase prices over the term of the contract. On the other hand, we rely on third parties, including subcontractors, to provide some of our services and supplies and we do not always have fixed pricing contracts with these subcontractors. Therefore, we are at risk of incurring increased costs that we are unable to pass through to our customers.

Any failure of our management information systems could harm our business and operating results.

We depend on our management information systems to actively manage our medical equipment fleet, control capital spending and provide fleet information, including equipment usage history, condition and availability of our medical equipment. These functions enhance our ability to optimize fleet utilization and redeployment. The inability of our management information systems to operate as we anticipate could damage our reputation with our customers, disrupt our business or result in, among other things, decreased revenue and increased overhead costs. Any such failure could harm our business and results of operations. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if these systems, or our customers’ access to them, are interrupted, damaged by unforeseen events, cyber security incidents or other actions of third parties, or fail for any extended period of time. In addition, data security breaches could adversely impact our operations, results of operations or our ability to satisfy legal requirements, including those related to patient-identifiable health information.

There are inherent limitations in all internal control systems over financial reporting, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

While we have taken actions designed to address compliance with the internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC implementing these requirements, there are inherent limitations in our ability to control all circumstances. We do not expect that our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the

 

26


Table of Contents

benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as our growth or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Social unrest may materially and adversely impact our business.

In recent months, there has been increasing social unrest throughout the United States (including looting, protests, strikes and street demonstrations). We have over 98 offices located in cities across the country, and such social unrest could materially affect the ability of certain of these offices to operate. Prolonged disruptions because of such social unrest in the markets in which we operate could disrupt our relationships with customers, employees and referral sources located in affected areas and, in the case of our corporate office, our ability to provide administrative support services, including billing and collection services. Future civil insurrection, social unrest, protests, looting, strikes or street demonstrations may adversely affect our reputation, business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not respond to technological changes, our products and services could become obsolete, and we could lose customers.

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of the technology that forms part of our service offering. The healthcare industry is rapidly changing, and if competitors introduce new products and services using new technologies or if new industry standards and practices emerge, our existing products and services and our systems and our proprietary software may become obsolete. Our failure to respond to technological change or to adequately maintain, upgrade and develop our products, services and systems used to process customers’ orders and payments could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not successfully coordinate the management of our equipment, we could lose sales.

Our business requires that we coordinate the management of our equipment over a significant geographic range. If we do not successfully coordinate the timely and efficient management of our equipment (for example, if equipment is lost, missing or misplaced), our costs may increase, we may experience a build-up or shortage in inventory, we may not be able to deliver sufficient quantities to meet customer demand and we could lose sales, each of which could seriously harm our business.

Challenges to our tax positions, the interpretation and application of recent U.S. tax legislation or other changes in taxation of our operations could harm our business, revenue and financial results.

We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions, including at the U.S. federal, state and local levels, and we therefore are subject to review and potential audit by tax authorities in these various jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities, and tax authorities may disagree with tax positions we take and challenge our tax positions. Successful unilateral or multi-jurisdictional actions by various tax authorities, including in the context of our current or future corporate operating structure and third-party and intercompany arrangements, may increase our effective tax rate, result in additional taxes or other costs or have other material consequences, which could harm our business, revenue and

 

27


Table of Contents

financial results. Our effective tax rate may also change from year to year or vary materially from our expectations based on changes or uncertainties in the mix of activities and income allocated or earned among various jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and the applicable tax rates in these jurisdictions (including future tax laws that may become material) and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

We may from time to time be subject to litigation, which may be extremely costly to defend, could result in substantial judgment or settlement costs or subject us to other remedies.     

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, however, we may be involved in various legal proceedings, including, but not limited to, actions relating to breach of contract, employment-related proceedings, anti-competition-related matters and intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation. Claims may be expensive to defend, may divert management’s time away from our operations, and may impact the availability and premiums of our liability insurance coverage, regardless of whether they are meritorious or ultimately lead to a judgment against us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully defend or resolve any current or future litigation matters, in which case those litigation matters could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows, and prospects.

Risks Related to Health Care and Other Legal Regulation Affecting Us

Uncertainty surrounding healthcare reform initiatives remains. Depending on the scope, form, and implementation of final healthcare reform legislation, our business may be adversely affected.

The healthcare industry is undergoing significant change. In March 2010, the Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Affordable Care Act”). The Affordable Care Act increased the number of Americans with health insurance and employer mandates and subsidies offered to lower income individuals. While the increase in coverage could translate into increased utilization of our products and services, healthcare reform and political uncertainty have historically resulted in changes in how our customers purchase our services and have adversely affected our revenue. In addition to healthcare reform, Medicare, Medicaid and managed care organizations, such as health maintenance organizations and preferred provider organizations, traditional indemnity insurers and third-party administrators are under increasing pressure to control costs and limit utilization, while improving quality and healthcare outcomes. Provider revenue per service may decline with reductions in Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement. Furthermore, the implementation of the Affordable Care Act may impose changes in healthcare delivery, reimbursement, operations or record keeping that are not compatible with our current offerings, which could force us to incur additional compliance costs. So far, starting in 2013, our business, along with that of some of our suppliers and customers that are manufacturers, came under direct regulation of the Open Payments Law, specifically the Physician Payments Sunshine Act. The Open Payments Law requires the annual reporting and publishing of all transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals to give greater transparency to financial relationships between manufacturers, physicians and teaching hospitals. Federal and state governments also continue to enact and consider various legislative and regulatory proposals that could materially impact certain aspects of the healthcare system. We cannot predict with certainty what additional healthcare initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the federal or state levels or what the ultimate effect of federal healthcare reform (including, but not limited to, the Affordable Care Act) or any future legislation or regulation will have on our operating results or financial condition. We cannot predict with any certainty the result of proposed regulation in the healthcare space, such as the Department of Health and Human Services initiative to accelerate a transformation of the healthcare system, with a focus on removing “unnecessary obstacles” to coordinated care (the “Sprint to Coordinated Care”). Finally, we cannot quantify the repeal of the individual mandate, effective in 2019, under the Affordable Care Act and predict with any certainty the impact of the election or composition of the U.S. Supreme Court on our business model, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

We are subject to federal and state privacy and data security laws and regulations in connection with our collection and use of personal information, including recently enacted amendments to federal privacy laws which make us subject to more stringent penalties in the event we improperly use or disclose protected health information regarding our customers’ patients.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) regulations apply national standards for some types of electronic health information transactions and the data elements used in those transactions to ensure the integrity, security and confidentiality of health information and standards to protect the privacy of individually identifiable health information businesses receive, maintain or transmit. The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH Act”) expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA and increased penalties for violations to “Business Associates” such as Agiliti Health, who are required to comply with certain of the HIPAA privacy standards and are required to implement administrative, physical and technical security standards. In addition, the HITECH Act enacted federal breach notification rules requiring notification to affected individuals and the Department of Health and Human Services (and in some cases, relevant media outlets) whenever a breach of protected health information occurs. In addition, the HIPAA rules now involve increased penalties, including mandatory penalties for “willful neglect” violations, starting at $100 per violation subject to a cap of $1.5 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. To meet these requirements, as well as the requirements of other federal laws and regulations governing the collection and use of personal information, we may need to expend additional capital, software development and other resources, including to modify our products and services. Furthermore, our failure to maintain confidentiality of sensitive protected health information or other personal information in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements could damage our reputation and expose us to claims, fines and penalties. Our operations could also be negatively impacted by a violation of the HIPAA privacy or security rules or any other applicable privacy or data security law.

Many states in which we operate also have state laws that protect the privacy and security of confidential, protected health information or other personal information that have similar or even more protection than the federal provisions. State attorneys general are also authorized to enforce federal HIPAA privacy and security rules. Furthermore, state data breach notification laws continue to expand the type of protected health information and other personal information they encompass, and in many cases are more burdensome than the HIPAA/HITECH breach reporting requirements. Some state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators in addition to allowing a private right of action to sue for damages for those who believe their protected health information or other personal information has been misused.

Our relationships with healthcare facilities and marketing practices are subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state laws.

Although we do not receive direct reimbursement from the U.S. federal government in the normal course of our business, we are subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of “remuneration” in return for, or to induce, the referral of business or ordering of services paid for by Medicare or other federal programs. “Remuneration” has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including gifts, discounts, credit arrangements, and in-kind goods or services. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Law can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside the healthcare industry. Violations can result in imprisonment, civil or criminal fines or exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs. The Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) issued a series of safe harbors that if met will help assure healthcare providers and other parties will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Law. Contracts with healthcare facilities and other marketing practices or transactions may implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute. We have attempted to structure our contracts and marketing practices to comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute along with providing training to our employees. However, we cannot ensure that we will not have to defend against alleged violations from private entities or that OIG or other authorities will not find that our practices violate the Anti-Kickback Statute.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our contracts with the federal government subject us to additional oversight.

On July 21, 2020 we entered into the HHS Agreement for the comprehensive maintenance and management services of medical ventilator equipment in exchange for up to $193.0 million. As a result of this contract, we expect that the U.S. government will be our largest customer during the duration of the HHS Agreement, which is set to expire on July 21, 2021. In addition to the HHS Agreement, we have other agreements with the U.S. government. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we derived approximately 12% of our revenue from multiple contracts with agencies of the federal government. As such, we must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations relating to the award, administration and performance of U.S. government contracts. Government contract laws and regulations affect how we do business with our customers and impose certain risks and costs on our business. A violation of specific laws and regulations, by us, our employees, others working on our behalf, a supplier or a venture partner, could harm our reputation and result in the imposition of fines and penalties, the termination of our contracts, suspension or debarment from bidding on or being awarded contracts, loss of our ability to export products or services and civil or criminal investigations or proceedings. In some instances, these laws and regulations impose terms or rights that are different from those typically found in commercial transactions.

For example, the U.S. government may terminate any of our government contracts and subcontracts either at its convenience or for default based on our performance, which may result in a loss. In addition, as funds are typically appropriated on a fiscal year basis and as the costs of a termination for convenience may exceed the costs of continuing a program in a given fiscal year, occasionally programs do not have sufficient funds appropriated to cover the termination costs were the government to terminate them for convenience. Under such circumstances, the U.S. government could assert that it is not required to appropriate additional funding.

A termination arising out of our default may expose us to liability and have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete for future contracts and orders. In addition, the U.S. government could terminate a prime contract under which we are a subcontractor, notwithstanding the quality of our services as a subcontractor. In the case of termination for default, the U.S. government could make claims to reduce the contract value or recover its procurement costs and could assess other special penalties.

Additionally, the U.S. government may not exercise an option period for various reasons, or, alternatively, the U.S. government may exercise option periods, even for contracts for which it is expected that our costs may exceed the contract price or ceiling.

U.S. government agencies routinely audit and investigate government contractors. These agencies review a contractor’s performance under its contracts, its cost structure, its business systems and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. The U.S. government has the ability to decrease or withhold certain payments when it deems systems subject to its review to be inadequate. Additionally, any costs found to be misclassified may be subject to repayment.

Changes in third-party payor reimbursement for healthcare items and services, as well as economic hardships faced by other parties from which our customers obtain funding, may affect our customers’ ability to pay for our services, which could cause us to reduce our prices or adversely affect our ability to collect payments.

Most of our customers are healthcare providers that pay us directly for the services we deliver, and these customers rely on third-party payor reimbursement for a substantial portion of their operating revenue. Third-party payors include government payors like Medicare and Medicaid and private payors like insurance companies and managed care organizations. Third-party payors continue to engage in widespread efforts to control healthcare costs. Their cost containment initiatives include efforts to control utilization of services and limit reimbursement amounts. Reimbursement limitations can take many forms, including discounts, non-payment for certain care (for example, care associated with certain hospital-acquired conditions) and fixed payment rates for particular treatment modalities or plans, regardless of the provider’s actual costs in caring for a

 

30


Table of Contents

patient. Reimbursement policies have a direct effect on our customers’ ability to pay us for our services and an indirect effect on the prices we charge. Ongoing concerns about rising healthcare costs may cause more restrictive reimbursement policies to be implemented in the future. Restrictions on the amounts or manner of reimbursements or funding to healthcare providers may affect the financial strength of our customers and the amount our customers are able to pay for our solutions.

In addition, a portion of our customers derive funding from state and local government sources, some of which are facing financial hardships, including decreased funding. Any limitation or elimination of funding to our customers by these sources could also affect the financial strength of our customers and the amount they are able to pay for our services.

Our customers operate in a highly regulated environment. Regulations affecting them could cause us to incur additional expenses associated with compliance and licensing. We could be assessed fines and face possible exclusion from participation in state and federal healthcare programs if we violate laws or regulations applicable to our business.

The healthcare industry is required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels. While the majority of these regulations do not directly apply to us, there are some that do, including the FDCA and certain state pharmaceutical licensing requirements. Although we believe we are in compliance with the FDCA, if the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) expands the reporting requirements under the FDCA, we may be required to comply with the expanded requirements and may incur substantial additional expenses in doing so. With respect to state requirements, we are currently licensed in 20 states and may be required to obtain additional licenses, permits and registrations as state requirements change. Our failure to possess such licenses for our existing operations may subject us to certain additional expenses.

Our success depends on the ability to service medical equipment safely and effectively. We are required to comply with the Food and Drug Administration Reauthorization Act (“FDARA”), which requires us to evaluate quality, safety and effectiveness of medical devices with respect to servicing. Our quality management system has not been fully extended to all of our programs and services, and the lack of controls may result in issues related to compliance and patient safety. In addition, our suppliers may not be able to fulfill service or product commitments, resulting in delays or failure to repair medical devices, and our manufacturers may be reluctant to provide the service manuals, training, equipment or parts needed to repair medical devices. The use of inadequate or substandard parts during the repair of medical devices may also result in the inoperability of medical equipment and malfunction that results in harm to patients and employees.

In addition to the FDCA, FDARA and state licensing requirements, we are impacted by federal and state laws and regulations aimed at protecting the privacy of individually identifiable protected health information, among other things, and detecting and preventing fraud, abuse and waste with respect to federal and state healthcare programs. Some of these laws and regulations apply directly to us. Additionally, many of our customers require us to abide by their policies relating to patient privacy, state and federal anti-kickback acts, and state and federal false claim acts and whistleblower protections. Since the Affordable Care Act provides for further oversight over and detection of fraud and abuse activities, we expect many of our customers to continue to require us to abide by such policies.

Given that our industry is heavily regulated, we may be subject to additional regulatory requirements. If our operations are found to be in violation of any governmental regulations to which we, or our customers, are subject, we may be subject to the applicable penalty associated with the violation. While we believe that our practices materially comply with applicable state and federal requirements, the requirements might be interpreted in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation. Also, if we are found to have violated certain federal or state laws or regulations regarding Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental funding sources, we could be subject to fines and possible exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs. Penalties, damages, fines, or curtailment of our operations could significantly increase our cost of doing business, leading to difficulty generating sufficient income to support our business.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, although our business is not currently extensively regulated under healthcare laws, we are subject to certain regulatory requirements that continue to come under greater scrutiny and regulation. Our customers are subject to direct regulation under the Federal False Claims Act, the Stark Law, the Anti-Kickback Statute, rules and regulations of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) and other federal and state healthcare laws and regulations. Promulgation of new laws and regulations, or changes in or re-interpretations of existing laws or regulations as they relate to our customers and our business, could affect our business, operating results or financial condition. Our operations may be negatively impacted if we have to comply with additional complex government regulations.

Although we do not manufacture any medical equipment, we own a large fleet of medical equipment, which may be subject to equipment recalls or obsolescence.

We incur significant expenditures to maintain a large and modern equipment fleet. Our equipment may be subject to recalls that could be expensive to implement and could result in revenue loss while the associated equipment is removed from service. We may be required to incur additional costs to repair or replace the equipment at our own expense or we may choose to purchase incremental new equipment from a supplier not affected by the recall. Additionally, our relationship with our customers may be damaged if we cannot promptly replace the equipment that has been recalled. We depend on manufacturers and other third parties to properly obtain and maintain FDA clearance for their equipment and products and their failure to maintain FDA clearance could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to respond effectively to changes in technology. Because we maintain a large fleet of equipment, we are subject to the risk of equipment obsolescence. If advancements in technology render a substantial portion of our equipment fleet obsolete, or if a competing technology becomes available that our customers prefer, we may experience a decrease in demand for our products, which could adversely affect our operating results and cause us to invest in new technology to maintain our market share and operating margins.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We have substantial indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $922.2 million and $240.0 million in borrowings outstanding under our First Lien Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) and Second Lien Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) (together with the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein), the “Credit Facilities”), respectively, and $6.3 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility.

This is a significant amount of indebtedness which could have important consequences. For example, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

limit our ability to make investments in technology and infrastructure improvements; and

 

   

limit our ability to make significant acquisitions.

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to make our interest payments or to repay our debt at maturity, we may have to obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to us.

If we are unable to fund our significant cash needs, including capital expenditures, we may be unable to expand our business as planned or to service our debt.

We require substantial cash to operate our healthcare technology solutions and service our debt. Our healthcare technology solutions require us to invest a significant amount of cash in medical equipment purchases. To the extent that such expenditures cannot be funded from our operating cash flow, borrowings under our Credit Facilities or other financing sources, we may not be able to grow as currently planned. We currently expect that over the next 12 months, we will make net investments of approximately $60 to $70 million in new and pre-owned medical equipment, leasehold improvements and other capital expenditures. This estimate is subject to numerous assumptions, including revenue growth, the number of on-site managed solution signings, and any significant changes in customer contracts. In addition, a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to servicing our debt and there are significant restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness under the credit agreements governing our credit facilities.

Primarily because of our debt service obligations and debt refinancing charges and elevated depreciation and amortization charges we have incurred, we have had a history of net losses. If we consistently incur net losses, it could result in our inability to finance our business in the future. We had net loss of $22.5 million, $31.4 million, $3.9 million and $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 and during the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. Our ability to use our United States federal income tax net operating loss carryforwards to offset our future taxable income may be limited. If we are limited in our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more current taxes than if we were able to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards without limitation, which could harm our results of operations and liquidity.

We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all as a result of the credit and capital markets. Thus, we may be unable to expand our business or to service our debt.

Depending on the global financial markets and economic conditions, the cost of raising money in the debt and equity capital markets may increase while the availability of funds from those markets may diminish. Without adequate funding, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, complete future acquisitions, or take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Securities

THL controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth above, the THL Stockholder will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % of our outstanding common

 

33


Table of Contents

stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

For so long as the THL Stockholder continues to own a significant portion of our stock, THL will be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors (our “Board”), including the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, THL will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as the THL Stockholder continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, THL will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated director nomination agreement (the “director nomination agreement”) with the THL Stockholder whereby, so long as the THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding, the THL Stockholder has the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as the THL Stockholder beneficially owns 40% or more of the total number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the THL Stockholder upon completion of this offering, as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in our capitalization (the “Original Amount”); (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to 40% of the total directors for so long as the THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 30% and less than 40% of the Original Amount; (iii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to 30% of the total directors for so long as the THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 20% and less than 30% of the Original Amount; (iv) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to 20% of the total directors for so long as beneficially owns at least 10% and less than 20% of the Original Amount; and (v) one director for so long as the THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 5% and less than 10% of the Original Amount. In each case, the THL Stockholder’s nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. In addition, the THL Stockholder shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of its board designees whose board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term regardless of the THL Stockholder’s beneficial ownership at such time. The THL Stockholder shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our Board proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The director nomination agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of the THL Stockholder. This agreement will terminate at such time as the THL Stockholder owns less than 5% of the Original Amount.

THL and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the information and business services industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, THL and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that none of THL, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. THL also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, THL may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

 

34


Table of Contents

Upon listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, the THL Stockholder will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation, nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the compensation, nominating and governance committee.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board and our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “AGTI,” an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business.

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial

 

35


Table of Contents

compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from sales-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and could have a material adversely effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter in this offering, will have an interest in this offering beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.

Certain affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter in this offering, currently hold 100% of our Second Lien Term Loan Facility and, as such, will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of outstanding borrowings and related fees and expenses, under our Credit Facilities with the net proceeds of this offering. As such, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. This rule requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus. BofA Securities, Inc., one of the managing underwriters of this offering, has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act. BofA Securities, Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. Although BofA Securities, Inc. has, in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter, participated in due diligence and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, this may not adequately address all potential conflicts of interest. We have agreed to indemnify BofA Securities, Inc. against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Pursuant to Rule 5121, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will not confirm sales of securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Conflicts of Interest” for additional information.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could harm our business and stock price.

As a privately held company, we have not been required to maintain internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies as required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404(a)”). As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K. Additionally, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting, but we are not currently in compliance with, and we cannot be certain when we will be able to implement the requirements of, Section 404(a). We may encounter problems or delays in implementing any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our financial information and the price of our common stock could decline.

Our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and could cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our shareholders.

In addition to the THL Stockholder’s beneficial ownership of     % of our common stock after this offering (or     %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us), our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. Among other things:

 

   

these provisions allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without shareholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of shareholders;

 

   

these provisions provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

these provisions provide that, at any time when the THL Stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

these provisions prohibit shareholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the THL Stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

   

these provisions provide that for as long as the THL Stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock and at any time when the THL Stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and

 

   

these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings; provided, however, at any time when the THL Stockholder beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 10% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to it.

Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding THL and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless Board or shareholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws”. These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our shareholders to replace current members of our management team.

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock”.

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain

 

38


Table of Contents

litigation, including any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Exclusive Forum”. The forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are not providing audited historical financial information for Northfield or pro forma financial statements reflecting the impact of the Northfield acquisition on our historical operating results.

If we close the Northfield acquisition, we will likely be required to file a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes audited financial statements for Northfield for its most recent fiscal year as well as unaudited information for any relevant interim period, and, based on that financial statement data, pro forma financial statement information reflecting the estimated pro forma impact of the Northfield acquisition. The completion of the Northfield acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of customary closing conditions, and, pending regulatory approval, the earliest the Northfield acquisition is expected to close is in March 2021. The Northfield SPA also contains termination rights if the closing does not occur on or before April 26, 2021. As such, if the Northfield acquisition closes, we would not file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the required financial information until after the closing of this offering and, we are not currently in a position to include this information in this prospectus. As a result, investors in this offering will be required to determine whether to participate in this offering without the benefit of this historical and pro forma financial information. See “Summary—Recent Development—Northfield Acquisition.”

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. You will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail.

Our management will have significant flexibility in using the net proceeds of this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We expect to use approximately $                 million of the net proceeds of this offering (or $                 million of the net proceeds of this offering if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full to repay outstanding borrowings and related fees and expenses, under our Credit Facilities, with the remaining net proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe will complement our business. However, depending on future developments and circumstances, we may use some of the proceeds for other purposes. We do not have more specific plans for the net proceeds from this offering, other than the repayment of outstanding

 

39


Table of Contents

borrowings under our Credit Facilities as described above. Therefore, our management will have significant flexibility in applying most of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. The net proceeds could be applied in ways that do not improve our operating results. The actual amounts and timing of these expenditures will vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including the amount of cash used in or generated by our operations. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including the factors mentioned throughout this section.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of                 , 2021. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, substantially all shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”. All of such shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by                  on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under the credit agreements governing our credit facilities. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

 

40


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

41


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “plan”, “intend”, “believe”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “can have”, “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results or our plans and objectives for future operations, growth initiatives, or strategies are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

   

effects from political and policy changes that could limit our growth opportunities;

 

   

effects from the continued COVID-19 pandemic on our business and the economy;

 

   

our potential inability to maintain existing contracts or contract terms with, or enter into new contracts with, our customers;

 

   

cancellations by or disputes with customers;

 

   

our potential failure to maintain our reputation, including by protecting intellectual property;

 

   

effects of a global economic downturn on our customers and suppliers;

 

   

a decrease in our customers’ patient census or services;

 

   

competitive practices by our competitors that could cause us to lose market share, reduce our prices or increase our expenditures;

 

   

the bundling of products and services by our competitors, some of which we do not offer;

 

   

consolidation in the healthcare industry, which may lead to a reduction in the prices we charge;

 

   

adverse developments with supplier relationships;

 

   

the potential inability to change the manner in which healthcare providers traditionally procure medical equipment;

 

   

our potential inability to attract and retain key personnel;

 

   

our potential inability to make attractive acquisitions or successfully integrate acquire businesses;

 

   

an increase in expenses related to our pension plan;

 

   

the fluctuation of our cash flow;

 

   

credit risks relating to home care providers and nursing homes;

 

   

potential claims related to the medical equipment that we outsource and service;

 

   

the incurrence of costs that we cannot pass through to our customers;

 

   

a failure of our management information systems;

 

   

limitations inherent in all internal controls systems over financial reporting;

 

   

social unrest;

 

   

our failure to keep up with technological changes;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

our failure to coordinate the management of our equipment;

 

   

challenges to our tax positions or changes in taxation laws;

 

   

litigation that may be costly to defend;

 

   

uncertainty surrounding healthcare reform initiatives;

 

   

federal privacy laws that may subject us to more stringent penalties;

 

   

our relationship with healthcare facilities and marketing practices that are subject to federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state laws;

 

   

our contracts with the federal government that subject us to additional oversight;

 

   

the impact of changes in third-party payor reimbursement for healthcare items and services on our customers’ ability to pay for our services;

 

   

the highly regulated environment our customers operate in;

 

   

potential recall or obsolescence of our large fleet of medical equipment; and

 

   

other factors disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We expect to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds of this offering (or $             million of the net proceeds of this offering if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) to repay outstanding borrowings and related fees and expenses, under our Credit Facilities. As of December 31, 2020, we had $922.2 million in borrowings outstanding under our First Lien Term Loan Facility and $6.3 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on our First Lien Term Loan Facility was 2.9375% on the $772.2 million and 3.5% on the $150.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, we had $240.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on our Second Lien Term Loan Facility was 7.96838%. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes. At this time, other than repayment of our indebtedness, we have not specifically identified a large single use for which we intend to use the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we are not able to allocate the net proceeds among any of these potential uses in light of the variety of factors that will impact how such net proceeds are ultimately utilized by us. Pending use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Certain affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, an underwriter in this offering, will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering as a result of currently holding 100% of our Second Lien Term Loan Facility and the expected repayment in full of that facility. Therefore, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 5121. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Conflicts of Interest.”

Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The foregoing represents our current intentions with respect to the use and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering based upon our present plans and business conditions, but our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds. The occurrence of unforeseen events or changed business conditions could result in application of the net proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.

 

44


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2020, as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 206,505     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt:

    

First Lien Term Loan Facility (1)

     906,624    

Second Lien Term Loan Facility (2)

     232,361    

Revolving Credit Facility (3)

     (2,481  

Finance Lease Liability

     24,595    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     1,161,099    

Equity:

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 350,000,000 shares authorized, 98,983,296 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     10    

Additional paid-in capital

     513,902    

Accumulated deficit

     (68,492  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     441,801    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

     144    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,603,044    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The carrying value of the borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan Facility is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $12.8 million and unamortized debt discount of $2.8 million as of December 31, 2020.

(2)

The carrying value of the borrowings under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.8 million and unamortized debt discount of $6.8 million as of December 31, 2020.

(3)

The carrying value of the borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $2.5 million as of December 31, 2020.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of

 

46


Table of Contents

cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $            million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and table are based on            shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

            shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2020, with a weighted average exercise price of $            per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units outstanding as of December 31, 2020; and

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a net tangible book value of $            million, or $            per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering to as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been $            million, or $            per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per share to investors participating in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020

     

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering

                       $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            , and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and would increase or decrease dilution per share to investors in this offering by            , assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $            .

The following table presents, on a pro forma basis as described above, as of December 31, 2020, the differences between our existing shareholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders or to be paid to us by investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percentage      Amount      Percentage  

Existing Shareholders

              

New Investors

              

Total

              

 

48


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $            million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. After giving effect to sales of shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full (and excluding any shares of common stock that may be purchased in this offering or pursuant to our directed share program), our existing shareholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

In addition, to the extent we issue any additional stock options or any stock options are exercised, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables are based on            shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and excludes:

 

   

shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2020, with a weighted average exercise price of $            per share; and

 

   

            million shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present the selected consolidated financial data for Agiliti and its subsidiaries and the consolidated financial data for Agiliti Health, Inc. Agiliti is the successor of Agiliti Health, Inc. for financial reporting purposes. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data and balance sheet data for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (Successor) from the audited consolidated financial statements of Agiliti and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data and balance sheet data for the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 (Predecessor) and for the years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016, from the audited consolidated financial statements of Agiliti Health, Inc. and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
               

(in thousands)

  Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
          From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
          From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Years Ended December 31,  
  2018     2017     2016  

Consolidated Statements of Operation Data:

                 

Revenue

  $ 773,312       $ 613,073         $ —       $ 565,246     $ 514,783     $ 479,501  

Cost of revenue

    486,965         423,812           —         367,837       343,028       322,649  
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    286,347         189,261           —         197,409       171,755       156,852  

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    250,289         187,156           17,147       137,210       125,910       119,389  

Gain on settlement

    —           —             —         (26,391     —         (3,074

Intangible asset impairment charge

    —           —             —         131,100       —         —    
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    36,058         2,105           (17,147     (44,510     45,845       40,537  

Interest expense (1)

    61,530         48,199           —         53,390       53,762       53,043  
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

    (25,472       (46,094         (17,147     (97,900     (7,917     (12,506

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (3,234       (14,857         (13,281     (66,348     (17,159     946  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    240         171           —         327       414       308  
 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

  $ (22,478     $ (31,408       $ (3,866   $ (31,879   $ 8,828     $ (13,760

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding - basic and diluted

                 

Net Income per share - basic and diluted

  $                     $                            
 

Pro Forma Per Share Data (2):

                 

Pro forma (loss) net income per share:

                 

Basic

  $         $                
 

 

 

     

 

 

             

Diluted

  $         $                
 

 

 

     

 

 

             

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing (loss) net income per share:

                 

Basic

                 

Diluted

                 

 

50


Table of Contents
    Successor                 Predecessor  
    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
                December 31, (1)  
(in thousands)   2018     2017     2016  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 206,505       —             $ 7,340     $ —       $ —    

Working capital (3)

  $ 82,102     $ 39,360           $ 15,756     $ 6,245     $ 1,650  

Total assets

  $ 1,903,356     $ 1,619,416           $ 744,958     $ 805,445     $ 818,123  

Total debt

  $ 1,161,099     $ 922,998           $ 690,999     $ 703,108     $ 707,317  

Equity (deficit)

  $ 441,945     $ 456,969           $ (67,659   $ (44,378   $ (59,485

 

(1)

We adopted ASU No. 2017-07 Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost in 2018 and retrospectively applying the ASU 2017-07 to all periods presented.

(2)

Unaudited pro forma per share information gives effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $             million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”

(3)

Represents total current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less total current liabilities (excluding current portion of long-term debt, current portion of operating lease liability and current portion of obligation under tax receivable agreement).

 

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements”. For purposes of this section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “we”, “us”, “our” and the “Company” refer to Agiliti Health.

Overview

We believe we are one of the leading experts in the management, maintenance and mobilization of mission-critical, regulated, reusable medical devices. We offer healthcare providers a comprehensive suite of medical equipment management and service solutions that help reduce capital and operating expenses, optimize medical equipment utilization, reduce waste, enhance staff productivity and bolster patient safety.

We commenced operations in 1939, originally incorporated in Minnesota in 1954 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001. Since the Business Combination in January 2019, we have been controlled by the THL Stockholder.

In our more than 80 years of experience ensuring healthcare providers have high-quality, expertly maintained equipment to serve their patients, we’ve built an at-scale, strong nationwide operating footprint. This service and logistics infrastructure positions us to reach customers across the entire healthcare continuum—from individual facilities to the largest and most complex healthcare systems. Likewise, our ability to rapidly mobilize, track, repair and redeploy equipment during times of peak need or emergent events has made us a service provider of choice for city, state and federal governments to manage emergency equipment stockpiles.

Impact of COVID-19 on our Business

Health and Safety

From the earliest signs of the outbreak, we have taken proactive action to protect the health and safety of our employees, customers, partners and suppliers. We enacted safety measures in all of our sites, including implementing social distancing protocols, requiring working from home for those employees that do not need to be physically present to perform their work, suspending travel, implementing temperature checks at the entrances to our facilities, extensively and frequently disinfecting our workspaces and providing masks to those employees who must be physically present. We expect to continue to implement these measures until we determine that the COVID-19 pandemic is adequately contained for purposes of our business, and we may take further actions as government authorities require or recommend or as we determine to be in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners and suppliers.

Operations

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, governmental authorities have implemented and are continuing to implement numerous and constantly evolving measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, limits on gatherings, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders and business shutdowns. Measures providing for business shutdowns generally exclude certain essential services, and those essential services

 

52


Table of Contents

commonly include critical infrastructure and the businesses that support that critical infrastructure. While all of our facilities currently remain operational, these measures have impacted and may further impact our workforce and operations, as well as those of our customers, vendors and suppliers. In connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced limited absenteeism from those employees who are required to be on-site to perform their jobs, and we do not currently expect that our operations will be adversely affected by significant absenteeism.

Liquidity

Although there is uncertainty related to the anticipated impact of the recent COVID-19 outbreak on our future results, we believe our business model, our current cash reserves and available borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility leave us well-positioned to manage our business through this crisis. We believe our existing balances of cash and cash equivalents and our currently anticipated operating cash flows will be sufficient to meet our cash needs arising in the ordinary course of business for the next twelve months.

We continue to monitor the rapidly evolving situation and guidance from federal, state and local public health authorities and may take additional actions based on their recommendations. In these circumstances, there may be developments outside our control requiring us to adjust our operating plan. As such, given the dynamic nature of this situation, we cannot reasonably estimate the impacts of COVID-19 on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in the future.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus include the accounts of Agiliti Health and Agiliti Surgical, Inc. (formerly known as UHS Surgical Services, Inc.) and Agiliti Imaging, Inc. (formerly known as Radiographic Equipment Services, Inc.), its 100%-owned subsidiaries. In addition, in accordance with guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, we have accounted for our equity investments in entities in which we are the primary beneficiary under the full consolidation method. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated through consolidation. As the primary beneficiary, we consolidate the limited liability companies referred to in Note 13, Principles of Consolidation to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus, as we effectively receive the majority of the benefits from such entities and we provide equipment lease guarantees for such entities.

We report our financial information under one reporting segment, which is equivalent to our one operating segment and conforms to the way we currently manage and execute the strategy and operations of our business. Specifically, the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) makes operating decisions and assesses performance using discrete financial information from one reportable segment, as our resources and infrastructure are shared, and as our go-to-market strategy has evolved with the introduction and validation of our framework for the end-to-end management of FDA-regulated, reusable medical devices. Further, we maintain a similar complement of services, type of customer for our services and method of distribution for our services and operate within a similar regulatory environment in the United States.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make decisions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and the related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgments based on our understanding and analysis of relevant circumstances, historical experience and actuarial valuations. Actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared.

 

53


Table of Contents

Some of our critical accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate is made, and (ii) different estimates reasonably could have been used, or changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period may have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:

 

   

revenue recognition;

 

   

fair value measurements in business combinations;

 

   

valuation of long-lived assets, including goodwill and definite-lived intangible assets; and

 

   

valuation of obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when we satisfy performance obligations by transferring promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

Customer arrangements typically have multiple performance obligations to provide equipment solutions, clinical engineering and/or on-site equipment managed services on a per use and/or over time basis. Consideration paid by the customer for each performance obligation is billed within the month the service is performed, and contractual prices are established within our customer arrangements that are representative of the stand-alone selling price. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, that we collect from a customer, are excluded from revenue. Our performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time are recognized when the service is performed or equipment is delivered to the customer. For certain performance obligations satisfied over time, we use a straight-line method to recognize revenue ratably over the contract period, as this coincides with our stand-ready performance obligation under the contract.

Business Combinations

We account for the acquisition of a business in accordance with the accounting standards codification guidance for business combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, when applicable, based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs and assumptions regarding the fair value of the assets and liabilities. Such significant estimates, judgments, inputs and assumptions may include, but would not be limited to, selection of an appropriate valuation model, applying an appropriate discount rate, assumptions related to projected financial information and estimates of customer attrition.

Recoverability and Valuation of Long-Lived Assets Including Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

For long-lived assets and definite lived intangible assets, impairment is evaluated when a triggering event is indicated. If there is an indication of impairment, an evaluation of undiscounted cash flow versus carrying value is conducted. If necessary, an impairment is measured based on the estimated fair value of the long-lived or amortizable asset in comparison to its carrying value. This evaluation is conducted at the lowest level of

 

54


Table of Contents

identifiable cash flows. Our amortizable intangible assets consist of customer relationships and non-compete agreements. For property and equipment, primarily movable medical equipment, we continuously monitor individual makes and models for potential triggering events such as product recalls or technological obsolescence.

For goodwill we review for impairment annually at the reporting unit level and upon the occurrence of certain events that might indicate the asset may be impaired. A qualitative review is conducted to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than its carrying amount. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the carrying value is greater than the fair value of the asset, a quantitative impairment test is performed. We then review goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. We operate under one reporting unit and do not aggregate any components into our one reporting unit. There are no known trends or uncertainties that we reasonably expect will have an unfavorable impact on revenue or income from operations. We have not performed a quantitative impairment test since January 4, 2019, the date of the Business Combination, in which the balance sheet was fair valued.

Tax Receivable Agreement Obligation Valuation

We entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) on January 4, 2019 with our former owners to pay 85% of certain U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized or deemed realized by Agiliti from certain tax attributes including federal, state and local net operating losses in existence at the closing date of the Business Combination, certain deductions generated by the consummation of the Business Combination, certain deductions arising from the rollover options and other items.

The fair value of the liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model, peer company cost of capital, discount rates and projected financial information. Most of the information utilized in determining the obligation is not observable in the market and thus the measurement of the liability represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The obligation can increase or decrease significantly based on the data inputs of our estimates and the current market conditions.

Results of Operations

The following discussion addresses:

 

   

our financial condition as of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018;

 

   

the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018. The period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 represented an Irving Place Capital fee, non-cash share-based compensation expense and the related tax impact on the predecessor.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table provides information on the percentages of certain items of selected financial data compared to total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

     Percent of Total Revenue  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
          Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)           (Predecessor)  

Revenue

     100.0     100.0         100.0

Cost of revenue

     63.0       69.1           65.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Gross margin

     37.0       30.9           34.9  

Selling, general and administrative

     32.4       30.5           24.3  

Gain on legal settlement

     —         —             (4.7

Intangible asset impairment charge

     —         —             23.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     4.6       0.4           (7.9

Interest expense

     8.0       7.9           9.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

     (3.4     (7.5         (17.3

Income tax benefit

     (0.4     (2.4         (11.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

     (3.0 )%      (5.1 )%          (5.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019

Total Revenue

The following table presents revenue by service solution for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (in thousands).

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
     % Change  
     (Successor)      (Successor)         

Equipment Solutions

   $ 296,267      $ 253,597        16.8

Clinical Engineering

     256,874        188,752        36.1  

Onsite Managed Services

     220,171        170,724        29.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 773,312      $ 613,073        26.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $773.3 million compared to $613.1 million for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, an increase of $160.2 million or 26.1%. Equipment Solutions revenue increased 16.8% primarily driven by increased demand for equipment needed to fight the COVID-19 pandemic. This was partially offset by declines in our surgical solutions due to the reduction in non-emergency elective procedures as a result of COVID-19. Although difficult to determine, we have estimated the positive impact from COVID-19 within Equipment Solutions to be in the $30 million to $40 million range. Clinical Engineering revenue increased 36.1% due to our acquisition on January 31, 2020 of certain assets of a surgical equipment repair and maintenance service provider, as well as continued strong growth as a result of our success in signing and implementing new business contracts over the last several quarters. Finally, our Onsite Managed Services revenue increased 29.0% with the majority of growth coming from a new contract signed in the third

 

56


Table of Contents

quarter of 2020 for the comprehensive maintenance and management services of medical ventilator equipment and from our managed only solution where we manage equipment owned by the customer.

Cost of Revenue

Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $487.0 million compared to $423.8 million for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, an increase of $63.2 million or 14.9%. On a percentage of revenue basis, cost of revenue decreased from 69.1% of revenue in 2019 to 63.0% in 2020. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was driven primarily from revenue growth as we were able to leverage our fixed cost infrastructure resulting in our expenses growing at a lower rate than revenue growth.

Gross Margin

Total gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $286.3 million, or 37.0% of total revenue, compared to $189.3 million, or 30.9% of total revenue for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, an increase of $97.0 million or 51.2%. The increase in gross margin as a percentage of revenue was primarily impacted by positive leverage from volume growth.

Selling, General and Administrative and Interest Expense

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January  4
through
December 31,
2019
     Change      % Change  
   (Successor)      (Successor)                

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 250,289      $ 187,156      $ 63,133        33.7

Interest expense

     61,530        48,199        13,331        27.7  

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $63.1 million, or 33.7%, to $250.3 million as compared to the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019. The increase of $63.1 million was primarily due to an increase in the remeasurement of the tax receivable agreement of $22.3 million, incentive expense related to our strong financial performance and an increase in payroll related costs associated with the growth of our business. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue was 32.4% and 30.5% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $13.3 million, or 27.7%, to $61.5 million as compared to the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 primarily due to our Second Lien Term Loan entered into in November 2019.

Income Taxes

Income taxes were a benefit of $3.2 million and $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, respectively. The tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to operating losses and amended state income tax filings. The tax benefit for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was primarily related to operating losses.

Consolidated Net Loss

Consolidated net loss was $22.2 million and $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019, respectively. The decrease in net loss was impacted primarily by the increase in revenue.

 

57


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Total Revenue

The following table presents revenue by service solution from January 4 through December 31, 2019 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018.

 

     Successor                 Predecessor         
(in thousands)    From
January 4
Through
December 31,
2019
                Year
Ended
December 31,
2018
     % Change  

Equipment Solutions

   $ 253,597           $ 248,059        2.2

Clinical Engineering

     188,752             161,492        16.9

On-Site Managed Services

     170,724             155,695        9.7
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 613,073           $ 565,246        8.5
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was $613.1 million, compared with $565.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $47.9 million or 8.5%. Equipment Solutions revenue increased 2.2% primarily driven by new customer contracts signed and implemented in 2019. These new contract signings include our traditional supplemental rental services as well as our surgical solutions. Clinical Engineering revenue increased 16.9% as we continue to see strong growth within this solution as a direct result of our continued success in signing and implementing new business contracts over the last several quarters. Finally, our On-Site Managed Services revenue increased 9.7% with the majority of growth coming from our managed only solution where we manage equipment owned by the customer.

Cost of Revenue

Total cost of revenue for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was $423.8 million compared to $367.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $56.0 million or 15.2%. On a percentage of revenue basis, cost of revenue increased from 65.1% of revenue in 2018 to 69.1% in 2019. The increase as a percentage of revenue was driven primarily from the increase in depreciation expense due to the asset revaluation related to the Business Combination.

Gross Margin

Total gross margin for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was $189.3 million, or 30.9% of total revenues compared to $197.4 million, or 34.9% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $8.1 million or 4.1%. The decrease in gross margin as a percent of revenue was primarily impacted by increases in depreciation expense due to the asset revaluation related to the Business Combination.

Selling, General and Administrative, Gain on Settlement, Intangible Asset Impairment Charge and Interest Expense

 

     Successor                 Predecessor                
(in thousands)    From
January 4
Through
December 31,
2019
                Year
Ended
December 31,
2018
     Change      % Change  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 187,156           $ 137,210      $ 49,946        36.4

Gain on settlement

     —               (26,391      26,391        *  

Intangible asset impairment charge

     —               131,100        (131,100      *  

Interest Expense

     48,199             53,390        (5,191      (9.7

 

 

*

Not meaningful.

 

58


Table of Contents

Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 increased by $49.9 million, or 36.4%, to $187.2 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to increased amortization expense of $55.5 million primarily related to the revaluation of intangible assets as part of the Business Combination. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue was 30.5% and 24.3% for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Gain on Settlement

Gain on settlement of $26.4 million in 2018 was related to a confidential litigation settlement agreement, which resolved all disputes and legal claims of the parties associated with a suit filed by us against Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., Hill-Rom Company, Inc. and Hill-Rom Services, Inc. The amount of the gain recorded was based on the fair value of the assets received of $23.4 million and $3.0 million of cash. The fair value of the assets was measured using inputs of replacement cost and market data, which are considered a Level 3 fair value measurement.

Intangible Asset Impairment Charge

Intangible asset impairment charge of $131.1 million in 2018 was related to the UHS trade name write-off due to the change of our legal name to Agiliti Health, Inc. and the brand identity to Agiliti.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 decreased by $5.2 million, or 9.7%, to $48.2 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 due to new financing in 2019 resulting in lower interest rates.

Income Taxes

Income taxes were a benefit of $14.9 million and $66.3 million for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. The tax benefit for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was primarily related to operating losses. The tax benefit for the year ended 2018 was primarily related to the trade name impairment and the reversal of our valuation allowance.

Consolidated Net Loss

Consolidated net loss was $31.2 million and $31.6 million for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) was $234.2 million, $173.1 million, and $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 was higher than the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 primarily due to the increase in revenue. Adjusted EBITDA for the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was higher than the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to the increase in revenue.

EBITDA is defined as earnings attributable to Agiliti before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA excluding, non-cash share-based compensation expense, Management Fees and non-recurring gains, expenses or losses. In addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA internally as measures of operational performance, we disclose them externally to assist

 

59


Table of Contents

analysts, investors and lenders in their comparisons of operational performance, valuation and debt capacity across companies with differing capital, tax and legal structures. We believe the investment community frequently uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the evaluation of similarly situated companies. Adjusted EBITDA is also used by us as a factor to determine the total amount of incentive compensation to be awarded to executive officers and other employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, however, are not measures of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as alternatives to, or more meaningful than, net income as measures of operating performance or to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities or as measures of liquidity. Since

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures determined in accordance with GAAP and are thus susceptible to varying interpretations and calculations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not represent amounts of funds that are available for management’s discretionary use. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA presented below may not be the same as EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA calculations as defined in the Credit Facilities. A reconciliation of net loss attributable to Agiliti to Adjusted EBITDA is included below:

 

     Successor             Predecessor  
(in thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
Through
December 31,
2019
                  From
January 1
Through
January 3,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 

Net loss income attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   $ (22,478   $ (31,408           $ (3,866   $ (31,879

Interest expense

     61,530       48,199               —         53,390  

Income tax benefit

     (3,234     (14,857             (13,281     (66,348

Depreciation and amortization of intangibles and contract costs

     169,241       161,703               —         79,199  
  

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     205,059       163,637               (17,147     34,362  

Gain on Settlement (1)

     —         —                 —         (26,391

Intangible asset impairment charge

     —         —                 —         131,100  

Non-cash share-based compensation expense

     10,334       6,011               5,900       3,010  

Management and other expenses (2)

     671       6,713               —         2,850  

Transaction costs (3)

     3,837       4,720               11,247       7,772  

Tax receivable agreement remeasurement

     14,300       (7,970             —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 234,201     $ 173,111             $ —       $ 152,703  
  

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Other Financial Data:

                

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 137,927     $ 69,998             $ —       $ 86,323  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (151,732     (761,973             —         (51,034

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     220,310       (42,887             —         (27,949

 

(1)

Gain on settlement represents a litigation settlement with Hill-Rom.

(2)

Management and other expenses represents (a) the Advisory Services Fees, which will terminate in connection with this offering, (b) the Legacy Management Fees, which were terminated in connection with the Business Combination and (c) non-recurring expenses primarily comprising two legal settlements and a credit received under the CARES Act.

(3)

Transaction costs represent costs associated with potential mergers and acquisitions and are primarily related to the Business Combination completed on January 4, 2019. See Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Seasonality

Quarterly operating results are typically affected by seasonal factors. Historically, our first and fourth quarters are the strongest, reflecting increased customer utilization during the fall and winter months.

 

60


Table of Contents

Quarterly Revenue Table

The following table sets forth our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations data on a quarterly basis for the 2019 predecessor period, the 2019 successor period and for the successor year ended December 31, 2020. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor                 Predecessor  
(in thousands)   Three Months Ended                    
  December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    March 31,
2020
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Jan. 4 to
March 31,
2019
                Jan. 1 to
Jan. 3, 2019
 

Consolidated Statements of Operation Data:

                       

Revenue

  $  214,191     $ 194,721     $ 185,161      $ 179,240      $ 157,328      $ 153,332       150,439      $ 151,974           $ —    

Cost of revenue

    127,726       120,115       117,691       121,433       111,416       106,900       102,755       102,741             —    

Gross margin

    86,465       74,606       67,470       57,807       45,912       46,432       47,684       49,233             —    

Selling, general and administrative

    69,451       71,732       52,540       56,566       41,047       48,288       51,351       46,470             17,147  

Gain on settlement

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               —    

Intangible asset impairment charge

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               —    

Operating income (loss)

    17,014       2,874       14,930       1,241       4,865       (1,856     (3,667     2,763             (17,147

Interest Expense

    14,998       13,560       15,156       17,817       13,038       10,894       11,137       13,130             —    

(Loss) income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

    2,016       (10,686     (226     (16,576     (8,173     (12,750     (14,804     (10,367           (17,417

Income tax (benefit) expense

    2,444       (573     (1,077     (4,028     (6,005     (3,196     (3,238     (2,418           (13,281

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    42       95       29       74       27       27       51       66             —    

Net (loss) income attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and subsidiaries

  $ (470   $ (10,208   $ 822     $ (12,622   $ (2,195   $ (9,581   $ (11,617   $ (8,015         $ (3,866

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

Our principal sources of liquidity are expected to be cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, which provides for loans in an amount of up to $190 million. It is anticipated that our principal uses of liquidity will be to fund capital expenditures related to purchases of medical equipment, provide working capital, meet debt service requirements and finance our strategic plans.

There is uncertainty related to the anticipated impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our future results, and although we believe our business model, our current cash reserves and our available borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, will help us to manage our business through this crisis as it continues to unfold. We believe our existing balances of cash and cash equivalents and our currently anticipated operating cash flows will be sufficient to meet our cash needs arising in the ordinary course of business for the next twelve months. If new financing is necessary, there can be no assurance that any such financing would be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. To date, we have not experienced difficulty accessing the credit market; however, future volatility in the credit market may increase costs associated with issuing debt instruments or affect our ability to access those markets. In addition, it is possible that our ability to access the credit market could be limited at a time when we would like, or need to do so, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to refinance debt and/or react to changing economic and business conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all as a result of the credit and capital markets. Thus, we may be unable to expand our business or to service our debt.”

Net cash provided by operating activities was $137.9 million, $70.0 million and $86.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities during 2020 compared to the period of January 4 through December 31, 2019 was favorably impacted by our improved financial performance, the timing of incentive and interest payments and large transaction costs related to the Business Combination, which was completed in 2019. Our

 

61


Table of Contents

improved financial performance in 2020 was driven by the 26.1% increase in revenue. Higher incentive and interest payments were made in 2019, positively impacting our cash flow comparisons in 2020. In addition, large transaction costs were paid for in 2019, positively impacting our cash flow comparisons in 2020. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to the decrease in working capital, offset by an increase in net income before depreciation, amortization, gain on settlement, intangible asset impairment charge and removal of a valuation allowance in 2018. Consolidated net income for 2019 was $115.4 million, adjusted for depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, compared to net income of $85.8 million for 2018, adjusted for depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, non-cash portion of the gain on settlement, intangible asset impairment charge, net of tax and the removal of a valuation allowance in 2018. The increase in net income was primarily due to an 8.5% increase in revenue. The decrease in working capital was impacted by higher incentive payments and the timing of interest payments during 2019, which resulted in a decrease in net cash provided by operating activities of $21.4 million and $14.9 million, respectively, offset by the timing of accounts receivable collections, which resulted in an increase in net cash provided by operations of $16.9 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $151.7 million, $762.0 million, and $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities during 2020 was primarily due to the business combination completed in January 2019. The increase in net cash used in investing activities in 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to the business combination completed in January 2019.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $220.3 million, ($42.9) million, and ($27.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities during 2020 was primarily due to the new term loan to fund the acquisition on January 31, 2020. See Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information on the acquisition. The increase in net cash used in financing activities in 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to the dividend payment, redemption of warrants and payments of deferred financing costs, offset by higher net borrowings.

First Lien Credit Facilities

On January 4, 2019, Agiliti Health, Inc., as borrower, Agiliti Holdco, Inc. as holdings, and certain subsidiaries of Agiliti Health, Inc. acting as guarantors, entered into a credit agreement (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and letter of credit issuer and the lenders from time to time party thereto, comprised of a $150.0 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and $660.0 million seven-year senior secured term loan facility (the “First Lien Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “First Lien Credit Facilities”). Pursuant to the Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2020 (the “First Lien Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1”), the Revolving Credit Facility was increased to $190.0 million and the First Lien Term Loan Facility was increased to $785.0 million. Pursuant to the Amendment No. 2 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2020 (the “First Lien Credit Agreement Amendment No. 2”), the First Lien Term Loan Facility was increased to $935.0 million. A portion of the proceeds from the initial borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement were used to prepay certain existing indebtedness of the borrower and its subsidiaries and the proceeds of the incremental term loans from the First Lien Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1 were used to finance working capital needs and general corporate purposes, including to finance acquisitions and to refinance the loans then outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds of the incremental term loans from the First Lien Credit Agreement Amendment No. 2 were used to finance working capital needs and general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2020, we had $922.2 million in borrowings outstanding under our First Lien Term Loan Facility and $6.3 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on our First Lien Term Loan Facility was 2.9375% on the $772.2 million and 3.5% on the $150.0 million.

 

62


Table of Contents

Second Lien Credit Facilities

On November 15, 2019, Agiliti Health, Inc., as borrower, Agiliti Holdco, Inc., as holdings, and certain subsidiaries of Agiliti Health, Inc. acting as guarantors, entered into a second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), with Wilmington Trust, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as bookrunner and lead arranger, comprised of a $240.0 million loan (the “Second Lien Term Loan Facility”). The proceeds from the borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement were used to pay a dividend or distribution payment to our equityholders in an amount equal to approximately $240.0 million and certain transaction costs in connection therewith. As of December 31, 2020, we had $240.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on our Second Lien Term Loan Facility was 7.96838%.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum, at the borrower’s option, equal to an applicable margin, plus (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime lending rate published in The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period on such day plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the LIBOR rate as set forth by the ICE Benchmark Administration for the interest period relevant to such borrowing subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.00%.

The applicable margin for borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement is (a)(1) prior to March 31, 2019 and (2) on or after March 31, 2019 (so long as the first lien leverage ratio is greater than 3.75 to 1.00), (1) 2.00% for alternate base rate borrowings and (ii) 3.00% for Eurodollar borrowings and (b) on or after June 30, 2020 (so long as the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00), subject to step downs to (i) 1.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and (ii) 2.75% for Eurodollar borrowings. Under the First Lien Credit Agreement, the borrower is also required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility of (i) 0.50% per annum if the first lien leverage ratio is greater than 4.00:1.00, (ii) 0.375% per annum if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00:1.00 but greater than 3.50:1.00 and (iii) 0.250% if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.50:1.00, and a letter of credit participation fee equal to the applicable margin for Eurodollar revolving loans on the actual daily amount of the letter of credit exposure.

The applicable margin for borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement is (a) 6.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and (b) 7.75% for Eurodollar borrowings.

Interest Rate Swap

In May 2020, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement for a total notional amount of $500.0 million, which has the effect of converting the interest rate applicable to $350.0 million and $150.0 million of our First Lien Term Loan Facility to fixed interest rates. The effective date for the interest rate swap agreement was June 2020 and the expiration date is June 2023.

The interest rate swap agreement qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” Both at inception and on an on-going basis, we must perform an effectiveness test. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement at December 31, 2020 was ($1.9) million, of which ($1.0) million are included in other accrued expenses and ($0.9) million are included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. The change in fair value was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheet, net of tax, since the instrument was determined to be an effective hedge at December 31, 2020. We have not recorded any amounts due to ineffectiveness for any periods presented.

 

63


Table of Contents

As a result of our interest rate swap agreement, we expect the effective interest rate on $350.0 million and $150.0 million of our First Lien Term Loan Facility to be 0.3396% and 0.3290%, respectively, through June 2023.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary, as of December 31, 2020, of our future contractual obligations:

 

     Payments due by period  

(in thousands)

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Other Financial Data:

              

Long-term debt principal obligations

   $ 1,162,190      $ 9,350      $ 18,700      $ 18,700      $ 1,115,440  

Interest on notes

     267,115        46,774        92,699        91,567        36,076  

Principal and interest on finance leases

     26,895        7,353        9,289        5,025        5,228  

Principal and interest on operating leases

     57,741        15,411        22,066        15,404        4,860  

Pension obligations (1)

     650        650        —          —          —    

Tax receivable obligations (2)

     50,600       
—  
 
     —          —          —    

Unrecognized tax positions (3)

     1,340        —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,566,531      $ 79,538      $ 142,754      $ 130,696      $ 1,161,604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other commercial commitments:

              

Stand by letter of credit

   $ 6,325      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

While our net pension liability at December 31, 2020 was approximately $8.4 million, we cannot reasonably estimate required payments beyond 2020 due to changing actuarial and market conditions.

(2)

The total amount represents the fair value of the obligation. We cannot reasonably determine the exact timing of payments related to the Tax Receivable Agreement obligation. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

(3)

We cannot reasonably determine the exact timing of payments related to our unrecognized tax positions.

Based on the level of operating performance in 2020, we believe our cash from operations and additional borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility will meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, exclusive of any borrowings that we may make to finance potential acquisitions. However, if during that period or thereafter we are not successful in generating sufficient cash flows from operations or in raising additional capital when required in sufficient amounts and on terms acceptable to us, our business could be adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all as a result of the credit and capital markets. Thus, we may be unable to expand our business or to service our debt.”

Our levels of borrowing are further restricted by the financial covenants set forth in our Revolving Credit Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

As of December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with all covenants for all years presented.

Our expansion and acquisition strategy may require substantial capital. Sufficient funding for future acquisitions may not be available under our Revolving Credit Facility, and we may not be able to raise any necessary additional funds through bank financing or the issuance of equity or debt securities on terms acceptable to us, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—We may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms or at all as a result of the credit and capital markets. Thus, we may be unable to expand our business or to service our debt.”

 

64


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities (“SPEs”), which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any unconsolidated SPEs.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements: “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk arising from adverse changes in fuel costs and pension valuation. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Interest Rates

We use both fixed and variable rate debt as sources of financing. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $1,186.8 million of total debt outstanding before netting with deferred financing costs and unamortized debt discount, of which $662.2 million was bearing interest at variable rates. Based on variable debt levels at December 31, 2020, a 1.0 percentage point change in interest rates on variable rate debt would have resulted in annual interest expense fluctuating by approximately $6.6 million.

Fuel Costs

We are exposed to market risks related to changes in the price of gasoline used to fuel our fleet of delivery and sales vehicles. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the average 2020 prices of unleaded gasoline, assuming normal gasoline usage levels for the year, would lead to an annual increase or decrease in fuel costs of approximately $0.3 million.

Pension

Our pension plan assets, which were approximately $24.6 million at December 31, 2020, are subject to volatility that can be caused by fluctuations in general economic conditions. Continued market volatility and disruption could cause further declines in asset values, and if this occurs, we may need to make additional pension plan contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2020 would lead to a decrease in the funded status of the plan of approximately $2.5 million.

Other Market Risk

As of December 31, 2020, we have no other material exposure to market risk.

 

65


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Agiliti is an essential service provider to the U.S. healthcare industry with solutions that help support a more efficient, safe and sustainable healthcare delivery system. We ensure healthcare providers have the critical medical equipment they need to care for patients—wherever and whenever it’s needed—with a service model that helps lower costs, reduce waste and maintain the highest quality standard of medical device management in the industry. We are motivated by a belief that every interaction has the power to change a life, which forms the cornerstone of how we approach our work and frames the lens through which we view our responsibility to make a difference for the customers, patients and communities we serve.

Overview

We believe we are one of the leading experts in the management, maintenance and mobilization of mission-critical, regulated, reusable medical devices. We offer healthcare providers a comprehensive suite of medical equipment management and service solutions that help reduce capital and operating expenses, optimize medical equipment utilization, reduce waste, enhance staff productivity and bolster patient safety.

We commenced operations in 1939, originally incorporated in Minnesota in 1954 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001. Since the Business Combination in January 2019, we have been controlled by the THL Stockholder.

In our more than 80 years of experience ensuring healthcare providers have high-quality, expertly maintained equipment to serve their patients, we’ve built an at-scale, strong nationwide operating footprint. This service and logistics infrastructure positions us to reach customers across the entire healthcare continuum—from individual facilities to the largest and most complex healthcare systems. Likewise, our ability to rapidly mobilize, track, repair and redeploy equipment during times of peak need or emergent events has made us a service provider of choice for city, state and federal governments to manage emergency equipment stockpiles.

Agiliti at-a-glance: Powered by an at-scale, nationwide logistics and service infrastructure

 

LOGO

Our diverse customer base includes approximately 7,000 active national, regional and local acute care hospitals, health system integrated delivery networks and alternate site providers (such as surgery centers,

 

66


Table of Contents

specialty hospitals, home care providers, long-term acute care hospitals and skilled nursing facilities). We serve the federal government as well as a number of city and state governments providing management and maintenance of emergency equipment stockpiles, and we are an outsourced service provider to medical device manufacturers supporting critical device remediation and repair services. We deliver our solutions through our nationwide network of 98 service centers and seven Centers of Excellence, among which we employ a team of more than 500 specialized biomed repair technicians, more than 2,800 field-based service operators who work onsite within customer facilities or in our local service centers, and approximately 200 field sales and account managers. Our fees are paid directly by our customers rather than by direct reimbursement from third-party payors, such as private insurers, Medicare or Medicaid.

Industry Challenges

The U.S. healthcare industry continues to face transformative pressure that affects how provider organizations conduct business and serve their patients. Across the healthcare system, providers face compounding financial and operational challenges, including cost pressure from payors, nursing and clinical staff shortages, rising costs of drugs and supplies, increasing regulatory oversight, and advances in medical technology that generally result in higher prices for newer equipment and a higher cost of managing that equipment over its lifecycle. Given there is little that providers can do to change external dynamics, there is increased focus on areas within their enterprise that they can control. In our experience, one area that most hospitals and health systems identify for operational and cost improvement is the management and maintenance of medical equipment.

Healthcare facilities have been shown to own large quantities of reusable capital equipment ranging from multi-million dollar highly technical devices (e.g. MRIs) to lower cost, high volume devices (e.g. infusion pumps) required for patient care, treatment and diagnosis. In our experience, providers often face challenges in managing their medical equipment inventory effectively. For example, hospitals typically utilize roughly 42% of their owned medical equipment inventory at any given time, yet caregivers report that they routinely lack access to readily available patient-ready equipment. Nurses report spending an average of 20 minutes per shift searching for equipment, and no more than 37% of their time on direct patient care. Operational silos that naturally occur among hospital departments create inadvertent breakdowns within equipment management workflows, from the administrators who order equipment, to the support staff who clean/reprocess and deliver the equipment, to the nurses and doctors who use the equipment.

Further, the repair and maintenance of this highly technical equipment continues to increase in complexity and cost. Over 15 years there has been a 62% increase in the number of medical devices per hospital bed and a 90% increase in costs related to maintaining this equipment (between 1995 and 2010). Given the increasingly complex nature of these devices and stringent regulatory mandates guiding their upkeep, specialized technical knowledge is required to repair and maintain them. Most healthcare facilities struggle to employ the in-house capabilities and resources needed to ensure timely, routine maintenance and rapid testing, repair and turnaround of their medical inventory which may impact time-to-therapy and patient safety, while driving up capital replacement costs on equipment that could have otherwise been kept operational with proper maintenance.

Finally, the healthcare system experiences seasonality in patient volumes, resulting in peak-need demand for specialized medical equipment (e.g. ventilators, specialty beds, infusion pumps). Given the common breakdowns in managing and maintaining their inventory during times of normal operation, hospitals face additional burden on equipment availability during times of peak need and will procure supplemental equipment through additional acquisition channels to fill this gap.

 

67


Table of Contents

Critical gaps and costly challenges for providers at the intersection of care and technology

 

 

LOGO

These challenges drive up significant costs and time delays within individual hospital facilities, but when multiplied across several hospitals and alternate site facilities within an IDN, the losses increase significantly. An average 2,500 bed IDN has been shown to waste more than $11 million annually on inefficient equipment maintenance and unnecessary capital purchases, while clinicians lose valuable patient time and productivity hours managing equipment needs.

These dynamics, supported by the following trends, further support the essential nature of our work:

Focus on reducing costs and increasing operational efficiency. Hospitals and other healthcare facilities continue to experience substantial pressure to conserve capital, reduce operating expenses and become more operationally efficient. We expect these pressures to continue in the future and believe that we will always be on the right side of healthcare reform. Our comprehensive, end-to-end solutions offer customers a way to realize costs savings while enhancing operational improvements for medical equipment access and availability, thereby improving their organizational efficiency and financial viability.

Demand for better patient safety and outcomes. Hospitals across the U.S. are focused on improving patient safety and outcomes, which includes efforts to minimize hospital-acquired conditions (e.g. infections, patient falls and pressure injuries) and increase nursing time at the patient bedside. Hospitals turn to us to assist them in managing their equipment to help them to minimize these incidents and ensure equipment is available when and where it is needed for patient care, thereby improving patient safety and time to therapy, and supporting optimal patient outcomes.

Caregiver retention and satisfaction. Hospitals continue to experience nursing and other caregiver retention and job satisfaction pressures. According to reports from the World Health Organization, the United States is expected to have a nurse shortage of 500,000 nurses by 2025. Adding non-patient care duties, such as searching for, cleaning and managing equipment, adds to nurse workload and contributes to clinician dissatisfaction and turnover. We expect that with these internal pressures, hospitals will increasingly turn to our programs to outsource healthcare technology management duties and related management processes to allow nurses more time to spend on patient care, resulting in improved job satisfaction.

Increased capital and operating expense pressures and regulatory compliance. Hospitals continue to experience restricted capital and operating budgets, while the cost and complexity of medical equipment increases. Furthermore, the increasing complexity and sophistication of medical equipment brings with it more

 

68


Table of Contents

recordkeeping requirements and regulatory scrutiny in its use and maintenance. We expect that hospitals will increasingly look to us to support the management and maintenance of their capital equipment inventory to achieve capital and operating expense savings, operating efficiencies and regulatory compliance.

Our Value Proposition

As a critical outsource partner to more than 7,000 U.S. healthcare customers, including most leading providers nationwide, we’ve tailored our solution offering and service model to address the unique challenges and opportunities we witness among our customers related to the effective management of medical equipment.

Our services help eliminate significant capital and operating costs associated with the ownership and lifecycle management of mission-critical medical equipment. In addition to optimizing use of providers’ owned equipment, we provide ready access and increase the on-patient utilization of supplemental medical equipment to address fluctuations in patient census and patient acuity. By partnering with Agiliti, providers have the benefits of:

 

   

Cost savings and lower total costs of equipment ownership

 

   

Increased utilization of both customer-owned and supplemental equipment

 

   

Lower overall total cost of equipment ownership by combining our solutions to solve challenges across the end-to-end equipment management process

 

   

Optimized management and logistics of provider-owned equipment through tracking, monitoring, reprocessing, maintaining, and ensuring equipment is safety-tested and redeployed for use

 

   

Reduced maintenance and repair costs through the use of our proprietary technology, flexible staffing models, parts pool, equipment capabilities and diverse skill mix of knowledgeable equipment technicians and our commitment to quality

 

   

Benefits of specialized technician labor to augment clinical biomed staff, having been shown to help reduce service costs and provide required technical proficiency to address more complex equipment types

 

   

Access to our extensive data and expertise on the cost, performance, features and functions of all major items of medical equipment

 

   

Assistance with capital planning, vendor management and regulatory compliance

 

   

More time to spend with patients and confidence in the availability of patient-ready medical equipment

 

   

Increased productivity and satisfaction among nursing staff achieved by eliminating certain non-clinical work tasks and saving an average 300-bed hospital over 28,000 caregiver hours annually, allowing more time to focus on patient care responsibilities

 

   

Improved time-to-therapy for patients at risk for falls, skin breakdown and bariatric safety by expediting delivery of therapeutic equipment direct to the patient room

 

   

Access to supplemental moveable medical equipment, surgical equipment and next generation technology without the expense of acquisition on a pay-per-procedure basis

 

   

Improved regulatory compliance, risk management and extended use life

 

   

Optimal maintenance intervals and parts replacement to extend equipment use life, reduce waste and lower obsolescence risk

 

   

Compliance with regulatory and recordkeeping requirements and adherence to manufacturers’ specifications on the reprocessing and maintenance of medical equipment

 

   

Equipment quality assurance through the use of our comprehensive QMS based on the quality standards recognized worldwide for medical devices: 21 CFR 820 and ISO 13485:2016

 

   

Risk mitigation and lower costs associated with product recalls or device modifications

 

69


Table of Contents
   

Technical expertise and supplemental staffing to sustain optimal equipment workflow

 

   

Reduced administrative and time burdens on clinical staff related to managing and locating available equipment and coordinating among multiple vendors

 

   

Specialized technical and clinical specialists that directly interact with and work alongside customers to optimize equipment outsourcing solutions

Our Market Opportunities

We participate in a $14 billion U.S. medical equipment services market comprised of the services we offer through our onsite managed services, clinical engineering services and equipment solutions service lines. We believe that this market will grow at mid-single digits annually.

Per the CMS, as of 2018, healthcare spending reached $3.6 trillion, or $11,172 per person and accounted for 17.7% of the U.S. GDP. Spending is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 5.4% from 2019-2028, due to secular tailwinds including an aging population, rising acuity, and prevalence of chronic conditions. Within healthcare, hospital care, physician and clinical services accounted for 53% of total healthcare spend in 2018.

There is a fundamental shift in the needs of health systems, hospitals and alternate site providers to move from supplemental and peak need sourcing of medical equipment toward more comprehensive onsite inventory management and maintenance solutions. As healthcare facilities look to balance the challenge of providing better care at lower costs, they are more open to third party partnerships that outsource critical but non-core support functions. The move toward full outsourcing is not unlike trends in similar services at hospitals including food service, laundry, professional staffing and technology.

We believe there are several key macro trends that will drive increased demand for our products and services:

Favorable demographic trends. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, individuals aged 65 and older in the United States comprise the fastest growing segment of the population. This segment is expected to grow to approximately 81 million individuals by 2040. This represents a 44% increase in the 65-and-older segment of the population over the next 20 years. As a result, over time, the number of patients and the volume of hospital admissions are expected to grow. The aging population and increasing life expectancy are driving demand for healthcare services.

Increase in chronic disease and obesity. According to the CDC, six in ten Americans live with at least one chronic disease, like heart disease and stroke, cancer, or diabetes. These conditions often require specialty equipment to support therapeutic intervention in inpatient and outpatient care settings. In addition, obesity in the U.S. increased to 42% of the population between 2017-2018, up from 30.5% in 2000 (CDC). This population demands greater access to specialty bariatric equipment to support care and minimize the incidence of injury during a hospital stay.

Increased mergers & acquisitions. We have seen that hospitals and healthcare systems continue to expand their covered network and acquire alternate care delivery settings in order to care for patient populations in the most cost-effective way. In our experience, providers are increasingly seeking partners that provide comprehensive services and that can quickly adapt to changing health system infrastructure and growth. Working with one vendor that can operate at a nationwide and system-wide scale is attractive to cities, states, and IDNs who operate, manage, and maintain equipment inventories across multiple locations.

Centralizing shared services across the IDN. Health systems with duplicate services across multiple facilities in close proximity have an increased risk of unnecessary variation, greater costs, and suboptimal outcomes. Many health systems have centralized and consolidated non-clinical services as a shared service, including billing, reimbursement, supply chain, human resources, IT, etc. We have witnessed a growing trend among IDNs to centralize and consolidate equipment maintenance and logistics among member facilities. In our experience, because most health systems do not currently have the storage, technical or transportation resources

 

70


Table of Contents

for managing a shared equipment management function, they will seek third party support to optimize equipment utilization, redeploy equipment where needed and reduce overall equipment costs.

Increase in infection control risks. Infection control remains an essential priority for hospitals and health systems as a way to limit the spread of hospital-acquired infections. This has further escalated as a top priority due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Most focus in this area is around hand hygiene, the proper use of personal protective equipment (PPE) and the reprocessing and sterilization of critical and semi-critical medical devices (e.g. surgical instruments, endoscopes). Often overlooked is the reprocessing of non-critical medical devices, such as infusion pumps and ventilators, that are commonly touched by caregivers and patients. If not properly cleaned and sanitized between patient use, these devices can pose increased infection control risks. We expect an increase in demand of onsite equipment management programs to address proper reprocessing of these types of devices and help lower infection risks and allow clinicians to spend more time at the patient bedside and less time cleaning equipment.

Our Solutions

We provide comprehensive medical device management solutions based on a proven framework for optimizing use of reusable, regulated medical devices. Within this framework, we engage with healthcare providers to help reduce the cost and complexity of acquiring, managing and maintaining critical medical equipment inventories. The integrated nature of our service offerings within this end-to-end framework ensures we maximize value to customers as we address more aspects of the equipment lifecycle continuum.

Proven framework for end-to-end management of FDA-regulated, reusable medical devices

 

 

LOGO

While customers may initially engage with us across one aspect of our service lines within this framework, we employ a variety of land-and-expand tactics to grow our relationships and customer share-of-wallet over time. These tactics include:

 

   

Gateway solutions which offer an entry point to the economic buyer and include peak needs equipment, surgical lasers and equipment, specialty beds and surfaces and supplemental clinical engineering services;

 

   

Vertical solutions which provide a deeper level of service with clinical offerings tailored to specific patient needs (e.g. bariatrics, wound management, falls management) and clinical engineering programs for broad equipment categories (general biomedical devices, diagnostic imaging equipment, surgical instruments);

 

   

Comprehensive, connected solutions through onsite managed services and outsourced clinical engineering services that connect previously fragmented customer workflow processes to drive

 

71


Table of Contents
 

operational efficiencies, realize improved clinician and equipment productivity, lower total cost of ownership, ensure regulatory compliance, reduce waste, improve time to therapy and allow customers to effectively lower costs; and

 

   

Comprehensive logistics, management and clinical engineering solutions that allow IDNs to manage equipment inventories across multiple locations, and supports city, state and federal government agencies in managing and maintaining equipment stockpiles.

We deploy our solution offering across three primary service lines:

Onsite Managed Services: Onsite Managed Services are comprehensive programs that assume full responsibility for the management, reprocessing and logistics of medical equipment at individual facilities and IDNs, with the added benefit of enhancing equipment utilization and freeing more clinician time for patient care. This solution monitors and adjusts equipment quantities and availability to address fluctuations in patient census and acuity. Our more than 1,700 onsite employees work 24/7 in customer facilities, augmenting clinical support by integrating proven equipment management processes, utilizing our proprietary management software and conducting daily rounds and unit-based training to ensure equipment is being used and managed properly, overall helping to optimize day-to-day operations and care outcomes. We assume full responsibility for ensuring equipment is available when and where it is needed, removing equipment when no longer in use, and decontaminating, testing and servicing equipment as needed between each patient use. We have over 225 onsite managed service customers. Revenue attributable to such customers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 represented 28% and 28% of our total revenue, respectively.

Clinical Engineering Services: Clinical Engineering Services provides maintenance, repair and remediation solutions for all types of medical equipment, including general biomedical equipment and diagnostic imaging equipment, through supplemental and outsourced offerings. Our supplemental offering helps customers manage their equipment repair and maintenance backlog, assist with remediation and regulatory reporting and temporarily fill open biotechnical positions. With our outsourced offering, we assume full management, staffing and clinical engineering service responsibilities for individual or system-wide customer sites. The outsourced model deploys a dedicated, on-site team to coordinate the management of customer-owned equipment utilizing our proprietary information systems, third party vendors of services and parts, and a broad range of professional services for capital equipment planning and regulatory compliance. We leverage more than 500 technical resources from our 98 local market service centers and seven Centers of Excellence to flex staff in and out of customer facilities on an as-needed basis, ensuring customers pay only for time spent directly servicing their equipment by an appropriately qualified technician. We use flex staffing for our supplemental clinical engineering solution and to augment support when additional technicians are needed to supplement our outsourced services during peak workload. We contract our Clinical Engineering Services with acute care and alternate site facilities across the U.S., as well as with the federal government and any medical device manufacturers that require a broad logistical footprint to support their large-scale service needs. We have over 6,000 clinical engineering service customers. Revenue attributable to such customers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 represented 33% and 31% of our total revenue, respectively.

Equipment Solutions: Equipment Solutions primarily provides supplemental, peak need and per-case rental of general biomedical, specialty, and surgical equipment to approximately 7,000 acute care hospitals and alternate site providers in the U.S., including some of the nation’s premier healthcare institutions and integrated delivery networks. We contract for Equipment Solutions services directly with customers or through our contractual arrangements with hospital systems and alternate site providers. We consistently achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by our NPS of 55 for the year ended December 31, 2020, by delivering patient-ready equipment within our contracted equipment delivery times and by providing technical support and educational in-servicing for equipment as-needed in clinical departments, including the emergency room, operating room, intensive care, rehabilitation and general patient care areas. We are committed to providing the highest quality of equipment to our customers, and we do so through the use of our comprehensive

 

72


Table of Contents

QMS which is based on the quality standards recognized worldwide for medical devices: 21 CFR 820 and ISO 13485:2016. This commitment ensures that customers have access to patient-ready equipment with the confidence of knowing it has been prepared and maintained to the highest industry standard to deliver optimal patient safety and outcomes. We have over 5,000 equipment solution customers. Revenue attributable to such customers for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 represented 38% and 41% of our total revenue, respectively.

Many of our customers have multiple contracts and have revenue reported in multiple service lines. Our contracts vary based upon service offering, including with respect to term (with most being multi-year contracts), pricing (daily, monthly and fixed fee arrangements) and termination (termination for convenience to termination for cause only). Many of our contracts contain customer commitment guarantees and annual price increases tied to the consumer price index. Standard contract terms include payment terms, limitation of liability, force majeure provisions and choice of law/venue.

Because we work closely with customers to provide a long-term, value-based solution vs. a product-based, transactional approach, they are motivated to expand their relationships with us over time. We have approximately 84% white space within our current customers base. As indicated in the Customer Case Study presented below, we have demonstrated an ability to grow revenue up to 5-6x with an existing customer. We believe that this case study demonstrates the potential of our “land and expand” strategy of efficiently increasing revenue from our existing customers as they move toward our full suite of highly complementary services. From the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2020, our top 50 customers that experienced the largest growth in revenue over the same period increased in revenue from an aggregate of approximately $21.3 million to approximately $117.3 million (with increases at each customer ranging from $1.0 million to $8.8 million and an average increase of $1.9 million, and with consistent growth across our three primary service lines), primarily driven by our efforts to expand our share of wallet within our existing customer base. During the same period, our average existing customer growth rate was approximately 4.3%.

Further, the infrastructure and capabilities required to provide connected, responsive equipment lifecycle management is typically cost-prohibitive, even for large IDNs. Our nationwide network of clinical engineers, storage and repair facilities, vehicles and analytics tools gives us scale to provide cost-effective services for individual facilities, systems, regional IDNs, governments and device manufacturers.

Customer Case Study:

 

 

LOGO

 

73


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We believe our business model presents an attractive value proposition to our customers and that our comprehensive medical device management solutions and ability to work in partnership with and across OEMs as a device-agnostic service provider have contributed to our growth in recent years. Our unique framework for end-to-end medical equipment management, delivered through our nationwide service and logistics infrastructure, differentiates us in the marketplace and is without comparable peer. We believe our more than 80 years of experience, extensive employee base of trained technicians and our reputation for service excellence has earned us a leading position in our industry. We attribute our historical success to our:

Strong value proposition. With our focus and expertise in connected, end-to-end medical equipment management and service solutions, we offer a compelling customer value proposition. We believe that many of our customers have come to rely on our ability to respond quickly to their needs with reliable, high quality service expertise. We believe our ability to provide this level of service distinguishes us from our competitors. It also requires us to maintain inventories and infrastructure that we do not believe our competitors currently maintain. Our comprehensive solutions focus on helping customers:

 

   

lower total cost of device ownership by reducing capital and operating costs related to owning and managing medical equipment;

 

   

enhance operational productivity and staff satisfaction by ensuring equipment is available when and where needed; and

 

   

maintain high standards of quality and regulatory compliance related to medical equipment use, maintenance and end-of-life disposal.

Large, nationwide infrastructure. We have a broad and specialized nationwide staff, facility, and vehicle service network coupled with focused and customized operations at the local level. Our extensive network of service centers and Centers of Excellence and our 24-hours-a-day, 365 days-a-year service capabilities enable us to compete effectively for large, national contracts as well as drive growth regionally and locally.

We employ a number of technical, clinical and surgical specialists that engage directly with our customers to drive improved cost, efficiency and clinical outcomes. These include over 500 biomedical repair technicians, more than 2,800 field-based service operators, and approximately 200 field sales and account managers. Our specialized teams, large equipment fleet, and quality assurance programs have been built over 80 years serving provider customers and represent a significant investment in infrastructure over time. This places us in a unique and hard-to-replicate position with the scale to serve the most complex acute care hospitals, such as teaching, research or specialty institutions, that demand access to current and preferred technologies to meet the complex needs of their patients.

Proprietary software and asset management tools. We have used our more than 80 years of experience and our extensive database of equipment management information to develop sophisticated software technology and management tools. These tools enable us to meet unique customer demands by supporting sophisticated onsite managed services that help drive cost efficiencies and equipment productivity for caregivers. We believe that our ongoing investment in new tools and technology will help continue to distinguish our offerings to the healthcare industry.

Commitment to quality. Third-party service providers like Agiliti are not required to register with the FDA; therefore, there are no regulations that specifically apply to our maintenance of medical devices. We’ve made a commitment, however, to do the right thing for our customers and their patients by staffing a dedicated Quality team and implementing a Quality Management System (“QMS”) based on the quality standards recognized worldwide for medical devices: 21 CFR 820 and ISO 13485:2016. This commitment to quality ensures that patient safety and risk management are at the center of every product decision, and that our equipment is serviced to the highest standards in the industry. All 98 local market service centers and seven Centers of Excellence follow an ISO 13485 compliant QMS, and we have elected to hire outside independent accredited registrars to audit our quality system. British Standards Institute (“BSI”) has certified five of our Centers of Excellence to

 

74


Table of Contents

ISO 13485:2016, and the remaining two Centers of Excellence are certified by Deutscher Kraftfahrzeug-Überwachungs-Verein e.V. (“Dekra”) and National Quality Assurance (“NQA”). We believe that ISO 13485:2016 provides the stringent guidelines specific to medical devices to ensure that our fleet of equipment, as well as the equipment we service, is maintained to the highest quality standards. Our commitment to quality extends to our exclusive use of Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) parts to repair FDA registered medical devices that we own, whenever available. Implementing optimal maintenance intervals and parts replacement extends equipment use life, thereby reducing waste and lowering risk of obsolescence. We believe that our robust QMS policies set us apart in our industry from those who may use less stringent quality practices on the equipment they own or maintain.

Superior customer service. We believe we have a long-standing reputation among our customers for outstanding service and quality. This reputation is largely attributable to our strong customer service culture, which is continuously reinforced by management’s commitment to, and significant investment in, hiring and training resources. We strive to seamlessly integrate our employees and solutions into the operations of our customers. We believe that our aggressive focus on the overall customer experience has helped us achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by our NPS of 55 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

No direct third-party payor reimbursement risk. Many healthcare providers rely on direct payment from patients or reimbursement from third-party payors. Our fees are paid directly by our customers, rather than by third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, managed care organizations or indemnity insurers. Accordingly, our exposure to uncollectible patient or reimbursement receivables or Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement changes is reduced, as evidenced by our bad debt expense of approximately 0.3%, 0.2%, and 0.4% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Values driven culture centered on doing the right thing for our many stakeholders. Our team operates on a set of shared aspirations that reflect the manner in which we approach our work and serve the needs of our customers, team members, shareholders and local communities. We believe these aspirations that underpin our culture, strategy and service model help contribute to a safer and more sustainable healthcare system and frame the cornerstone of our success:

WE ARE BUILDING THE PREMIER CLINICAL EQUIPMENT SERVICES COMPANY. We ensure clinicians have the equipment they need, when they need it, with the confidence it is maintained to the highest industry standards. We never waver from doing what is right for our customers, our team members, and our shareholders.

WE ARE ESSENTIAL TO CUSTOMERS. We are dependable, trusted advisors—steadfast in our commitments and ready to serve. We deliver a unique and valuable offering that helps customers improve their business and prioritize patient care.

WE ARE EMPOWERED AND ENGAGED. We lead by example, inspiring one another to be at our best, to be accountable, and to develop with purpose. We value our diversity, knowing different perspectives lead to better outcomes. We share a common drive to make a difference and take pride in being part of something bigger than ourselves.

WE ARE OPERATIONALLY EXCELLENT. We demonstrate a tireless commitment to quality, reliability, and continuous improvement. We demand of ourselves the highest degree of accuracy, efficiency and integrity in order to deliver exceptional service to our customers and their patients.

WE ARE CREATING A CATEGORY OF ONE. Together, we are building a highly differentiated service company that is the vendor of choice for customers and an employer of choice nationwide.

Highly engaged team. We believe a strong and sustainable company begins with an engaged and empowered team. We are committed to investing in our team’s development and to fostering a culture of diversity, inclusion, trust and transparency. Approximately 52% of our total work force is comprised of minorities and approximately 31% of our team members are female. Since 2018, we have consistently had an

 

75


Table of Contents

annual internal promotion rate of approximately 28%, compared to the national average of 8.9%, as reported by ADP Research Institute. We offer competitive compensation and benefits programs, and we ensure our team members share in the success of our business with a companywide annual bonus program and, following the completion of this offering, an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We strive to ensure Agiliti is a place where our people are proud to work, and we achieve that by listening to feedback and taking active steps to improve. In 2020, we achieved a 77 employee engagement score rating, which places us nearing the extraordinary company benchmark according to third-party engagement indices.

Proven management team. Our diverse and industry leading management team brings decades of executive-level healthcare expertise from across the sector and has successfully supervised the development of our competitive strategy, continually enhanced and expanded our service and product offerings, reinforced our nationwide operating footprint and furthered our reputation as an industry leader in our category.

Key Elements of our Growth Strategy

Retain and expand existing customer relationships. While our overall market opportunity is large, there is also significant expansion opportunity within our existing customers. We currently have 16% wallet share within our existing contracted customers and have demonstrated the ability to grow our wallet share up to 5-6x with an existing customer, as indicated in the Customer Case Study presented above, by expanding the services we provide to them over time. From the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2020, our top 50 customers that experienced the largest growth in revenue over the same period increased in revenue from an aggregate of approximately $21.3 million to approximately $117.3 million (with increases at each customer ranging from $1.0 million to $8.8 million and an average increase of $1.9 million, and with consistent growth across our three primary service lines), primarily driven by our efforts to expand our share of wallet within our existing customer base. During the same period, our average existing customer growth rate was approximately 4.3%. We believe there is approximately $1.7 billion of white space among our current contracted customer base and capturing more of our customer share-of-wallet is core to our growth strategy.

Grow our customer base among customers that outsource. We believe there is a significant opportunity to further grow our business by winning new customer contracts within the $5.85 billion that is contracted annually for medical equipment management services in the U.S. This is less than half of the total addressable market and, due to increasing pressures that providers are facing, we expect outsourcing to significantly accelerate. As a leader in our industry, we believe we are poised to take advantage of this continued shift.

Grow our serviceable market by contracting with those that insource today. Currently, we estimate that $14 billion is spent annually in the U.S. for medical equipment services and functionality, but less than half of the total market is currently being outsourced to an equipment management service, while the rest is done in-house in facilities. We believe that as we reach additional potential customers with demonstrated value both in improved patient care and reduced costs, we can grow our total addressable market by contracting with new clients that were not previously outsourcing device management services. Further, this market is also experiencing tailwinds that make the total addressable market, the total contracted market, and our own contracts with ongoing customers poised to continue to expand. These tailwinds include increasing overall provider volumes, increasing use and complexity of medical devices, increasing outsourcing by hospitals, and additional factors that we believe will continue to drive growth.

Invest in complementary offerings that enhance customer relationships. As the medical device field becomes increasingly complex and the number of devices used per patient on average increases over time, we are constantly evaluating additional services and methods of approaching service delivery that increase value for our clients. As an example, this has recently taken the form of expanding our work with federal, state, and local governments to help them maintain and mobilize strategic stockpiles of ventilators and other critical medical equipment.

 

76


Table of Contents

Opportunistically pursue accretive M&A. Due to our high and sustained value creation for customers and significant white space with existing customer relationships; we believe that pursuing opportunistic M&A will drive increasing returns through embedded customer relationships. From 2015-2020, we have successfully integrated seven acquisitions and will continue to opportunistically pursue additional inorganic growth.

COVID-19 Update

COVID-19 has placed our customers, business, teams and communities in uncharted waters. We consider the impact of the pandemic on our business by evaluating the health of our operations, changes to our revenue outlook, and the degree to which perceptions of and need for Agiliti solutions have evolved during this unprecedented time. As demand for emergent acute care increases around the country and as the global pandemic highlights the importance of resilient supply chains and service networks, the importance of our services has been magnified. We are proud to have rapidly developed and deployed a response plan to ensure the safety of our team, while continuing to meet our customers’ evolving needs for patient-ready medical equipment when and where it was needed; notably, doing so without service interruptions.

We believe our value proposition now resonates with an even broader audience of customers as providers, IDNs and governments prepare for potential future surges in demand for acute care and the required equipment necessary to care for patients.

Specifically, during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have:

 

   

fully and rapidly deployed our fleet of medical devices and accessories across the U.S. to ensure they are reaching the maximum number of patients;

 

   

leveraged our logistics, inventory management, and maintenance/repair infrastructure to work with medical device brokers and manufacturers to make thousands of additional critical medical devices available to healthcare facilities;

 

   

deployed our local biomedical repair teams to augment teams at hospitals around the country to ensure their owned medical equipment remains fully operational and available for patient needs;

 

   

redeployed teams from our 98 local service centers to support surge medical capacity in parks, gymnasiums, and hotel rooms across the country;

 

   

been awarded a new contract to leverage our unique scale and capabilities to manage the maintenance and field repair of the national strategic ventilator stockpile; we are likewise working with various state and municipal governments to manage and mobilize their centralized and local medical device stockpiles; and

 

   

prioritized the care and safety of our employees who are essential to helping our customers meet patient care needs. We committed to avoid COVID-19 related layoffs or furloughs and bridge the income of our team members with variable net pay for the duration of the pandemic. As many of our team members entered high-exposure environments each day, we ensured all had the necessary PPE, guidelines, training and support from the highest levels of the company. We provided 100% coverage for COVID-19 testing and telemedicine, extended short-term medical leave and disability coverage related to COVID-19, and granted additional time-off benefits for COVID-19 related needs, so that our teams were able to safely focus on our customers and their patients as we served alongside them in front-line response efforts.

Due in part to our ability to service clients rapidly and effectively during COVID-19, our revenue increased 26.1% from 2019 to 2020.

 

77


Table of Contents

Business Operations

Service Centers

As of December 31, 2020, we operated 98 local market service centers which allow us to provide our end-to-end healthcare technology management and service solutions to customers in virtually all markets throughout the United States. Each service center is responsible for supporting the equipment management needs of its local healthcare market across all sites of care. Each service center maintains an inventory of locally demanded equipment, parts, supplies and other items tailored to accommodate the needs of individual customers within its geographical area. Should additional or unusual equipment be required by one of our customers, a local service center can draw upon the resources of our other service centers. With access to more than a million owned or managed units of medical equipment (over 250,000 owned) available for customer use as of December 31, 2020, we believe we can most often obtain the necessary equipment within 24 hours.

Depending on market size and demands, our service centers are staffed by multi-disciplined teams of sales professionals, service representatives, customer service technicians, clinical engineering (biomedical) equipment technicians and surgical services technologists trained to deliver on our complete portfolio of customer solutions. Employees providing resident-based services through our on-site managed programs are supported by local site managers and/or the service centers in the markets where those customers are located.

Centers of Excellence

Our local market service center network is supported by seven strategically located Centers of Excellence. These centers focus on providing highly specialized clinical engineering service and support. The Centers of Excellence also provide overflow support, technical expertise, training programs and specialized service functions for our local service centers. All specialized depot work required by our manufacturer customers resides within these Centers of Excellence. Five of our Centers of Excellence are certified as being in compliance with the BSI, which has certified the five Centers of Excellence to ISO 13485:2016 as a quality commitment to our customers, while the remaining two are certified by Dekra and NQA.

Centralized Functions

Our corporate office is located in Minneapolis, Minnesota. We have centralized many of the key elements of our equipment and service offerings in order to create standardization and to maximize our operating efficiencies and uniformity of service. Some of the critical aspects of our business centralized within our corporate office include contract administration, marketing, purchasing, pricing, logistics, accounting and information technology.

Medical Equipment Fleet

We acquire or manage medical equipment to meet our customers’ needs in some of the following product areas: respiratory therapy, infusion therapy, newborn care, critical care, patient monitors, specialty beds and therapy surfaces (which includes fall management equipment, bariatrics equipment, pressure area management and wound therapy equipment, stretchers and wheelchairs) and surgical equipment. We believe we maintain one of the most technologically advanced and comprehensive equipment fleets in the industry, routinely acquiring new and certified pre-owned equipment to enhance our fleet. Our specialized equipment portfolio managers evaluate new products each year to keep abreast of current market technology and to determine whether to add new products to our equipment fleet. In making equipment purchases, we consider a variety of factors, including manufacturer credibility, repair and maintenance costs, anticipated user demand, equipment mobility and anticipated obsolescence. We generally do not enter into long-term fixed price contracts with suppliers of our equipment. As of December 31, 2020, we owned or managed more than a million units of medical equipment available for use by our customers of which over 250,000 were owned.

 

78


Table of Contents

In 2020, our ten largest manufacturers of medical equipment supplied approximately 71% (measured in dollars spent) of our direct medical equipment purchases. In 2019, four of our largest medical equipment suppliers accounted for approximately 53% of our medical equipment purchases (measured in dollars spent).

Employees

We believe a strong and sustainable company begins with an engaged and empowered team. We are committed to investing in our team’s training and development, and to open, two-way communication. Our culture is underpinned by our core belief, our Code of Conduct and our strong commitment to diversity, equity and inclusion.

We had 3,852 employees as of December 31, 2020, including 3,497 full-time and 355 part-time employees. Of such employees, 163 were sales representatives, 3,356 were operations personnel and 333 were employed in corporate support functions.

None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have experienced no work stoppages to date. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Intellectual Property

We have registrations with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the following marks: Asset360® and BioMed360®; “Universal Hospital Services, Inc.,” ‘‘UHS®’’ and the UHS logo; “OnCare,” “Harmony,” “Quartet,” “Agiliti” and the Agiliti logo. We have applications pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the following marks: “Vityl.” United States service mark registrations are generally for a term of 10 years, renewable every 10 years if the mark is used in the regular course of business.

We have a domain name registration for agilitihealth.com, which serves as our main website, and UHS.com. In 2011, we registered the domain name OnCareMedical.com featuring our OnCare sub-brand for patient handling products. In 2012, we registered UHSSurgicalServices.com. In 2016, we acquired resxray.com. We do not own any patents.

We have developed a number of proprietary software programs to directly service or support our customers including “inCare” which is a medical equipment inventory management system that allows us to track the location and usage of equipment we are managing at a customer’s location in our 360 Solutions. “MyAgiliti” is our online ordering and reporting site which accesses our proprietary programs specifically designed to help customers meet medical equipment documentation and reporting needs under applicable regulations and standards, such as those promulgated by the FDA and The Joint Commission. Additionally, this tool provides detailed reporting on utilization, compliance, and analytics for management. “inService” is our equipment maintenance and planning system which houses our work order system and assists in our customers regulatory compliance recordkeeping. “Scheduler” is our web-based scheduling, tracking, reporting and physician preference system for Agiliti Surgical solutions. “inCommand” encompasses the proprietary software tools that allow our employees to manage and maintain our extensive equipment fleet and serve our customers more effectively and efficiently. We primarily rely on trade secret, copyright and other similar laws for the protection of our proprietary software. Our employees who access such proprietary software sign confidentiality agreements and receive training on protecting the security of our data systems, and any independent contractors who assist with development of our proprietary software are required to sign non-disclosure and work product assignment agreements.

Marketing

We market our programs primarily through our direct sales force, which consisted of 163 sales representatives as of December 31, 2020. We support our direct sales force with technical, clinical, surgical and

 

79


Table of Contents

financial specialists, who lead new business selling efforts to deliver comprehensive solutions for our customers. Our national accounts team also supports our direct sales force through its focus on securing national and regional contracts.

Our sales force uses a structured and consistent process to target customers where we can deliver significant financial and operational value over time. Each sales team member is responsible for identifying and prioritizing customer opportunities in their territory through the use of segmentation tools and market intelligence, leading to short- and long-term sales pipelines balanced across our comprehensive solutions. The sales force then engages customers directly with insights and tailored solutions that address specific customer challenges while using tools to demonstrate financial and operational savings. Our goal with this approach is to help customers with their most pressing challenges first and measure their return on value for each solution. We then work to connect additional solutions that add incremental and synergistic value for our customers, leading to an end-to-end approach to medical equipment management. Each activity our sales force initiates is aligned to our customer’s buying process and is designed to move the opportunity quickly through the sales process. Every step in the process is documented in a customer relationship management (CRM) system, where we continually monitor and manage sales pipelines, balanced opportunity mix and sales forecasts.

The members of the sales force are compensated with a combination of base pay and variable incentive pay. The percentage of each individual’s overall compensation that is comprised of base pay versus variable incentive pay is dependent on the individual’s position. Sales force members whose primary responsibility is account management receive a higher percentage of base pay, while sales force members whose primary responsibility is the generation of new business receive a higher percentage of variable incentive pay. The actual variable incentive pay received by an individual is based on his or her achievement of certain performance metrics, including revenue, earnings and/or new business milestones.

We also market our end-to-end solutions through our website at www.agilitihealth.com and various social media and digital marketing channels, including a variety of trade publications and organizations with subscribers and members who are key decision makers for our solutions. In addition, we participate in numerous national and regional conventions where we interact with industry groups and opinion leaders. Information presented on our website is not incorporated by reference and should not be considered a part of this Registration Statement.

In our marketing efforts, we primarily target key decision makers such as administrators, chief executive officers, chief financial officers, chief technology officers, chief medical officers and chief nursing officers as well as physicians, directors and managers of functional departments, such as supply chain, materials management, surgery, purchasing, pharmacy, biomedical services, and clinical engineering. We also promote comprehensive solutions to IDNs, hospitals, surgery centers, manufacturers and alternate site provider groups and associations.

Seasonality and Business Interruption

Quarterly operating results are typically affected by seasonal factors. Historically, our first and fourth quarters are the strongest, reflecting increased hospital census and patient acuity during the fall and winter months. Our business can also be impacted by natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, which affect our ability to transfer equipment to and from our customers, and equipment recalls, which can cause equipment to be removed from market use. We also see declines in our business in down economic cycles with high levels of unemployment. Our customers typically see weaker census and higher levels of indigent patients during these times, causing them to use fewer of our solutions.

 

80


Table of Contents

Regulatory Matters

Regulation of Medical Equipment

Our customers are subject to documentation and safety reporting regulations and standards with respect to the medical equipment they use, including those established by the FDA, CMS and the National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”). Various states and municipalities may also have similar regulations.

We monitor changes in regulations and standards to accommodate the needs of customers by providing specific product and manufacturer information upon request. Manufacturers of medical equipment are subject to regulation by agencies and organizations such as the FDA, Underwriters Laboratories and the NFPA. We believe that all medical equipment we outsource conforms to these regulations.

The Safe Medical Devices Act of 1990 (“SMDA”), which amended the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), requires manufacturers, user facilities and importers of medical devices to report whenever they believe there is a probability that a medical device has caused or contributed to a death, illness, or injury. In addition, the SMDA requires the establishment and maintenance of adverse safety and effectiveness data and various other FDA reports. Manufacturers and importers are also required to report certain device malfunctions. We also work with our customers to assist them in meeting their reporting obligations under the FDCA, including those requirements added by the SMDA.

Besides the FDA, a number of states regulate medical device distributors and wholesalers either through pharmacy or device distributor licensure. Currently, we hold such licenses in 20 states. Some licensure regulations and statutes in additional states may apply to our activities. Although our failure to possess such licenses in these states for our existing operations may subject us to certain monetary fines, we do not believe the extent of such fines, in the aggregate, would be material to our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, we are required to provide information to manufacturers regarding the permanent disposal or any change in ownership of certain categories of medical outsourcing equipment. While we believe our medical equipment tracking systems are in compliance with these regulations, these regulations are subject to change and such changes could have an impact on how we conduct our business.

HIPAA applies to certain covered entities, including health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers, as well as to business associates such as us. HIPAA regulations protect individually identifiable health information, including information in an electronic format, by, among other things, setting forth specific standards under which such information may be used and disclosed, providing patients’ rights to obtain and amend their health information, requiring notification to individuals, federal and state agencies and media outlets in the event of a breach of health information and establishing certain administrative requirements for covered entities. The HITECH Act created legal obligations for business associates and extended criminal and civil sanctions to business associates for violations of HIPAA requirements.

Because of our self-insured health plans, we are also a covered entity under the HIPAA regulations. Also, we may be obligated to comply with certain HIPAA requirements as a business associate of various healthcare providers. In addition, various state legislatures have enacted and may continue to enact additional privacy legislation that is not preempted by the federal law, which may impose additional burdens on us. Moreover, other federal privacy legislation may be enacted. Accordingly, we have made and, as new standards go into effect, we expect to continue to make administrative, operational and information infrastructure changes in order to comply with these requirements.

The Affordable Care Act (have and will result in significant reforms to the U.S. healthcare system and the structure of the healthcare provider delivery system. The Affordable Care Act calls for additional transparency around payments made by the pharmaceutical and medical device industries to doctors and teaching hospitals,

 

81


Table of Contents

which may include gifts, food, travel and speaking or consultancy fees. All U.S. manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics or medical supplies, including distributors who hold title to such drugs, devices, biologics, or medical supplies, for which payment is available under government-funded health insurance programs (i.e., Medicare, Medicaid and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program) must report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services any payment or gift, which represents a “transfer of value,” to a physician or teaching hospital, including detailed information about the nature and value of remuneration provided, and the identity of the receiving physician or teaching hospital. Additionally, states may require manufacturers to report information that is not required or is exempted under the federal reporting requirements. For example, a state may require manufacturers to report advertising expenditures, loans of medical devices, in-kind gifts to charities and payments to other recipients, group purchasing organizations and retailers. We identify applicable state reporting requirements as they become effective.

We are subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of “remuneration” in return for, or to induce, the referral of business or ordering of services paid for by Medicare or other federal programs. ”Remuneration” has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including gifts, discounts, credit arrangements, and in-kind goods or services. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside the healthcare industry. Violations can result in imprisonment, civil or criminal fines or exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs. Contracts with healthcare facilities and other marketing practices or transactions may implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute. We have attempted to structure our contracts and marketing practices to comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute along with providing training to our employees. However, we cannot ensure that we will not have to defend against alleged violations from private entities or that OIG or other authorities will not find that our practices violate the Anti-Kickback Statute.

Although our business is not currently extensively regulated under healthcare laws, we are subject to certain regulatory requirements as discussed above and our customers are subject to direct regulation under the Federal False Claims Act, the Stark Law, the Anti-Kickback Law, rules and regulations of the CMS, and other federal and state healthcare laws and regulations. Promulgation of new laws and regulations, or changes in or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, could affect our business, operating results or financial condition. Our operations may be negatively impacted if we have to comply with additional complex government regulations.

Third-Party Reimbursement

Our fees are paid directly by our customers rather than through direct reimbursement from third-party payors, such as Medicare or Medicaid. We do not bill the patient, the insurer or other third-party payors directly for services provided for hospital or alternate site provider inpatients or outpatients. Sometimes our customers are eligible to receive third-party reimbursement for our services. Consequently, the reimbursement policies of such third-party payors have a direct effect on the ability of healthcare providers to pay for our services and an indirect effect on our level of charges. Also, in certain circumstances, third-party payors may take regulatory or other action against service providers even though the service provider does not receive direct reimbursement from third-party payors.

Hospitals and alternate site providers face cost containment pressures from public and private insurers and other managed care providers, such as health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and managed fee-for-service plans, as these organizations continue to place controls on the reimbursement and utilization of healthcare services. We believe that these payors have followed or will follow the government in limiting the services that are reimbursed and in exerting downward pressure on prices. In addition to promoting managed care plans, employers are increasingly self-funding their benefit programs and shifting costs to employees through increased deductibles, co-payments and employee contributions. Hospitals and healthcare facilities are also experiencing an increase in uncompensated care or “charity care,” which causes increased economic pressures on these organizations. We believe that these cost reduction efforts will place additional

 

82


Table of Contents

pressures on healthcare providers’ operating margins and will encourage efficient equipment management practices such as the use of our outsourcing and 360 on-site managed solutions.

Liability and Insurance

Although we do not manufacture any medical equipment, our business entails the risk of claims related to the outsourcing, sale and service of medical equipment. In addition, our instruction of hospital and alternate site provider employees with respect to the use of equipment and our professional consulting services are sources of potential claims. We have not suffered a material loss due to a claim. However, any such claim, if made, could have a material adverse effect on our business. While we do not currently provide any services that require us to work directly with patients, expansion of services in the future could involve such activities and subject us to claims from patients.

We maintain a number of insurance policies, including commercial general liability coverage (product and premises liability insurance), automobile liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance and professional liability insurance. We also maintain excess liability coverage. Our policies are subject to annual renewal. We believe that our current insurance coverage is adequate. Claims exceeding such coverage may be made and we may not be able to continue to obtain liability insurance at acceptable levels of cost and coverage.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are in Minneapolis, Minnesota, where we lease 55,197 square feet of office space as of December 31, 2020. We also have domestic offices in Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, Missouri, Mississippi, North Carolina, North Dakota, Nebraska, New Jersey, New Mexico, Nevada, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin and West Virginia.

We lease all of our facilities. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and anticipate that suitable additional space will be readily available to accommodate any foreseeable expansion of our operations.

 

83


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Below is a list of the names, ages, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

   Age   

Title

Thomas J. Leonard

   53    Chief Executive Officer and Director

James B. Pekarek

   52    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Thomas W. Boehning

   55    President

Bettyann Bird

   60    Senior Vice President, Strategy and Solution Management

Robert L. Creviston

   54    Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Scott A. Christensen

   56    Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Matthew E. McCabe

   40    Vice President of Finance and Treasurer

Lee M. Neumann

   45    Senior Vice President and General Counsel

John L. Workman

   69    Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Michael A. Bell

   65    Director

Darren M. Friedman

   52    Director

Gary L. Gottlieb

   65    Director

Joshua M. Nelson

   48    Director

Megan M. Preiner

   37    Director

Scott M. Sperling

   63    Director

Thomas J. Leonard joined us as Chief Executive Officer and has been a member of our Board of Directors since April 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Leonard served as the President of Medical Systems for CareFusion Corporation, where he led the $2.4 billion revenue global medical device segment, which includes Alaris® infusion pumps, Pyxis® automated dispensing and patient identification systems, and AVEA® and LTV® series ventilators and respiratory diagnostics products. Prior to joining CareFusion in 2008, Mr. Leonard served as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of Ambulatory Solutions for McKesson Provider Technologies, and prior to that, Executive Vice President of Operations for Picis, Inc. Mr. Leonard has a bachelor’s degree in Engineering from the United States Naval Academy and an MBA from S.C Johnson Graduate School of Management at Cornell University. Mr. Leonard is an experienced senior executive with extensive operating experience leading businesses focused on medical devices, services and healthcare IT. His experience across these closely related business segments, combined with his years leading us as our Chief Executive Officer, make him a valuable member of our Board.

James B. Pekarek joined us in April 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Pekarek was the Chief Financial Officer for Cornerstone Brands since 2005. Cornerstone Brands is a leading home and apparel lifestyle retailer. Before that, Mr. Pekarek held executive level finance positions with The Spiegel Group, Montgomery Wards, Inc. and Outboard Marine Corporation. Mr. Pekarek has an MBA from Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Indiana University.

Thomas W. Boehning was appointed as President in January 2020. Prior to joining us, Mr. Boehning spent 13 years at Optum, serving in various positions, culminating in his role as Chief Executive Officer of their joint venture Optum360—the nation’s largest independent revenue cycle services organization. Prior to Optum, Mr. Boehning was vice president and general manager of McKesson’s Group Practice Solutions business. Mr. Boehning has a bachelor’s degree in Economics and an MBA from Pennsylvania State University.

Bettyann Bird joined us in January 2016 as the Senior Vice President of Strategy and Solution Management. Prior to joining us, Ms. Bird was Vice President of Marketing for the Global Dispensing business at CareFusion from 2012 to 2015. She has held numerous executive leadership roles within the healthcare industry, including Executive at eHealth Portal from 2009 to 2011, President and Chief Executive Officer of eStudySite from 2007 to 2008 and President of the Consulting and Services business of Cardinal Health from 2004 to 2006. Prior to

 

84


Table of Contents

that, Bettyann held leadership positions with Deloitte Consulting and Ernst & Young. She spent her early years in healthcare as a trauma and intensive care nurse. Ms. Bird earned a bachelor’s degree in Nursing from Texas Christian University and an MBA from Baylor University.

Robert L. Creviston was named Senior Vice President, Human Resources effective February 2013. From 2007 until 2013, Mr. Creviston was the Vice President of Human Resources—Midwest Group at Waste Management, Inc., a leading North America provider of integrated environmental solutions. From 2000 to 2007 he held a variety of human resources management roles at Pactiv Corporation, a packaging business focused in the food service and consumer products space. Mr. Creviston holds a B.S. in Industrial and Labor Relations from Cornell University.

Scott A. Christensen joined us in 2012 as Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. In 2013, Mr. Christensen was named Vice President. Prior to joining us, from 1992 to 2012 Mr. Christensen served in several executive capacities at Supervalu, Inc., one of the largest companies in the U.S. grocery channel, including Vice President of Finance and Vice President of Accounting. From 1987 to 1992, Mr. Christensen served as a supervising accountant at KPMG Peat Marwick. Mr. Christensen is a graduate of St. Cloud State University and holds a B.S. in Accounting.

Matthew E. McCabe joined Agiliti, Inc. in 2006. In April 2017, Mr. McCabe was named Vice President of Finance and Treasurer. From 2014 to 2017, Mr. McCabe served as Vice President of Finance and Business Intelligence. From 2006 to 2014, Mr. McCabe held several roles with Agiliti including Business Unit CFO, Director of Strategy & Business Development and several other roles within the accounting and finance organization. Prior to Agiliti, Mr. McCabe served as an auditor at Mahoney, Ulbrich, Christensen and Russ. Mr. McCabe holds an MBA from Metropolitan State University and a B.S. in Accounting and Business Administration from Winona State University.

Lee M. Neumann became our General Counsel in January 2011. From 2009 to 2011, Ms. Neumann was our Associate General Counsel. Prior to joining us, Ms. Neumann was an attorney at Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, formerly Faegre & Benson LLP, from 2002 to 2009. Ms. Neumann holds a Juris Doctorate degree from Hamline University School of Law and a B.A. in Biology from Gustavus Adolphus College.

John L. Workman joined us in November 2014 as a director and Chair of the Audit Committee. From February to April 2015, Mr. Workman was our Interim Executive Chairman of the Board. In April 2015, Mr. Workman was appointed as non-executive Chairman of the Board. From 2012 to June 2014, Mr. Workman served as Chief Executive Officer and Director at OmniCare, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Workman served as Chief Financial Officer of OmniCare, Inc. from 2009 to 2012, and President from 2011 to 2012. Prior to joining OmniCare, Mr. Workman served as Chief Financial Officer of HealthSouth Corporation from 2004 to 2009. Prior to that, he spent six years serving in executive officer roles at U.S. Can Corporation, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Workman also spent more than 14 years with Montgomery Ward & Company, Inc., serving in various financial leadership capacities, including Chief Financial Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer. Mr. Workman began his career with the public accounting firm KPMG LLP. Mr. Workman is also a Director of Federal Signal Corporation (NYSE:FSS), an international manufacturing company that specializes in environmental and safety solutions where he chairs the Audit Committee. Mr. Workman also serves on the board of directors of ConMed (NASDAQ:CNMD), an international manufacturer of equipment and supplies for orthopedic and general surgery and was a director of CareCapital Properties (NYSE:CCP), which, prior to merging into a public company, was a REIT involved with long-term healthcare facilities from, August 2015 until August 2017. Mr. Workman holds a doctorate degree in education in ethical leadership from Olivet Nazarene University, an MBA from the University of Chicago and a B.S. degree from Indiana University. Mr. Workman is a valuable member of our Board because of his extensive business and financial background and his multiyear service in executive roles of companies in the healthcare sector.

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Michael A. Bell became a member of our Board in January 2019. Mr. Bell is a Managing Director at THL. Most recently, he was an executive advisor to THL. Prior to that, Mr. Bell was executive chairman of Syneos Health, Inc. (formerly INC Research Holdings, Inc./inVentiv Health, Inc.). From August 1, 2017 to December 1, 2017, Mr. Bell served as Executive Chairman and President of Syneos Health Commercial Solutions (formerly inVentiv Health Commercial Solutions). From September 2014 until he joined Syneos Health, Inc., Mr. Bell served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Inventiv Health, Inc. Mr. Bell served as inVentiv Health, Inc.’s Chief Operating Officer from May 2014 until his appointment as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. From 1998 until he joined inVentiv Health, Inc., Mr. Bell was a Managing Partner and Founder of Monitor Clipper Partners, a private equity firm where he invested in companies in the professional services, procurement outsourcing and biopharmaceutical services industries. Mr. Bell also served as Senior Executive Vice President of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., reporting to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, from 2001 until the business was sold to Manulife Financial Corporation in 2004. In 1983, Mr. Bell was a founder of Monitor Group, a management consulting firm engaged across the healthcare delivery system, and was a member of the firm’s leadership team until 1998 when he joined Monitor Clipper Partners, LLC. In addition to Agiliti, Mr. Bell currently sits on the boards of AmeriLife Group, LLC, Autism Home Care Holdings, Inc., Healthcare Staffing Services, Professional Physical Therapy and Senior Home Care Holdings, Inc. Mr. Bell holds a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. Bell is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience serving as an executive in healthcare and related companies for several decades, experience in the private equity industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the board of directors of companies in the healthcare industry, as well as his perspective as a representative of our largest shareholder.

Darren M. Friedman became a member of our Board in March 2019. Mr. Friedman is a Partner of StepStone Group LP, a global private markets firm that oversees approximately $240 billion of private capital allocations. Prior to joining StepStone in 2010, Mr. Friedman was a Managing Partner of Citi Private Equity, where he worked from 2001 to 2010, managing over $10 billion of capital across various private equity investing activities. Mr. Friedman sits or has sat on the boards or advisory boards of multiple portfolio companies, general partners and a number of Investment Committees. Prior to joining Citi Private Equity, Mr. Friedman worked in the Investment Banking division at Salomon Smith Barney. Mr. Friedman has an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Finance from the University of Illinois. Mr. Friedman is an experienced senior executive with extensive accounting and financial experience. He is a valuable member of our Board because of his accounting, financial and private equity experience and his experience on the boards of directors of other companies.

Dr. Gary L. Gottlieb became a member of our Board in January 2019. Dr. Gottlieb is a professor of psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and a member of the National Academy of Medicine. Dr. Gottlieb served as Chief Executive Officer of Partners In Health from March 2015 until June 2019. From January 2010 until February 2015, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Partners HealthCare (now MassGeneral Brigham), the parent of the Brigham and Women’s and Massachusetts General Hospitals. He served as President of Brigham and Women’s Hospital, as President of North Shore Medical Center, and as Chairman of Partners Psychiatry. Dr. Gottlieb served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston from 2012 to 2016 and as its Chair from 2016 to 2018. Dr. Gottlieb serves as Executive Chair of Cohere, Inc. and as a Director of Kyruus, Inc., OM1, Inc. and, previously, inVentiv Health, Inc. He is an Executive Partner of Flare Capital Partners. Dr. Gottlieb earned an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.D. from the Albany Medical College of Union University in a six-year accelerated biomedical program. Dr. Gottlieb is a valuable member of our Board because of his extensive experience in the healthcare and medical industries and his multiyear service in executive roles of companies in such industries.

Joshua M. Nelson became a member of our Board in January 2019. Mr. Nelson is a Managing Director and Head of Healthcare at THL, which he joined in 2003. Prior to joining THL, he worked at JPMorgan Partners, the private equity affiliate of JPMorgan Chase. Mr. Nelson currently serves on the board of directors of Adare Pharma Solutions, Autism Home Care Holdings, Inc., CSafe Global, Healthcare Staffing Services, Hospice Care

 

86


Table of Contents

Holdings, L.P., Professional Physical Therapy, Senior Home Care Holdings, Inc. and Syneos Health, Inc., and he previously served on the boards of 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc., Curo Health Services, Hawkeye Energy Holdings, Intermedix Corporation and Party City Holdco. Mr. Nelson holds a B.A. in political science, summa cum laude, from Princeton University and an M.B.A., with honors, from Harvard Business School. Mr. Nelson is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience investing in and serving on the boards of various healthcare companies, his skills related to analyzing and understanding a company’s financial performance, and his broad prospective related to strategic planning is valuable to our Company.

Megan M. Preiner became a member of our Board in January 2019. Ms. Preiner is a Managing Director at THL, which she joined in 2008. Prior to joining THL, she worked in the Media and Telecommunications Group at Credit Suisse. Ms. Preiner currently serves on the board of directors of Adare Pharma Solutions, Autism Home Care Holdings, Inc., CSafe Global, Healthcare Staffing Services, Hospice Care Holdings, L.P. and Senior Home Care Holdings, Inc., and she previously served on the board of directors of Intermedix Corporation and Phillips Pet Food & Supplies. Ms. Preiner holds a B.A. in Political Economy, cum laude, from Georgetown University and an MBA from Harvard Business School. Ms. Preiner is a valuable member of our Board because of her experience in the private equity industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the board of directors of companies in the healthcare industry, as well as her perspective as a representative of our largest shareholder.

Scott M. Sperling became a member of our Board in January 2019. Mr. Sperling is currently a Co-Chief Executive Officer of THL, which he has led for over 20 years. Prior to joining THL, Mr. Sperling was, for more than ten years, managing partner of The Aeneas Group, Inc., the private capital affiliate of Harvard Management Company. Before that he was a senior consultant with the Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Sperling’s current and prior directorships include Experian Information Solutions, Fisher Scientific, Front Line Management Companies, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Co., iHeartMedia, Inc., The Learning Company, Madison Square Garden Company, PriCellular Corp, ProcureNet, ProSiebenSat.1, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Univision Communications, Inc., Warner Music Group and Wyndham Hotels and several other private companies. Mr. Sperling is also the Chairman of MassGeneral Brigham, the parent of the Massachusetts General Hospital, Brigham Health and a number of the nation’s other leading academic medical centers, community hospitals and physician organizations. Mr. Sperling holds a B.S. from Purdue University and an MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. Sperling is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience in the private equity industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the board of directors of companies across various industries, including healthcare, as well as his perspective as a representative of our largest shareholder.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of eight directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that our Board is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation, and bylaws, our Class I directors are                  and                  and will serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be                 ,                  and                  and will serve until the second annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering and our Class III directors will be                 ,                  and                  and will serve until the third annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. In addition, our certificate of

 

87


Table of Contents

incorporation provide that our directors may be removed with cause upon the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon. Our bylaws provide that the majority of the Board will have the right to designate the Chairman of the Board. Following this offering, John L. Workman will remain as the Chairman of our Board.

The listing standards of the NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. As described in the sub-section entitled “Board Committees”, we believe we meet these requirements.

We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our Board will determine that John L. Workman, Michael A. Bell, Darren M. Friedman, Gary L. Gottlieb, Joshua M. Nelson, Megan M. Preiner and Scott M. Sperling meet the NYSE requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.

Controlled Company Status

After completion of this offering, THL will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company”. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

   

our Board is composed of a majority of “independent directors”, as defined under the rules of such exchange; and

 

   

we have a compensation, nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to rely on this exemption. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Board Committees

Our Board has an Audit Committee and a Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees will be as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

 

Board Member

   Audit Committee   Compensation, Nominating
and Governance
Committee

Thomas J. Leonard

    

John L. Workman

   X (Chair)  

Michael A. Bell

     X (Chair)

Darren M. Friedman

   X  

Gary L. Gottlieb

   X  

Joshua M. Nelson

     X

Megan M. Preiner

   X   X

Scott M. Sperling

    

 

88


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Following this offering, our Audit Committee will remain composed of John L. Workman, Darren M. Friedman, Gary L. Gottlieb and Megan M. Preiner, with John L. Workman serving as chair of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and the NYSE, which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that each of John L. Workman, Gary L. Gottlieb and Darren M. Friedman meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our Board will determine that John L. Workman is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of the NYSE. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

Following this offering, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will remain composed of Michael A. Bell, Joshua M. Nelson and Megan M. Preiner, with Michael A. Bell serving as chair of the committee. We believe that Michael A. Bell, Joshua M. Nelson and Megan M. Preiner are independent under NYSE independence standards. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee;

 

   

conducting the independence assessment outlined in NYSE rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of the NYSE;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

subject to the rights of THL under the director nomination agreement as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement”, identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics for all employees, directors and officers, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. Our code of conduct and ethics can be found at our website, www.agilitihealth.com.

ESG Oversight

Our Board oversees our approach to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters, including: our governance-related policies and practices; our systems of risk management and controls; our human capital strategy; the manner in which we serve our customers and support our communities; and how we advance sustainability in our businesses and operations. The principal standing committees of our Board oversee a range of ESG matters in accordance with the scope of their charters. We know that the long-term success of our company requires a continued focus on these evolving topics and a commitment to regularly evaluating how we are doing and challenging ourselves to improve.

 

90


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The executive compensation discussion and analysis set forth herein reflects our executive compensation for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Introduction

In this compensation discussion and analysis, we discuss our compensation program, including our compensation philosophy and objectives and each component of compensation for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the other individuals included with respect to 2020 compensation in the Summary Compensation Table below (collectively, the “named executive officers”).

The base salary for our named executive officers for fiscal 2020 was determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee in March 2020 and recommended to our Board for final approval, which occurred in March 2020. The annual performance-based incentive compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2020 is expected to be determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee and recommended to our Board for final approval in March 2021 after our audited financial results are prepared. Based on performance results from the year ended December 31, 2020, we anticipate payouts of 200% of our annual performance-based incentive compensation.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We strive to ensure that we are able to attract and retain talented employees and reward performance. We also believe that the most effective executive compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of our specific annual and long-term strategic goals. Accordingly, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee (and our Board, in ratifying the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s determination) evaluates both performance and compensation to ensure that the compensation provided to key executives is fair and reasonable and that it remains competitive using a compilation of broad- based industry studies. Additionally, following this offering, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee expects to determine a group of peer companies in the same or similar industries, adjusted for our size and ownership model, against which to benchmark our executive compensation. To these ends, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee and Board have determined that our executive compensation program for our named executive officers should include base salary, annual performance-based incentive and long-term equity (stock option) compensation that rewards performance as measured against established goals, and competitive health, dental and other benefits.

Overview of Compensation Program and Process

We have structured our compensation program to motivate the named executive officers to achieve the business goals set by us and to reward them for achieving these goals. In furtherance of these aims, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee conducts an annual review of our total compensation program to achieve the following goals:

 

   

provide fair, reasonable and competitive compensation;

 

   

link compensation with our business plans;

 

   

reward achievement of both company and individual performance; and

 

   

attract and retain talented executives who are critical to our success.

We believe that these goals reflect the importance of pay for performance by providing our named executive officers with an opportunity to earn compensation for above average performance. The compensation for each

 

91


Table of Contents

named executive officer includes (1) a base salary that we believe is competitive with salary levels for similarly situated executives of our peer companies, adjusted for our size and ownership model, and (2) incentive compensation that is contingent upon achievement of specific corporate and individual objectives.

Prior to this offering, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee reviewed compensation elements and amounts for named executive officers in connection with a third-party consulting firm to assist us with determining compensation levels appropriate for a public company of our size and market. In connection with this analysis, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee determined a company peer group for purposes of benchmarking our compensation packages and comparing our pay practices and overall pay levels with other leading healthcare organizations when establishing our pay guidelines. The following companies were included in this peer group: STERIS plc, Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., Healthcare Services Group, Inc., Premier, Inc., ICU Medical, Inc., R1 RCM Inc., Integer Holdings Corporation, Masimo Corporation, Cantel Medical Corp., Merit Medical Systems, Inc., Haemonetics Corporation, Omnicell, Inc., Invacare Corporation, CONMED Corporation, Varex Imaging Corporation, AdaptHealth Corp., Avanos Medical, Inc., Natus Medical Incorporated, AngioDynamics, Inc. and AtriCure, Inc.

Based on the above analysis, the Chief Executive Officer provided compensation recommendations to the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee for executives other than himself based on this data and the other considerations mentioned in this compensation discussion and analysis. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee recommended a compensation package for our Chief Executive Officer and determined compensation packages for our other named executive officers that are consistent with our compensation philosophy.

We expect that following this offering, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will review compensation elements and amounts for named executive officers on an annual basis, at the time of a promotion or other change in level of responsibilities and when competitive circumstances or business needs may require. We also expect that, following this offering, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will consider input from our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer when setting financial objectives for our incentive plans. We also expect that the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, in determining compensation, will consider input from our Chief Executive Officer, with the assistance of our Chief Human Resources Officer (for officers other than themselves) regarding benchmarking and recommendations for base salary, annual incentive targets and other compensation awards. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will likely give significant weight to our Chief Executive Officer’s judgment when assessing each of the other officers’ performance and determining appropriate compensation levels and incentive awards. The members of our Board (other than the Chief Executive Officer), meeting in executive session, will determine the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, including his annual incentive targets.

2020 Executive Compensation Components

For fiscal 2020, the principal components of compensation for our named executive officers were base salary and annual performance-based incentive compensation, each of which is addressed in greater detail below. Each named executive officer also has severance and/or change of control benefits and is eligible to participate in our long-term savings plan and the broad-based benefit and welfare plans that are available to our employees in general. In addition, the named executive officers were eligible to receive equity awards. Our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee considers the equity awards in assessing each named executive officer’s compensation package and whether such package is consistent with our compensation program philosophy and objectives.

We do not have an established formula or target for allocating between cash and non-cash compensation or between short-term and long-term incentive compensation. Instead, our goal is to ensure that the compensation we pay is sufficient to attract and retain executive officers and to reward them for performance that meets the goals set by our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

92


Table of Contents

Setting Executive Compensation

The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee determines the total compensation for our named executive officers based on a consideration of the following factors:

 

   

the scope of responsibility of each named executive officer;

 

   

market data from peer group companies;

 

   

an assessment of the positions of similarly situated executives within the peer group and internal comparisons to the compensation received by those executives;

 

   

internal review of each named executive officer’s compensation, both individually and relative to other named executive officers;

 

   

individual performance of each named executive officer, which is assessed based on factors such as fulfillment of job responsibilities, the financial and operating performance of the activities directed by each named executive officer, experience and potential;

 

   

the total compensation paid to each named executive officer in past years (including long-term equity (stock option) compensation awarded); and

 

   

performance evaluations for each named executive officer.

Base Salary

We provide our named executive officers with a base salary to compensate them for services rendered. Salary levels are typically considered in March of each year as part of our performance review process and upon a promotion or other change in job responsibility. Merit-based increases to salaries of the named executive officers are based on the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s assessment of the individual’s performance.

Base salary ranges are determined for each named executive officer based on his or her position and responsibility and utilizing our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s knowledge and expertise regarding the market, with reference to market data regarding peer group compensation compiled from public sources, compensation consultants and independent analysts. Base salary ranges are designed so that salary opportunities for a given position will be targeted at the midpoint of the base salary established for each range.

Goals and objectives for our senior management team include:

 

   

setting the appropriate tone at the top framework for our ethics, policies and business practices;

 

   

driving growth of revenue and EBITDA;

 

   

being present in the field across our diverse geographical footprint with our localized employee base driving culture and best practices; and

 

   

supporting the roll out of our products to customers by helping to communicate the key customer benefits of reducing cost, improving efficiency and improving patient outcomes.

Each of the named executive officers is expected to participate in the above activities, with particular emphasis on their areas of expertise. Thus, Mr. Leonard has emphasis areas in setting our strategy and direction; Mr. Pekarek has emphasis areas in controls, reporting, budgeting and capital attraction; Mr. Boehning has emphasis areas of growth and revenue, operational excellence and customer service; Ms. Bird has the emphasis areas of market development, growth and research; and Mr. Anbari has the emphasis areas of growth and revenue, operational excellence and customer service for our surgical equipment repair service offerings.

 

93


Table of Contents

Finding that the named executive officers achieved the objectives discussed above, on March 3, 2020, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee determined to increase the base salaries of Mr. Pekarek from $472,500 to $491,400 and Ms. Bird from $363,000 to $372,075. These increases reflected the increasing complexity of our business and the increased responsibilities these executives took on to meet growth objectives. These include increased strategic partnership activity, product development, expanded geographic markets and design and delivery of more complex customer-focused service solutions. Mr. Boehning and Mr. Anbari joined the company in 2020 and therefore were not considered for annual merit increases. On December 9, 2020, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee and the Board of Directors determined to increase the base salaries of Mr. Leonard from $750,000 to $850,000 and Ms. Bird from $372,075 to $400,000.

Annual Performance-Based Incentive Compensation

The annual performance-based incentive compensation component is offered through the Executive Incentive Program (the “EIP”), an annual cash incentive program that provides our executive officers with an opportunity to earn annual incentive awards based on our financial performance. Under the EIP, our named executive officers can earn incentive awards that are based on a percentage of base salary, with the percentage for Messrs. Leonard, Pekarek and Boehning as specified in their respective employment agreements and for Mr. Anbari and Ms. Bird set at a level the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee has determined is consistent with such officer’s level of accountability and impact on our operations. In setting this percentage of base salary, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee also considers the incentive compensation paid to executives in the peer group. The percentage of base salary for our named executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer) varies from 50% to 80% of base salary. The target award under the EIP for Mr. Leonard, our Chief Executive Officer, was 100% of base salary, as specified in his employment agreement. The 2020 EIP targets for each of our named executive officers were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   2020 Executive Incentive Plan Target
as a Percent of 2020 Base Salary
 

Thomas J. Leonard

     100

James B. Pekarek

     70

Thomas W. Bohening

     80

Bettyann Bird

     70

David L. Anbari

     50

The corporate financial performance objectives under the EIP relate to total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, defined as earnings attributable to Agiliti Health before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and excluding non-cash share-based compensation expense, management, board and other nonrecurring gain, expenses or loss. The threshold levels for achievement of the corporate financial objectives and the annual performance matrix for payment of awards under the EIP are determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. In March 2020, the threshold levels for achievement of the corporate financial objectives for 2020 EIP awards were determined by our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. Our named executive officers’ eligibility to earn an incentive award is based on our achievement of those corporate financial objectives for the current year, calculated by comparing actual and target revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for that fiscal year.

Methodology

The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee develops an annual performance matrix that assigns a performance target between 0 and 200% based on performance to certain established metrics achieved during the fiscal year. For fiscal 2020, the Board established a defined revenue target of $664.1 million and a defined Adjusted EBITDA target of $167.9 million. The revenue target was defined using an established subset of our total revenue for fiscal 2020. The Adjusted EBITDA target was established using a subset of our operational performance for fiscal 2020. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee believes

 

94


Table of Contents

that by using these financial metrics, the Company is encouraging profitable growth and operational excellence for the Company and its stockholders. The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee further believes that the financial metrics should measure comparable operating performance, as those measures provide a clearer view into the Company’s underlying performance. Consequently, the financial measures for defined revenue and defined Adjusted EBITDA exclude the effects of certain non-core items such as specific revenue streams related to certain customers and associated costs impacting comparability in our operating plan to facilitate year-to-year comparisons. As a result of the budgeted assumptions, performance reported in our audited financial statements may differ from performance against our EIP performance targets. In setting defined revenue and defined Adjusted EBITDA targets in the first quarter of 2020 for purposes of award amounts for 2020 performance under the EIP, the Company used “stretch” goals that were generally aggressive and represented internal financial and operational goals beyond the normal level of performance. The Company set these aggressive goals in an effort to motivate its officers to grow the Company and build shareholder value.

The matrix establishes a percentage achievement of zero to 200% based on our achievement of the defined Adjusted EBITDA target. The objective of the matrix is to provide significantly more weight to Adjusted EBITDA, allowing it to be the primary accelerator and decelerator while allowing revenue to be a modifier. Based on performance results from the year ended December 31, 2020, Adjusted EBITDA will be weighted approximately 90%, while revenue will be weighted approximately 10%. The following description of the matrix provides insight into how this functions by displaying deviations for various examples. While the performance matrix does range from zero to 200%, the performance matrix also provides that any achievement that falls below 50% earned on the performance matrix will result in no payout. However, the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, in its discretion, may determine to pay the percentage achieved in accordance with the performance matrix as a discretionary bonus, but such discretionary bonus cannot exceed the amount as determined under the performance matrix. The range used for the revenue target for 2020 was $644.1 million to $684.1 million and the range used for Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 was $158.9 million to $174.9 million. In general, the matrix is designed to stabilize near 100% for achievement that is plus or minus $3 million from the midpoint for defined Adjusted EBITDA and plus or minus $10 million from the midpoint for defined revenue. The matrix is designed to reward near-target achievement while minimizing volatility driven by unanticipated events that are outside of management’s control, such as seasonal or market-related fluctuations. Conversely, positive or negative achievement accelerates when outside of these bands, in line with the extraordinary nature, whether positive or negative, of such performance.

For fiscal 2020, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee will review our actual total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance for the year ended December 31, 2020 and will determine the level of achievement in accordance with annual performance matrix determined by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee. Based on performance results from the year ended December 31, 2020, we anticipate payouts of 200% of our annual performance-based incentive compensation. Assuming payouts at 200%, Mr. Leonard will receive $1,510,382 for his award, Mr. Pekarek will receive $682,104 for his award, Mr. Boehning will receive $720,546 for his award, Mr. Anbari will receive $252,083 for his award and Ms. Bird will receive $520,123 for her award.

We anticipate that award amounts for 2020 performance under the EIP will be approved for the named executive officers by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee in March 2021 and will be paid in April 2021. The anticipated 2020 EIP award amounts are reflected in the “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

During the past five years (not including fiscal 2020), we achieved performance of the target five times and achieved the maximum performance level twice. The payout percentage in the past five years ranged between approximately 100.4% and 200% of the participant’s target award opportunity. Generally, the minimum, target and maximum levels for achievement of the corporate financial objective are set so that the relative difficulty of achieving the target is consistent from year to year.

 

95


Table of Contents

Severance and/or Change of Control Benefits

On January 4, 2019, we assumed the Agiliti Health Executive Severance Pay Plan, which provides for severance benefits for certain of our senior executive officers, including Mr. Anbari and Ms. Bird, who are named executive officers. In addition, the employment agreements with Mr. Leonard, our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Pekarek, our Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. Boehning, our President, effective throughout 2020 provided for severance and/or change of control benefits. Severance and/or change in control benefits are meant to serve several purposes and are designed to:

 

   

aid in the attraction and retention of the executives as a competitive practice;

 

   

keep the executives focused on running the business and impartial and objective when confronted with transactions that could result in a change of control; and

 

   

encourage our executives to act in the best interest of our shareholders in evaluating transactions.

Additionally, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Leonard has agreed to be subject to two-year noncompetition and two-year non-solicitation covenants. Pursuant to their employment agreement, Mr. Pekarek and Mr. Boehning have agreed to be subject to one-year noncompetition and one-year non-solicitation covenants.

For a detailed discussion of the foregoing as of December 31, 2020, please refer to the caption “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Long-Term Savings Plan and Other Benefits

We have adopted a Long-Term Savings Plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement savings plan pursuant to which all employees, including the named executive officers, are able to contribute to the plan the lesser of up to 60% of their annual salary or the limit prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) on a pre-tax basis. We will match 50% of up to 6% of base pay that is contributed to the Long-Term Savings Plan, subject to the limits prescribed by the IRS, excluding any catch-up contributions. Matching contributions and any earnings on the matching contributions are vested in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vesting Percentage  

Less than 1

     —    

1

     33

2

     66

3

     100

Long-Term Equity Incentive (Stock Option) Compensation

The 2007 Stock Option Plan of Agiliti Holdco (“2007 Stock Option Plan”) provided for the award of stock options to our named executive officers and was designed to enhance the link between the creation of shareholder value and long-term executive incentive compensation, provide an opportunity for increased equity ownership of Agiliti Holdco by executives and maintain competitive levels of total compensation. On May 9, 2018, Agiliti Holdco adopted the 2018 Executive Management Stock Option Plan (the “2018 Stock Option Plan”). On January 4, 2019, concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination and in accordance with the terms of the A&R Merger Agreement, Agiliti assumed the 2007 Stock Option Plan and the 2018 Stock Option Plan. In accordance with the A&R Merger Agreement, approximately 75% of the outstanding stock option awards issued under these plans were terminated and exchanged for cash and the remaining 25% of the outstanding stock option awards were rolled over into fully-vested options to purchase our common stock subject to the same terms and conditions of the original awards. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $2.13 per share.

In addition, on January 4, 2019, the Agiliti, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan”) became effective. The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by FSAC’s shareholders at the special meeting held on January 3, 2019 to approve the Business Combination. The purpose of the 2018

 

96


Table of Contents

Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate our high performing officers, directors, employees and consultants. The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, bonus stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and other substitute awards, annual incentive awards and performance awards. Our directors, officers and other employees, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us and our affiliates, are eligible for grants under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. We have reserved a total of 10,356,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments set forth therein. For a detailed discussion of the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, please refer to the caption “2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan” below.

On March 6, 2020, we granted long-term incentive equity awards to our named executive officers. Similar to base salary determinations, the aggregate target value of equity awards is determined for each named executive officer based on his or her position and responsibility and utilizing our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s knowledge and expertise regarding the market, with reference to market data regarding the Company’s peer group. For 2020, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee determined that our named executive officers would receive approximately one-third of their long-term incentive opportunity in performance restricted stock unit awards, one-third in stock options, and the remaining one-third in time-based restricted stock units, each granted pursuant to the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Options and time-based restricted stock units granted to the named executive officers during 2020 will vest in equal installments over three or four years on the anniversaries of the grant date. Performance restricted stock units granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan for our named executive officers vest ratably on an annual basis over the three-year period following the grant date. The performance restricted stock unit awards vest annually at or between the threshold (50% of target) and maximum (150% of target) levels depending on achievement of the target annual/cumulative Adjusted EBITDA over the 36-month period commencing on January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2022. There is not a discretionary component to the determination of target cumulative Adjusted EBITDA for the performance restricted stock unit awards. The target cumulative Adjusted EBITDA for the performance restricted stock unit awards granted in 2020 is based on our long-range operating plan and represents internal financial and operational goals. Our long-term incentive equity awards are intended to motivate our officers to grow the Company and build shareholder value.

Other Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the same broad-based benefit and welfare plans that are made available to our employees in general.

Tax and Accounting Implications

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee reviews and considers our deductibility of executive compensation. We believe that compensation paid under our EIP is generally deductible for federal income tax purposes. Section 280G of the IRS Code provides that companies may not deduct compensation paid in connection with a change of control that is treated as an excess parachute payment. In certain circumstances, the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee may elect to approve compensation that is not fully deductible to ensure competitive levels of compensation for our executive officers. The Tax Act limited our deductibility to $1 million for named executive officers beginning after January 1, 2018.

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation

We account for our share-based compensation, namely stock options, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units issued under the 2007 Stock Option Plan and the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as required by ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation.”

Compensation expense related to service provided by our employees, including the named executive officers, is recognized in our Statements of Operations.

 

97


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named executive officers for our 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017 fiscal years, as applicable, and also sets forth information about certain executive officers whose compensation information was required to be included in prior confidential draft submissions of this registration statement.

Amounts listed under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for 2020 reflect the anticipated achievement of maximum performance results resulting in 200% payouts. The actual payments will determined in accordance with the “2020 Executive Incentive Plan Targets,” as approved by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee and are anticipated to be paid in April 2021.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year   Salary
$
    Option
Awards

$ (1)
    Stock
Awards

$ (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation

$ (3)
    All Other
Compensation

$ (4)
    Total
$
 

Thomas J. Leonard

  2020   $ 782,693     $ 586,694     $ 1,666,665     $ 1,510,382     $ 8,650     $ 4,555,084  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

  2019   $ 746,500     $ 2,670,644     $ 3,992,603     $ 752,250     $ 2,606,271     $ 10,768,268  
  2018   $ 679,952     $ —       $ —       $ 1,361,473     $ 8,100     $ 2,049,525  
  2017   $ 661,875     $ —       $ —       $ 697,616     $ 9,000     $ 1,368,491  

James B. Pekarek

  2020   $ 505,212     $ 166,328     $ 472,494     $ 682,104     $ 9,384     $ 1,835,522  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

  2019   $ 466,442     $ 895,031     $ 1,268,243     $ 331,742     $ 701,631     $ 3,663,089  
  2018   $ 466,130     $ —       $ —       $ 625,424     $ 9,180     $ 1,080,734  
  2017   $ 432,765     $ —       $ —       $ 350,000     $ 9,555     $ 792,320  

Thomas W. Boehning (5)

  2020   $ 447,596     $ 825,768     $ 1,379,169     $ 720,546     $ 5,755     $ 3,378,834  

President

             

Bettyann Bird

  2020   $ 385,016     $ 106,485     $ 302,495     $ 520,123     $ 8,552     $ 1,322,671  

Senior Vice President, Strategy and Solution Management

  2019   $ 354,115     $ 632,008     $ 868,037     $ 305,835     $ 394,415     $ 2,554,410  
  2018   $ 323,942     $ —       $ —       $ 447,845     $ 8,100     $ 779,887  
  2017   $ 305,481     $ —       $ —       $ 250,000     $ 1,349     $ 556,830  

David Anbari (6)

  2020   $ 316,346     $ 227,728     $ 341,674     $ 252,083     $ 5,626     $ 1,143,457  

Senior Vice President, Operations

             

Kevin E. Ketzel (7)

  2019   $ 483,678     $ 1,059,114     $ 1,629,926     $ 366,252     $ 1,744,726     $ 5,283,696  

Former President

  2018   $ 467,331     $ —       $ —       $ 702,784     $ 8,100     $ 1,178,215  
  2017   $ 443,584     $ —       $ —       $ 400,000     $ 8,872     $ 852,456  

Robert L. Creviston (8)

  2019   $ 320,946     $ 232,220     $ 355,326     $ 210,624     $ 294,515     $ 1,413,631  

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

  2018   $ 313,118     $ —       $ —       $ 407,472     $ 5,427     $ 726,017  
  2017   $ 305,481     $ —       $ —       $ 209,285     $ 4,079     $ 518,845  

 

(1)

The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the grant of option awards to the named executive officers under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. No option awards under the 2007 Stock Option Plan were granted in 2017 and 2018 to our named executive officers. The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the grant date fair value or incremental fair value, determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718, of awards granted pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan or 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as applicable. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 7, Share-Based Compensation to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

The amounts in the “Stock Awards” column reflect the grant of restricted stock unit and performance restricted stock unit awards to the named executive officers under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Item 15, Note 11, Share-Based Compensation to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus. With respect to the performance restricted stock unit awards, the value of such awards at the grant date assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved along with the value for restricted stock units for 2019 for Messrs. Leonard, Pekarek, Ketzel and Creviston and Ms. Bird is: $4,462,322, $1,395,067, $1,836,604, $399,742 and $945,540, respectively, and for 2020

 

98


Table of Contents
  for Messrs. Leonard, Pekarek, Boehning and Anbari and Ms. Bird is: $2,083,331, $590,618, $1,545,836, $370,842 and $378,118, respectively.
(3)

The amounts in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column reflect the cash awards to the named executive officers under the EIP and for 2020, includes the anticipated payments, which is discussed in detail under the caption “Annual Performance-Based Incentive Compensation.”

(4)

For 2020, the amounts in the “All Other Compensation” column reflect our contributions for the named executive officers to the Long-Term Savings Plan, discussed in detail under the caption “Long-Term Savings Plan and Other Benefits” and credit to healthcare premiums. For 2019, the amounts in the “All Other Compensation” column reflect our contributions for the named executive officers to the Long-Term Savings Plan, discussed in detail under the caption “Long-Term Savings Plan and Other Benefits,” credit to the healthcare premiums, gross-up of payroll taxes, and dividend payments on vested rollover options. For Messrs. Leonard, Pekarek, Creviston and Ms. Bird, the amounts in this column include dividend payments on vested rollover options in the amount of $2,586,111, $678,692, $276,453 and $373,115, respectively. For Mr. Ketzel, the amount includes dividend payments on vested rollover options of $770,349 and severance payment of $953,009, which was accrued for in 2019. Mr. Ketzel’s employment was terminated by the Company without cause on March 7, 2020; however, the Company notified Mr. Ketzel of such pending termination of employment in 2019 and accrued his severance payment in accordance with his employment agreement in 2019.

(5)

Mr. Boehning commenced employment with the Company during 2020.

(6)

Mr. Anbari commenced employment with the Company during 2020 and was an executive officer until January 2021, at which point he continued his role as Senior Vice President in a non-executive capacity.

(7)

Mr. Ketzel’s employment was terminated by the Company without cause on March 7, 2020. While he is not a named executive officer for purposes of this registration statement, we have continued to include the information provided with respect to Mr. Ketzel in our prior confidential draft submissions of this registration statement.

(8)

Mr. Creviston was considered a named executive officer for prior confidential draft submissions of this registration statement. While he is not a named executive officer for purposes of this registration statement, we have continued to include the information provided with respect to Mr. Creviston in our prior confidential draft submissions of this registration statement.

2020 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

       

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan

Awards (1)

   

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan

Awards (3)

    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or

Units
(#) (4)
    All other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying

Options
(#) (5)
    Exercise or
Base Price
of Option

Awards
($/sh)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option

Awards
($) (2)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
 

Thomas J. Leonard

  2020   $ 377,596     $ 755,191     $ 1,510,382       50,505       101,010       151,515       101,010       303,030     $ 8.25     $ 2,253,359  

James B. Pekarek

  2020   $ 170,526     $ 341,052     $ 682,104       14,318       28,636       42,954       28,636       85,909     $ 8.25     $ 638,822  

Thomas W. Boehning

  2020   $ 180,137     $ 360,273     $ 720,546       20,202       40,404       60,606       126,768       380,303     $ 8.25     $ 2,204,937  

Bettyann Bird

  2020   $ 130,031     $ 260,062     $ 520,123       9,167       18,333       27,500       18,333       55,000     $ 8.25     $  408,980  

David Anbari

  2020   $ 80,209     $ 160,417     $ 252,083       3,536       7,071       10,607       34,344       103,030     $ 8.25     $ 569,402  

 

(1)

The amounts shown under “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” reflect the threshold, target and maximum payment levels, respectively, under our EIP. The EIP awards, if earned, will be paid at or between the threshold (50% of target) and maximum (200% of target) levels depending on achievement of total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA targets for the year ended December 31, 2020. These amounts are based on the named executive officer’s base salary and position for the year ending and as of December 31, 2020. The 2020 EIP payout is included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)

The amounts in the “Grant Date Fair Value of Stock Option Awards” column reflect the grant date fair value, determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718, of awards pursuant to the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. The value reflected for any performance-conditioned award is the value at the grant date based upon the probable outcome of the award.

(3)

The amounts shown under “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” reflect performance restricted stock unit awards granted to the named executive officers during 2020 under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The performance restricted stock

 

99


Table of Contents
  unit, if earned, will vest at or between the threshold (50% of target) and maximum (150% of target) levels depending on the target cumulative Adjusted EBITDA over the 36-month period commencing on January 1, 2020, and ending on December 31, 2022. The named executive officers are also entitled to an accrual of dividend equivalents, equal to the cash amount that would have been payable on the number of performance restricted stock units held by them as of the close of business on the record date for each declared dividend, which shall be credited to them as the equivalent amount of shares that could have been purchased as of the close of business on the dividend payment date. The accrued dividend equivalents will be payable when the performance restricted stock units on which such dividend equivalents were credited have become earned, vested and payable.
(4)

Restricted stock units were granted to the named executive officers during 2020 under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will vest in equal installments over three to four years on the anniversaries of the grant date. The named executive officers are also entitled to an accrual of dividend equivalents, equal to the cash amount that would have been payable on the number of restricted stock units held by them as of the close of business on the record date for each declared dividend, which shall be credited to them as the equivalent amount of shares that could have been purchased as of the close of business on the dividend payment date. The accrued dividend equivalents will be payable when the restricted stock units on which such dividend equivalents were credited have become earned, vested and payable.

(5)

Stock options were granted to the named executive officers during 2020 under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020

 

    OPTIONS AWARDS (1)     STOCK AWARDS (2)        
    Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unvested
Restricted
Stock Unit
    Market
Value of
Securities
Underlying
Unvested
Restricted
Stock
Unit (6)
 

Thomas J. Leonard (4)

    3/6/2020       —         303,030     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       202,020     $ 3,434,340  

Thomas J. Leonard (4)

    3/6/2019       110,522       221,043     $ 6.27       3/6/2029       3/6/2019       147,362     $ 2,505,154  

Thomas J. Leonard (5)

    3/6/2019       186,505       559,516     $ 6.27       3/6/2029       3/6/2019       186,505     $ 3,170,585  

Thomas J. Leonard (3)

    1/4/2019       1,159,691       —         2.13       11/4/2024       —         —      

James B. Pekarek (4)

    3/6/2020       —         85,909     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       57,272     $ 973,624  

James B. Pekarek (4)

    3/6/2019       29,841       59,682     $ 6.27       3/6/2029       3/6/2019       39,788     $ 676,396  

James B. Pekarek (5)

    3/6/2019       67,142       201,426     $ 6.27       3/6/2029       3/6/2019       67,142     $ 1,141,414  

James B. Pekarek (3)

    1/4/2019       304,346       —         2.13       11/4/2024       —         —      

Thomas W. Boehning (4)

    3/6/2020       —         121,212     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       80,808     $ 1,373,736  

Thomas W. Boehning (5)

    3/6/2020       —         259,091     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       86,364     $ 1,468,188  

Bettyann Bird (4)

    3/6/2020       —         55,000     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       36,666     $ 623,322  

Bettyann Bird (4)

    3/6/2019       18,236       36,472     $ 6.27       3/6/2029       3/6/2019       24,314     $ 413,338  

Bettyann Bird (5)

    3/6/2019       49,238       147,712     $ 6.27       3/6/2029       3/6/2019       49,237     $ 837,029  

Bettyann Bird (3)

    1/4/2019       167,319       —         2.13       11/4/2024       —         —      

David Anbari (4)

    3/6/2020       —         21,212     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       14,142     $ 240,414  

David Anbari (5)

    3/6/2020       —         81,818     $ 8.25       3/6/2030       3/6/2020       27,273     $ 463,641  

 

(1)

Option awards granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan are discussed in detail under the caption “Long-Term Equity Incentive (Stock Option) Compensation”. Such unvested options included in the “Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable” column.

(2)

Stock awards granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan is discussed in detail under the caption “Long-Term Equity Incentive (Stock Option) Compensation”.

(3)

These option award grants reflect the assumption and conversion of outstanding options by Agiliti in connection with the Business Combination.

(4)

Options, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan for our named executive officers vest ratably over three years on the grant anniversary date.

 

100


Table of Contents
(5)

Options and restricted stock units granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan for our named executive officers vest ratably over four years on the grant anniversary date.

(6)

This value is determined using a per share price of $17.00.

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

Our named executive officers, and certain other employees, may participate in the Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective December 3, 2018 (the “Executive Deferred Compensation Plan”). The Executive Deferred Compensation Plan allows our named executives officers to defer up to 60% of their base salary and up to 100% of their earnings under the EIP payable upon the occurrence of a specified future event or date. Investment options available under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan mirror the investment options available under our Long-Term Savings Plan.

2020 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table

The following table provides information for each of our named executive officers regarding aggregate executive contributions, aggregate earnings for 2020, and year-end account balances under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. Messrs. Leonard, Pekarek, Boehning and Anbari have never participated in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

Name

  

Executive
Contributions in Last
FY $(1)

  

Aggregate Earnings in
Last FY $(2)

  

Aggregate Balance at
Last FYE $(3)

Bettyann Bird

   498,343    106,237    679,256

 

(1)

Amounts reflect elective deferrals of 2020 salary.

(2)

Amounts reflect change in value of investment holdings.

(3)

Reflects year-end account balances of deferred compensation. Of the amounts in this column $498,343 was also included in the Total Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table for 2020 and $70,823 was included in the Total Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table for prior years.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Employment Agreements of Thomas J. Leonard, James B. Pekarek and Thomas W. Boehning

The following is a description of the payments that would have been made to Mr. Leonard, Mr. Pekarek or Mr. Boehning pursuant to the employment agreement in effect as of December 31, 2020 had his employment been terminated on December 31, 2020.

Payments Made Upon Death or Disability

In the event of death or disability, the executive or his legal representative would have received the following:

 

   

12 months of his base salary in effect immediately prior to his death or disability;

 

   

pro-rata bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days he was employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination, payable in a lump-sum on the next regularly scheduled payroll date after the general release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable (the “Payment Date”); and

 

101


Table of Contents
   

within ten days following such termination, payment of accrued and unpaid base salary, accrued but unused vacation days, earned and unpaid bonus for the calendar year ending prior to the date of termination, all other accrued amounts or benefits in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans and reimbursement for expenses.

Additionally, the executive would have received accrued vested benefits through any of our benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance) at the times specified therein. “Disability” means the executive is disabled within the meaning of our long-term disability policy then in effect.

Payments Made Upon Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason

If the executive’s employment would have been terminated without Cause or he resigned for Good Reason prior to a change in control or more than two years after a change in control, the executive would have received payments consisting of the following:

 

   

12 months of his current base salary and 100% of his target bonus opportunity for the year of termination, which sum would have been payable during the twelve month period commencing on the date of termination in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time, provided that the first payment shall be made on the Payment Date; and

 

   

within ten days following such termination, payment of accrued and unpaid base salary, accrued but unused vacation days, earned and unpaid bonus for the calendar year ending prior to the date of termination, all other accrued amounts or benefits in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans and reimbursement for expenses.

We also would have paid the executive an amount equal to the pro-rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days he is employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination (or the end of the month proceeding such termination if such performance is generally determined at the end of the month) payable in a lump-sum on the Payment Date. Additionally, the executive would have received a lump sum payment equivalent to the amount the COBRA premium would be for his health coverage prior to the termination (for the executive and his family to the extent applicable) multiplied by twelve. Finally, the executive’s options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would have otherwise vested during the twelve months following such termination of employment would have vested in full immediately upon such termination of employment. Performance restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program would have vested based on actual performance through the date of the executive’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after the executive’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on our then current operating budget, with the shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days the executive would have been employed during the performance period if he had remained employed through the first anniversary of his termination of employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period.

Under Mr. Leonard’s, Mr. Pekarek’s and Mr. Boehning’s employment agreement in effect as of December 31, 2019, “Cause” meant:

 

   

the commission by the executive of, or his indictment for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to) a felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

 

   

the executive’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of his employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of our Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within 30 days after written notice thereof;

 

   

the executive’s material breach of fiduciary duty;

 

102


Table of Contents
   

the executive’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to us or any of our affiliates or in connection with his duties;

 

   

the executive’s material violation of our code of conduct or similar written policies;

 

   

the executive’s willful misconduct unrelated to us or any of our affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on us or any of our affiliates (economically or reputationally);

 

   

an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the executive that relates to our affairs or the affairs of any of our affiliates; or

 

   

material breach by the executive of any of the provisions of his employment agreement.

Mr. Leonard, Mr. Pekarek and Mr. Boehning would have had “Good Reason” for termination if, other than for Cause, any of the following occurred:

 

   

we would have materially diminished his responsibilities, authorities or duties (provided that in the event of his disability, our appointment of an interim officer would not have constituted a diminution of his responsibilities, authorities or duties);

 

   

we would have reduced his base salary or target bonus opportunity, other than in connection with an across-the-board reduction of base salary or target bonus opportunity applicable to substantially all of our senior executives;

 

   

we would have relocated his place of employment by more than 50 miles; or

 

   

he were no longer a member of the Board;

provided, that no event described above shall constitute Good Reason unless (A) the executive has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (B) the executive has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a termination of employment by executive for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.

Payments Made Upon Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason

If we had terminated Mr. Leonard’s, Mr. Pekarek’s or Mr. Boehning’s employment as of December 31, 2020 for Cause or he resigned without Good Reason, within ten days following such termination, he would have been entitled to receive his accrued and unpaid base salary, accrued but unused vacation days, earned and unpaid bonus for the calendar year ending prior to the date of termination, all other accrued amounts or benefits in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans and reimbursement for expenses, in each case, accrued through the date of termination. Additionally, if Mr. Leonard, Mr. Pekarek or Mr. Boehning had resigned without Good Reason, he would have been entitled to an amount equal to the pro-rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days he was employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination (or the end of the month proceeding such termination if such performance is generally determined at the end of the month), payable in a lump-sum on the Payment Date.

Payments Made Upon Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason following a Change of Control

If Mr. Leonard’s, Mr. Pekarek’s or Mr. Boehning’s employment would have been terminated without Cause or he resigned for Good Reason on or within two years after a change in control, he would have received the following:

 

   

24 months of his current base salary and 200% of his target bonus opportunity for the year of termination, which sum would have been payable in lump sum on the Payment Date;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

within ten days following such termination, payment of accrued and unpaid base salary, accrued but unused vacation days, earned and unpaid bonus for the calendar year ending prior to the date of termination and reimbursement for expenses, in each case, accrued through the date of termination; and

 

   

all other accrued amounts or accrued benefits in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance).

We also would have paid the executive an amount equal to the pro-rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days he was employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination (or the end of the month proceeding such termination if such performance is generally determined at the end of the month), payable in a lump-sum on the Payment Date. Additionally, the executive would have received a lump sum payment equivalent to the amount the monthly COBRA premium would be for his health coverage prior to the termination (for executive and his family to the extent applicable) multiplied by twenty four. Finally, executive’s options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would have otherwise vested during the twelve months following such termination of employment would have vested in full immediately upon such termination of employment. Performance restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would have vested based on actual performance through the date of executive’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after executive’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company, with the shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days executive would have been employed during the performance period if executive had remained employed through the first anniversary of his termination of employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period.

Under Mr. Leonard’s, Mr. Pekarek’s and Mr. Boehning’s employment agreements in effect as of December 31, 2020, “Change in Control” meant the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any of the following events:

 

   

any individual, entity or group has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either the then-outstanding shares or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

   

individuals who constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board (other than any individual whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors);

 

   

consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, in each case, unless, following such business combination, (A) all of substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the outstanding company common stock and outstanding company voting securities immediately prior to such business combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities, as the case may be, of the corporation or entity resulting from such business combination in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such business combination of the outstanding company common stock and outstanding company voting securities, as the case may be, (B) no person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation or equity of the entity resulting from such business combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation or entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the Board were members of the incumbent board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, proving for such business combination; or

 

   

immediately prior to the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

104


Table of Contents

Payments Made Upon a Transition Plan

If Mr. Leonard’s employment would have been terminated in accordance with an orderly transition plan coordinated by the Board, Mr. Leonard would have received, in addition to the payments he would have been entitled to upon termination without cause, resignation for good reason or upon a change in control, Mr. Leonard’s options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would have otherwise vested during the twenty-four months following such termination of employment would have vested in full immediately upon such termination of employment. Performance restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program would vest based on actual performance through the date of Mr. Leonard’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after Mr. Leonard’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company, with the shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days Mr. Leonard would have been employed during the performance period if Mr. Leonard had remained employed through the second anniversary of his termination of employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period.

Executive Severance Pay Plan

On November 2, 2016, the Company amended its Executive Severance Pay Plan, previously adopted on June 1, 2007 and amended on December 31, 2008 to comply with Section 409A of the Code. This disclosure is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Amended Executive Severance Pay Plan.

Executives covered by the Executive Severance Pay Plan include the following named executive officers: Mr. Anbari and Ms. Bird. The terms of the Executive Severance Pay Plan, as they relate to the possible payments upon the terminations of the aforementioned named executive officers, are summarized below. The amounts shown assume that termination would have been effective as of December 31, 2020, include amounts earned through that date and are estimates of the amounts which would have been paid out to the named executive officer upon his or her termination. The actual amounts paid can only be determined at the time of the named executive officer’s separation from us.

Agiliti assumed the Executive Severance Pay Plan, as amended, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

Payments Made upon Certain Involuntary Terminations

In the event of termination of employment without Cause, by the executive with Good Reason or due to the death or disability of the executive, provided that the executive or his or her designee signed the General Release within 45 days of the date of termination, the executive or his or her designee would have received the following:

 

   

current salary on a bi-weekly payment schedule for the 12-month period following termination (“Severance Period”);

 

   

lump payment of $11,350 for COBRA benefits; and

 

   

pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year, calculated at the executive officer’s individual bonus target and pro-rated based upon the number of days the executive officer was actually employed that year, payable in a single lump sum payment on the 61st day following the date of termination.

The first payments would have been made as soon as practicable following the effectiveness of the General Release and would have included any such payment(s) that otherwise would have been made prior to the time the General Release was effective. “General Release” means a written release of all claims against us and our affiliates in the form presented by us, which includes confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and no-hire provisions.

 

105


Table of Contents

The Executive Severance Pay Plan does not provide for additional benefits to Mr. Anbari and Ms. Bird if their termination of employment is in connection with a change of control of the Company. In the event of termination of employment for Cause or voluntary resignation except for Good Reason, no severance benefits would have been payable.

Under the Executive Pay Severance Plan, as in effect on December 31, 2020, Cause, Disability and Good Reason meant the following:

“Cause” meant:

 

   

the executive’s continued failure, whether willful, intentional, or grossly negligent, after written notice, to perform substantially the executive’s duties (the “duties”) as determined by the executive’s immediate supervisor, the Chief Executive Officer, or a senior vice president (other than as a result of a disability);

 

   

the executive’s dishonesty or fraud in the performance of the executive’s duties or a material breach by the executive of the executive’s duty of loyalty to us or our subsidiaries;

 

   

conviction or confession by the executive of an act or acts on the executive’s part constituting a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any misdemeanor by the executive which materially impairs such executive’s ability to perform the executive’s duties;

 

   

any willful act or omission on the executive’s part which is materially injurious to our financial condition or business reputation or that of any of our subsidiaries; or

 

   

any breach by the executive of any non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement applicable to the executive.

“Disability” means the executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of his or her position for a period of at least six months due to illness or accident after being provided with any reasonable accommodation or leave the Company may be obligated by law to provide.

“Good Reason” meant that, other than for Cause, any of the events set forth in the bullets below would have occurred, the executive notified us in writing of such event; within 30 days of such event, we failed to cure the event within 60 days of receiving such notice; and the executive terminated employment no later than 90 days after providing such notice:

 

   

the executive was demoted, as evidenced by a material reduction or reassignment of the executive’s duties (per the executive’s job description), provided, however, that any change in the executive’s position constituting a lateral move or promotion would not have been deemed to give rise to Good Reason unless the executive was required to relocate pursuant to the third bullet below;

 

   

the executive’s base salary was materially reduced other than in connection with an across-the-board reduction of approximately the same percentage in executive compensation to employees imposed by our Board in response to negative financial results or other adverse circumstances affecting us; or

 

   

we required the executive to relocate in excess of 50 miles from the location where the executive was then-currently employed.

Payments Upon a Change in Control

Pursuant to the award agreements with each of our named executive officers for the stock option awards, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding stock option awards would have been exercisable, all outstanding restricted stock units would have vested in full and all outstanding performance restricted stock units would have vested in full with performance determined based on actual performance through the Change in Control, plus projected performance from the date immediately after the Change in Control through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company.

 

106


Table of Contents

Under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, “Change in Control” meant the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any of the following events:

 

   

any individual, entity or group has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either the then-outstanding shares or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

   

individuals who constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board (other than any individual whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors);

 

   

consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, in each case, unless, following such business combination, (A) all of substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the outstanding company common stock and outstanding company voting securities immediately prior to such business combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities, as the case may be, of the corporation or entity resulting from such business combination in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such business combination of the outstanding company common stock and outstanding company voting securities, as the case may be, (B) no person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation or equity of the entity resulting from such business combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation or entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the Board were members of the incumbent board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, proving for such business combination; or

 

   

immediately prior to the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the potential payments to each of the named executive officers in connection with certain termination events or upon a change of control of the Company.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Death or
Disability
     Voluntary
Termination
(without Good
Reason)
     For Good
Reason or
Without
Cause
Termination
     Change of
Control
Related
Termination (1)
 

Thomas J. Leonard:

           

Non-Equity Incentive Plan (2)

   $ 1,510,382      $ 1,510,382      $ 1,510,382      $ 1,510,382  

Stock Options (3)

     —          —          —        $ 11,026,911  

Restricted Stock Units (4)

     —          —          —        $ 6,140,332  

Performance Restricted Stock Units (5)

     —          —          —        $ 2,969,747  

Health and Welfare Benefits

     —          —        $ 18,829      $ 37,659  

Severance Payments

   $ 850,000        —        $ 2,305,890      $ 4,005,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,360,382      $ 1,510,382      $ 3,835,102      $ 25,690,921  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

James B. Pekarek:

           

Non-Equity Incentive Plan (2)

   $ 682,104      $ 682,104      $ 682,104      $ 682,104  

Stock Options (3)

     —          —          —        $ 3,553,393  

Restricted Stock Units (4)

     —          —          —        $ 1,966,424  

Performance Restricted Stock Units (5)

     —          —          —        $ 825,010  

Health and Welfare Benefits

     —          —        $ 15,851      $ 31,703  

Severance Payments

   $ 491,400        —        $ 929,653      $ 1,765,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,173,504      $ 682,104      $ 1,627,608      $ 8,823,666  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Thomas W. Boehning (6)

           

Non-Equity Incentive Plan (2)

   $ 720,546      $ 720,546      $ 720,546      $ 720,546  

Stock Options (3)

     —          —          —          3,327,651  

Restricted Stock Units (4)

     —          —          —        $ 2,155,056  

Performance Restricted Stock Units (5)

     —          —          —        $ 686,868  

Health and Welfare Benefits

     —          —        $ 17,135      $ 34,269  

Severance Payments

   $ 475,000        —        $ 855,000      $ 1,710,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,195,546      $ 720,546      $ 1,592,681      $ 8,634,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bettyann Bird

           

Non-Equity Incentive Plan (2)

   $ 260,062        —        $ 260,062      $ 260,062  

Stock Options (3)

     —          —          —        $ 2,457,544  

Restricted Stock Units (4)

     —          —          —        $ 1,355,359  

Performance Restricted Stock Units (5)

     —          —          —        $ 518,330  

Health and Welfare Benefits

   $ 11,350        —        $ 11,350      $ 11,350  

Severance Payments

   $ 385,016        —        $ 385,016      $ 385,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 656,428        —        $ 656,428      $ 4,987,661  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

David Anbari

           

Non-Equity Incentive Plan (2)-

   $ 160,417        —        $ 160,417      $ 160,417  

Stock Options (3)

     —          —          —          901,513  

Restricted Stock Units (4)

     —          —          —        $ 583,848  

Performance Restricted Stock Units (5)

     —          —          —        $ 120,207  

Health and Welfare Benefits

   $ 11,350        —        $ 11,350      $ 11,350  

Severance Payments

   $ 350,000        —        $ 350,000      $ 350,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 521,767        —        $ 521,767      $ 2,127,334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents
(1)

Amounts in this column represent the potential payments upon a termination of employment without Cause or a termination with Good Reason on or within the two year period following a Change of Control; provided, however, that the amounts representing the value of accelerated vesting of stock options, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units would have been payable upon a Change in Control (as defined under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan) regardless of whether the named executive officer’s employment was terminated.

(2)

With respect to Messrs. Leonard, Pekarek and Boehning this row represents the value of the annual bonus payable under the EIP based on actual results for 2020 and, with respect to Mr. Anbari and Ms. Bird, this row represents the target value of the annual bonus payable under the EIP.

(3)

Represents the value of accelerated vesting of stock options that were unvested as of December 31, 2020, which is determined based on the difference between the exercise price of such options and the value of our common stock on December 31, 2020. Additionally, if Mr. Leonard’s employment were terminated in accordance with a transition plan coordinated by our Board, Mr. Leonard would have been entitled to accelerated vesting with respect to any stock options that would have otherwise vested during the twenty- four months following such termination of employment, and such accelerated vesting has a value of $8,141,873.

(4)

Represents the value of accelerated vesting of restricted stock units that were unvested as of December 31, 2020, which is determined based on the value of our common stock on December 31, 2020. Additionally, if Mr. Leonard’s employment were terminated in accordance with a transition plan coordinated by our Board, Mr. Leonard is entitled to accelerated vesting with respect to any restricted stock units that would have otherwise vested during the twenty-four months following such termination of employment, such accelerated vesting has a value of $4,511,092.

(5)

Represents the value of accelerated vesting of performance restricted stock units that were unvested at December 31, 2020, which is determined based on the value of our common stock on December 31, 2020. Additionally, if Mr. Leonard’s employment were terminated in accordance with a transition plan coordinated by our Board, Mr. Leonard would have been entitled to accelerated vesting with respect to any performance restricted stock units that would have otherwise vested prorated based on the ratio of the number of days Mr. Leonard would have been employed during the performance period if Mr. Leonard had remained employed through the second anniversary of his termination of employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period, and such accelerated vesting has a value of $2,397,363.

Actions Taken in 2021 or in Connection with This Offering

IPO Emergence Grants

In connection with this offering, we expect to grant certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, restricted stock units, performance restricted stock units, and stock options under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to approximately                 shares of the Company’s common stock. The restricted stock unit and stock option awards will vest ratably over a three-year period and the performance restricted stock unit awards vest based on the achievement of performance metrics over a three-year period, subject to the recipient’s continued employment through each vesting date.

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with the Business Combination, we adopted the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. In connection with this offering, we plan to amend the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as described herein. The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, bonus stock, dividend equivalents and other stock-based awards and other substitute awards, annual incentive awards and performance awards. Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for the Company and its affiliates, are eligible for grants under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate high performing officers, directors, employees and

 

109


Table of Contents

consultants by aligning the interests of participants with those of our shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration

The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan is administered by our compensation, nominating and governance committee. The compensation, nominating and governance committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. Awards under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be made subject to “performance conditions” and other terms.

Share Reserve

A total of                  shares of our common stock shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year during the remaining term of the plan, equal to the lesser of (a) 3% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares of common stock as is determined by the Board. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan: (i) shares subject to awards granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled; (ii) shares subject to awards granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued; and (iii) shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash (but not shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award).

Eligibility for Participation

Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Board or compensation committee will determine who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with such award.

Award Forms and Limitations

The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan authorized the award of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards. For stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”), under Section 422 of the Code, the maximum number of shares subject to ISO awards shall be                 .

Stock Options

The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of ISOs only to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. All options other than ISOs may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates. The exercise price of each stock option must generally be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the compensation, nominating and governance committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan is ten (10) years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders). None of the options may be exercised until vested.

 

110


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of common stock of Agiliti on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the compensation, nominating and governance committee in its discretion.

Restricted Stock

The compensation, nominating and governance committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation, nominating and governance committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation, nominating and governance committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. The compensation, nominating and governance committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units represent a right to receive shares of our common stock in the future. Restricted stock units may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the compensation, nominating and governance committee in its discretion.

Other Stock-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards

Stock-based awards, such as dividend equivalent rights and other awards denominated or payable in shares of our common stock, may be granted as additional compensation for services or performance. Similarly, the compensation, nominating and governance committee may grant other cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by them in their discretion. Both other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.

Performance Awards

A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limitation

All compensation paid or granted to any individual for service as a non-employee director with respect to any calendar year, including awards granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, shall not exceed $600,000, calculating the value of any award based on the grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes; provided that, for any fiscal year in which a non-employee director (i) first commences service on the Board, (ii) serves on a special committee of the Board, or (iii) serves as lead director or chairman of the Board, such limit shall be $750,000.

 

111


Table of Contents

Change in Control

In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan), the compensation, nominating and governance committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the highest price per share of common stock paid in the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of such awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights may be terminated prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise such awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of stock splits, recapitalizations and similar transactions. If awards are not continued, assumed or substituted with new rights in connection with such change in control, all of the unvested awards (but only such awards that are not continued, assumed or continued) will vest. If awards are continued, assumed or substituted with new rights in connection with such change in control, such awards may be entitled to full double trigger vesting.

Transferability

Awards granted under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by the compensation, nominating and governance committee. Unless otherwise restricted by the compensation, nominating and governance committee, nonqualified stock options or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by the grantee, the grantee’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the grantee who has acquired the nonqualified stock options or SARs by a permitted transfer. ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by the grantee or the grantee’s guardian or legal representative.

Effective Date; Term

The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan is expected to terminate ten years from the date the Board approved the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by the Board.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with the offering, we intend to adopt and ask our shareholders to approve the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), the material terms of which are summarized below. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the ESPP, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The ESPP authorizes the grant of options to employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased annually on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 0.5% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. In no event will more than 20,000,000 shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the ESPP. Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation, nominating and governance committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

 

112


Table of Contents

Eligibility

We expect that all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP, other than those employees whose customary employment is less than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights

Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. Each offering will consist of a six-month offering period commencing on May 1 and November 1. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period; however, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, choose a different length of future offering periods, provide for multiple purchase dates within an offering period or otherwise modify the terms of future offering periods.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period will be 5,000 shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

In order to become a participant and participate in an offering period, an eligible employee will be required to complete an enrollment election form on or prior to the first trading day of an offering period. After becoming a participant in the ESPP such participant’s elections on the enrollment election form will carry forward to future offering periods until or unless the participant completes new elections on an enrollment election form. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified offering period prior to the end of the offering period, and will be distributed their accrued payroll deductions without interest and no shares of common stock will be purchased on the participant’s behalf at the end of the offering period. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and rights granted under the ESPP are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of our common stock, being exchanged for a different number or kind of our securities or of any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of us or of any other company being received by the holders of our common stock, then the plan administrator will make proportional adjustments in (i) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the ESPP, including without limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our outstanding securities, sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets, or any similar transaction as determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion, the plan administrator may make such adjustments it deems appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights in (1) the number and class of shares which may be delivered under the ESPP, (2) in the number, class of shares or price of shares available for purchase under the ESPP and (3) in the number of shares

 

113


Table of Contents

which a participant is entitled to purchase and any other adjustments it deems appropriate. Additionally, in the event of any such transaction, the plan administrator may elect to (1) have the options under the ESPP assumed or converted or substituted by a successor entity, (2) terminate all outstanding options either prior to their expiration or upon completion of the purchase of shares on the next purchase date, (3) shorten the offering period by setting a new purchase date, or (4) take such other action deemed appropriate by the plan administrator.

Plan Amendment

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP.

Director Compensation

Through December 31, 2020, we paid each of our then-current independent directors cash compensation of $60,000 per year for their service as independent directors ($95,000 for the chair). All amounts are prorated for partial year directorship or membership, as appropriate. Directors who were not independent did not receive compensation for services on the board of directors in 2020.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, Agiliti assumed the 2007 Stock Option Plan and approximately 75% of the outstanding stock option awards were terminated and cashed out. The remaining 25% of the outstanding stock option awards were rolled over into options to purchase common stock of Agiliti subject to the same terms and conditions of the original awards.

2020 Director Compensation Table

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by us to directors for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Director

   Fees Earned
or Paid in Cash
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Thomas J. Leonard

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Michael A. Bell

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Dr. Gary L. Gottlieb

   $ 60,000      $ 56,805      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 116,805  

Joshua M. Nelson

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Megan M. Preiner

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Scott M. Sperling

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

John L. Workman

   $ 95,000      $ 56,805      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 151,805  

Darren Friedman

   $ 60,000      $ 56,805      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 116,805  

 

(1)

This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted in 2020 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Item 15 Note 11, Share-Based Compensation to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The aggregate number of options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 was as follows:

 

Name

   Options Outstanding

Dr. Gary L. Gottlieb

   106,612

John L. Workman (a)

   134,265

Darren Friedman

   106,612

 

  (a)

Includes 27,653 options that reflect the assumption and conversion of outstanding options by Agiliti in connections with the Business Combination.

 

114


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, we expect to grant each of Dr. Gottlieb and Messrs. Workman and Friedman restricted stock units with a grant date value of approximately $160,000. These restricted stock units will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient’s continued service through such vesting date. On a going forward basis, following the completion of this offering, we expect to provide our non-employee directors with an annual cash retainers as follows:

 

Position

   Retainer ($)  

Chairman of the Board

     125,000  

Board Member

     75,000  

Audit Committee:

  

Chairperson

     25,000  

Committee Member

     12,000  

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee:

  

Chairperson

     17,500  

Committee Member

     7,500  

The non-employee directors who are employees of THL are not eligible to receive cash retainers or equity awards for their service on our board.

 

115


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2021 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, for

 

   

each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock immediately prior to this offering;

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Each shareholder’s percentage ownership before the offering is based on common stock outstanding as of                     , 2021. Each shareholder’s percentage ownership after the offering is based on common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock. The table below does not reflect any shares of common stock that may be purchased in this offering or pursuant to our directed share program.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options or RSUs that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of                     , 2021 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or RSUs. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common stock shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table is c/o 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
     Shares Beneficially Owned After
this Offering
 
   Number of
Shares
     Percentage      Number of
Shares
     No Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
     Full Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
 
   Percentage      Percentage  

5% Shareholders:

                     

THL Agiliti LLC (1)

              

Directors and Executive Officers:

              

Scott M. Sperling (1)

              

Joshua M. Nelson (1)

              

Megan M. Preiner (1)

              

Michael A. Bell (1)

              

Gary L. Gottlieb

              

Darren M. Friedman

              

John L. Workman

              

Thomas J. Leonard

              

James B. Pekarek

              

Bettyann Bird

              

Thomas W. Boehning

              

Directors and executive officers as a group (eleven individuals)

              

 

116


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes             of Agiliti warrants, which are exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the warrants held by THL Stockholder are made by unanimous consent of its members. The members of THL Stockholder are FS Sponsor, LLC, Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VIII, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VIII, L.P., THL Executive Fund VIII, L.P., THL Fund VIII Coinvestment Partners, L.P., and THL Equity Fund VIII Investors (Agiliti), L.P. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the warrants held by THL Stockholder are made in the sole discretion of FS Sponsor, LLC. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the securities beneficially owned by FS Sponsor, LLC, including the warrants, are made by a management committee. Each of the entities and individuals named above disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company held of record by THL Stockholder, except to the extent of his, her or its pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities and individuals named above is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, MA 02110. For Michael A. Bell, also includes              shares of common stock.

 

117


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

   

the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

 

   

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director;

 

   

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

 

   

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

 

   

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our shareholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

Registration Rights Agreement

Agiliti is party to a registration rights agreement with THL Stockholder, Mr. Leonard and certain other holders, under which the parties thereto have been granted certain customary demand registration rights on short form and long form registration statements as well as “piggyback” registration rights, with respect to the shares of common stock of Agiliti, in each case subject to cutback provisions. The registration rights agreement does not contemplate the payment of penalties or liquidated damages to the shareholders party thereto as a result of a failure to register, or delays with respect to the registration of, Agiliti’s common stock.

Director Nomination Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated director nomination agreement (the “director nomination agreement”) with THL Stockholder whereby so long as THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding, THL Stockholder has the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as THL Stockholder beneficially owns 40% or more of the total number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by THL Stockholder upon completion of this offering, as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in our capitalization (the “Original Amount”); (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to 40% of the total directors for so long as THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 30% and less than 40% of the Original Amount; (iii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to 30% of the total directors for so long as THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 20% and less than 30% of the Original Amount; (iv) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to 20% of the total directors for so long as THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 5% and less than 10% of the Original Amount; and (v) one director for so long as THL Stockholder beneficially owns at least 5% and less than 10% of the Original Amount. In each case, THL Stockholder’s nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. In addition, THL Stockholder shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of

 

118


Table of Contents

its board designees whose board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term regardless of THL Stockholder’s beneficial ownership at such time. THL Stockholder shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our Board proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The director nomination agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of THL Stockholder. This agreement will terminate at such time as THL Stockholder owns less than 5% of the Original Amount.

Tax Receivable Agreement

On January 4, 2019, Agiliti Holdco and IPC/UHS, as Stockholders’ Representative, entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”). The Tax Receivable Agreement provides for the payment by Agiliti Holdco to the sellers of 85% of certain U.S. federal, state, and local tax benefits realized or deemed realized by Agiliti Holdco and its subsidiaries from the following tax attributes: (i) U.S. federal, state and local net operating losses (including carryforwards) of Agiliti Holdco and its subsidiaries in existence as of the closing of the Business Combination, (ii) without duplication of amounts included under clause (i), certain deductions generated by the consummation of the Business Combination, (iii) certain deductions arising from rollover options cancelled or exercised post-closing as such deductions are generated post-closing and (iv) certain deductions arising from payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Agiliti Holdco and its subsidiaries will retain the tax benefit, if any, of the remaining 15% of such tax attributes. The amount and timing of any such payments may vary depending upon a number of factors. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or deemed utilized, unless Agiliti Holdco exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early or there is otherwise a deemed early termination (e.g., upon the occurrence of a change of control of us, FSAC or Agiliti Holdco or certain divestitures of Agiliti Holdco’s subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of Tax Receivable Agreement. If Agiliti Holdco elects to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early or there is a deemed early termination, its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement would accelerate and it generally would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the deemed anticipated future payments to be made by it under the Tax Receivable Agreement, calculated in accordance with certain valuation assumptions set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the fifth anniversary of the date of the closing of the Business Combination, a tax benefit payment due to a holder of any options or restricted stock units (RSUs) in Agiliti Holdco shall be paid only if either (i) such holder is employed by on the first day of the calendar year following the taxable year for which such tax benefit payment was calculated or (ii) Agiliti Holdco has aggregate revenue of at least $225,000,000 (which may be adjusted downward due to certain transactions) for the first two quarters of the taxable year following the taxable year for which such tax benefit payment was calculated.

Advisory Services Agreement

On January 4, 2019, we entered into an advisory services agreement (the “Advisory Services Agreement”) with Agiliti Health and THL Managers VIII, LLC (the “Advisor”). Pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreement, the Advisor provides management, consulting and other advisory services to the companies. In consideration for these services, the companies pay to the Advisor the Advisory Services Fees, comprising (i) a non-refundable periodic retainer fee in an aggregate amount per fiscal quarter equal to the greater of (a) $375,000 or (b) 1% of the consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Advisory Services Agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter or such other amount as may be mutually agreed, (ii) fees in amounts to be mutually agreed in connection with any financing or refinancing, dividend, recapitalization, acquisition, disposition and spin-off or split-off transaction, (iii) prior to the completion of this offering, in addition to the fees under clauses (i) and (ii), an amount equal to the net present value of the higher periodic fee that would have been payable from the date of the closing of this offering until the scheduled termination date of the Advisory Services Agreement, and (iv) fees for other management, consulting and other advisory services to be discussed in good faith among the parties. The companies pay expenses incurred by the Advisor, its consultants and certain other parties affiliated with Advisor.

 

119


Table of Contents

The Advisory Services Agreement terminates automatically immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We estimate that in connection with the termination of the Advisory Services Agreement, we will be required to pay to the Advisor a buyout fee of approximately $7.0 million, all of which would be expensed at the time of the buyout.

Indemnification Agreements

On January 4, 2019, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement provides for indemnification and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to us or, at our request, service to other entities, as officers or directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law.

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

On January 4, 2019, we, FSAC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Warrant Agent”) entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”) pursuant to which we agreed to accept and assume all of FSAC’s rights, interests and obligations in and under the warrants to purchase FSAC Class A Common Stock and under that certain Warrant Agreement, by and between FSAC and the Warrant Agent, dated as of July 18, 2017. Following the Business Combination and the entry into the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, each FSAC warrant became exercisable for one share of our common stock in accordance with the terms of the agreement governing such warrants, and are referred to herein as the “warrants.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                 shares of our common stock, or     % of the shares of our common stock to be offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals through a directed share program, including certain employees and certain other individuals identified by management.

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the Credit Agreement governing certain of our outstanding indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of certain of our outstanding indebtedness will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

First Lien Credit Facilities

On January 4, 2019, Agiliti Health, Inc., as borrower, Agiliti Holdco, Inc. as holdings, and certain subsidiaries of Agiliti Health, Inc. acting as guarantors, entered into a credit agreement, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and letter of credit issuer and the lenders from time to time party thereto, comprised of a $150.0 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility and $660.0 million seven-year senior secured term loan facility. Pursuant to the Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2020, the Revolving Credit Facility was increased to $190.0 million and the First Lien Term Loan Facility was increased to $785.0 million. Pursuant to the Amendment No. 2 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2020, the First Lien Term Loan Facility was increased to $935.0 million. A portion of the proceeds from the initial borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement were used to prepay certain existing indebtedness of the borrower and its subsidiaries and the proceeds of the incremental term loans from the First Lien Credit Agreement Amendment No. 1 were used to finance working capital needs and general corporate purposes, including to finance acquisitions and to refinance the loans then outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds of the incremental term loans from the First Lien Credit Agreement Amendment No. 2 were used to finance working capital needs and general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2020, we had $922.2 million in borrowings outstanding under our First Lien Term Loan Facility and $6.3 million of letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on our First Lien Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility was 2.9375% on the $772.2 million and 3.5% on the $150.0 million.

Second Lien Credit Facilities

On November 15, 2019, Agiliti Health, Inc., as borrower, Agiliti Holdco, Inc., as holdings, and certain subsidiaries of Agiliti Health, Inc. acting as guarantors, entered into a second lien credit agreement, with Wilmington Trust, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as bookrunner and lead arranger, comprised of a $240.0 million loan. The proceeds from the borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement were used to pay a dividend or distribution payment to our equityholders as a means to provide our equityholders with a return on their investment in an amount equal to approximately $240.0 million and certain transaction costs in connection therewith. As of December 31, 2020, we had $240.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on our Second Lien Term Loan Facility was 7.96838%.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum, at the borrower’s option, equal to an applicable margin, plus (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime lending rate published in The Wall Street Journal, (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period on such day plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the LIBOR rate as set forth by the ICE Benchmark Administration for the interest period relevant to such borrowing subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.00%.

 

121


Table of Contents

The applicable margin for borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement is (a)(1) prior to March 31, 2019 and (2) on or after March 31, 2019 (so long as the first lien leverage ratio is greater than 3.75 to 1.00), (1) 2.00% for alternate base rate borrowings and (ii) 3.00% for Eurodollar borrowings and (b) on or after June 30, 2020 (so long as the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00), subject to step downs to (i) 1.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and (ii) 2.75% for Eurodollar borrowings. Under the First Lien Credit Agreement, the borrower is also required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Facility of (i) 0.50% per annum if the first lien leverage ratio is greater than 4.00:1.00, (ii) 0.375% per annum if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00:1.00 but greater than 3.50:1.00 and (iii) 0.250% if the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.50:1.00, and a letter of credit participation fee equal to the applicable margin for Eurodollar revolving loans on the actual daily amount of the letter of credit exposure.

The applicable margin for borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement is (a) 6.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and (b) 7.75% for Eurodollar borrowings.

Voluntary Prepayments

The borrower may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the First Lien Credit Agreement without premium or penalty, subject to certain notice and priority requirements. The borrower may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Second Lien Credit Agreement (i) subject to a 102% premium with respect to prepayments made prior to November 15, 2020 and (ii) 101% premium on or after November 15, 2020 but prior to November 15, 2022.

Mandatory Prepayments

The First Lien Credit Agreement requires the borrower to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the First Lien Term Loan Facility with:

 

   

commencing with the year ending on December 31, 2019, 50% of excess cash flow for the year then ended, minus, at the borrower’s option, certain optional prepayments and permitted assignments of indebtedness, to the extent such amount is above a threshold amount and subject to step downs to (i) 25% when the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% when the first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00;

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events above a threshold amount, subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

The Second Lien Credit Agreement also requires the borrower to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Second Lien Term Loan Facility with:

 

   

commencing with the year ending on December 31, 2019, 50% of excess cash flow for the year then ended, minus, at the borrower’s option, certain optional prepayments and permitted assignments of indebtedness, to the extent such amount is above a threshold amount and subject to step downs to (i) 25% when first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 but greater than 4.50 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% when first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00;

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events above a threshold amount, subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of debt other than debt permitted under the Second Lien Credit Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Second Lien Credit Agreement, unless the borrower otherwise so elects, no mandatory prepayments are required under the Second Lien Credit Agreement until all obligations and amounts owed under the First Lien Credit Agreement are discharged in full.

 

122


Table of Contents

Final Maturity and Amortization

The First Lien Term Loan Facility will mature on January 4, 2026 and the Revolving Credit Facility will mature on January 4, 2024. The term loans under the First Lien Term Loan Facility amortize in equal quarterly instalments, which commenced on June 30, 2019, in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of such term loans, with the balance due at maturity unless prepaid prior thereto.

The Second Lien Term Loan Facility will mature on November 15, 2027. The Second Lien Term Loan Facility does not amortize.

Guarantors

All obligations under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of Agiliti Health, Inc.’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.

Security

All obligations under the First Lien Credit Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, relative rights and priorities between the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement, by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of the borrower’s and the guarantors’ assets. All obligations under the Second Lien Credit Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by second-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of the borrower’s and the guarantors’ assets are governed by an intercreditor agreement.

Certain Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The First Lien Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement contain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations and negative covenants. The negative covenants restrict Agiliti Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries’ ability (and, with respect to certain of the affirmative covenants and negative covenants, Agiliti Holdco’s ability), among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement):

 

   

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee obligations;

 

   

create or incur liens;

 

   

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

   

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness;

 

   

make investments, loans and advances;

 

   

enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions;

 

   

modify organizational documents in a manner that is materially adverse to the lenders under the First Lien Credit Agreement or Second Lien Credit Agreement;

 

   

with respect to Agiliti Holdco, Inc., modify our holding company status;

 

   

materially alter the business it conducts;

 

123


Table of Contents
   

change our fiscal year; and

 

   

enter into amendments to certain junior lien and subordinated indebtedness in a manner materially adverse to the lenders thereunder with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions.

Financial Covenant

The First Lien Credit Agreement contains a springing financial covenant, solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, which requires the borrower to maintain a maximum first lien leverage ratio (as calculated on a quarterly basis as of the most recently ended test period for which the covenant is being tested pursuant to the First Lien Credit Agreement) of 7.00:1.00. The financial covenant is only tested for any fiscal quarter in the event that on the last day of the such fiscal quarter, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Facility that were outstanding exceeded 35% of the total commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Second Lien Credit Agreement does not include any financial covenant.

Events of Default

The lenders under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement are permitted to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder or exercise other remedies upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default, including default with respect to financial and other covenants, subject to certain grace periods and exceptions. These events of default include, among others, payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, certain events of bankruptcy, material judgments, material defects with respect to lenders’ perfection on the collateral, and changes of control.

 

124


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor. In no event will any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on our common stock unless the shares of common stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders, including the election of directors. Our shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Preemptive or Other Rights

Our shareholders will have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to our common stock.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of us, our holders of the common stock will be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all of our assets of whatever kind available for distribution to shareholders, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied.

Preferred Stock

Our Board has the authority, without further action by our shareholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions thereof. No shares of preferred stock are outstanding and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, and only whole warrants are exercisable. The warrants expire on January 4, 2023, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We may call the warrants for redemption in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrant holder if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable, we may exercise the redemption rights even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

125


Table of Contents

We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of our common stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our shareholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of our common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of our common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” is the average reported last sale price of our common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of our common stock to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to it if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants. If we call its warrants for redemption and management does not take advantage of this option, THL and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their private placement warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had all warrant holders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.

A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of common stock, or by a split-up of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of common stock. A rights offering to holders of common stock entitling holders to purchase shares of common stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of common stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for common stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of common stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, in determining the price payable for common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of common stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of common stock on account of such shares of

 

126


Table of Contents

common stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of our common stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of common stock.

Whenever the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of common stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of our common stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of its assets or other property as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our common stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of common stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant.

The warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common stock and any voting rights until they receive the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. After the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

 

127


Table of Contents

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of our common stock to be issued to the warrant holder.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL will contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by shareholders.

These provisions include:

Classified Board

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have eight members.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation will preclude shareholder action by written consent at any time when THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Special Meetings of Shareholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board, Chief Executive Officer or the chairman of our Board; provided, however, at any time when THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our shareholders shall also be called by our Board or the chairman of our Board at the request of THL. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in our control or management.

Advance Notice Procedures

Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for shareholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our shareholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board; provided, however, at any time when THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 10% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to THL. Shareholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a shareholder who was

 

128


Table of Contents

a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the shareholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. These provisions do not apply to nominations by THL pursuant to the director nomination agreement.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director.

Supermajority Approval Requirements

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation. For as long as THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that at any time when THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% (as opposed to a majority threshold that would apply if THL beneficially owns, in the aggregate, 50% or more) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 6623% supermajority vote for shareholders to amend our bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested shareholders;

 

129


Table of Contents
   

the provisions regarding shareholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 6623% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing shareholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Business Combinations

Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested shareholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a shareholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

 

130


Table of Contents

We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested shareholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our Board because the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that THL, and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested shareholders” for purposes of this provision.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability

 

131


Table of Contents

created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Our certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of THL or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that THL or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our shareholders, through shareholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for

 

132


Table of Contents

breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent’s address is 1 State Street Plaza, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10004-1561.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “AGTI”.

 

133


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or outstanding warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                 , 2021, we will have                  outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

Of the                  shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the                  shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

The remaining                  shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, each of our directors and executive officers and other shareholders, optionholders and warrantholders owning substantially all of our common stock and options or warrants to acquire common stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of                  on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have granted THL the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common stock held by THL (or certain transferees) and to provide piggyback registration rights to THL and certain executives, subject to the certain limitations and priorities on registration detailed therein, on registered offerings initiated by us in certain circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related

 

134


Table of Contents

Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement”. These shares will represent     % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any person who is not our affiliate, who was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (1) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors or officers who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of this offering are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

Equity Incentive Plans

Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options and other awards issuable pursuant to the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Shares covered by such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.

 

135


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations relating thereto. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate tax laws, gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or (the “IRS”), in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations”, “passive foreign investment companies”, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(1)(2) of the Code) and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

 

136


Table of Contents

If any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING AUTHORITY OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the U.S. any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of all substantial decisions of the trust is by one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy”, we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a non-taxable return of capital up to (and will reduce, but not below zero) a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any excess amounts generally will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition”.

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such Non-U.S. Holder is not a “United States person” as defined in the Code and qualifies for a reduced treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

 

137


Table of Contents

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or a successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S.

Any such effectively connected dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the sale or other taxable disposition, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder for that taxable year (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its USRPIs equals 50% or more of the sum of the fair market value of (a) its worldwide real property interests and (b) its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-USRPIs and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is

 

138


Table of Contents

“regularly traded”, as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other taxable disposition occurs, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the relevant sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI (or a successor form), or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of dividends or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such dividend, sale, or other taxable disposition. Proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides, is established or is organized.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the Non-U.S. Holder timely files the appropriate claim with the IRS and furnishes any required information to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding information reporting and backup withholding.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Subject to the discussion below regarding recently issued Proposed Regulations (as defined below), withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act”, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign

 

139


Table of Contents

financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each direct and indirect substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions or branches thereof located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Although FATCA withholding could apply to gross proceeds on the disposition of our common stock, on December 13, 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations (the “Proposed Regulations”) the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers may rely on them pending finalization. The Proposed Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. There can be no assurance that the Proposed Regulations will be finalized in their present form.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

140


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

                           

UBS Securities LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. 

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

  

MUFG Securities Americas Inc. 

  

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. 

  

Mischler Financial Group, Inc. 

  

Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the Company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares.

Paid by the Company

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $        $    

Total

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date

 

141


Table of Contents

of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of                      on behalf of the underwriters. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to list the common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “AGTI”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                 shares of our common stock, or     % of the shares of our common stock to be offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals through a directed share program, including certain employees and certain other individuals identified by management. Shares purchased through the directed share program will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any of our officers and certain of our employees and

 

142


Table of Contents

existing equityholders. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals or entities purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. The underwriters will receive the same discount from such reserved shares as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the reserved shares.

Conflicts of Interest

An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. LLC acted as bookrunner and lead arranger under our Second Lien Term Loan Facility. Certain affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC currently hold 100% of our Second Lien Term Loan Facility and, as such, will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of outstanding borrowings and related fees and expenses, under our Credit Facilities. Therefore, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter” participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus. BofA Securities, Inc., one of the managing underwriters of this offering, has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 thereof. BofA Securities, Inc. will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify BofA Securities, Inc. against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Pursuant to Rule 5121, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will not confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of securities may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any of our representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and

 

143


Table of Contents

agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, (“FSMA”)), received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules

 

144


Table of Contents

made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”)

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or

 

145


Table of Contents

indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

The company estimates that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                .

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. For example, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, acted as bookrunner and lead arranger in connection with the incurrence of loans under our Second Lien Credit Agreement.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

146


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with THL. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with THL in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Agiliti, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019, and the consolidated financial statements of Agiliti Health, Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2019 through January 3, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm (“KPMG”), appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2020 financial statements refers to a change in our method of accounting for leases effective January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and all related amendments. Our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG, informed our Audit Committee that KPMG Legal Limited (“KPMG Vietnam”), a member firm of KPMG International Limited, provided a legal service to an entity affiliated with the Company (“Sister Affiliate”) through common control by THL during a portion of fiscal year 2019, which is not permissible under the independence rules of the SEC. THL acquired Sister Affiliate in April 2019, at which time Sister Affiliate became an affiliate of the Company. Therefore, the service provided was considered impermissible for the period from April 2019 through August 2019, when the service was terminated. The fees paid to KPMG Vietnam were immaterial to KPMG, THL and the Company. While SEC independence rules prohibit the auditor from providing legal services to the audit client or its affiliates, the legal service provided to an entity that was under common control had no impact on the Company. KPMG and our Audit Committee, in consultation with legal counsel, concluded that the service does not, did not and will not impact KPMG’s ability to exercise objective and impartial judgment on all issues encompassed within the audits of the Company.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above.

We also maintain a website at www.agilitihealth.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

147


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Agiliti, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019 and Agiliti Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the period January 1, 2019 through January 3, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit)

     F-8  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Agiliti, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Agiliti, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019 and the related notes. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, deficit, and cash flows of Agiliti Health, Inc. and subsidiaries for the period January 1, 2019 through January 3, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Agiliti, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. It is also our opinion that the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Agiliti Health, Inc. and subsidiaries for the period January1, 2019 through January 3, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases effective January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and all related amendments.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Valuation of the obligation under the tax receivable agreement

As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements the Company recorded an obligation payable to the former shareholders of the predecessor entity related to a tax receivable agreement (“TRA”). Amounts are payable to the former shareholders under the agreement upon realization of certain tax benefits in future periods. The TRA obligation is recorded at fair value each reporting period, which is estimated using company specific assumptions that are not observable in the market. Changes in the fair value of the TRA obligation each reporting period are presented in selling, general & administrative expenses in the statement of operations. The fair value of the TRA obligation at December 31, 2020 was $50.6 million.

We identified the evaluation of the value of the obligation under the TRA as a critical audit matter. As there was limited observable market information for the forecasted revenue growth and gross margin assumptions, subjective auditor judgment was required to assess these assumptions. In addition, evaluation of the valuation model used required specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and implementation of certain internal controls related to the valuation of the obligation under the TRA. These included controls over the review of the forecasted revenue growth and gross margin assumptions as well as the Company’s evaluation of the valuation model used. We evaluated the Company’s forecasted revenue growth and gross margin assumptions by comparing them to actual growth and gross margin rates experienced by the Company and actual and forecast growth and gross margin rates of the Company’s peers and within industry reports. We compared the Company’s historical estimates of forecasted revenue growth and gross margin to the Company’s actual results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. We inspected customer contracts regarding significant changes in forecasted revenue growth and gross margin. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the valuation model used by the Company to develop the fair value of the TRA obligation by developing an estimate of the TRA obligation using the Company’s assumptions and comparing the result to the Company’s estimate.

Acquisition date fair value of customer relationship asset

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 31, 2020, the Company acquired certain assets of a surgical equipment repair and maintenance service provider in a business combination for consideration of approximately $88.3 million. As a result of the transaction, the Company acquired a customer relationship intangible asset associated with the generation of future income from the acquiree’s existing customers. The acquisition-date fair value for the customer relationship asset was $33.3 million.

We identified the evaluation of the initial measurement of the customer relationship intangible asset acquired as a critical audit matter. There was a high degree of subjective auditor judgment in evaluating certain assumptions included in the discounted cash flow model used to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset. Specifically, there was limited observable market information for the forecasted revenue growth and gross margin assumptions, and evaluation of the discount rate assumption required specialized skills and knowledge.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design of certain internal controls related to the valuation of the customer relationship intangible asset. These included controls over the review of the forecasted revenue growth, gross margin, and discount rate assumptions. We evaluated the Company’s forecasted revenue growth and gross margin assumptions by comparing them to actual growth and gross margin rates historically experienced by the acquired company and actual and forecasted growth and gross margin rates of the Company’s peers and within industry reports. We compared the Company’s assumptions for forecasted revenue growth and gross margin of the acquired company to actual post-acquisition results to assess the Company’s ability to accurately forecast. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the Company’s discount rate, by comparing it against a discount rate range that was independently developed using publicly available market data for comparable entities.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 16, 2021

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share information)

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
    (Successor)     (Successor)  

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 206,505     $ —    

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,993 at December 31, 2020 and $1,156 at December 31, 2019

    154,625       106,374  

Inventories

    27,062       13,414  

Other current assets

    14,175       10,404  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    402,367       130,192  

Property and equipment:

   

Medical equipment

    285,723       261,477  

Property and office equipment

    112,646       73,216  

Accumulated depreciation

    (183,953     (91,967
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

    214,416       242,726  

Other long-term assets:

   

Goodwill

    817,113       780,835  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

    51,214       29,964  

Other intangibles, net

    402,095       427,193  

Other

    16,151       8,506  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,903,356     $ 1,619,416  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

   

Current liabilities:

   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 16,044     $ 13,272  

Current portion of operating lease liability

    14,155       9,171  

Current portion of obligation under tax receivable agreement

    15,572       —    

Book overdrafts

    —         1,771  

Accounts payable

    37,215       39,203  

Accrued compensation

    38,671       21,066  

Accrued interest

    6,347       3,905  

Other accrued expenses

    31,527       24,887  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    159,531       113,275  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    1,145,055       909,726  

Obligation under tax receivable agreement, pension and other long-term liabilities

    53,794       49,187  

Operating lease liability, less current portion

    40,283       22,089  

Deferred income taxes, net

    62,748       68,170  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

   

Equity

   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 350,000,000 shares authorized; 98,983,296 and 98,943,489 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

    10       10  

Additional paid-in capital

    513,902       503,637  

Accumulated deficit

    (68,492     (46,014

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (3,619     (940
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries equity

    441,801       456,693  

Noncontrolling interest

    144       276  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    441,945       456,969  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,903,356     $ 1,619,416  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
           From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)            (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)  

Revenue

   $ 773,312     $ 613,073          $ —       $ 565,246  

Cost of revenue

     486,965       423,812            —         367,837  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     286,347       189,261            —         197,409  

Selling, general and administrative

     250,289       187,156            17,147       137,210  

Gain on settlement

     —         —              —         (26,391

Intangible asset impairment charge

     —         —              —         131,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     36,058       2,105            (17,147     (44,510

Interest expense

     61,530       48,199            —         53,390  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

     (25,472     (46,094          (17,147     (97,900

Income tax benefit

     (3,234     (14,857          (13,281     (66,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net loss

     (22,238     (31,237          (3,866     (31,552

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     240       171            —         327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   $ (22,478   $ (31,408        $ (3,866   $ (31,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
     From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)      (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)  

Consolidated net loss

   $ (22,238   $ (31,237    $ (3,866   $ (31,552
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss:

           

Loss on minimum pension liability, net of tax of $435, $319, $0 and $111

     (1,275     (940      —         5  

Loss on cash flow hedge, net of tax of $478,$0, $0 and $0

     (1,404     —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

     (2,679     (940      —         5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (24,917     (32,177      (3,866     (31,547

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     240       171        —         327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   $ (25,157   $ (32,348    $ (3,866   $ (31,874
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Agiliti, Inc.
and
Subsidiaries
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
(Deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2017 (Predecessor)

  $ —       $ 250,018     $ (287,998   $ (6,638   $ (44,618   $ 240     $ (44,378

Impact of change in accounting policy

    —         —         6,221       —         6,221       —         6,221  

Net (loss) income

    —         —         (31,879     —         (31,879     327       (31,552

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         5       5       —         5  

Share-based compensation expense

    —         3,010       —         —         3,010       —         3,010  

Shares forfeited for taxes

    —         (1,149     —         —         (1,149     —         (1,149

Stock options exercised

    —         547       —         —         547       —         547  

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —         13       —         —         13       (376     (363
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)

  $ —       $ 252,439     $ (313,656   $ (6,633   $ (67,850   $ 191     $ (67,659
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —         —         (3,866     —         (3,866     —         (3,866

Share-based compensation expense

    —         5,900       —         —         5,900       —         5,900  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 3, 2019 (Predecessor)

  $ —       $ 258,339     $ (317,522   $ (6,633   $ (65,816   $ 191     $ (65,625
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                                                         

Balance at January 4, 2019 (Successor)

  $ 10     $ 764,582     $ (14,606     —         749,986       191       750,177  

Net (loss) income

    —         —         (31,408     —         (31,408     171       (31,237

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         (940     (940     —         (940

Share-based compensation expense

    —         6,011       —         —         6,011       —         6,011  

Stock options exercised

    —         193       —         —         193       —         193  

Shares repurchased

    —         (775     —         —         (775     —         (775

Redemption of warrants

    —         (35,872     —         —         (35,872     —         (35,872

Dividend and equity distribution

    —         (230,502     —         —         (230,502     —         (230,502

Contributions from new members to limited liabilty company

    —         —         —         —         —         140       140  

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         (226     (226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019 (Successor)

  $ 10     $ 503,637     $ (46,014   $ (940   $ 456,693     $ 276     $ 456,969  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    —         —         (22,478     —         (22,478     240       (22,238

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         (2,679     (2,679     —         (2,679

Share-based compensation expense

    —         10,334       —         —         10,334       —         10,334  

Shares forfeited for taxes

    —         (145     —         —         (145     —         (145

Dividend forfeited, net of payable

    —         76       —         —         76       —         76  

Contributions from members to limited liabilty company

    —         —         —         —         —         25       25  

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         (397     (397
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020 (Successor)

  $ 10     $ 513,902     $ (68,492   $ (3,619   $ 441,801     $ 144     $ 441,945  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
           From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)            (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Consolidated net loss

   $ (22,238   $ (31,237        $ (3,866   $ (31,552

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation

     99,638       96,486            —         69,680  

Intangible asset impairment charge

     —         —              —         131,100  

Gain on settlement

     —         —              —         (23,391

Remeasurement of tax receivable agreement and contingent consideration

     12,931       (8,586          —         —    

Amortization of intangibles, contract costs, deferred financing costs and debt

     73,456       68,357            —         9,755  

Amortization of operating lease right-of use-assets and changes in operating lease liability

     101       350            —         —    

Provision for doubtful accounts

     1,959       1,031            —         2,125  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     722       455            —         146  

Non-cash share-based compensation expense

     10,334       6,011            5,900       3,010  

Gain on sales and disposals of equipment

     (1,191     (1,715          —         (2,124

Deferred income taxes

     (4,944     (15,302          (13,281     (67,297

Interest on note receivable

     —         —              —         (46

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

     (39,763     (827          —         (17,742

Inventories

     (9,712     (1,325          —         (1,508

Other operating assets

     (13,597     (7,397          —         (3,027

Accounts payable

     552       1,661            —         4,424  

Other operating liabilities

     29,679       (37,964          11,247       12,770  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     137,927       69,998            —         86,323  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Medical equipment purchases

     (31,668     (45,768          —         (45,418

Property and office equipment purchases

     (27,597     (9,974          —         (8,757

Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment

     3,486       3,583            —         3,722  

Collection (issuance) of note receivable from officer

     —         2,585            —         (581

Acquisition of Agiliti Health, Inc. by THL Shareholders

     —         (702,139          —         —    

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (95,953     (10,260          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (151,732     (761,973          —         (51,034
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
           From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)            (Predecessor)      (Predecessor)  

Cash flows from financing activities:

              

Proceeds under new revolver

     199,500       207,100            —          —    

Payments under new revolver

     (233,000     (173,600          —          —    

Proceeds under new term loan

     273,344       890,775            —          —    

Payments under new term loan

     (7,860     (4,950          —          —    

Proceeds under senior secured credit facility

     —         —              —          205,967  

Payments under senior secured credit facility

     —         (25,933          —          (220,233

Repayments of 2012 Notes

     —         (645,000          —          —    

Payments of principal under finance lease liability

     (8,024     (7,609          —          (6,491

Payments of deferred financing costs

     (199     (21,836          —          —    

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     (397     (226          —          (376

Proceeds from exercise of parent company stock options

     —         193            —          547  

Shares repurchased

     —         (775          —          —    

Redemption of warrants

     —         (35,872          —          —    

Dividend and equity distribution payment

     (1,138     (227,065          —          —    

Contribution from new members to limited liability company

     —         140            —          —    

Holdback and earn-out payments related to acquisitions

     —         —              —          (847

Shares forfeited for taxes

     (145     —              —          (1,149

Change in book overdrafts

     (1,771     1,771            —          (5,367
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     220,310       (42,887          —          (27,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     206,505       (734,862          —          7,340  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period

     —         734,862            7,340        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

   $ 206,505     $ —            $ 7,340      $ 7,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

              

Interest paid

   $ 55,161     $ 59,737          $ —        $ 52,327  

Income taxes paid

     1,260       1,564            —          959  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.

Basis of Presentation

Agiliti, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (Federal Street Acquisition Corp (“FSAC”), Agiliti Holdco, Inc. and Agiliti Health, Inc. and subsidiaries (“we”, “our”, “us”, the “Company” or “Agiliti”) is a nationwide provider of healthcare technology management and service solutions to the United States healthcare industry. Agiliti, Inc. owns 100% of FSAC. FSAC owns 100% of Agiliti Holdco, Inc. Agiliti Holdco, Inc. owns 100% of Agiliti Health, Inc. Agiliti Health, Inc. owns 100% of Agiliti Surgical, Inc. and Agiliti Imaging, Inc. Agiliti Health, Inc. and subsidiaries is the only company with operations. All other entities have no material assets, liabilities, cash flows or operations other than their investment and ownership of Agiliti Health, Inc. and subsidiaries.

The successor period reflected the financial position and result of operations of Agiliti, Inc and its consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019. The predecessor period reflected the financial position and result of operations of Agiliti Health, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 and for the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018.

Our service solutions consist of Equipment Solutions, Clinical Engineering Services and Onsite Managed Services.

Equipment Solutions: Equipment Solutions primarily provides supplemental, peak need and per-case rental of general biomedical, specialty, and surgical equipment to approximately 7,000 acute care hospitals and alternate site providers in the U.S., including some of the nation’s premier healthcare institutions and integrated delivery networks. We contract for Equipment Solutions services directly with customers or through our contractual arrangements with hospital systems and alternate site providers. We consistently achieve high customer satisfaction ratings, as evidenced by our Net Promoter Score of 55 for the year ended December 31, 2020, by delivering patient-ready equipment within our contracted equipment delivery times and by providing technical support and educational in-servicing for equipment as-needed in clinical departments, including the emergency room, operating room, intensive care, rehabilitation and general patient care areas. We are committed to providing the highest quality of equipment to our customers, and we do so through the use of our comprehensive quality management system (QMS) which is based on the quality standards recognized worldwide for medical devices: 21 CFR 820 and ISO 13485:2016. This commitment ensures that customers have access to patient-ready equipment with the confidence of knowing it has been prepared and maintained to the highest industry standard to deliver optimal patient safety and outcomes. We have over 5,000 equipment solution customers.

Clinical Engineering Services: Clinical Engineering Services provides maintenance, repair and remediation solutions for all types of medical equipment, including general biomedical equipment and diagnostic imaging equipment, through supplemental and outsourced offerings. Our supplemental offering helps customers manage their equipment repair and maintenance backlog, assist with remediation and regulatory reporting and temporarily fill open biotechnical positions. With our outsourced offering, we assume full management, staffing and clinical engineering service responsibilities for individual or system-wide customer sites. The outsourced model deploys a dedicated, on-site team to coordinate the management of customer-owned equipment utilizing our proprietary information systems, third party vendors of services and parts, and a broad range of professional services for capital equipment planning and regulatory compliance. We leverage more than 500 technical resources from our 98 local market service centers and seven Centers of Excellence to flex staff in and out of customer facilities on an as-needed basis, ensuring customers pay only for time spent directly servicing their equipment by an appropriately qualified technician. We use flex staffing for our supplemental clinical engineering solution and to augment support when additional technicians are needed to supplement our outsourced services during peak workload. We contract our Clinical Engineering Services with acute care and

 

F-11


Table of Contents

alternate site facilities across the U.S., as well as with the federal government and any medical device manufacturers that require a broad logistical footprint to support their large-scale service needs. We have over 6,000 clinical engineering service customers.

Onsite Managed Services: Onsite Managed Services are comprehensive programs that assume full responsibility for the management, reprocessing and logistics of medical equipment at individual facilities and IDNs, with the added benefit of enhancing equipment utilization and freeing more clinician time for patient care. This solution monitors and adjusts equipment quantities and availability to address fluctuations in patient census and acuity. Our more than 1,700 onsite employees work 24/7 in customer facilities, augmenting clinical support by integrating proven equipment management processes, utilizing our proprietary management software and conducting daily rounds and unit-based training to ensure equipment is being used and managed properly, overall helping to optimize day-to-day operations and care outcomes. We assume full responsibility for ensuring equipment is available when and where it is needed, removing equipment when no longer in use, and decontaminating, testing and servicing equipment as needed between each patient use. We have over 225 onsite managed service customers.

On January 4, 2019, Agiliti, Inc. consummated the previously announced business combination, see Note 4, Business Combination and Acquisition. Purchase accounting has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Agiliti, Inc., FSAC (a 100%-owned subsidiary of Agiliti, Inc.), Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (a 100%-owned subsidiary of FSAC), Agiliti Health, Inc. (a 100%-owned subsidiary of Agiliti Holdco, Inc.) and its 100%-owned subsidiaries, Agiliti Surgical, Inc. and Agiliti Imaging, Inc. In addition, in accordance with guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), we have accounted for our equity investments in entities in which we are the primary beneficiary under the full consolidation method. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated through consolidation. As the primary beneficiary, we consolidate the limited liability companies (“LLCs”) referred to in Note 13, Limited Liability Companies, as we effectively receive the majority of the benefits from such entities and we provide equipment lease guarantees for such entities.

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers money market accounts and other highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Changes in book overdrafts are considered financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the number of customers and their geographical distribution. The Company performs initial and ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on historical loss experience and estimated exposure on specific trade receivables.

Inventories

Inventories consist of supplies and equipment held for resale and are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined by the average cost method, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Medical Equipment

Depreciation of medical equipment is provided on the straight-line method over the equipment’s estimated useful life, generally four to seven years. The cost and accumulated depreciation of medical equipment retired or sold is eliminated from their respective accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recorded in cost of revenue in the period the asset is retired or sold.

Property and Office Equipment

Property and office equipment includes property, leasehold improvements and office equipment.

Depreciation and amortization of property and office equipment is provided on the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining useful life or lease term for leasehold improvements and 3 to 10 years for office equipment. The cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization of property and equipment retired or sold is eliminated from their respective accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the period the asset is retired or sold.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair value of identifiable tangible net assets and identifiable intangible assets purchased.

Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment at the reporting unit level and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. We review goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.

At December 31, 2020, we have one reporting unit which is the same as our reporting segment. No goodwill impairments have been recognized in 2020, 2019, or 2018.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets primarily include customer relationships, trade names and non-compete agreements. Our other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic lives of three to fifteen years. The straight-line method of amortization generally reflects an appropriate allocation of the cost of the intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained by the Company in each reporting period. However, for certain of our customer relationships, we use the sum-of-the-years-digits amortization method to more appropriately allocate the cost to earnings in proportion to the estimated amount of economic benefit obtained.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives were tested for impairment on an annual basis and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicated that the asset might be impaired. We reviewed indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we conclude that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then we take no further action. On December 3, 2018, the Company changed its legal name from Universal Hospital Services, Inc. to Agiliti Health, Inc. and the brand identity to Agiliti. As a result, the indefinite-lived intangible assets related to UHS trade name of $131.1 million was written off in 2018. As of December 31, 2019, we no longer have indefinite lives intangible assets.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets for impairment and assesses whenever significant events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. A

 

F-13


Table of Contents

recoverability test is performed by comparing the anticipated future undiscounted cash flows to the carrying value of the assets. If impairment is identified, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount of an asset over the anticipated future discounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. For other long-lived assets, primarily movable medical equipment, we continuously monitor specific makes/models for events such as product recalls or obsolescence. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded, if any, is calculated by the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.

Deferred Financing Costs

Financing costs associated with issuing debt are presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt and are deferred and amortized over the related terms using the effective interest rate method.

Purchase Accounting

We account for acquisitions by allocating the purchase price paid to effect the acquisition to the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value with excess purchase price being recorded as goodwill.

Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, effective January 1, 2018, herein referred as ASC Topic 606. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies performance obligations by transferring promised goods or services to customers.

Customer arrangements typically have multiple performance obligations to provide equipment solutions, clinical engineering and/or onsite equipment managed services on a per use and/or over time basis. Consideration paid by the customer for each performance obligation is billed within the month the service is performed, and contractual prices are established within our customer arrangements that are representative of the stand-alone selling price. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, that are collected by the Company from a customer, are excluded from revenue. The Company’s performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time are recognized when the service is performed or equipment is delivered to the customer. For performance obligations satisfied over time, the Company uses a straight line method to recognize revenue ratably over the contract period, as this coincides with the Company’s performance under the contract.

From time to time the Company receives both non-monetary and cash refunds on equipment recalled by manufacturers. It is the Company’s practice to record such recall gains as a reduction in cost of revenue.

The Company incurs costs related to obtaining new contracts. Management expects those costs attributable to new revenue production are recoverable and therefore the Company capitalized them as contract costs in accordance with ASC Topic 340 and is amortizing them over the anticipated period of the new revenue production.

Leases

At inception, we determine whether an arrangement is a lease and the appropriate lease classification. Operating leases with terms greater than twelve months are included as operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, and lease liabilities within current portion of operating lease liability and operating lease liability less current portion on our consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases with terms greater than twelve months are included as finance ROU assets within property and office equipment, and finance lease liabilities within current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt, less current portion on our consolidated balance sheets. Leases with terms of less than twelve months, referred to as short-term leases, do not create a ROU asset or lease liability on the balance sheet.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease, based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The company’s incremental borrowing rate for a lease is the rate of interest it would have to pay on a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments under similar terms. For both operating and finance leases, the initial ROU asset equals the lease liability, plus initial direct costs, plus favorable lease commitments, less lease incentives received. Our lease agreements may include options to extend or terminate the lease, which are included in the lease term at the commencement date when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. In general, we do not consider optional periods included in our lease agreements as reasonably certain of exercise at inception.

We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately. Variable lease payments (for example, common area maintenance and real estate tax charges) are recorded separately from the determination of the ROU asset and lease liability.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company has an interest rate swap agreement which it uses as a derivative financial instrument to manage its interest rate exposure. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at fair value. The statement requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If hedge accounting criteria are met, the changes in a derivative’s fair value (for a cash flow hedge) are deferred in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. These deferred gains and losses are recognized as income in the period in which hedged cash flows occur. The ineffective portions of hedge returns are recognized as earnings.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for deferred income taxes utilizing ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” ASC Topic 740 requires the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, as measured at current enacted tax rates. We have assessed the need for a valuation allowance by considering whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. We continue to evaluate our ability to realize the tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets by analyzing the relative impact of all the available positive and negative evidence regarding our forecasted taxable income, the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, taxable income in prior carry-back years (if permitted) and the availability of tax planning strategies. In future reporting periods, we will continue to assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realizable.

Interest and penalties associated with uncertain income tax positions is classified as income tax expense. The Company has not recorded any material income tax related interest or penalties during any of the periods presented.

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The Company considers that the carrying amount of financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The fair value of our

 

F-15


Table of Contents

outstanding First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan (each as defined in Note 7, Long-Term Debt), based on the quoted market price for the same or similar issues of debt, which represents a Level 2 fair value measurement, is approximately:

 

     December 31, 2020
(Successor)
     December 31, 2019
(Successor)
 

(in thousands)

   Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  

First Lien Term Loan (1)

   $ 906,624      $ 911,788      $ 638,640      $ 658,325  

Second Lien Term Loan (2)

     232,361        240,000        231,628        232,800  

 

(1)

The carrying value of the First Lien Term Loan is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $12.8 and $15.0 and unamortized debt discount of $2.8 and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(2)

The carrying value of the Second Lien Term Loan is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.8 and $0.9 and unamortized debt discount of $6.8 and $7.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense related to stock options is measured by the fair value of the stock options on the date of grant, net of the estimated forfeiture rate. We determine the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The estimated fair value of options is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting periods. The fair value of the stock options contain certain assumptions, such as the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, dividend yield and expected option life.

Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units is recorded based on the market value of our common stock on the date of grant, net of the estimated forfeiture rate. The expense is recognized over the requisite service period.

Our performance restricted stock units award have a graded vesting schedule. The expense is recognized for each separately vesting tranche as though each tranche of the award is, in substance, a separate award. The amount of compensation expense recognized for performance restricted stock units is dependent upon an assessment of the likelihood of achieving the performance conditions and is subject to adjustment based on management’s assessment of the Company’s performance relative to the target number of shares performance criteria.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes minimum pension liability adjustments and cash flow hedge. These amounts are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) net of reclassification adjustments to earnings.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Examples include, but are not limited to, estimates for fair value measurements in business combination, valuation of long-lived assets, including goodwill and definite-lived intangible assets and valuation of obligation under the tax receivable agreement. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topis 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities will be required to use a new forward-looking “expected loss” model that will replace today’s “incurred loss” model and generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to current practice, except that the losses will be recognized as an allowance. The ASU is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Standards Not Yet Adopted

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and recognition of deferred tax liabilities. This standard also simplifies the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted change in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the basis of goodwill. The ASU is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. We are evaluating the impact that ASU 2019-12 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”). ASU 2020-04 provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The ASU may be applied through December 31, 2022. We will evaluate the impact of ASU 2020-04 on our consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Revenue Recognition

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by service solution.

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)      (Predecessor)  

Equipment Solutions

   $ 296,267      $ 253,597      $ 248,059  

Clinical Engineering

     256,874        188,752        161,492  

Onsite Managed Services

     220,171        170,724        155,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 773,312      $ 613,073      $ 565,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company capitalized the estimated costs to obtain a contract in the amount of $6.2 million at January 1, 2018 with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated deficit for the “Impact of Change in Accounting Policy”. The Contract Asset included in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $13.4 and $7.9 million, respectively. Capitalized costs are amortized over the expected life of the related contracts which is estimated to be five years. Amortization is computed on a straight-line basis which coincides with the predominant expected life of the underlying contracts. Amortization costs are reflected in cost

 

F-17


Table of Contents

of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses. The amount of amortization included in cost of revenue was $0.4 and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor) and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (successor), respectively. The amount of amortization included in selling, general and administrative expense was $2.0, $0.5 and $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor), the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (successor) and the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor), respectively. In connection with the business combination, the remaining predecessor contract costs at January 3, 2019 were eliminated through purchase accounting. There was no impairment loss recorded in relation to the costs capitalized during 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

4.

Business Combination and Acquisition

On October 28, 2020, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of a company specializing in the service and repair of medical equipment and instruments from the sellers for $475 million, subject to adjustments. Pending regulatory approval, the earliest the acquisition is expected to close is March 2021.

We entered into a financing commitment letter (the “Commitment Letter”) with various lenders to finance the acquisition. We expect the financing under the Commitment Letter, together with cash balances and availability under our existing $190 million Revolving Loan, to be sufficient to provide the financing necessary to consummate the transaction. The Commitment Letter provides for an additional $200 million under our First Lien Term Loan with all the same terms as our existing balances outstanding, except this additional loan is subject to an interest rate floor of 0.75%. The financing commitments are subject to certain conditions set forth in the Commitment Letter.

The completion of the acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of customary closing conditions including the satisfaction of certain representations and warranties and the expiration or termination of any waiting period under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

On December 11, 2020, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of a surgical laser equipment solutions provider for total consideration of approximately $8.9 million.

On January 31, 2020, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of a surgical equipment repair and maintenance service provider for total consideration of approximately $88.3 million, which was paid at closing. The result of the acquired company’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition within our consolidated balance sheet:

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash

   $ 51  

Accounts receivable

     10,447  

Inventories

     4,591  

Other current assets

     208  

Property and equipment

     3,534  

Goodwill

     35,554  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     2,422  

Other intangibles

     34,714  

Accounts payable

     (1,333

Accrued compensation

     (494

Other accrued expenses

     (275

Operating lease liability

     (1,142
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 88,277  
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The acquired intangible assets, all of which are finite-life, are comprised of trade name and customer relationships and have a weighted average useful life of approximately 14.5 years. The total amount of goodwill that is deductible for tax purpose is $35.4 million.

This acquisition was funded from the revolving loan.

On January 4, 2019, Agiliti consummated its business combination pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 19, 2018 (“A&R Merger Agreement”), by and among FSAC, a special purpose acquisition company affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., Agiliti, Umpire SPAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Umpire Cash Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (previously known as UHS Holdco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“Agiliti Holdco” or “Parent”), solely in their capacities as Majority Stockholders, IPC/UHS, L.P. (“IPC/UHS”) and IPC/UHS Co-Investment Partners, L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership, solely in its capacity as the Stockholders’ Representative, IPC/UHS, and solely for the purposes stated therein, Umpire Equity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The A&R Merger Agreement amended and restated the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 13, 2018. Pursuant to the A&R Merger Agreement, (i) FSAC became a wholly owned subsidiary of Agiliti and the holders of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of FSAC (the “FSAC Class A Common Stock”) received shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Agiliti (the “Agiliti Common Stock” or “Common Stock”); and (ii) Agiliti Holdco became a wholly owned subsidiary of FSAC and the equityholders of Agiliti Holdco received cash and/or shares of Agiliti Common Stock and/or fully-vested options to purchase shares of Agiliti Common Stock as merger consideration (the transactions contemplated by the A&R Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Business Combination”).

On December 19, 2018, in connection with the entry into the A&R Merger Agreement, FSAC entered into the Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement (the “Backstop Agreement”) with THL Agiliti LLC (the “THL Stockholder”), pursuant to which THL Stockholder agreed to purchase a number of shares of FSAC common stock at a price of $8.50 per share necessary to cause the minimum cash condition under the A&R Merger Agreement to be satisfied, subject to a cap of $750 million. On the Closing Date, pursuant to the Backstop Agreement, THL Stockholder purchased 86,795,398 shares of FSAC Class A Common Stock for an aggregate of $737.8 million, which shares were exchanged for shares of Agiliti Common Stock on a one-for-one basis at the closing of the Business Combination.

The following summarizes the estimated fair value of the Business Combination:

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash paid

   $ 703,219  

Equity consideration paid to Selling Equityholders

     22,464  

Tax receivable agreement (1)

     44,270  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

     769,953  

Debt assumed

     690,907  
  

 

 

 

Estimated fair value of the Business Combination

   $ 1,460,860  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

On the Closing Date, the Company, Agiliti Holdco and IPC/UHS, as Stockholders’ Representative, entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”). The TRA provides for the payment by Agiliti Holdco to the sellers of 85% of certain U.S. federal, state, and local tax benefits realized or deemed realized by Agiliti Holdco and its subsidiaries from the following tax attributes: (i) U.S. federal, state and local net operating losses (including carryforwards) of Agiliti Holdco and its subsidiaries in existence as of the end of the Closing Date, (ii) without duplication of amounts included under clause (i), certain deductions generated by the consummation of the Business Combination, (iii) certain deductions arising from rollover options cancelled or exercised post-closing as such deductions are generated post-closing and (iv) certain deductions arising from payments made under the TRA. Agiliti Holdco and its subsidiaries will retain the tax benefit, if any, of the remaining 15% of such tax attributes. The amount and timing of any such payments may vary

 

F-19


Table of Contents
  depending upon a number of factors. The term of the TRA will continue until all tax benefits subject to the TRA have been utilized or deemed utilized, unless Agiliti Holdco exercises its right to terminate the TRA early or there is otherwise a deemed early termination (e.g., upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company, FSAC or Agiliti Holdco or certain divestitures of Agiliti Holdco’s subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of the TRA. If Agiliti Holdco elects to terminate the TRA early or there is a deemed early termination, its obligations under the TRA would accelerate and it generally would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the deemed anticipated future payments to be made by it under the TRA, calculated in accordance with certain valuation assumptions set forth in the TRA.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, a tax benefit payment due to a holder of any options or restricted stock units (RSUs) in Agiliti Holdco shall be paid only if either (i) such holder is employed on the first day of the calendar year following the taxable year for which such tax benefit payment was calculated or (ii) Agiliti Holdco has aggregate revenue of at least $225 million (which may be adjusted downward due to certain transactions) for the first two quarters of the taxable year following the taxable year for which such tax benefit payment was calculated.

The Company recorded an allocation of the purchase price to Predecessor’s tangible and identified intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, excluding long-term debt, based on the valuation performed to determine the fair value of the net assets as of the closing date. The purchase price allocation is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

Cash

   $ 7,340  

Accounts receivable

     105,256  

Inventories

     11,122  

Other current assets

     10,339  

Property and equipment

     273,364  

Customer relationships (1)

     468,000  

Trade name (2)

     2,406  

Non-compete agreements (3)

     16,532  

Goodwill

     775,219  

Operating lease right-of-use assets (4)

     30,426  

Other long-term assets

     3,261  

Accounts payable

     (37,649

Accrued compensation

     (33,715

Accrued interest

     (18,732

Other accrued expenses

     (31,624

Pension and other long-term liabilities

     (6,649

Operating lease liability

     (30,246

Deferred income taxes

     (83,790
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 1,460,860  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Customer relationships were valued using the multi-period excess earning method. Under this approach, the applicable cost structure was deducted from the existing customer revenue estimates to arrive at operating income. Certain adjustments were made to operating income to derive after-tax cash flows. These adjustments included applicable income tax expense, adjustment to economic depreciation and an appropriate charge for the use of contributory assets. After-tax cash flows were estimated over an explicit projection period and discounted to present value at an appropriate discount rate. The estimated useful life of fifteen years represents the approximate point in the projection period in which a majority of the asset’s cash flow are expected to be realized based on assumed attrition rates.

(2)

Trade name was valued using the cost approach. The valuation of the trade name involves estimating, on a replacement cost basis, the external vendor related expenses, internal employee expenses, a developer’s profit on the internal employee costs, and an entrepreneurial incentive. The trade name is estimated to have a useful life of ten years.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
(3)

Non-compete agreements were valued using the comparative method under the income approach. To estimate the value of the non-compete agreements, two different scenarios were developed: (i) after tax cash flows of the business with the non-compete agreements in place; and (ii) after-tax cash flows of the business without the non-compete agreements in place. The difference between the present values of the after-tax cash flows of the two scenarios isolates the impact of the non-compete agreement and provides an estimation of value. This value is then adjusted by the probability that the individual will compete. The assessment of the probability considers the individual’s ability, feasibility and desire to compete. The estimated useful life of three to four years represent the duration of the non-compete agreements.

(4)

Include favorable leases of $0.2 million. Favorable leases were valued based on the Market Approach to determine the market rental rate at the subject properties and where applicable utilized the Income Approach to determine if an above/below position exists for leasehold interest. The leased locations include office and warehouse spaces and are located in various states across the United States. The leases have varying rent payments, escalation clauses and terms. The fair value of the leasehold interest is the present value of the differences between the in-place contract rents and the market rents. The contract rents can be considered at market, above market, or below market. The estimated useful life is three years.

The acquired intangible assets, all of which are finite-life, are comprised of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade name and have a weighted average useful life of approximately 14.6 years.

From January 1 through January 3, 2019 (predecessor), approximately $17.1 million of expenses were incurred directly related to the Business Combination. The impact of other activities on Predecessor financial statements from January 1 through January 3, 2019 related to revenue, cost of revenue and other operating expenses is not considered material. We have omitted certain disclosures related to the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 since they were not material or have no impact to the consolidated financial statements. On the Closing Date, the Company repaid $25.9 million of its senior secured credit facility.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations assumed as though the Business Combination had occurred at January 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as necessarily being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Business Combination had actually closed on that date, nor the results that may be obtained in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands)

   2019      2018  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Revenue

   $ 613,073      $ 565,246  

Net loss attributable to Agiliti, Inc. and Subsidiaries

     (29,223      (85,481

Included in the determination of pro forma net loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are pro forma charges for various purchase accounting adjustments. These pro forma adjustments resulted in pro forma decreases to gross margin and higher selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December, 2018 primarily from the increases in carrying value of medical equipment, property and office equipment and intangible assets. Income taxes are provided at the estimated statutory rate.

As provided for in the A&R Merger Agreement, Agiliti assumed stock warrants that were issued by FSAC as part its initial public offering and a subsequent transaction. In total, Agiliti assumed 23 million public stock warrants and 14.95 million private placement stock warrants. Each warrant provided the holders the option to purchase one share of Agiliti Class A Common Stock at a strike price of $11.50, which was adjusted to $9.27 in connection with extraordinary dividend payment in 2019 (see Note 10). Subsequent to the Business Combination, Agiliti issued a cash tender offer for all of the stock warrants at $0.95 per warrant. All of the private placement stock warrants and 22.8 million of the public stock warrants were repurchased by the Company for total cash consideration of $35.9 million through December 31, 2019. This transaction was accounted for as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. A total of 0.2 million public stock warrants remain outstanding at December 31, 2020. The warrants will expire on January 4, 2024.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

On July 8, 2019, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of a medical imaging equipment service provider for total consideration of approximately $12.5 million. The consideration consisted of $10.3 million of cash paid at closing, $0.2 million of liability assumed and $2.0 million of earn-out. The result of the acquired company’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition within our consolidated balance sheet:

 

(in thousands)

      

Accounts receivable

   $ 1,324  

Inventories

     1,422  

Property and equipment

     136  

Intangible assets

     4,810  

Goodwill

     5,615  

Accounts payable

     (476

Accrued compensation

     (174

Other accrued expenses

     (172
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 12,485  
  

 

 

 

The acquired intangible assets, all of which are finite-life, are comprised of customer relationships and non-compete agreement and have a weighted average useful life of approximately 9.9 years.

The acquisition was funded from the revolving loan.

 

5.

Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized in the following table by type of inputs applicable to the fair value measurements:

 

     Fair Value at December 31, 2020
(Successor)
     Fair Value at December 31, 2019
(Successor)
 

(in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

                       

Deferred compensation assets

   $ 1,104      $ —        $ —        $ 1,104      $ 160      $ —        $ —        $ 160  

Liabilities:

                       

Contingent consideration

   $ —        $ —        $ 321      $ 321      $ —        $ —        $ 1,369      $ 1,369  

Obligation under tax receivable agreement

     —          —          50,600        50,600        —          —          36,300        36,300  

Interest rate swap

     —          1,883        —          1,883        —          —          —          —    

Deferred compensation liabilities

     1,104        —          —          1,104        160        —          —          160  

A description of the inputs used in the valuation of assets and liabilities is summarized as follows:

Level 1 — Inputs represent unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities exchanged in active markets.

Level 2 — Inputs include directly or indirectly observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities exchanged in active or inactive markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities exchanged in inactive markets; other inputs that are considered in fair value determinations of the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

assets or liabilities, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 — Inputs include unobservable inputs used in the measurement of assets and liabilities. Management is required to use its own assumptions regarding unobservable inputs because there is little, if any, market activity in the assets or liabilities or related observable inputs that can be corroborated at the measurement date. Measurements of non-exchange traded derivative contract assets and liabilities are primarily based on valuation models, discounted cash flow models or other valuation techniques that are believed to be used by market participants. Unobservable inputs require management to make certain projections and assumptions about the information that would be used by market participants in pricing assets or liabilities.

The deferred compensation assets are held in mutual funds. The fair value of the deferred compensation assets and liabilities is based on the quoted market prices for the mutual funds and thus represents a Level 1 fair value measurement.

In May 2020, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to manage our interest rate exposure, see Note 7, Long-Term Debt. The carrying value of interest rate swap contracts is at fair value, which is determined based on current interest rate and forward interest rates as of the balance sheet date and is classified within Level 2.

During 2019, we recorded a contingent consideration liability, in the form of earn-out payment, related to our July 8, 2019 acquisition in the total amount of approximately $2.0 million. The contingent consideration was based on achieving certain revenue results. The fair value of the liability was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included our assessments of expected future cash flows during the earn-out period related to the assets acquired, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated based on estimated revenue in accordance with the terms of the agreement. We made a remeasurement adjustment of $1.4 and $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 based on the revenue results not being achieved.

During 2020, we recorded a contingent consideration liability, in the form of earn-out payment, related to our December 11, 2020 acquisition in the total amount of approximately $0.3 million. The contingent consideration is based on achieving certain revenue results. The fair value of the liability was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity included our assessments of expected future cash flows during the earn-out period related to the assets acquired, appropriately discounted considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and calculated based on estimated revenue in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The earn-out is expected to be paid in the first quarter of 2022.

The assumptions used in preparing the discounted cash flow analyses included estimates of interest rates and the timing and amount of incremental cash flows.

During 2019, we initially recorded $44.3 million obligation under tax receivable agreement related to the Business Combination. The fair value of the liability was estimated using company specific assumptions that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. Management’s estimate of the valuation of the obligation under the tax receivable agreement is based on a Monte Carlo model which involves the use of projected cash flows of the Company, a discount rate, and historical deferred tax assets subject to the agreement. We made a remeasurement adjustment to reduce the liability by $8.0 million during the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019. We made a remeasurement adjustment to increase the liability by $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for the Level 3 measurement are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

Balance at December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)

   $ —    

Addition

     46,255  

Remeasurement adjustment

     (8,586
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019 (Successor)

   $ 37,669  

Addition

     321  

Remeasurement adjustment

     12,931  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020 (Successor)

   $ 50,921  
  

 

 

 

6.    Selected Financial Statement Information

Property and Equipment

Our property and equipment at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consists of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   December 31,
2020
(Successor)
          December 31,
2019
(Successor)
 

Medical Equipment

   $ 285,723         $ 261,477  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (145,645         (71,008
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Medical equipment, net

     140,078           190,469  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

     28,415           15,006  

Office equipment and vehicles

     84,231           58,210  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
     112,646           73,216  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (38,308         (20,959
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Property and office equipment, net

     74,338           52,257  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 214,416         $ 242,726  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

There were no impairment charges on property and equipment during 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We have one reporting unit which is equal to our single reporting segment.

Goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 were recognized as part of purchase price allocation of the Business Combination completed on January 4, 2019 and other acquisitions during 2020 and 2019. There were no impairment losses recorded on goodwill through December 31, 2020.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Our other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 consist of the following:

 

    December 31, 2020
(Successor)
    December 31, 2019
(Successor)
 

(in thousands)

  Cost     Accumulated
Amortization
    Impairment     Net     Cost     Accumulated
Amortization
    Impairment     Net  

Finite-life intangibles

               

Customer relationship

  $ 513,189     $ (118,172   $ —       $ 395,017     $ 472,748     $ (58,931   $ —       $ 413,817  

Non-compete agreements

    14,613       (9,647     —         4,966       16,593       (5,382     —         11,211  

Trade names

    3,779       (1,667     —         2,112       2,406       (241     —         2,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

  $ 531,581     $ (129,486   $ —       $ 402,095     $ 491,747     $ (64,554   $ —       $ 427,193  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization expense related to intangible assets was approximately $67.0, $64.6 and $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor), the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (successor) and the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor), respectively.

On December 3, 2018, the Company changed its legal name from Universal Hospital Services, Inc. to Agiliti Health, Inc. and the brand identity to Agiliti. As a result, the indefinite-lived intangible assets related to UHS trade name of $131.1 million was written off in 2018.

There were no impairment charges during 2020 or 2019 with respect to other intangible assets.

At December 31, 2020, future estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 to 2025 is estimated as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

2021

     60,306  

2022

     53,460  

2023

     47,856  

2024

     43,526  

2025

     39,195  

Future amortization expense is an estimate. Actual amounts may change due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, impairment, accelerated amortization or other events.

Supplementary Cash Flow Information

Supplementary cash flow information are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
           From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)            (Predecessor)      (Predecessor)  

Non-cash activities:

               

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable (at end of period)

   $ 3,141      $ 7,842          $ —        $ 9,919  

Finance lease additions

     10,286        9,968            —          8,412  

Operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liability additions

     29,577        9,674            30,426        —    

Non-cash equity contribution

     —          22,464            —          —    

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Our valuation and qualifying accounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

Description

   Balance -
Beginning
of Year
     Charged to
Costs and
Expense
    Deductions
from
Reserves
    Balance -
End of Year
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

         

Year Ended December 31, 2020 (Successor)

   $ 1,156      $ 1,959     $ 1,122     $ 1,993  

Period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (Successor)

     —          1,031       (125     1,156  

Period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 (Predecessor)

     1,217        —         1,217       —    

Year Ended December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)

     1,234        2,125       2,142       1,217  

Income Tax Valuation Allowance

         

Year Ended December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)

     44,403        (44,403     —         —    

7.    Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt at December 31, 2020 and 2019 consists of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

First Lien Term Loan (1)

   $ 906,624      $ 638,640  

Second Lien Term Loan (2)

     232,361        231,628  

Revolving Loan (3)

     (2,481      30,396  

Finance lease liability

     24,595        22,334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,161,099        922,998  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

     (16,044      (13,272
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,145,055      $ 909,726  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The carrying value of the First Lien Term Loan is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $ 12.8 and $15.0 and unamortized debt discount of $2.8 and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(2)

The carrying value of the Second Lien Term Loan is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.8 and $0.9 and unamortized debt discount of $6.8 and $7.5 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(3)

The carrying value of the Revolving Loan is net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $2.5 and $3.1 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

First Lien Credit Facilities. On January 4, 2019, in connection with and substantially concurrent with the closing of the Business Combination, Agiliti entered into a credit agreement (the “First Lien Credit Facilities”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, collateral agent, and letter of credit issuer, Agiliti Holdco, certain subsidiaries of Agiliti Health acting as guarantors (the “Guarantors”), and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

The First Lien Credit Facilities provide for a seven-year senior secured delayed draw term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $660 million (the “First Lien Term Loan”) and a five-year senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million (the “Revolving Loan”). In February 2020, we increased our principal First Lien Term Loan facility by $125 million and the revolving loan facility by $40 million. All terms to the First Lien Term Loan and Revolving Loan facilities remain the same. In October

 

F-26


Table of Contents

2020, we increased our principal First Lien Term Loan facility by $150 million. All terms to the First Lien Term Loan remain the same, except this additional loan is subject to a different interest rate floor of 0.75%.

The First Lien Term Loan amortizes in equal quarterly installments, commencing on June 30, 2019, in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of such term loan, with the balance due and payable at maturity unless prepaid prior thereto.

Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Facilities bear interest, at Agiliti’s option, at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime lending rate published in the Wall Street Journal, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period, plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the LIBOR rate as set forth by the ICE Benchmark Administration for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, in each case, subject to interest rate floors.

The First Lien Credit Facilities contain a number of negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Agiliti and the guarantors thereunder to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness; make investments, loans and advances; enter into agreements which limit the ability of Agiliti and the guarantors thereunder to incur liens on assets; and enter into amendments to certain junior lien and subordinated indebtedness in a manner materially adverse to the lenders.

Solely with respect to the Revolving Loan, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2019, the Company is required to maintain leverage ratio not to exceed 7.00:1.00, when the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans and drawn Letters of Credit, on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter, exceeds 35% of the total revolving credit commitments.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $183.7 million of availability under our revolving loan based on a revolving credit facility of $190.0 million less $6.3 million used letters of credit.

Second Lien Term Loan. The Second Lien Term Loan provides for an eight-year term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $240 million (the “Second Lien Term Loan”). The proceeds of the Second Lien Term Loan were drawn on November 15, 2019 and used to return capital to shareholders.

The Second Lien Term Loan is payable at maturity unless prepaid prior thereto. We may repay some or all of the Second Lien Term Loan at any time prior to November 15, 2020 at a price equal to 102% of the principal amount thereof; from November 15, 2020 to November 14, 2021 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof; and anytime thereafter at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

Borrowings under the Second Lien Term Loan bear interest, at Agiliti’s option, at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime lending rate published in the Wall Street Journal, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period, plus 1.00%, or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the LIBOR rate as set forth by the ICE Benchmark Administration for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, in each case, subject to interest rate floors. Interest rate was LIBOR rate plus 7.75%.

The Second Lien Term Loan contains a number of negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Agiliti and the guarantors thereunder to incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness; make investments, loans and advances; enter into agreements which limit the ability of Agiliti and the guarantors thereunder to incur liens on assets; and enter into amendments to certain junior lien and subordinated indebtedness in a manner materially adverse to the lenders.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swap. In May 2020, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement for a total notional amount of $500.0 million, which has the effect of converting a portion of our First Lien Term Loan to fixed interest rates. The effective date for the interest rate swap agreement was June 2020 and the expiration date is June 2023.

The interest rate swap agreement qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Both at inception and on an on-going basis, we must perform an effectiveness test. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement at December 31, 2020 was ($1.9) million, of which ($1.0) million is included in other accrued expenses and ($0.9) million is included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. The change in fair value was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheet, net of tax, since the instrument was determined to be an effective hedge at December 31, 2020. We have not recorded any amounts due to ineffectiveness for any periods presented.

As a result of our interest rate swap agreement, we expect the effective interest rate on $350.0 million and $150.0 million of our First Lien Term Loan to be 0.3396% and 0.3290%, respectively, through June 2023.

We were in compliance with all financial debt covenants for all years presented.

Maturities of Long-Term Debt. At December 31, 2020, maturities of long-term debt for each of the years ending December 31, 2021 to 2025 and thereafter, are contractually as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

2021

   $ 16,044  

2022

     14,221  

2023

     12,895  

2024

     11,930  

2025

     11,228  

Thereafter

     1,120,467  
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     1,186,785  

Unamortized deferred financing costs

     (16,033

Unamortized debt discount

     (9,653
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,161,099  
  

 

 

 

8.    Leases

We lease facilities under operating lease agreements, which include both monthly and longer-term arrangements. Our finance leases consist primarily of leased vehicles.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The lease assets and liabilities at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

  

Classification

  

December 31,
2020

    

December 31,
2019

 

Lease Assets

        

Operating lease assets

  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 51,214      $ 29,964  

Finance lease assets

  

Property and equipment(a)

     23,513        23,274  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total leased assets

      $ 74,727      $ 53,238  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lease Liabilities

        

Current

        

Operating

   Current portion of operating lease liability    $ 14,155      $ 9,171  

Finance

   Current portion of long-term debt      6,694        6,672  

Noncurrent

        

Operating

   Operating lease liability, less current portion      40,283        22,089  

Finance

   Long-term debt, less current portion      17,901        15,662  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

      $ 79,033      $ 53,594  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Finance lease assets are recorded net of accumulated depreciation of $13,096 and $8,264 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The lease cost for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Lease Cost

     

Finance lease cost

     

Amortization of right-of-use assets

   $ 9,531      $ 9,058  

Interest on lease liabilities

     781        658  

Operating lease cost

     12,706        10,547  

Short-term lease cost

     715        41  

Variable lease cost

     4,388        3,397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 28,121      $ 23,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maturity of lease liabilities at December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Operating
Leases
     Finance
Leases
     Total  

2021

   $ 15,411      $ 7,353      $ 22,764  

2022

     11,981        5,350        17,331  

2023

     10,085        3,939        14,024  

2024

     8,827        2,908        11,735  

2025

     6,577        2,117        8,694  

Thereafter

     4,860        5,228        10,088  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease payments

   $ 57,741      $ 26,895      $ 84,636  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Interest

     3,303        2,300        5,603  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 54,438      $ 24,595      $ 79,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The lease term and discount rate at December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2020
 

Lease Term and Discount Rate

  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

  

Operating leases

     4.6  

Finance leases

     2.7  

Weighted-average discount rate

  

Operating leases

     2.8

Finance leases

     2.8

Other information related to cash paid related to lease liabilities and lease assets obtained for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and from January 1 through January 3, 2019 were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
            From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)             (Predecessor)  

Cash paid for amounts included in the masurement of lease liabilities

             

Operating cash flows from finance leases

   $ 781      $ 658           $ —    

Operating cash flows from operating leases

     12,733        10,028             —    

Financing cash flows from finance leases

     8,024        7,609             —    

Lease asset obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

     10,286        9,968             —    

Lease asset obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

     29,577        9,674             30,426  

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is subject to liability claims related to employees and the equipment that it rents and services. Asserted claims are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable. Certain claims where the loss is probable, a provision is recorded based on the Company’s best estimate. While the ultimate resolution of these actions may have an impact on the Company’s financial results for a particular reporting period, management believes that any such resolution would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company and the chance of a negative outcome on outstanding litigation is considered remote.

On January 13, 2015, the Company filed suit in the Western District of Texas against Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., Hill-Rom Company, Inc. and Hill-Rom Services, Inc. (the “Defendants”). On March 7, 2018, the Company and the Defendants entered into a confidential settlement agreement resolving all disputes and legal claims of the parties associated with the suit filed by the Company. In consideration for this release, terms of the confidential settlement agreement called for the Company to receive legal title to certain medical equipment of the Defendants as specified in the agreement on May 1, 2018. The Company recorded a gain on settlement of approximately $26.4 million during 2018 based on the fair value of the assets received of $23.4 million and $3.0 million of cash. The fair value of the assets was measured using inputs of replacement cost and market data, which are considered a Level 3 fair value measurement.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

On July 29, 2019, the Company entered into a memorandum of understanding to settle all claims in a class action litigation brought in California. The Company received a release in exchange for a payment of $3.5 million. Payment of the settlement amount was made in February 2020.

 

10.

Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

Common Stock

The Company has authorized and issued 98,983,296 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share as of December 31, 2020.

In November 2019, the Company declared and paid $2.23 dividend per share to the common stock and vested stock option holders for a total amount of $227.1 million. The Company also declared $2.23 dividend per unit to the restricted stock unit and performance restricted stock unit holders which will be paid upon vesting of those units. Dividend paid on vested restricted stock unit and performance restricted stock units was $1.1 million during 2020. Dividend payable was $2.2 and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of which $0.9 and $1.0 million was included in accounts payable and $1.3 and $2.4 million was included in other long-term liabilities. In connection with the dividend payment, the exercise price of unvested stock options was adjusted from $8.50 to $6.27 per share.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

(in thousands)

   December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Unrealized loss on minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax

   $ (2,215    $ (940

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of tax

     (1,404      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (3,619    $ (940
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

      

Minimum pension liability - balance at December 31, 2019

   $ (940
  

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (1,759

Reclassification for amortization of net gain

     49  

Income tax expense related to pension

     435  
  

 

 

 

Net current year other comprehensive income

     (1,275
  

 

 

 

Minimum pension liability - balance at December 31, 2020

   $ (2,215
  

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - balance at December 31, 2019

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Changes in the effective portion of the fair value of cash flow hedge

     (1,882

Income tax expense related to cash flow hedge

     478  
  

 

 

 

Net current year other comprehensive income

     (1,404
  

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - balance at December 31, 2020

   $ (1,404
  

 

 

 

Net current year other comprehensive income

   $ (2,679
  

 

 

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss is included in the selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
11.

Share-Based Compensation

Predecessor

The 2007 Stock Option Plan provided for the issuance of 43.9 million nonqualified stock options of Parent to any of its and Parent’s executives, other key employees and to consultants and certain non-employee directors. The options allowed for the purchase of shares of common stock of Parent at prices equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Options granted had a ten-year contractual term and vested over approximately six years.

In April 2015, Parent granted the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 7.0 million restricted stock units which vest over four years. Total compensation expense related to this grant was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

On May 9, 2018, Parent adopted the 2018 Executive Management Stock Option Plan (the “2018 Stock Option Plan”). Pursuant to the 2018 Stock Option Plan, awards may be in the form of Non-Qualified Stock Options. The maximum number of shares for which options may be granted was 2,500,000 under the 2018 Stock Option Plan. In 2018, 2,499,000 shares of common stock were issued to certain Agiliti Health executives, including Named Executive Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the 2018 Stock Option Plan.

Options granted pursuant to the 2018 Stock Option Plan have an exercise price of $0.71 per share and could only be exercised upon a change of control (as defined in the 2018 Stock Option Plan) and only if such change of control occurred no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the signing of a binding agreement for Parent to undergo a change of control occurs. No expense was recorded for this plan in 2018. Additionally, all awards of options granted pursuant to the 2018 Stock Option Plan provide for a claw back in the event an award recipient voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Company without Good Reason or has his or her employment terminated by the Company for Cause (as such terms are defined in the Company’s Executive Severance Pay Plan) within one year following a Change in Control of the Company.

On August 9, 2018, the board of directors of the Parent approved and adopted an amendment to the 2018 Stock Option Plan to confirm that any options granted under the 2018 Plan will only be exercisable upon a Change of Control of Parent.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, Agiliti, Inc. assumed the 2007 Stock Option Plan and approximately 75% of the outstanding stock option awards were terminated and cashed out, and the remaining 25% of the outstanding stock option awards were rolled over into options to purchase common stock of Agiliti, Inc. subject to the same terms and conditions of the original awards. The predecessor recognized approximately $5.9 million of non-cash share-based compensation expense for the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 related to the fully vested 2007 Stock Option Plan, the 2018 Executive Management Stock Option Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit granted to an officer in April 2015.

Successor

On January 4, 2019, the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2018 Plan”) became effective. Approximately 3.0 million shares of the 2007 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price of $2.13 per share and expiration date of November 4, 2024 were rolled into the 2018 Plan on January 4, 2019.

The 2018 Plan provides for issuance of 10.4 million nonqualified stock options, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units to any of its executives, other key employees and certain non-employee directors. The stock options allow for the purchase of shares of common stock of the Company at prices equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Options granted had a ten-year contractual term and vest over one to four years. The restricted stock units vest over three to four years. The performance restricted stock units vest over three years upon achievement of established performance targets as defined in the agreement.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The shares issued to a grantee upon the exercise of such grantee’s options will be subject to certain restrictions on transferability as provided in the 2018 Plan. Grantees are subject to non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality requirements as set forth in their respective stock option grant agreements. Forfeited options are available for future issue.

In connection with the dividend payment in November 2019, the exercise price of stock options granted under the 2018 Plan was adjusted from $8.50 to $6.27 per share (see Note 10, Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit). This modification did not result in additional share-based compensation expense.

Stock Options

A summary of activity for the stock options under the 2018 Plan is detailed below:

 

(in thousands, except exercise price and years)

   Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
 

Outstanding at January 4, 2019

     —        $ —        $ —          —    

Granted

     6,023        4.22        

Exercised

     (91      2.13        580     

Forfeited or expired

     (10      6.27        
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     5,922      $ 4.25      $ 23,669        7.1  
  

 

 

          

Granted

     1,274        8.25        

Exercised

     (239      6.27        473     

Forfeited or expired

     (267      6.38        
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     6,690      $ 4.86      $ 81,235        6.5  
  

 

 

          

Exercisable at December 31, 2020

     3,699      $ 3.04      $ 51,634        4.8  
  

 

 

          

The exercise price of the stock option award is equal to the market value of Company’s common stock on the grant date as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors and compensation committee and based on an analysis of a variety of factors including peer group multiples, merger and acquisition multiples, and discounted cash flow analyses.

The intrinsic value of a stock award is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the award.

We determine the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The estimated fair value of options, including the effect of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting periods. The assumptions in the table below were used to determine the Black-Scholes fair value of stock options granted for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)      (Predecessor)  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.51     2.50      1.62  

Expected volatility

     33.95     34.13      29.0  

Dividend yield

     N/A       N/A        N/A  

Expected option life (years)

     3.03       3.57        4.60  

Black-Scholes Value of options

   $ 1.94     $ 2.42      $ 0.50  

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Expected volatility is based on an independent valuation of the stock of companies within our peer group. Given the lack of a true comparable company, the peer group consists of selected public healthcare companies representing our suppliers, customers and competitors within certain product lines. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the grant date based on the expected option life. The expected option life is estimated based on foreseeable trends.

At December 31, 2020, unearned non-cash share-based compensation related to 2018 Plan that we expect to recognize as expense over a weighted average period of 2.1 years, totals approximately $4.5 million, net of our estimated forfeiture rate of 2.0%. The expense could be accelerated upon the sale of the Company.

Restricted Stock Units and Performance Restricted Stock Units

A summary of activity for restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units is detailed below:

 

     Number
of units
     Weighted
average
grant
date fair
value
 

Nonvested at January 4, 2019

     —        $ —    

Granted

     1,575        8.50  

Vested

     —          —    

Forfeited

     (29      8.50  
  

 

 

    

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

     1,546      $ 8.50  
  

 

 

    

Granted

     1,057        8.25  

Vested

     (512      8.50  

Forfeited

     (147      8.45  
  

 

 

    

Nonvested at December 31, 2020

     1,944        8.37  
  

 

 

    

Future expense related to restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units that we expect to recognize as expense over a weighted average period of 2.0 years totals approximately $10.8 million, net of our estimated forfeiture rate of 2.0%.

For the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor), the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (successor), from January 1 through January 3, 2019 (predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor), we recognized non-cash share-based compensation expense of $10.3, $5.8, $5.9 and $3.0 million, respectively, which is primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Remaining authorized options, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock units available for future issuance was 3.9 million shares at December 31, 2020.

 

12.

Related Party Transactions

On January 4, 2019, Agiliti entered into an advisory services agreement (the “Advisory Services Agreement”) with Agiliti Holdco, Agiliti Health and THL Managers VIII, LLC (the “Advisor”). Pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreement, the Advisor will provide management, consulting and other advisory services to the companies. In consideration for these services, the companies will pay to the Advisor (i) a non-refundable periodic retainer fee in an aggregate amount per fiscal quarter equal to the greater of (a) $375,000 or (b) 1% of the consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Advisory Services Agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter or such other amount as may be mutually agreed, with the first such payment to be made on April 15, 2019, (ii) fees in amounts to be mutually agreed in connection with any financing or refinancing, dividend, recapitalization, acquisition, disposition and spin-off or split-off transaction, (iii) in the case of an

 

F-34


Table of Contents

initial public offering (“IPO”), in addition to the fees under clauses (i) and (ii), an amount equal to the net present value of the higher periodic fee that would have been payable from the date of such IPO until the scheduled termination date of the Advisory Services Agreement, and (iv) fees for other management, consulting and other advisory services to be discussed in good faith among the parties. The companies will also pay expenses incurred by the Advisor, its consultants and certain other parties affiliated with Advisor. The initial term of the Advisory Agreement ends on January 4, 2027, and is automatically extended for successive periods of one (1) year. The Advisory Services Agreement also terminates automatically immediately prior to an IPO or a transaction involving a change of control (as defined in the Advisory Services Agreement). Total professional services fees incurred to the Advisor were $2.3 and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019.

On May 31, 2007, the predecessor and affiliates of Irving Place Capital (together with its affiliates, “IPC”) entered into a professional services agreement pursuant to which IPC provided general advisory and management services to us with respect to financial and operating matters. IPC was a principal owner of Parent, and each of Robert Juneja, Bret Bowerman and Keith Zadourian were members of our board of directors and were associated with IPC. The professional services agreement required us to pay an annual fee for ongoing advisory and management services equal to the greater of $0.5 million or 0.75% of our Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the professional services agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year, payable in quarterly installments. The professional services agreement provided that IPC was reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with certain activities undertaken pursuant to the professional services agreement and was indemnified for liabilities incurred in connection with its role under the professional services agreement, other than for liabilities resulting from its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The term of the professional services agreement commenced on May 31, 2007 and remained in effect until either party notified the other of its desire to terminate, we were sold to a third-party purchaser or we consummated a qualified initial public offering, as defined in the professional services agreement.

On August 9, 2018, the predecessor and IPC entered into a Second Amended and Restated Professional Services Agreement (the “Amended PSA”). Pursuant to the Amended PSA, in addition to the services previously provided under the original agreement, IPC provided services related to a possible transaction resulting in a qualified public offering or change of control and received a fee of $10 million payable upon the consummation of such transaction. The Amended PSA also removed the acceleration of the advisory fee in the event of a sale of the Company or qualified public offering. Additionally, the Amended PSA amended the agreement to terminate on the earliest of (a) consummation of a qualified public offering, (b) consummation of a change in control and (c) the tenth anniversary of the date of the Amended PSA, provided, however, that if no qualified public offering or change of control has been consummated prior to such tenth anniversary, the Amended PSA automatically extended on a year to year basis until either party provided written notice of its desire to terminate the Amended PSA or at such time as a qualified public offering or change of control has been consummated.

Total professional services agreement fees incurred to IPC were $10 million for the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 (predecessor) in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and $1.1 for the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor).

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the professional service agreement with IPC was terminated.

In connection with the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2015, between an officer and the Company, we entered into a promissory note agreement with the officer dated April 13, 2016 for a total amount of $1.0 million, dated April 13, 2017 for a total amount of $0.9 million and dated April 13, 2018 for a total amount of $0.6 million which were included in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These note receivables had annual interest rates of 1.45%-2.72%. The principal and accrued interest of these notes were due on the earliest of (i) the seventh anniversary of the date of this loan, (ii) any event with respect to borrower, which, in any such case of the loan were to remain outstanding on and after such date, would result in

 

F-35


Table of Contents

violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (iii) and certain events of default or (iv) a change in control. Interest income for this note was $0.05 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor). The notes receivable were collected upon consummation of the Business Combination.

On May 31, 2017, Agiliti Holdco sold an aggregate of 1,596,640 unregistered shares of its common stock to certain of our executive officers for an aggregate purchase price of $1.9 million. These shares are subject to the restrictions set forth in UHS Holdco, Inc.’s Securityholders Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended). The sales of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The purchasers of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. Proceeds from sale of the securities were contributed from UHS Holdco to the Company and used for general operating purposes and the repayment of outstanding debt obligations.

 

13.

Limited Liability Companies

We participate with others in the formation of LLCs in which the Company becomes a partner and shares the financial interest with the other investors. The Company is the primary beneficiary of these LLCs. These LLCs acquire certain medical equipment for use in their respective business activities, which generally focus on surgical procedures. The LLCs will acquire medical equipment for rental purposes under equipment financing leases. At December 31, 2020, the LLCs had approximately $0.5 million of total assets. The third party investors in each respective LLC generally provide the lease financing company with individual proportionate lease guarantees based on their respective ownership percentages in the LLCs. In addition, the Company will provide such financing companies with its corporate guarantee based on its respective ownership interest in each LLC. In certain instances, the Company has provided such financing companies with an overall corporate guarantee in connection with equipment financing transactions. In such instances, the individual investors in each respective LLC will generally indemnify us against losses, if any, incurred in connection with its corporate guarantee. Additionally, we provide operational and administrative support to the LLCs in which it is a partner. Assets of the LLCs that can only be utilized to settle oblgations are immaterial. As of December 31, 2020, we held interests in two active LLCs.

In accordance with guidance issued by the FASB, we accounted for equity investments in LLCs (in which we are the primary beneficiary) under the full consolidation method whereby transactions between the Company and the LLCs have been eliminated through consolidation.

 

14.

Employee Benefit Plans

ASC Topic 715, “Compensation — Retirement Benefits” requires employers to recognize the under- funded or over funded status of a defined benefit post retirement plan as an asset or liability in its statements of financial position and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, ASC Topic 715 requires employers to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position.

Pension plan benefits are to be paid to eligible employees after retirement based primarily on years of credited service and participants’ compensation. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date. Effective December 31, 2002, the Company froze the benefits under the pension plan.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The change in benefit obligation, pension plan assets and funded status as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

Change in Benefit Obligation

 

(in thousands)

   2020      2019  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 30,514      $ 27,011  

Interest cost

     955        1,132  

Actuarial loss

     2,877        3,622  

Benefit paid

     (1,339      (1,251
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at end of year

   $ 33,007      $ 30,514  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets

 

(in thousands)

   2020      2019  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 22,616      $ 19,916  

Actual return on plan assets

     2,228        3,436  

Benefits paid

     (1,339      (1,251

Employer contribution

     1,125        515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 24,630      $ 22,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded Status

 

(in thousands)

   2020      2019  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Funded status

   $ (8,377    $ (7,898

Unrecognized net actuarial loss/accumulated other comprehensive loss

     2,969        1,259  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (5,408    $ (6,639
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of our pension plan projected benefit obligation, accumulated obligation and fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2020      2019  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 33,007      $ 30,514  

Accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”)

     33,007        30,514  

Fair value of plan assets

     24,630        22,616  

ABO less fair value of plan assets

     8,377        7,898  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2020      2019  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Current Liabilities

   $ 650      $ 1,080  

Noncurrent Liabilities

     7,727        6,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Amount Recognized

   $ 8,377      $ 7,898  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
            Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)             (Predecessor)  

Interest cost

   $ 955      $ 1,132           $ 1,044  

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,110      (1,073           (1,158

Recognized net actuarial loss

     49        —               848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ (106    $ 59           $ 734  
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
            Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)      (Successor)             (Predecessor)  

Beginning of year

   $ (940    $ (9,059         $ (9,064

Net actuarial loss

     (1,759      (1,259           (732

Impact of reflecting purchase accounting

     —          9,059             —    

Amortization of net gain

     49        —               848  

Income tax expense related to pension

     435        319             (111
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

End of year

   $ (2,215    $ (940         $ (9,059
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Pension Plan Assets

Our target pension plan asset allocation and actual pension plan allocation of assets at December 31, are as follows:

 

Asset Category

   Target
Allocation
    2020     2019  
           (Successor)     (Successor)  

Equity securities

     75     80     80

Debt securities and cash

     25       20       20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The pension plan assets are invested with the objective of maximizing long-term returns while minimizing material losses in order to meet future benefit obligations when they come due.

The Company utilizes an investment approach with a mix of equity and debt securities used to maximize the long-term return on assets. Risk tolerance is established through consideration of pension plan liabilities, funded status and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio consists of a diversified blend of mutual funds and fixed-income investments. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews and annual asset and liability reviews.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurement

The following table presents our plan assets, using the fair value hierarchy as disclosed in Note 5, Fair Value Measurements, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

                 Assets at Fair Value as of December 31,  2020              

(in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 660      $ —        $ —        $ 660  

Registered investment companies:

           

Total international stock index fund

     9,533        —          —          9,533  

Total stock market index fund

     6,400        —          —          6,400  

Total return fund

     4,150        —          —          4,150  

Volatility risk premium defensive fund

     3,887        —          —          3,887  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 24,630      $ —        $ —        $ 24,630  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2019  

(in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 113      $ —        $ —        $ 113  

Registered investment companies:

           

Total international stock index fund

     9,172        —          —          9,172  

Total stock market index fund

     5,289        —          —          5,289  

Total return fund

     4,330        —          —          4,330  

Volatility risk premium defensive fund

     3,712        —          —          3,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 22,616      $ —        $ —        $ 22,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments in Equity and Debt Securities are valued at the net asset value of units held at the end of the period based upon the value of the underlying investments as determined by quoted market prices. These investments are classified as Level 1.

Contributions

The Company contributed $1.1, $0.5 and $0.8 million to the pension plan during the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor), the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (successor) and the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor), respectively. The Company expects to make contribution of approximately $0.7 million in 2021.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:

 

(in thousands)

      

2021

   $ 1,400  

2022

     1,462  

2023

     1,552  

2024

     1,597  

2025

     1,644  

2024 to 2028

     8,800  

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Pension Plan Assumptions

The following weighted-average assumptions were used as of each of the years ended December 31, as follows:

 

     2020     2019      2018  
     (Successor)     (Successor)      (Predecessor)  

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

         

Discount rate

     2.43     3.17      4.26

Expected return on assets

     5.40     5.50      5.50

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

         

Discount rate

     3.17     4.26      3.61

Expected return on assets

     5.40     5.50      5.50

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A       N/A        N/A  

These assumptions are reviewed on an annual basis. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension obligation could be effectively settled at the end of the year. The Company sets its rate to reflect the yield of a portfolio of high quality, fixed-income debt instruments that would produce cash flow sufficient in timing and amount to settle projected future benefits. In determining the expected return on asset assumption, the Company evaluates the long-term returns earned by the pension plan, the mix of investments that comprise pension plan assets and forecasts of future long-term investment returns.

Other Employee Benefits

The Company also sponsors a defined contribution plan, which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and covers substantially all of the Company’s employees. Employees may contribute annually up to 60% of their base compensation on a pre-tax basis (subject to Internal Revenue Service limitation). The company matching contribution is 50% of the first 6% of base compensation that an employee contributes. We made matching contributions to the plan of approximately $4.0, $3.0 and $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor), the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 (successor) and the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor), respectively.

The Company is self-insured for employee healthcare up to $250,000 per member per plan year and aggregate claims up to 125% of expected claims per plan year. Also, the Company purchases workers’ compensation and automobile liability coverage with related deductibles. The Company is liable for up to $250,000 per individual workers’ compensation claim and up to $500,000 per accident for automobile liability claims. Self-insurance and deductible costs are included in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets and are accrued based upon the aggregate of the liability for reported claims and an actuarially determined estimated liability for claims development and incurred but not reported.

15.    Income Taxes

The income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

 

(in thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
     From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)      (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)  

Current - State

   $ 1,710     $ 445      $ —       $ 949  

Deferred

     (4,944     (15,302      (13,281     (67,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (3,234   $ (14,857    $ (13,281   $ (66,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Reconciliations between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate are as follow:

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    From
January 4
through
December 31,
2019
    From
January 1
through
January 3,
2019
    Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)  

Statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate

     (21.0 )%      (21.0 )%      (21.0 )%      (21.0 )% 

State income taxes, net of U.S. Federal income tax

     (6.3     (3.5     (2.2     (4.1

Permanent items

     2.0       0.9       1.7       1.0  

Deferred rate change

     0.2       (1.0     (0.6     —    

Share-based compensation

     (1.4     (3.5     (58.2     —    

TRA fair value adjustment

     14.1       (4.4     —         —    

Transaction costs

     —         —         2.7       —    

Valuation allowance

     —         —         —         (43.5

Other

     (0.2     0.4       0.1       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     (12.6 )%      (32.1 )%      (77.5 )%      (67.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 was primarily impacted by our tax receivable agreement. Our effective tax rate for the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019 was reduced by 55.7 percent for excess tax benefits associated with exercises of share-based compensation.

Many of the new laws included in the Tax Act became effective during 2018, including limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, as well as international provisions. However, these provisions did not significantly impact the Company, as the Company does not have international operations and the Company was not materially impacted under the new domestic provisions. Any impacts of future issued guidance will be appropriately accounted for in the period in which the guidance is effective.

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law on March 27, 2020. Among others, the CARES Act delayed payment of employer payroll taxes and adjusted the depreciable life of qualified leasehold improvement property. We have reflected the impact of the CARES Act within our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, and such impact was not material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s overall deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2020      2019  
     (Successor)      (Successor)  

Deferred tax assets

     

Accounts receivable

   $ 507      $ 293  

Accrued compensation and pension

     19,190        10,686  

Inventories

     616        604  

Other assets

     518        1,181  

Unrealized loss on pension

     754        320  

Operating lease liability

     13,826        7,930  

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

     478        —    

Net operating loss carryforwards

     44,819        58,209  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     80,708        79,223  

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Accelerated depreciation and amortization

     (128,518      (138,465

Prepaid assets

     (1,931      (1,087

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     (13,007      (7,841
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (143,456      (147,393
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)

   $ (62,748    $ (68,170
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020, the Company had available unused federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $171.2 million. The net operating losses for tax years beginning before January 1, 2018 of $92.0 million will expire at various dates from 2027 through 2037. Net operating losses for tax years beginning after January 1, 2018 of $79.2 million will not expire. Net operating loss carryforwards of the Company are subject to review and possible adjustment by the taxing authorities.

Under the Code, certain corporate stock transactions into which the Company has entered or may enter in the future could limit the amount of the net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized in future periods. The Company has completed a review of historical stock transactions, as well as the stock transactions completed in conjunction with the Business and concluded that there is no material limitation on the use of the net operating loss carryforwards.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We evaluate our ability to realize the tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets by analyzing the relative impact of all the available positive and negative evidence regarding our forecasted taxable income, the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, taxable income in prior carry-back years (if permitted) and the availability of tax planning strategies. The Company has been generating taxable income in recent years and is projecting significant taxable income in future years due to continued growth. As such, we believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets and have not recorded a valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period from January 4 through December 31, 2019 and the period from January 1 through January 3, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a tax benefit of $44.4 million associated with the reversal of our valuation allowance.

ASC Topic 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and numerous state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for taxable years before 2017.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

 

(in thousands)

      
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1, 2018 (Predecessor)      $1,365  

Gross decreases for tax positions in 2018

     —    
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)

     1,365  

Gross decreases for rate change in 2019

     (25
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2019 (Successor)

     1,340  

Gross decreases for tax positions in 2020

     —    
  

 

 

 
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2020 (Successor)      $1,340  
  

 

 

 

There are no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020 that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.

See Note 4, Business Combination and Acquisition, related to Tax Receivable Agreement

16.    Concentration

On July 21, 2020, we entered into a one-year agreement with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response (the “HHS Agreement”) for the comprehensive maintenance and management services of medical ventilator equipment in exchange for up to $193 million in consideration throughout the duration of the agreement. As a result, we expect that the U.S. government will be our largest customer during the duration of the HHS Agreement.

In 2020, no individual customer represented over 10% of our revenue.

17.    Subsequent Event

We evaluated subsequent events through the date of our report of independent registered public accounting firm, and except for items disclosed elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements, we have not identified any subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                    , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Securities

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Morgan Stanley

BMO Capital Markets

Citigroup

Jefferies

UBS Investment Bank

KeyBanc Capital Markets

Raymond James

MUFG

SMBC Nikko

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

Siebert Williams Shank

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $      

FINRA filing fee

         

NYSE listing fee

         

Printing expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Transfer agent fees and registrar fees

         

Miscellaneous expenses

         
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

Upon completion, of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Since we were incorporated on August 1, 2018, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

 

   

In August 2018, we sold 1,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.01 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00.

 

   

In January 2019, we sold an aggregate of 98,195,398 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $8.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $834,660,883.

 

   

In January 2019, we sold 336,081 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $8.50 per share, in exchange for shares of UHS Holdco, Inc., for an aggregate purchase price of $2,856,688.50.

 

   

In January 2019, we sold 407,593 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $8.50 per share, in exchange for shares of FSAC for an aggregate purchase price of $3,464,540.50.

 

   

In January 2019, we sold 37,950,000 warrants, each exercisable for one share of common stock, for $11.50, in exchange for warrants of FSAC with equivalent value.

 

   

From August 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers 6,953,528 Non-Qualified Stock Options, Performance Restricted Stock Units and/or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
   

On January 4, 2019, we issued 2,975,618 Non-Qualified Stock Options pursuant to our 2007 Stock Option Plan.

The offers and sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the above securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were placed upon any stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(i)

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1*    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2020, by and among Agiliti Health, Inc., Northfield Medical Holdings LLC and Northfield Medical, Inc.
  3.1    Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Agiliti, Inc.
  3.2    Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Agiliti, Inc.
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Agiliti, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on October 9, 2018)
  4.2    Specimen Warrant Certificate of Federal Street Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to FSAC’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 21, 2017)
  4.3    Warrant Agreement, dated July 18, 2017, between Federal Street Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to FSAC’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 24, 2017)
  4.4    Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2019, between Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, Agiliti, Inc. and Federal Street Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2019)
  4.5    Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1*    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of January  4, 2019, by and among Agiliti Health, Inc., as borrower, Agiliti Holdco, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of Agiliti Health as guarantors, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and letter of credit issuer, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2019)
10.2    Form of Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement
10.3    Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of January  4, 2019, by and among Agiliti Holdco, Inc., IPC/UHS, L.P., solely in the capacity of the Stockholders’ Representative, and each of the successors and assigns thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2019)
10.4    Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2019, by and among Agiliti,  Inc., Agiliti Holdco, Inc., Agiliti Health, Inc. and THL Managers VIII, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2019)

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 

10.5+

  

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, by and between Agiliti, Inc. and its directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2019)

10.6+    Agiliti Inc.’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2019)
10.7+    Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (f/k/a UHS Holdco, Inc.) Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Option Plan, dated as of November  4, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed November 6, 2014)
10.8+    Form of notice to option holders regarding amendments to outstanding options (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed November 6, 2014)
10.9+    Form of Option Agreement Evidencing a Grant of an Option Under the 2007 Stock Option Plan, dated as of May  8, 2015, between Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) and Thomas Leonard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed on May 13, 2015)
10.10+    Amendment One to Option Agreement, dated March  14, 2016, between UHS Holdco and Thomas Leonard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed on March 15, 2016)
10.11+    Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (f/k/a UHS Holdco, Inc.) 2018 Executive Management Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed on May 14, 2018)
10.12+    Form of Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (f/k/a UHS Holdco, Inc.) Executive Management Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed on May 14, 2018)
10.13+    Amendment No. 1 to Agiliti Holdco, Inc. (f/k/a UHS Holdco, Inc.) Executive Management Stock Option Plan dated August  9, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed on August 13, 2018)
10.14+    Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) Executive Severance Pay Plan, dated November  2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Agiliti Health, Inc. (f/k/a Universal Hospital Services, Inc.) filed on November 7, 2016)
10.15+    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2020, by and between Thomas W. Boehning and Agiliti, Inc.
10.16+    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of January 31, 2020, from Agiliti Health, Inc. to David Anbari
10.17+    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2019, by and between Thomas J. Leonard and Agiliti, Inc.
10.18+    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2019, by and between James B. Pekarek and Agiliti, Inc.
10.19+    Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective December 3, 2018
10.20+    Form of Agiliti, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.21+    Form of Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.22+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Employee Form)
10.23+    Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.24+    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.25+   

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Director Form)

21.1    List of subsidiaries of Agiliti, Inc.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.2*    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page)

 

*

Indicates to be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

(ii)

Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on March 5, 2021.

 

AGILITI, INC.

By:  

 

/s/ THOMAS J. LEONARD

  Name:     Thomas J. Leonard
  Title:       Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Agiliti, Inc. hereby appoint each of Scott A. Christensen, Matthew E. McCabe and Lee M. Neumann, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ THOMAS J. LEONARD

Thomas J. Leonard

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 5, 2021

/s/ JAMES B. PEKAREK

James B. Pekarek

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 5, 2021

/s/ SCOTT A. CHRISTENSEN

Scott A. Christensen

  

Vice President, Controller and Chief

Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 5, 2021

/s/ MICHAEL A. BELL

Michael A. Bell

   Director   March 5, 2021

/s/ DARREN FRIEDMAN

Darren Friedman

   Director   March 5, 2021

/s/ DR. GARY L. GOTTLIEB

Dr. Gary L. Gottlieb

   Director   March 5, 2021

/s/ JOSHUA M. NELSON

Joshua M. Nelson

   Director   March 5, 2021

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

/s/ MEGAN M. PREINER

Megan M. Preiner

  

 

Director

 

 

March 5, 2021

/s/ SCOTT M. SPERLING

Scott M. Sperling

   Director   March 5, 2021

/s/ JOHN L. WORKMAN

John L. Workman

   Director   March 5, 2021

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AGILITI, INC.

[●], 2021

Agiliti, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:

1.    The name of the Corporation is “Agiliti, Inc.” The original certificate of incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 1, 2018.

2.    This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate”), which both restates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as previously amended and restated, was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”).

3.    The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated, is hereby restated and amended in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is Agiliti, Inc.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, 19808, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITALIZATION

Section 4.1    Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 550 million shares consisting of:

(a)    500 million shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and

(b)    50 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.


Section 4.2    Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide out of the unissued shares of the Preferred Stock for one or more series of Preferred Stock and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, special and other rights, if any, of each such series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such series and included in a certificate of designation (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) filed pursuant to the DGCL, and the Board is hereby expressly vested with the authority to the full extent provided by law, now or hereafter, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions.

Section 4.3    Common Stock.

(a)    The Board is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Common Stock from time to time. Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to vote.

(b)    Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), holders of shares of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (including any amendment to any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or the DGCL.

(c)    Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(d)    Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

Section 4.4    The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation).

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1    Board Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board by statute, this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated, the “Bylaws”), the Board is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL,

 

2


this Certificate, and any Bylaws; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as THL Agiliti LLC (“THL”) beneficially owns in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 30% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the Chair of the Board of Directors may only be designated by a majority of the directors nominated or designated for nomination by THL.

Section 5.2    Number, Election and Term.

(a)    Subject to the Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of [], [●] (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement”), by and between the Corporation and THL and any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board.

(b)    Subject to Section 5.5 hereof, the Board shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of the initial Class I Directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the date that the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”); the term of the initial Class II Directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the IPO Date; and the term of the initial Class III Directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, beginning with the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the IPO Date, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term or until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal. Subject to Section 5.5 hereof, if the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an annual meeting of stockholders.

(c)    Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 5.3    Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to Section 5.5 hereof and except as otherwise set forth in the Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors to which the new directorship was added or in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 5.4    Removal; Resignation. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, (i) prior to the first date (the “Trigger Date”) on which THL and their Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) 40% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting Stock”), directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock. Any director may resign at any time upon notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.

 

3


Section 5.5    Preferred Stock - Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of the Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) and such directors shall not be included in any of the classes created pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, have the right to elect additional directors pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) in respect of such series, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions; and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors cease to have such right pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

ARTICLE VI

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

Section 6.1    Special Meetings. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, the President of the Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied or (ii) prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which THL and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 35% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, by the Chairman of the Board at the written request of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock in the manner provided for in the Bylaws. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, special meetings of stockholders may not be called by another person or persons. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 6.2    Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 6.3    Action by Written Consent. Prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. From and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

 

4


ARTICLE VII

LIMITED LIABILITY

Section 7.1    Limitation of Director Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

ARTICLE VIII

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

Section 8.1    Corporate Opportunity.

(a)    In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of THL or its Affiliated Companies may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) THL and its Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with THL and its Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this Article VIII are set forth to regulate and define to the fullest extent permitted by law the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve THL and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the “Exempted Persons”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. As used in this Certificate, “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (a) in respect of THL, any entity that Controls, is Controlled by or under common Control with THL (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by THL and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any company controlled by the Corporation.

(b)    In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(c)    Except in the case of a corporate opportunity expressly offered to a director or officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as such that is not excluded under paragraph (b) above , if a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director, officer, employee or representative of an Exempted Person or any of their respective affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity, the Corporation shall have no interest in such corporate opportunity and no expectancy that such corporate opportunity be offered to it, any such interest or expectancy being hereby renounced, so that such person shall have no duty to present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall have the right to hold and exploit any such corporate opportunity for its (and its officers’, employees’, directors’, agents’, stockholders’, members’, partners’, affiliates’ or subsidiaries’) own account or to direct, sell, assign or transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than the Corporation. Such person shall not breach any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or to its stockholders by reason of the fact that such person does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or pursues, acquires or exploits such corporate opportunity for itself or directs, sells, assigns or transfers such corporate opportunity to another person.

 

5


Section 8.2    Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Section 9.1    Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 9.2    Limitations on Business Combinations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder (as defined below), unless:

(a) prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; or

(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(c) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 6623% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 9.3    Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, the term:

(a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such person.

(b) “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

(c) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the interested stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 9.2 is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

6


(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

(d) “Control,” including the terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article IX, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

(e) “Exempted Holders means THL or any of its Affiliated Companies or associates including investment funds managed by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of voting stock of the Corporation.

(f) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder, or (iii) an Affiliate or associate of any such person described in clauses (i) and (ii); provided, however, that the term “interested stockholder” shall not include (A) the Exempted Holders, (B) any person who would otherwise be an interested stockholder because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by an Exempted Holder to such person, or (C) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, that such person specified in this clause (C) shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation,

 

7


except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(g) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or associates:

(i) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) has (A) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

(h) “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

(i) “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

(j) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentages of the votes of such voting stock.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1    Amendments to Bylaws.    Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, prior to the first date (the “Amendment Trigger Date”) on which THL and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by, (i) the Board and (ii) the stockholders with, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any resolution setting forth the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. From and after the Amendment Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) in addition to any of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 10.2    Amendments to Certificate . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law, this Certificate or otherwise, no provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article IX, Article X

 

8


or Article XI of this Certificate may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate or otherwise required by law, (i) prior to the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) from and after the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose.

ARTICLE XI

FORUM

Section 11.1    Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (A) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine and (B) the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Section 11.2    Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII

ENFORCEABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Agiliti, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and acknowledged in its name and on its behalf by an authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Thomas J. Leonard
Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AGILITI, INC.

A Delaware corporation

Adopted as of []

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1    Registered Office. The registered office of Agiliti, Inc. (the “Corporation”) within the State of Delaware shall be as stated in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation then in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2    Additional Offices. The Corporation may, in addition to its registered office in the State of Delaware, have such other offices and places of business, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 2.1    Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and time and on such date as shall be determined by a resolution of the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a). At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters shall elect those directors of the Corporation to fill any term of a directorship that expires on the date of such annual meeting and may transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 2.7 of these Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”).

Section 2.2    Special Meetings. Subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”) and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a).

Section 2.3    Notices. Notice of each stockholders’ meeting stating the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, shall be given in the manner permitted by Section 9.3 to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, by the Corporation not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting unless otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If said notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall in addition state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). Any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be postponed or rescheduled, and any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be cancelled, by the Board upon Public Announcement (as defined in Section 2.7(c)(iv)) given before the date previously scheduled for such meeting.


Section 2.4    Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, at a stockholders meeting of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. If a quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon may adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.6 until a quorum shall attend. The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any such other corporation to vote shares held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 2.5    Voting of Shares.

(a)    Voting Lists. The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 2.5(a) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If a meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of remote communication as permitted by Section 9.5(a), the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by this Section 2.5(a) or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

(b)    Manner of Voting. At any stockholders meeting, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy. If authorized by the Board, the voting by stockholders or proxy holders at any meeting conducted by remote communication may be effected by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 9.3), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which the Corporation can determine that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder. The Board, in its discretion, or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in such person’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

(c)    Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, if permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority.

 

2


(i)    A stockholder, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent, may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.

(ii)    A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the document (including any electronic transmission) authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original document for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original document.

(d)    Required Vote. Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, at all meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. All other matters presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one upon which, by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable stock exchange rules, a different vote is required, in which case such provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

(e)    Inspectors of Election. The Board may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, who, unless otherwise required by law, may be employees of the Corporation or otherwise serve the Corporation in other capacities, to act at such meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspectors of election or alternates are appointed by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of outstanding shares and the voting power of each; determine the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; count all votes and ballots and report the results; determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots and have any other duties prescribed by law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section 2.6    Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned by the chairman of the meeting, from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum, to reconvene at the same or some other place. Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 9.2, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

3


Section 2.7    Advance Notice for Business and Nominations.

(a)    Annual Meetings of Stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only as (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record (A) on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.7(a), (B) on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (C) at the time of the annual meeting, (y) is entitled to vote and the meeting and (z) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.7(a). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (z) of this Section 2.7(a) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or business brought by THL (as defined below) and any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with THL (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by THL (the “THL Affiliates”) at any time prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date (as defined below)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(i)    In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business or nominations (other than business brought by THL Agiliti LLC (“THL”) and THL Affiliates at any time prior to the date when THL ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Advance Notice Trigger Date”)) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (z) of Section 2.7(a), such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper form and in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. Subject to Section 2.7(a)(iii) and other than such a notice by THL prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to such business or nomination, to be timely, must be delivered to the Secretary not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day nor later than the Close of Business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [•], 2021); provided that, in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. The Public Announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.7(a)(i). Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 2.7(a) of this Article II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day). For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws.

(ii)    To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary (whether given pursuant to Section 2.7(a) or Section 2.7(b)) must:

(A)     with respect to any business other than the nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, set forth (1) (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and (b) the text, if any, of the proposal or business (including the specific text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment), (2) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest of such Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as such terms are defined below), and (3) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings between each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder;

 

4


(B)     set forth, as to the stockholder giving the notice (the “Noticing Stockholder”) and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (collectively with the Noticing Stockholder, the “Holders” and each a “Holder”): (1) the name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s books of each Holder and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person, (2) (a) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned indirectly or directly beneficially or of record by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (provided that, for purposes of this Section 2.7(a)(ii), any such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future), (b) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived, in whole or in part, from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation, (c) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any security of the Corporation, (d) any Short Interest (as defined below) held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person presently or within the last 12 months in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws, a person shall be deemed to have a “Short Interest” in a security if such person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (e) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) between and among each Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and any person acting in concert with any such person, on the other hand, with the intent to, or the effect of which may be to, transfer to or from any such person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation or to increase or decrease the voting power of any such person with respect to any security of the Corporation, (f) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including Short Interest) of each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person in the outcome of any vote to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or any other entity with respect to any matter that is substantially related, directly or indirectly, to any nomination or business proposed by any Holder under this Bylaw, (g) any rights to dividends on any security of the Corporation owned beneficially by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying security of the Corporation, (h) any proportionate interest in any security of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which any Holder or any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or is the manager or a managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity, (i) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of securities of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, and (j) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including Short Interest) in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (sub-clauses (a) through (j) of this Section

 

5


2.7(a)(ii)(B)(2) shall be referred to as the “Ownership Information”), (3) a representation by the Noticing Stockholder that such stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, will continue to be a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting through the date of such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (4) a representation as to whether any Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect any nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholder in support of such proposal or nomination or nominations, (5) a certification that each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Corporation and such person’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation, and (6) a representation as to the accuracy of the information set forth in the notice;

(C)    set forth, as to each person, if any, whom the Noticing Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such person (present and for the past five years), (3) the Ownership Information for such person and any member of the immediately family of such person, or any Affiliate or Associate (as such terms are defined below) of such person, or any person acting in concert therewith, (4) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (5) a complete and accurate description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings (whether written or oral) during the past three years, and any other material relationships between or among the Holders and/or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and any member of the immediate family of such proposed nominee and his or her respective Affiliates and Associates or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all biographical and related party transaction and other information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to the federal and state securities laws, including Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) (or any successor provision), if any Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

(D)    with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement and any and all other information required by Section 2.7(d).

(iii)    A Noticing Stockholder shall further update and supplement its notice of any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.7(a) shall be true and correct (A) as of the record date for the meeting and (B) as of the date that is ten Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof. Such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary not later than three Business Days after the later of the record date or the date a Public Announcement is made of the notice of the record date (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for the meeting) and not later than seven Business Days prior to the date for the meeting, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the meeting), or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof).

 

6


(iv)    The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Holder or any proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including, without limitation, such other information (A) as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (1) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and (2) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (B) that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(b)    Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. In the event that a special meeting of stockholders is called for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at such special meeting (i) by a stockholder who submitted a request for a special meeting relating to such meeting in accordance and in compliance with Section 2.2, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) by any stockholder (other than any stockholder who submitted a request for a special meeting relating to such meeting pursuant to Section 2.2 that included the election of directors in the request) who (A) is a stockholder of record (1) at the time the notice provided for in this Bylaw is given, (2) on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and (3) at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the procedures set forth in Section 2.7(a), including delivering the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.7(a) with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.7(a)(ii)(D)) to the Secretary not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting, nor later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees, if any, proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting (other than such a notice by THL prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time up to the later of thirty-five (35) days prior to the special meeting of stockholders and the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c)    General.

(i)    Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with procedures set forth in this Bylaw, except as may be otherwise provided by the Nomination Agreement (defined below) or by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors. Nothing in this Section 2.7 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the parties to the Nomination Agreement or the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to the Nomination Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation or the right of the Board to fill newly created directorships and vacancies on the Board pursuant to the Nomination Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 2.7(a)(ii)(B)(4)) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

(ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Stockholder (or a Qualified Representative thereof) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or propose business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

 

7


(iii)    For purposes of this Section 2.7, delivery of any notice or materials by a stockholder as required under this Section 2.7 shall be made by both (1) hand delivery, overnight courier service or by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, in each case, to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (2) electronic mail to the Secretary.

(iv)    Definitions. For purposes of these Bylaws:

(A)    “Affiliate” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(B)    “Associate” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(C)    “Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in Minneapolis, MN or New York, NY are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close;

(D)    “Close of Business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the Close of Business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(E)    “Public Announcement shall mean any method (or combination of methods) of disclosure that is reasonably designed to provide broad, non-exclusionary distribution of the information to the public or the furnishing or filing of any document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(F)    to be considered a “Qualified Representative” of a stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized in a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to the Corporation prior to the presentation of any matters at any meeting of stockholders stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as proxy at such meeting of stockholders; and

(G)    “Stockholder Associated Person” of any Holder means (A) any person acting in concert with such Holder, (B) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Holder or any of their respective Affiliates and Associates, or person acting in concert therewith and (3) any member of the immediate family of such Holder or an Affiliate or Associate of such Holder.

(v)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw; provided that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nomination or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Section 2.7(a) or Section 2.7(b). Nothing in this bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or any applicable federal or state securities law with respect to that stockholder’s request to include proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement.

 

8


(d)    Submission of Questionnaire; Representation and Agreement. To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a proposed nominee must deliver in writing (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 2.7) to the Secretary (A) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days) and (B) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days) that such person (1) is not and will not become a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (y) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (3) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable rules of the exchanges upon which securities of the Corporation are listed and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation, and (4) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any Holder on whose behalf the nomination is being made, intends to serve a full term if elected as a director of the Corporation.

Section 2.8    Conduct of Meetings. The chairman of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the President (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, by a Vice President (in the order as determined by the Board), or in the absence, inability or refusal of the foregoing persons to act, by such other person as shall be appointed by the Board. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate, including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and (f) restrictions on the use of mobile phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. The chairman of the meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chairman should so determine, such chairman shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chair of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power, right and authority, for any or no reason, to convene, recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders. The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairman of the meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

9


Section 2.9    Consents in Lieu of Meeting. So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by written consent in accordance with Section 7.3 of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:

(a)    Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders shall, by written notice delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal place of business during regular business hours, request that the Board fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. Notices delivered pursuant this Section 2.9(a) will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day). The Board shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is properly delivered to and deemed received by the Secretary, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2.9(a)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board pursuant to this Section 2.9(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.9(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall in such an event be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(b)    Generally. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) after the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by applicable law, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that the written consent signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action was delivered to the Corporation. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Any such consent shall be inserted into the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10    Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the Close of Business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;

 

10


provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 at the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1    Powers; Number. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 3.2    Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors, including for service on a committee of the Board and may be paid either a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or other compensation as director. The directors may be reimbursed their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees of the Board may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement of expenses for service on the committee.

ARTICLE IV

BOARD MEETINGS

Section 4.1    Annual Meetings. The Board shall meet without other notice than this Bylaw as soon as practicable after the adjournment of each annual stockholders meeting at the place of the annual stockholders meeting unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof in the manner required herein for special meetings of the Board. No notice to the directors shall be necessary to legally convene this meeting, except as provided in these Bylaws or as otherwise required by law.

Section 4.2    Regular Meetings. Regularly scheduled, periodic meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board may be held without notice at such times, dates and places (within or without the State of Delaware) as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board and publicized among all directors.

Section 4.3    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by (a) the Chairman of the Board, if any, (b) the Secretary on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office, or (c) if the Board then includes a director nominated or designated for nomination by THL, any director nominated or designated for nomination by THL, and in each case shall be held at such time, date and place (within or without the State of Delaware) as may be determined by the person calling the meeting or, if called upon the request of directors or the sole director, as specified in such written request. Notice of each special meeting of the Board, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given, as provided in Section 9.3, to each director (i) at least 24 hours before the meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or sent by means of overnight courier, telecopy, a form of electronic transmission and delivery or similar means; or (ii) at least five days before the meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting. Any and all business that may be transacted at a regular meeting of the Board may be transacted at a special meeting. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. A special meeting may be held at any time without notice if notice of the meeting is waived in accordance with Section 9.4.

 

11


Section 4.4    Chairman of the Board; Quorum; Required Vote; Adjournment. Subject to the last sentence of this Section 4.4, the Board may elect a chairman of the Board. The chairman of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board may from time to time provide. A majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. At any meeting of the Board, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 4.5    Consent In Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

Section 4.6    Organization. The chairman of each meeting of the Board shall be (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (provided he or she shall be a director), (iii) in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer, the President (provided he or she shall be a director) or, (iv) in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, a chairman elected from the directors present. The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of the Secretary at such meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 4.7    Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board, shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1    Establishment. Subject to the Nomination Agreement, the Board may by resolution of the Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required by the resolution designating such committee. Subject to the Nomination Agreement, the Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.

Section 5.2    Available Powers. Any committee established pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law and by resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.

Section 5.3    Alternate Members. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.

 

12


Section 5.4    Procedures. Unless the Board otherwise provides, the time, date, place, if any, and notice of meetings of a committee shall be determined by such committee. At meetings of a committee, a majority of the number of members of the committee (but not including any alternate member, unless such alternate member has replaced any absent or disqualified member at the time of, or in connection with, such meeting) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the Board. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of a committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. Unless the Board otherwise provides and except as provided in these Bylaws, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board is authorized to conduct its business pursuant to Article IV of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

Section 6.1    Officers. The officers of the Corporation appointed by the Board shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and such other officers (including without limitation Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and a Treasurer) as the Board from time to time may determine. Officers appointed by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VI. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be confirmed by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer or President may also appoint such other officers below the level of the Board-appointed Vice President (including without limitation one or more Vice Presidents and Controllers) as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Such other officers shall have such powers and duties and shall hold their offices until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

(a)    Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation and general control of all of its business subject to the ultimate authority of the Board, and shall be responsible for the execution of the policies of the Board with respect to such matters. The Chief Executive Officer shall also have control over officers, agents and employees of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The position of Chief Executive Officer and President may be held by the same person. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except were required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as shall be designated by the Board or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

(b)    President. The President shall make recommendations to the Chief Executive Officer on all operational matters that would normally be reserved for the final executive responsibility of the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, the President (if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except were required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all of the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as shall be designated by the Board. The position of President and Chief Executive Officer may be held by the same person.

 

13


(c)    Vice Presidents. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and have the powers of the President. Any one or more of the Vice Presidents may be given an additional designation of rank or function.

(d)    Secretary.

(i)    The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders, the Board (other than executive sessions thereof) and (as required) committees of the Board and shall record the proceedings of such meetings in books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing thereof by his or her signature.

(ii)    The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, if one has been appointed, a stock ledger, or duplicate stock ledger, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each and, with respect to certificated shares, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of certificates cancelled.

(iii)    Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretary or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, perform the duties and have the powers of the Secretary.

(e)    Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the chairman of the Board or the Board; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; shall render to the Board, at its regular meeting or when the Board so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board, the chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which are otherwise commonly incident to that office.

(f)    Treasurer. The Treasurer shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Financial Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 6.2    Term of Office; Removal; Vacancies. The officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President may also be removed, with or without cause, by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as the case maybe, unless the Board otherwise provides. Any vacancy occurring in any appointed office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or the President may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as the case may be, unless the Board then determines that such office shall thereupon be appointed by the Board, in which case the Board shall appoint such officer.

 

14


Section 6.3    Other Officers. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board. The Board may delegate the power to appoint such other officers and agents, and may also remove such officers and agents or delegate the power to remove same, as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable.

Section 6.4    Multiple Officeholders; Stockholder and Director Officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide. Officers need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.

Section 6.5    Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6.6    Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his or her duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board may require.

Section 6.7    Delegation of Authority. The Board may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES

Section 7.1    Form. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by two authorized officers of the Corporation including, but not limited to, the Chairman of the Board (if an officer), the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar or both in the connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such

 

15


holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters at the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall, if required by applicable law, send the holder to whom such shares have been transferred or issued a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 7.2    Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.

(a)    If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i) requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

(b)    If a certificate representing shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving notification, the owner shall be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.

Section 7.3    Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except as otherwise required by applicable law, and except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 8.1    Right to Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights that permitted prior thereto), the Corporation shall indemnity and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes and penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection with such proceeding and such indemnification shall continue as to an

 

16


Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.3 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

Section 8.2    Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 8.1, an Indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses shall be made only upon the Corporation’s receipt of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VIII or otherwise. Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article VIII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Corporation appointed pursuant to Article VI, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board pursuant to Article VI of these Bylaws, and any reference to an officer of any other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise for purposes of this Article VIII, unless such person’s appointment to such office was approved by the board of directors pursuant to Article VI.

Section 8.3    Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. Any indemnification of an Indemnitee of the Corporation under Section 8.1 or advancement of expenses under Section 8.2 shall be made promptly, and in any event within 45 days for an indemnification claim under Section 8.1 and within 20 days (provided that the Indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated in Section 8.2 if required) for advancement of expenses under Section 8.2, upon the written request of the Indemnitee. If a determination by the Corporation that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1 or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 8.2 is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within 30 days, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 8.2, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including a determination by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, shall be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

17


Section 8.4    Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advancement of expenses and other rights contained in this Article VIII in entering into or continuing such service. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article VIII shall apply to claims made against an Indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII that adversely affects the rights of an Indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 8.5    Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification. The rights provided to any Indemnitee pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right, which such Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, an agreement, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Indemnitee at any time while this Article VIII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such Indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

Section 8.6    Insurance. The Corporation may secure insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted by him or her and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 8.7    Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for the purposes of this Article VIII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 8.8    Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 8.9    Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, (a) references to “other enterprise” shall include any employee benefit plan; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by, a person with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and (d) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL.

 

18


Section 8.10    Contract Rights. The rights provided to Indemnitees pursuant to this Article VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, agent or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 8.11    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1    Place of Meetings. If the place of any meeting of stockholders, the Board or committee of the Board for which notice is required under these Bylaws is not designated in the notice of such meeting, such meeting shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation; provided, however, if the Board has, in its sole discretion, determined that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead shall be held by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, then such meeting shall not be held at any place.

Section 9.2    Fixing Record Dates.

(a)    In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder written consents which are expressly governed by Sections 2.9 and 2.10), the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 9.3    Means of Giving Notice.

(a)    Notice to Directors. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by mail, or by a nationally recognized delivery service, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of electronic transmission, (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone or (iv) in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. A notice to a director will be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iv) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (v) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (vi) if sent by any other form of electronic transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b)    Notice to Stockholders. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice may be given (i) in writing and sent either by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for

 

19


next day delivery, (ii) by electronic mail (unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the DGCL to be given by electronic transmission), (iii) by means of a form of electronic transmission other than electronic mail consented to by the stockholder, to the extent permitted by, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 232 of the DGCL or (iv) any other manner permitted by the DGCL. A notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, when actually received by the stockholder, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at the stockholder’s address, (iv) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address (unless the stockholder has notified the corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the General Corporation Law to be given by electronic transmission), and (v) if given by other form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, (A) if by facsimile transmission, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (B) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specified posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice, and (C) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent to receiving notice by means of electronic communication by giving written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice may not be electronic transmission if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c)    Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, “Electronic transmission, electronic mail”, and “electronic mail address” shall have the respective meanings stated in Section 232 of the DGCL or any successor provision as in effect at the time notice is given. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation. A notice by electronic mail will include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files or information.

(d)    Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

(e)    Exceptions to Notice Requirements. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (1) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of

 

20


stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (2) all, and at least two payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230 (b) of the DGCL. The exception in subsection (1) of the first sentence of this paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

Section 9.4    Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver of such notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice. All such waivers shall be kept with the books of the Corporation. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.5    Meeting Attendance via Remote Communication Equipment.

(a)    Stockholder Meetings. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(i)    participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(ii)    be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verity that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (C) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such votes or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b)    Board Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.6    Dividends. The Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends (payable in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock) on the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock, subject to applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designation relating to any series of preferred stock.

Section 9.7    Reserves. The Board may set apart out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. The Board may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

 

21


Section 9.8    Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board to make such designation.

Section 9.9    Contracts and Negotiable Instruments. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or other employee or employees of the Corporation as the Board may from time to time authorize. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President may execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President may delegate powers to execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to other officers or employees of the Corporation under such person’s supervision and authority, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

Section 9.10    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

Section 9.11    Seal. The Board may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

Section 9.12    Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept within or outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.

Section 9.13    Resignation. Any director, committee member or officer may resign by giving notice thereof in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time it is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 9.14    Surety Bonds. Such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (if any) as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board may direct, from time to time, shall be bonded for the faithful performance of their duties and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation, in such amounts and by such surety companies as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board may determine. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Corporation and the bonds so furnished shall be in the custody of the Secretary.

Section 9.15    Securities of Other Entities. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents in writing and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any officers authorized by the Board. Any such officer, may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation or entity in which the Corporation may own securities, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such corporation or entity, and at any such meeting or with respect to any such consent shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed. The Board may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

22


Section 9.16    Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. In addition to the provisions for the use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws and subject to applicable law, facsimile signatures and other forms of electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used.

Section 9.17    Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9.18    Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, any other applicable law or the Nomination Agreement, the provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws shall be construed to conform to the applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, other applicable law or the Nomination Agreement, as the case may be, the applicable provisions of which shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, so as to eliminate any such inconsistency.

Section 9.19    Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

23

Exhibit 4.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2021, is made and entered into by and among Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), THL Agiliti LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“THL Agiliti”), Thomas J. Leonard (the “Executive”), and the individuals listed as Other Holders on the signature pages hereto (the “Other Holders” and, together with THL Agiliti, the Executive and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Agreement, a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders are parties to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2019 (the “Existing Registration Rights Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the planned initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined below), the parties to the Existing Registration Rights Agreement wish to amend and restate such agreement with respect to the Common Stock and Warrants to purchase Common Stock (“Warrants”); and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

Affiliate” of any Person shall mean any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person and, in the case of an individual, also includes any member of such individual’s Family Group; provided that (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any Holder and (ii) no Holder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other Holder by reason of an investment in, or holding of Common Stock (or securities convertible or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) or Warrants of, the Company. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).


Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.3.1.

Beneficially Own” and correlative terms such as “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and shall be calculated in accordance therewith.

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Block Trade” shall mean an offering and/or sale of Registrable Securities by any Holder on a block trade basis (whether underwritten or otherwise) effected without substantial marketing efforts prior to the pricing, including, without limitation, a same day trade, overnight trade or similar transaction.

Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or requested by law to close.

Charitable Gifting Event” shall mean any transfer by THL Agiliti, or any subsequent transfer by THL Agiliti’s members, partners or other employees, in connection with a bona fide gift to any Charitable Organization on the date of, but prior to, the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten offering.

Charitable Organization” shall mean a charitable organization described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

Commission” or “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Company” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto and shall include its successor(s).

Demand Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1.

Demanding THL Holders shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

Executive” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

 

2


Executive Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) all shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of Rollover Options (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or pursuant to awards granted under the Company’s incentive plans) whether now held or hereafter acquired and (ii) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such share of Common Stock by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization, in each case held by the Executive.

Existing Registration Rights Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Family Group” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) and the spouses of such descendants, any trust, limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) or the spouses of such descendants.

FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Holdback Period” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.4.1.

Holders shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning given in subsection 4.1.1.

Joinder” shall have the meaning given in subsection 5.2.1.

Long-Form Registrations” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1.

Losses” shall have the meaning given in subsection 4.1.1.

Maximum Number of Securities shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.4.

Misstatement shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading.

Other Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Other Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) all shares of Common Stock held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Holders or any of their Affiliates, and (ii) any other equity security of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to any such share of Common Stock by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization.

 

3


Person” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.2.1.

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Pro Rata” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.4.

Public Offering” shall mean any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

“Registrable Securities shall mean the THL Registrable Securities, the Executive Registrable Securities and the Other Registrable Securities; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (B) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for such securities not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (C) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (D) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule promulgated thereunder by the Commission) (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations) and represent beneficial ownership of less than 2.5% of the outstanding Common Stock; or (E) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than THL Agiliti or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 will be deemed not to be Registrable Securities.

Registration” shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

Registration Expenses shall mean any and all expenses of a Registration, regardless of whether the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, including, without limitation, the following:

(A) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Commission or FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed (or on which exchange the Common Stock is proposed to be listed in the case of the initial Public Offering);

 

4


(B) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

(C) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the Registration;

(D) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing Prospectuses and Company Free Writing Prospectuses);

(E) fees and disbursements of custodians, counsel for the Company and all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any “comfort” letters or any special audits incidental to or required by any registration or qualification);

(F) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice;

(G) reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Holders holding Registrable Securities included in each Registration Statement selected pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof;

(H) costs of printing and producing any agreements among Underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the Registration and the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities;

(I) fees and disbursements of Underwriters customarily paid by issuers of securities, including, if necessary, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (in each case, excluding underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes);

(J) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or THL Agiliti in connection with any Registration;

(K) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with the Registration; and

(L) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies.

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

5


Requesting Holder shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1.

Rule 144”, “Rule 158”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 403B” and “Rule 462” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale of the Company” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or group of related Persons (other than THL Agiliti and/or its Affiliates) in the aggregate acquires: (i) Common Stock of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect directors with a majority of the voting power of the Company’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s Common Stock) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering will not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Sale Transaction” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.4.1.

Securities” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.4.1.

Shelf Offering” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.3.2.

Shelf Offering Notice” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.3.2.

Shelf Registrable Securities” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.3.2.

Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.3.2.

Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.3.1.

Short-Form Registrations” shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.1.

Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Special Registration Statement” shall mean a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing securityholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company, (iv) for the registration of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of securities exercisable or convertible into Common Stock, or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of

 

6


the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

THL Agiliti” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

THL Registrable Securities shall mean (i) all shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of Warrants) whether now held or hereafter acquired, (ii) all Warrants whether now held or hereafter acquired, and (iii) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such share of Common Stock or Warrants by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization, in each case held by THL Agiliti or any of its Affiliates.

Underwriter shall mean a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

Underwritten Registration” or Underwritten Offering shall mean a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.

Violation” shall have the meaning given in subsection 4.1.1.

Warrants” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATIONS

2.1 Demand Registration for Non-Shelf Offerings

2.1.1 Request for Registration. Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.1.4 and Section 3.5 hereof, at any time and from time to time, the holders of a majority of the THL Registrable Securities (the “Demanding THL Holders”) may make a written demand for Registration of all or part of their respective Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”), if available, which written demand shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such Registration and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof (such written demand a “Demand Registration”). All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by THL

 

7


Agiliti. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form unless otherwise requested by THL Agiliti. The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of the Demand Registration, notify, in writing, all other Holders of Registrable Securities of such demand, and each Holder of Registrable Securities who thereafter wishes to include all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration (each such Holder that includes all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Registration, a “Requesting Holder”) shall so notify the Company, in writing, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company; provided that, with the written consent of THL Agiliti, the Company may, or at the written request of THL Agiliti, the Company shall, instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders within three (3) Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (defined below). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent a Requesting Holder also separately possesses Demand Registration rights pursuant to this subsection 2.1.1 but is not the Holder who exercised such Demand Registration rights, the exercise by such Requesting Holder of its rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not count as the exercise by it of one of its Demand Registration rights. Upon receipt by the Company of any written notification from a Requesting Holder(s) to the Company, such Requesting Holder(s) shall be entitled to have its Registrable Securities included in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration and the Company shall effect, as soon thereafter as practicable, but not more than twenty (20) days immediately after the Company’s receipt of the Demand Registration, the Registration of all Registrable Securities requested by the Demanding THL Holders and Requesting Holders pursuant to such Demand Registration. The holders of a majority of THL Registrable Securities will have the right to initiate up to three (3) Demand Registrations in a twelve-month period pursuant to this subsection 2.1.1 on behalf of the Holders of THL Registrable Securities; provided, however, that a Registration shall not be counted for such purposes unless the Registration Statement has become effective and all of the Registrable Securities requested by the Requesting Holders to be registered on behalf of the Requesting Holders in such Registration have been sold, in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Agreement; provided, further, that the Company will not be required to effect more than one Demand Registration in any consecutive 90-day period. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of the notice of Demand Registration and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such notice of Demand Registration without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

2.1.2 Effective Registration. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 2.1.1 above or any other part of this Agreement, a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration shall not count as a Registration (i) unless and until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration has been declared effective by the Commission and (ii) the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, further, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, an offering of Registrable Securities in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration is subsequently interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission, federal or state court or any other governmental agency the Registration Statement with respect to such Registration shall be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and

 

8


until, (a) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (b) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in the Registration elect to continue with such Registration and accordingly notify the Company in writing, but in no event later than five (5) days of such removal, rescission or termination, of such election; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated or required to file another Registration Statement until the Registration Statement that has been previously filed with respect to a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration becomes effective or is subsequently terminated.

2.1.3 [Reserved.]

2.1.4 Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration, in good faith, advises the Company, the Demanding THL Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding THL Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then the THL Registrable Securities, the Executive Registrable Securities and the Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Registration shall be included in such Underwritten Offering pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder thereof Beneficially Owns and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that such Holders Beneficially Own (such proportion is referred to herein as “Pro Rata”), in an aggregate amount up to the Maximum Number of Securities.

2.1.5 Demand Registration Withdrawal. Demanding THL Holders and Requesting Holders shall have the right to withdraw all or a portion of their Registrable Securities from a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such Registration (x) in the case of a Demand Registration not involving an Underwritten Offering, prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement or (y) in the case of any Demand Registration involving an Underwritten Offering, prior to the pricing of such Underwritten Offering. A notice of Demand Registration that has been revoked or withdrawn shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 2.1.5.

2.1.6 Limitation on Participation in Demand Registrations. The Company shall not grant to any other stockholders of the Company the right to request the Company to register any securities of the Company in a Demand Registration without the prior written consent of THL Agiliti.

 

9


2.2 Piggyback Registration.

2.2.1 Piggyback Rights. If the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the stockholders of the Company other than a Demand Registration governed by Section 2.1 or a Shelf Registration, Shelf Offering or Block Trade governed by Section 2.3), other than a Special Registration Statement, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not more than three (3) Business Days after the public filing of such Registration Statement, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice (such Registration a “Piggyback Registration”); provided that the Company shall not be required to provide such notice or include any Registrable Securities in such registration if THL Agiliti elects not to include any THL Registrable Securities in such registration, unless THL Agiliti otherwise consents in writing. The Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this subsection 2.2.1 to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such Registration and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof.

2.2.2 Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Registration that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of the Common Stock that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (i) the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with Persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, and (iii) the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then

(a) if the Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, the Company shall include in any such Registration (i) first, the Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the THL Registrable Securities, the Executive Registrable Securities and the Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Registration Pro Rata; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Stock, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and

 

10


(b) if the Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof), then the Company shall include in any such Registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included in the Registration by the holders initially requesting such registration which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the THL Registrable Securities, the Executive Registrable Securities and the Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Registration Pro Rata; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), other equity securities requested to be included by Persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities Pro Rata (calculated in the case of Persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities based upon such Person’s or entity’s Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock).

2.2.3 Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration. The Company (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may terminate or withdraw any Registration Statement initiated by it under this Section 2.2, whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such Registration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 2.2.3.

2.2.4 Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, any Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof shall not be counted as a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration effected under Section 2.1 hereof.

2.2.5 Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an Underwritten Offering, THL Agiliti shall select the legal counsel for the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

2.3 Shelf Registrations.

2.3.1 Demands for Shelf Registration. The Demanding THL Holders initiating a Demand Registration may request that the registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and, if the Company is a WKSI at the time any request for a Demand Registration is submitted to the Company, that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each such request for a Shelf Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the intended method of distribution, which shall permit, in addition to firm commitment Underwritten Offerings, any other lawful means of disposition of Registrable Securities. Within two (2) Business Days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other

 

11


Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities (defined below) that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Registration, and, subject to the terms of subsection 2.1.4, shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within seven (7) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. Until such time as all Registrable Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or the Company is no longer eligible to maintain a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will keep current and effective such Shelf Registration Statement and file such supplements or amendments to such Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary or appropriate in order to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and usable for the resale of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act.

2.3.2 Non-Underwritten Shelf Offerings. Subject to the provisions of Section Section 3.5 hereof, in the event that a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is effective, the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (other than an Underwritten Offering), Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such Registration Statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”), and shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) with respect to such offering specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that such Holders desire to sell pursuant to such offering (the “Shelf Offering”). A Holder’s election to sell Shelf Registrable Securities in a Shelf Offering that is not an Underwritten Offering shall not trigger any notification or participation rights hereunder.

2.3.3 Underwritten Shelf Offerings. The holders of a majority of the THL Registrable Securities shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell Shelf Registrable Securities pursuant to an Underwritten Offering, and shall make such election by delivering to the Company a Shelf Offering Notice with respect to such Underwritten Offering specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that such Holders desire to sell pursuant to such offering. As promptly as practicable, but no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of such Shelf Offering Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to subsection 2.3.6 and Section 3.5, shall include in such Shelf Offering the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Offering (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within seven (7) days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), use its best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the Shelf Offering Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in the Company’s notice regarding the Shelf Offering Notice without the prior written consent of the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities initiating such Shelf Offering until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

12


2.3.4 Block Trades. If Holders of a majority of the THL Registrable Securities included in a Registration Statement wish to engage in a Block Trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Registration Statement for a Shelf Offering), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in subsection 2.3.1 and subsection 2.3.3, such Holders shall notify the Company of the Block Trade Shelf Offering not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such offering is to commence. If such Block Trade is an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall promptly notify other Holders of Registrable Securities of such Block Trade Shelf Offering and such other Holders of Registrable Securities (each a “Potential Participant”) must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e. one (1) Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Holders of a majority of the THL Registrable Securities initiating the Block Trade) and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided that no holder of securities of the Company, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, shall be permitted to participate in an underwritten Block Trade Shelf Offering without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in the underwritten Block Trade. Any Potential Participant’s request to participate in an underwritten Block Trade Shelf Offering shall be binding on the Potential Participant.

2.3.5 Prospectus Supplements and Post-Effective Amendments. The Company shall, at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to effect a Shelf Offering.

2.3.6 Reduction of Shelf Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Registration pursuant to a Shelf Offering, in good faith, advises the Company, the Demanding THL Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding THL Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities then the Company shall include in any such Shelf Offering, Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of subsection 2.1.4.

2.3.7 Shelf Registration Withdrawals. Any Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw all or a portion of their Shelf Registrable Securities from a Shelf Offering for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw such Shelf Registrable Securities from such Shelf Offering prior to (x) in the case of a Shelf Offering not involving an Underwritten Offering, the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement or (y) in the case of any Shelf Registration involving an Underwritten Offering, prior to the pricing of such Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Shelf Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 2.3.7. All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 2.3 shall be determined by THL Agiliti, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur in accordance with such determinations as promptly as practicable.

 

13


2.4 Underwritten Offering. Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.1.4, subsection 2.2.2, subsection 2.3.6 and Section 3.5, if (i) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in a Demand Registration or a Shelf Registration or a Shelf Offering (including a Block Trade) so advise the Company as part of their Registration that the offering of the Registrable Securities shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering or (ii) the Company advises the Holders of Registrable Securities that a Piggyback Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, then the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All such Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through an Underwritten Offering shall comply with the requirements under Section 3.3. The Underwriter(s) for an Underwritten Offering shall be selected by THL Agiliti.

2.5 Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of THL Agiliti; provided that, with the prior approval of THL Agiliti, the Company may grant rights to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as they sign a Joinder as an “Executive” and Holder of “Executive Registrable Securities” hereunder.

ARTICLE III

COMPANY PROCEDURES

3.1 General Procedures. Whenever the Company is required to effect the Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

3.1.1 prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by THL Agiliti copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to review and comment of such counsel);

3.1.2 prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period ending when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such Registration Statement relates to

 

14


an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

3.1.3 furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (or preliminary Prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller or Registrable Securities and the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus;

3.1.4 use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may reasonably request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

3.1.5 (A) use best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange or automated quotation system and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

 

15


3.1.6 use best efforts to provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

3.1.7 notify each Holder of (A) the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each Registration Statement filed hereunder;

3.1.8 notify in writing the Holders (i) promptly after it receives notice of the date and time when such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a Prospectus or supplement to any Prospectus relating to a Registration Statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) promptly after it receives any request by the Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, or in the opinion of counsel for the Company does not comply with law, and, if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by THL Agiliti, then to use its best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain a Misstatement, and (iv) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement or other similar agreement relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

3.1.9 permit any Holders which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an Underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

3.1.10 use best efforts to obtain and deliver to the Underwriter(s) one or more “cold comfort” letters from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Registration, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request;

3.1.11 use its best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement, addressed to the Company, (B) on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, if such securities are being sold through Underwriters or, if such securities are not being sold through Underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of counsel representing the Company, dated such date, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the

 

16


Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as are customarily included in such opinions, (2) one or more “negative assurances letters” of counsel representing the Company, dated such date, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such negative assurance letter is being given as are customarily included in such negative assurance letters, and (3) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

3.1.12 enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting agreements, in usual and customary form) and take all such other actions as THL Agiliti or the Underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers of the Company and participating in “road shows,” investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and effecting a stock or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);

3.1.13 make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any Underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

3.1.14 take all actions to ensure that any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, Prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any Misstatements;

3.1.15 use best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Stock included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, and in the even any such order is issued, use best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

3.1.16 otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission);

 

17


3.1.17 if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

3.1.18 if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;

3.1.19 cooperate with the Holders covered by the Registration Statement and the managing Underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the Registration Statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing Underwriter or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

3.1.20 if requested by any managing Underwriter, include in any Prospectus or Prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing Underwriter;

3.1.21 take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

3.1.22 cooperate with each Holder covered by the Registration Statement and each Underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock are or are to be listed, and (B) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing Underwriter;

3.1.23 if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement that may be available at such time and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement that may be available at such time, and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and

 

18


3.1.24 if requested by any Demanding THL Holder, cooperate with such Demanding THL Holder and with the managing Underwriter or agent, if any, on reasonable notice to facilitate any Charitable Gifting Event and to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to permit any such recipient Charitable Organization to sell in the Underwritten Offering if it so elects.

3.2 Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations and related offerings (including Underwritten Offerings and Block Trades) shall be borne by the Company. In connection with each Demand Registration, each Piggyback Registration and each Shelf Offering that is an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall reimburse the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration for the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, or participating in such Piggyback Registration, as applicable, and for the reasonable fees and expenses of each additional counsel retained by any Holder for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion on behalf of such Holder in connection with any Underwritten Offering. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts and brokerage fees.

3.3 Requirements for Participation in Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering for equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “greenshoe” option requested by the Underwriters; provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such Registration) and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, stock powers, custody agreements, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing Underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3.1, this Section 3.3 and/or Section 3.4, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the Underwriters created thereby with respect to such Registration.

3.4 Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreements.

3.4.1 Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements. In connection with any Underwritten Offering and if requested by Underwriters managing such Underwritten Offering, each Holder shall enter into customary lock-up agreements with the managing Underwriter(s) of an Underwritten Offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by THL Agiliti. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that in connection with the initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an Underwritten Offering, not to (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be Beneficially Owned by such Holder in

 

19


accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”), (B) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (A) above, (C) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (A), (B) and (C) above, a “Sale Transaction”), or (D) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the earlier of the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been filed for such Underwritten Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final Prospectus for such offering in the case of the initial Public Offering, or (y) in case of all subsequent Underwritten Offerings, 90 days following the date of the final Prospectus for such offering (or, in each case, such shorter period of time as requested by the Underwriters managing such Underwritten Offering) (a “Holdback Period”), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by THL Agiliti. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this subsection 3.4.1 until the end of such Holdback Period.

3.4.2 Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) shall not file any Registration Statement for a Public Offering or cause any such Registration Statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities (other than as part of such Underwritten Offering or pursuant to a Special Registration Statement) during any Holdback Period and (ii) shall cause each holder of Securities and Other Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such Underwritten Offering, if otherwise permitted, unless THL Agiliti and the Underwriters managing the Underwritten Offering otherwise agree in writing, and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the Underwriter or Underwriters managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by THL Agiliti.

3.5 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event more than sixty (60) days, determined in good faith by the Board to be necessary for such purpose, or more than once in any 12-month period. In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 3.5 and shall not make use of the rights under this Section 3.5 more than once in any 12-month period.

 

20


3.6 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of the Common Stock held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the Commission), including providing any legal opinion. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

3.7 Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the Registration Statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

3.8 In-Kind Distributions. If THL Agiliti or any of their respective Affiliates seek to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of their respective Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company shall, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing Persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested and consistent with the Company’s obligations under the Securities Act.

3.9 Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statements for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and THL Agiliti does not request that its Registrable Securities be included in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of THL Agiliti, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that THL Agiliti may be added to such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of THL Agiliti, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.

3.10 Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such seller’s participating in such Registration.

 

21


3.11 Other. To the extent that any of the Demanding THL Holders is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Commission comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Article IV shall be applicable to the benefit of such Demanding THL Holder in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a holder and (ii) such Demanding THL Holder shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Demanding THL Holder.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

4.1 Indemnification.

4.1.1 The Company agrees to indemnify and hold free and harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, partners, stockholders or members, affiliates, consultants, fiduciaries, managers, employees, agents and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) caused by any of the following (each, a “Violation”): (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses, except insofar as any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in filing in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party, relating to such Indemnified Party, expressly for use therein. The Company shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties.

4.1.2 In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) from and against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact

 

22


required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and such Indemnified Party will reimburse the Company and such other indemnitees for any legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending such Losses, but only to the extent that the same arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such filing in reliance upon and in conformity with any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Indemnified Party, relating to such Indemnified Party, expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Company, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no Underwriter shall require any Holder of Registrable Securities to provide any indemnification other than that provided hereinabove in this Section 4.1.2, and if, despite the Company’s commercially reasonable efforts, an Underwriter requires any Holder of Registrable Securities to provide additional indemnification, such Holder may elect not to participate in such Underwritten Offering (but shall not have any claim against the Company as a result of such election).

4.1.3 Any Person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict or potential conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) and which settlement includes a statement or admission of fault or culpability on the part of such Indemnified Party or does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

4.1.4 The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or any officer, director, partner, stockholder, member or controlling Person of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of Registrable Securities.

 

23


4.1.5 If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 hereof from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the Indemnified Party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Loss shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or the Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder or any director, officer or controlling person thereof under this subsection 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in subsections 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceedings. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this subsection 4.1.5. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this subsection 4.1.5 from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.

5.2 Joinder; Additional Parties; Transfer of Registrable Securities.

5.2.1 Joinder. The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of THL Agiliti) permit any Person who acquires Common Stock (or rights to acquire Common Stock) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Stock held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e. THL Registrable Securities, Other Holder Registrable Securities or Executive Registrable Securities) and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e. THL Agiliti, Other Holder or Executive) in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.

 

24


5.2.2 Restrictions on Transfers. Prior to transferring any Registrable Securities to any Person (including, without limitation, by operation of law), the transferring Holder must first obtain the prior written consent of THL Agiliti, and if so obtained, cause the prospective transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder, except that such consent and Joinder shall not be required in the case of (i) a transfer to the Company, (ii) a transfer by THL Agiliti to its partners or members, (iii) a Public Offering, (iv) a sale pursuant to Rule 144 after the completion of the initial Public Offering and/or (v) a transfer in connection with a Sale of the Company. Any transfer or attempted transfer of Registrable Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement will be void, and the Company will not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Registrable Securities as the owner thereof for any purpose (but the Company will be entitled to enforce against such Person the obligations hereunder).

5.2.3 Legend. Each certificate (if any) evidencing any Registrable Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Registrable Securities (unless such Registrable Securities would no longer be Registrable Securities after such transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF _________ __, 20__ AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S EQUITYHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

The Company will imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Registrable Securities outstanding prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above will be removed from the certificates evidencing any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

5.3 Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (i) three Business Days after it is deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) when delivered in person to the recipient, (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (iv) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company at the address specified on the signature page hereto or any Joinder and to any Holder, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

 

25


Agiliti, Inc.

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439

Attention: Lee Neumann

Email: lee.neumann@agilitihealth.com

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle St.

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:    Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

                    Alexander M. Schwartz

Email:          robert.hayward@kirkland.com

                     alexander.schwartz@kirkland.com

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

5.4 Assignment: No Third Party Beneficiaries.

5.4.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not).

5.4.2 No term or provisions of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Persons that are not parties hereto, and no such other Persons shall have any rights or causes of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

5.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

5.6 Governing Law: Venue. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS AMONG NEW YORK RESIDENTS ENTERED INTO AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.

5.7 Amendments and Modifications. Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the written consent of the Company and THL Agiliti, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that materially and adversely affects a

 

26


Holder or group of Holders solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of the Company in a manner that is materially different from any other Holder or group of Holders shall require the consent of holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities of such group so adversely affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

5.8 Remedies. The parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

5.9 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.10 Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the Existing Registration Rights Agreement.

5.11 Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

5.12 MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

27


5.13 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

5.14 No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

5.15 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.

5.16 No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

5.17 Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing

 

28


using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

5.18 Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.19 Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

AGILITI, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

                                  

        Name:  
        Title:  
        Address:   6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439
  Attention: Lee Neumann
  Email: lee.neumann@agilitihealth.com

THL AGILITI LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

                                  

        Name:  
        Title:  
        Address:   c/o THL Agiliti LLC
  100 Federal Street, 25th Floor
  Boston, Massachusetts 02110
  Attention: Shari H. Wolkon
 

Arthur Price

  Email: swolkon@thl.com
 

aprice@thl.com

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXECUTIVE:

 

Thomas J. Leonard

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439
Email: tom.leonard@agilitihealth.com
OTHER HOLDERS:

 

Michael A. Bell

[Address]

 

Gary L. Gottlieb

[Address]

 

Henry A. McKinnell

[Address]

 

Paul M. Montrone

[Address]

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of __________________, 20__ (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the “Registration Agreement”), among ____________________, a [Delaware][corporation//limited liability company//limited partnership] (the “Company”), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, an [Other Holder // Executive] thereunder and the undersigned’s ____ [shares of Common Stock // Warrants] will be deemed for all purposes to be [Other // Executive] Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Address:  

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of
________________, 20___:
AGILITI, INC.
By:  

                 

Its:  

                 

Exhibit 10.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2021, by and among Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and THL Agiliti LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“THL Stockholder”). This Agreement shall become effective (the “Effective Date”) upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, THL Stockholder and the Company are parties to that certain Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2019 (the “Existing Agreement”);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, THL Stockholder owns more than 99% of the Common Stock of the Company;

WHEREAS, THL Stockholder is contemplating causing the Company to effect the IPO;

WHEREAS, in consideration of THL Stockholder agreeing to undertake the IPO, the Company has agreed to continue to permit THL Stockholder to designate persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, the consummation of the IPO, the Company and THL Stockholder wish to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the parties to this Agreement agrees as follows:

1. Board Nomination Rights.

(a) Upon the consummation of the IPO, the Existing Agreement shall be deemed to be amended and restated in its entirety and this Agreement shall be deemed to be effective.

(b) From the Effective Date, THL Stockholder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) 100% of the Total Number of Directors (as defined below), so long as THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 40% of the Original Amount of THL Stockholder, (ii) 40% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 30% and less than 40% of the Original Amount of THL Stockholder, (iii) 30% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 20% and less than 30% of the Original Amount of THL Stockholder, (iv) 20% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 10% and


less than 20% of the Original Amount of THL Stockholder, and (v) 1 Director (as defined below), in the event that THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount of THL Stockholder (such persons, the “Nominees”). For purposes of calculating the number of directors that THL Stockholder is entitled to designate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, any fractional amounts shall automatically be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g. 114 Directors shall equate to 2 Directors) and any such calculations shall be made after taking into account any increase in the Total Number of Directors.

(c) In the event that THL Stockholder has nominated less than the total number of designees, THL Stockholder shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 1(b), THL Stockholder shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable THL Stockholder to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board, or otherwise and (y) to designate such additional individuals nominated by THL Stockholder to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

(d) In addition to the nomination rights set forth in Section 1(b) above, from the Effective Date, for so long as THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount of THL Stockholder, THL Stockholder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate a person (a “Non-Voting Observer”) to attend meetings of the Board (including any meetings of any committees thereof) in a non-voting observer capacity. Any such Non-Voting Observer shall be permitted to attend all meetings of the Board. THL Stockholder shall have the right to remove and replace its Non-Voting Observer at any time and from time to time. The Company shall furnish to any Non-Voting Observer (i) notices of Board meetings no later than, and using the same form of communication as, notice of Board meetings are furnished to directors and (ii) copies of any materials prepared for meetings of the Board that are furnished to the directors no later than the time such materials are furnished to the directors; provided that failure to deliver notice, or materials, to such Non-Voting Observer in connection with such Non-Voting Observer’s right to attend and/or review materials with respect to, any meeting of the Board shall not, by itself, impair the validity of any action taken by such Board at such meeting. Such Non-Voting Observer shall be required to execute or otherwise become subject to any codes of conduct or confidentiality agreements of the Company generally applicable to directors of the Company or as the Company reasonably requests.

(e) The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Nominees and the Non-Voting Observer in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a director or a Non-Voting Observer and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board.

(f) “Beneficially Own” shall mean that a specified person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote shares of capital stock of the Company. “Affiliate” of any person shall mean any other person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person; where “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

 

2


(g) “Director” means any member of the Board.

(h) “Original Amount of THL Stockholder” means the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held, directly or indirectly, by THL Stockholder immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO, as such number may be adjusted from time to time for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar changes in the Company’s capitalization.

(i) “Total Number of Directors” means the total number of Directors comprising the Board.

(j) No reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock that THL Stockholder Beneficially Owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. At the Effective Date, the Board shall be comprised of eight members and the initial Nominees shall be Thomas J. Leonard, Darren M. Friedman, Joshua M. Nelson, Gary L. Gottlieb, Megan M. Preiner, John L. Workman, Michael A. Bell and Scott M. Sperling.

(k) In the event that any Nominee shall cease to serve for any reason, THL Stockholder shall be entitled to designate such person’s successor in accordance with this Agreement (regardless of THL Stockholder’s beneficial ownership in the Company at the time of such vacancy) and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor nominee; it being understood that any such designee shall serve the remainder of the term of the director whom such designee replaces.

(l) If a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such person’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, THL Stockholder shall be entitled to designate promptly another nominee and the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation.

(m) So long as THL Stockholder has the right to nominate Nominees under Section 1(b) or any such Nominee is serving on the Board, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to THL Stockholder, and the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Third Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Indemnity Agreement executed by each Nominee (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) shall at all times provide for indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

 

3


(n) At such time as the Company ceases to be a “controlled company” and is required by applicable law or the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) listing standards to have a majority of the Board comprised of “independent directors” (subject in each case to any applicable phase-in periods), THL Stockholder’s Nominees shall include a number of persons that qualify as “independent directors” under applicable law and the Exchange listing standards such that, together with any other “independent directors” then serving on the Board that are not Nominees, the Board is comprised of a majority of “independent directors.”

(o) So long as THL Stockholder has the right to nominate Nominees under Section 1(b), the number of members of the Board may not be increased or decreased without the prior written consent of THL Stockholder. Without limiting the foregoing, if the size of the Board is increased, THL Stockholder shall be entitled to nominate a number of Nominees to fill the newly created vacancies such that the total number of Nominees serving on the Board following such expansion will be equal to that number of Nominees that THL Stockholder would be entitled to nominate in accordance with Section 1(b) if such expansion occurred immediately prior to any meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board, and the Board shall appoint such Nominees to the Board.

(p) At any time that THL Stockholder shall have any nomination rights under Section 1, the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect THL Stockholder’s rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of THL Stockholder.

2. Company Obligations. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that prior to the date that THL Stockholder ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders (the “Board’s Slate”) for each election of directors; and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board (each, a “Director Election Proxy Statement”), and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board. THL Stockholder will promptly provide reporting to the Company after THL Stockholder ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, such that Company is informed of when this obligation terminates. The calculation of the number of Nominees that THL Stockholder is entitled to nominate to the Board’s Slate for any election of directors shall be based on the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by THL Stockholder (“THL Stockholder Voting Control”) immediately prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). Unless THL Stockholder notifies the Company otherwise prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to an election of directors, the Nominees for such election shall be presumed to be the same Nominees currently serving on the Board, and no further action shall be required of THL Stockholder for the Board to include such Nominees on the Board’s Slate; provided, that, in the event THL Stockholder is no longer entitled to nominate the full number of Nominees then

 

4


serving on the Board, THL Stockholder shall provide advance written notice to the Company, of which currently servicing Nominee(s) shall be excluded from the Board Slate, and of any other changes to the list of Nominees. If THL Stockholder fails to provide such notice prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), a majority of the independent directors then serving on the Board shall determine which of the Nominees of THL Stockholder then serving on the Board will be included in the Board’s Slate. Furthermore, the Company agrees for so long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the Exchange and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. The Company and THL Stockholder acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Company is a “controlled company.”

3. Committees. From and after the Effective Date hereof until such time as THL Stockholder ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, THL Stockholder shall have the right to designate a number of members of each committee of the Board equal to the nearest whole number greater than the product obtained by multiplying (a) the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by THL Stockholder and (b) the number of positions, including any vacancies, on the applicable committee, provided that any such designee shall be a director and shall be eligible to serve on the applicable committee under applicable law or listing standards of the Exchange, including any applicable independence requirements (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for newly public companies and for “controlled companies,” and any applicable phase-in periods). Any additional members shall be determined by the Board. Nominees designated to serve on a Board committee shall have the right to remain on such committee until the next election of directors, regardless of the level of THL Stockholder Voting Control following such designation. Unless THL Stockholder notifies the Company otherwise prior to the time the Board takes action to change the composition of a Board committee, and to the extent THL Stockholder has the requisite THL Stockholder Voting Control for THL Stockholder to nominate a Board committee member at the time the Board takes action to change the composition of any such Board committee, any Nominee currently designated by THL Stockholder to serve on a committee shall be presumed to be re-designated for such committee.

4. Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and THL Stockholder, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. THL Stockholder shall not be obligated to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement for any election of directors but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of its rights hereunder with respect to future elections; provided, however, that in the event THL Stockholder fails to nominate all (or

 

5


any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board shall be entitled to nominate individuals in lieu of such Nominees for inclusion in the Board’s Slate and the applicable Director Election Proxy Statement with respect to the election for which such failure occurred and THL Stockholder shall be deemed to have waived its rights hereunder with respect to such election. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5. Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of THL Stockholder. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6, nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

6. Assignment. Upon written notice to the Company, THL Stockholder may assign to any Affiliate of THL Stockholder (other than a portfolio company) all of its rights hereunder and, following such assignment, such assignee shall be deemed to be “THL Stockholder” for all purposes hereunder.

7. Indemnity.

(a) The Company hereby jointly and severally indemnifies and agrees to exonerate and hold the THL Stockholder, the investment funds managed by THL Stockholder and certain of its Affiliates (the “Manager Funds”), and each of their respective past, current and future partners, shareholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, consultants, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees and agents and each of the past, current and future partners, shareholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”), each of whom is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder, free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and expenses or any other amounts in connection therewith, including without limitation all actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) THL Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company or control or ability to influence the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than any such Indemnified Liabilities (x) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise out of any breach of this Agreement by an Indemnitee or its Affiliates or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnitee to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (y) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are directly caused by such Person’s willful misconduct), (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any services provided prior, on or after the date of this Agreement by THL Stockholder or its Affiliates to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. If and to the extent

 

6


that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason (other than as a result of the proviso), the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. For purposes of this Section 7(a), none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the second preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Company, then such payments shall be repaid by such Indemnitee to the Company.

(b) Any Indemnitee may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense. In any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding in which both of the Company, on the one hand, and an Indemnitee, on the other hand, is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, such Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company and to control its own defense of such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnitee, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Company, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other hand, that would make such separate representation advisable. The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable Indemnitee, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, suit, investigation, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnitee is a party thereto or has been threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the applicable Indemnitee and each other Indemnitee from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, suit, investigation, action or proceeding.

(c) The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. The Company hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any Indemnitee under this Agreement are primary and any obligation of any Manager Fund (or any Affiliate thereof other than the Company) to provide advancement or indemnification for the same Indemnified Liabilities (including all interest, assessment and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Indemnified Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), and if any Manager Fund (or any Affiliate thereof other than the Company) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, bylaws, charter or otherwise) with any Indemnitee, then (i) the Manager Fund (or such Affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall reimburse the Manager Fund (or such other Affiliate) for the payments actually made. The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (and covenants and agrees not to exercise, and to cause each Affiliate of the Company not to exercise), any claims or rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquire against any Indemnitee (in any capacity) that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or under any indemnification obligation (whether pursuant to any other contract, any organizational document or otherwise), including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to

 

7


participate in any claim or remedy of any Indemnitee against any Indemnitee, whether such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute, common law or otherwise, including any right to claim, take or receive from any Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security or other credit support on account of such claim, remedy or right. None of the Indemnitees will be liable to the Company or any of their Affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute willful misconduct or bad faith as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

8. Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

10. Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties agrees that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 17, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

14. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

8


15. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

16. Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

17. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

If to the Company:

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2604

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary

Facsimile: (952) 893-3200

If to THL Stockholder or any Nominee:

100 Federal Street, 35th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Arthur B. Price

Facsimile: (612) 227-3514

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

     Alexander M. Schwartz

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 17 during regular business hours.

18. Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto covenant and agree that the disinterested members of the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

                              

Name:
Title:
THL AGILITI, LLC
By:  

                              

Name:  
Title:  

A&R Director Nomination Agreement - Agiliti

Exhibit 10.15

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 20, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Thomas W. Boehning (“Executive”) and Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive, and Executive desires to be employed by the Company, on the terms set forth in this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment Term. The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby agrees to accept employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement commenced on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated pursuant to Section 9. The period during which Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “Term.”

2. Duties and Location. Executive shall have the title of President of the Company and shall have such duties, authorities and responsibilities as are consistent with such position and as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may designate from time to time. Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall devote his full working time and attention and Executive’s best efforts to Executive’s employment and service with the Company and shall perform Executive’s services in a capacity and in a manner consistent with Executive’s position for the Company; provided, that this Section 2 shall not be interpreted as prohibiting Executive from (i) managing Executive’s personal investments (so long as such investment activities are of a passive nature), (ii) engaging in charitable or civic activities, (iii) participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of non-profit organizations, or (iv) subject to approval by the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in their sole discretion, participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of for-profit organizations, in each case of (i) – (iv), so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, (a) materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, (b) create a fiduciary conflict, or (c) result in a violation of Section 14 of this Agreement. If requested, Executive shall also serve as an executive officer and/or board member of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company, without any additional compensation. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be in the State of Connecticut but Executive shall be required to travel to and render services at other Company locations, as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder.

3. Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at an annual rate of $475,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for employees as in effect from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to such increases (but not decreases) in base salary, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary.”


4. Annual Bonus. With respect to each calendar year during the Term, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award (the “Annual Bonus”) of eighty percent (80%) of Base Salary (“Target Bonus Opportunity”), based upon the Executive’s achievement and the Company’s achievement of annual performance targets established by the Board in its sole discretion after consultation with Executive at the beginning of each such calendar year. The Annual Bonus, if any, for each calendar year during the Term shall be paid to Executive at the same time that other senior executives of the Company receive annual bonus payments, but in no event earlier than January 1 and in no event later than April 15th of the year following the calendar year to which such Annual Bonus relates. Executive shall not be paid any Annual Bonus with respect to a calendar year unless Executive is employed with the Company through the end of the calendar year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

5. Equity Eligibility. Executive shall be eligible to receive stock options and other equity awards under the Company’s equity programs.

6. Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any benefit plans, including medical, disability and life insurance (but excluding any severance or bonus plans unless specifically referenced in this Agreement) offered by the Company as in effect from time to time (collectively, “Benefit Plans”), on the same basis as those generally made available to other senior executives of the Company, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan. The Company does not promise the adoption or continuance of any particular Benefit Plan and reserves the right to amend or cancel any Benefit Plan at any time in its sole discretion (subject to the terms of such Benefit Plan and applicable law).

7. Vacation. Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick time consistent with the Company’s executive paid time off policy.

8. Expense Reimbursement. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.

9. Termination of Employment. The Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated as follows:

(a) Automatically in the event of the death of Executive;

(b) At the option of the Company, by written notice to Executive or Executive’s personal representative in the event of the Disability of Executive. As used herein, the term “Disability” shall mean the Executive is disabled within the meaning of the Company’s long-term disability policy then in effect;

(c) At the option of the Company for Cause, on prior written notice to Executive;

(d) At the option of the Company at any time without Cause (provided that the assignment of this Agreement to, and assumption of this Agreement by, the purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be treated as a termination without Cause under this Section 9(d)), by delivering written notice of its determination to terminate to Executive;

 

2


(e) At the option of Executive for Good Reason;

(f) At the option of Executive without Good Reason, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to the Company (which the Company may, in its sole discretion, make effective as a resignation earlier than the termination date provided in such notice; provided that the Company shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary for such ninety (90) day period).

10. Payments by Virtue of Termination of Employment.

(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive For Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated at any time during the Term by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, subject to Section 10(d) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i) (A) within ten (10) days following such termination, (i) payment of Executive’s accrued and unpaid Base Salary, (ii) payment for any accrued but unused vacation days, (iii) payment of any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus with respect to the year prior to the year of termination and (iv) reimbursement of expenses under Section 8 of this Agreement, in each case of (i) through (iv), accrued through the date of termination and (B) all other accrued amounts or accrued benefits due to Executive in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance);

(ii) if the termination occurs prior to a Change in Control or more than two years after a Change in Control, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination and (B) Executive’s Target Bonus Opportunity for the year of termination, which sum shall be payable during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of termination (the “Severance Period”) in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time, provided, that the first payment pursuant to this Section 10(a)(ii) shall be made on the payment date (“Payment Date”) determined as (A) the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the second business day after the Release as set forth in Section 10(d) becomes effective and irrevocable (B) unless the sixty (60) day period following the Executive’s termination spans two calendar years in which event on the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the later of (i) the second business day after the Release becomes effective and irrevocable and (ii) the second business day of the second calendar year in such sixty (60) day period, and in all events payments shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior to the Payment Date; and

(iii) if the termination occurs on or within two years after a Change in Control, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twenty-four (24) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination and (B) two times the Executive’s Target Bonus Opportunity for the year of termination, which sum shall be payable in a lump sum on the Payment Date; and

 

3


(iv) an amount equal to the pro-rata portion of Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days the Executive is employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination (or the end of the month preceding such termination if such performance is generally determined as of the end of the month), payable in a lump-sum on the Payment Date (“Pro-rata Bonus”); and

(v) a lump sum payment on the Payment Date equivalent to the amount the COBRA premium would be for Executive for the health coverage Executive had prior to the termination (for Executive and his family to the extent applicable) multiplied by (A) twelve (12) if the termination of employment occurs prior to a Change in Control or more than two years after a Change in Control or (B) twenty four (24) if the termination of employment occurs on or within two years following a Change in Control. Executive may but is not required to elect continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) to receive the payment in this Section 10(a)(v); and

(vi) options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would otherwise vest during the twelve (12) months following such termination of employment will vest in full immediately upon such termination of employment; and

(vii) performance restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program will vest based on actual performance through the date of Executive’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after Executive’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company (last previously approved by the Board prior to the Executive’s termination of employment and after consultation with the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Company), with the Shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days the Executive would have been employed during the performance period if the Executive had remained employed through the first anniversary of the termination of his employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period.

(b) Termination by the Company With Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause during the Term or Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement. In addition, if the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive a Pro-rata Bonus.

(c) Termination due to Executive’s Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment terminates during the Term due to death or Disability, Executive or Executive’s legal representatives, as applicable, shall be entitled to (i) an amount equal to the sum of twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination, (ii) the Pro-rata Bonus, and (iii) the payments and benefits described under Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

4


(d) Conditions to Payment. All payments and benefits due to Executive under this Section 10 which are not otherwise required by applicable law shall be payable only if Executive executes and delivers to the Company a general release of claims in a form substantially as set forth on Attachment A (“Release”) and such Release is no longer subject to revocation (to the extent applicable), in each case, within sixty (60) days following termination of employment. Failure to timely execute and return such Release or revocation thereof shall be a waiver by Executive of Executive’s right to severance (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any amounts described in Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement). In addition, severance shall be conditioned on Executive’s continued compliance with Section 14 of this Agreement as provided in Section 16 below.

(e) No Other Severance. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that, other than the severance payments described in this Section 10 upon the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not be entitled to any other severance payments or benefits of any kind under any Company benefit plan, severance policy generally available to the Company’s employees or otherwise and all other rights of Executive to compensation under this Agreement shall end as of such date.

11. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

(b) “Cause” shall mean, (i) the commission by Executive of, or the indictment of Executive for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) Executive’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of his employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to Executive, (iii) Executive’s material breach of fiduciary duty, (iv) Executive’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with Executive’s duties, (v) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (vi) Executive’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (vii) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Executive that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (viii) material breach by Executive of any provisions of this Agreement.

(c) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any of the following events:

(i) any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (“Person”) has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either (A) the then-outstanding Shares (“Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); or

 

5


(ii) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation or entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation or entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation or equity of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation or entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or comparable governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) immediately prior to the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) any material diminution in Executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties; provided that in the event of Executive’s Disability, the Company’s appointment of an interim President shall not constitute a diminution of Executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, (ii) any reduction in Executive’s (x) Base Salary or (y) Target Bonus Opportunity (except in the event of an across the board reduction in Base Salary or Target Bonus Opportunity applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company), or (iii) a relocation of Executive’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles; provided, that no event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) shall constitute Good Reason unless (A) Executive has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (B) Executive has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.

 

6


12. Return of Company Property. Within ten (10) days following the effective date of Executive’s termination for any reason, Executive or Executive’s personal representative shall, return all property of the Company or any of its Affiliates in Executive’s possession, including, but not limited to, all Company-owned computer equipment (hardware and software), telephones, facsimile machines, tablet computers and other communication devices, credit cards, office keys, security access cards, badges, identification cards and all copies (including drafts) of any documentation or information (however stored) relating to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s or any of its Affiliates’ customers and clients or their respective prospective customers or clients. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to retain (i) personal papers and other materials of a personal nature; (ii) information showing Executive’s compensation or relating to reimbursement of expenses, and (iii) copies of plans, programs and agreements relating to Executive’s employment, or termination thereof, with the Company which he received in Executive’s capacity as a participant; provided, that, in each case of (i) – (iii), such papers or materials do not include Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined in Section 14(a)).

13. Resignation as Officer or Director. Upon the effective date of any Executive’s termination, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned, to the extent applicable, as an officer of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or similar governing body of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and as a fiduciary of any Company benefit plan. On or immediately following the effective date of any such termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall confirm the foregoing by submitting to the Company in writing a confirmation of Executive’s resignation(s).

14. Confidentiality; Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition.

(a) Confidential and Proprietary Information. The Executive agrees that during and at all times after the Term, the Executive will keep secret all confidential matters and materials of the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates), including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, real estate plans and practices, individual office results, customer lists, pricing policies, operational methods, any information relating to the Company (including any of its subsidiaries and affiliates) products, processes, customers and services and other business and financial affairs of the Company (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), to which the Executive had or may have access and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any person, other than (i) the Company, its respective authorized employees and such other persons to whom the Executive has been instructed to make disclosure by the Board, (ii) as appropriate (as determined by the Executive in good faith) to perform his duties hereunder, or (iii) in compliance with legal process or regulatory requirements. “Confidential Information” will not include any information which is in the public domain during or after the Term, provided such information is not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure by the Executive in violation of this Employment Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether above or jointly with others) while employed by the Company or its

 

7


predecessors and its subsidiaries (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or such subsidiary. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or will be used in any way to limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency or seek and obtain a whistleblower award from a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, including Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Further, 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

(b) Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that during Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year commencing with the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s behalf or the behalf of a third party, hire, solicit, persuade or induce to leave, or attempt to do any of the foregoing, any person who is employed by, or performing services as an independent contractor for, the Company or any of its Affiliates as of the date of Executive’s termination (or who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding Executive’s date of termination).

(c) Non-Competition. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, be employed by or otherwise provide services for, including, but not limited to, as a consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity, or own or invest in (other than ownership for investment purposes of less than two percent (2%) of a publicly traded company) any company or other entity or organization engaged in the business of renting medical equipment products and providing various services related to medical and veterinary equipment including, without limitation, asset recovery and equipment brokerage, biomedical services, asset management, equipment outsourcing and maintenance and repair of medical equipment in the United States of America.

(d) Tolling. In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 14, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 14 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.

 

8


15. Cooperation. From and after Executive’s termination of employment, Executive shall provide Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder, provided, that the Company shall reimburse Executive for Executive’s reasonable costs and expenses (including legal counsel selected by Executive and reasonably acceptable to the Company) and such cooperation shall not unreasonably burden Executive or unreasonably interfere with any subsequent employment that Executive may undertake.

16. Injunctive Relief and Specific Performance. Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s covenants under Sections 12, 14 and 15 are special and unique and that the Company and its Affiliates may suffer irreparable harm if Executive breaches any of Sections 12, 14, or 15 because monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company and its Affiliates for the breach of any of these sections. Accordingly, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, be entitled to obtain specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief by a federal or state court in Minnesota to enforce the provisions of Sections 12, 14 and/or 15 without the necessity of posting a bond or proving actual damages, without liability should such relief be denied, modified or vacated. Each party shall be responsible for his or its own attorney’s fees in respect of any such action or proceeding. Additionally, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of Section 14, in addition to all other available legal and equitable rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to cease making payments, if any, being made pursuant to Section 10(a)(ii) hereunder. Executive also recognizes that the territorial, time and scope limitations set forth in Section 14 are reasonable and are properly required for the protection of the Company and its Affiliates and in the event that any such territorial, time or scope limitation is deemed to be unreasonable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company and Executive agree, and Executive submits, to the reduction of any or all of said territorial, time or scope limitations to such an area, period or scope as said court shall deem reasonable under the circumstances.

17. Miscellaneous.

(a) All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective when delivered by hand or mailed by (i) certified mail, postage and fees prepaid, or (ii) nationally recognized overnight express mail service, as follows:

If to the Company:

Agiliti, Inc.

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, MN 55439

Attn: General Counsel

If to Executive:

At his home address as then shown in the Company’s personnel records, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

9


(b) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assigned by the Executive. Any purported assignment by the Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.    

(c) Except with respect to equity awards granted concurrent herewith on the Effective Date, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and their affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, including without limitation term sheets, offer letters, and drafts thereof, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. No promises, statements, understandings, representations or warranties of any kind, whether oral or in writing, express or implied, have been made to Executive by any person or entity to induce him to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein, and Executive is not relying upon any promises, statements, understandings, representations, or warranties other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

(d) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party charged with waiver. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver, unless so provided in the waiver.

(e) If any provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions (or portions thereof) shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and of full force and effect. If any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereto agree that such invalid or unenforceable restriction shall be deemed modified so that it shall be valid and enforceable to the greatest extent permissible under law, and if such restriction cannot be modified so as to make it enforceable or valid, such finding shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

(f) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

(g) The section or paragraph headings or titles herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. The parties have jointly participated in the drafting of this Agreement, and the rule of construction that a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be applied. The terms “including,” “includes,” “include” and words of like import shall be construed broadly as if followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and words of like import refer to this entire Agreement instead of just the provision in which they are found.

 

10


(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(i) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will the Company, any of its affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, agents, attorneys, employees, executives, shareholders, investors, members, managers, trustees, fiduciaries, representatives, principals, accountants, insurers, successors or assigns be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.

(ii) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “terminate,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of his employment is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of termination or, if earlier, ten business days following the Executive’s death (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive during the period between the date of termination and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) All reimbursements for costs and expenses under this Agreement shall be paid in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurs such expense. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursements or in-kind, benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.

(iv) If under this Agreement, an amount is paid in two or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

11


(i) This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce or avoid this Agreement, or otherwise arising from or under the terms of this Agreement, shall be brought only in a state or federal court located in the State of Minnesota. The parties hereby irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction of such courts, acknowledge the propriety of the venue there, and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue.

(j) Other than the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement, any dispute, controversy, or claim between the Executive, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, arising out of, under, pursuant to, or in any way relating to this Agreement and Executive’s employment shall be submitted to and resolved by confidential and binding arbitration (“Arbitration”), administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and conducted pursuant to the rules then in effect of the AAA governing commercial disputes. The Arbitration hearing shall take place in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Such Arbitration shall be before three neutral arbitrators (the “Panel”) licensed to practice law and familiar with commercial disputes. Any award rendered in any Arbitration shall be final and conclusive upon the parties to the Arbitration and not subject to judicial review, and the judgment thereon may be entered in the highest court of the forum (state or federal) having jurisdiction over the issues addressed in the Arbitration, but entry of such judgment will not be required to make such award effective. The Panel may enter a default decision against any party who fails to participate in the Arbitration. The administration fees and expenses of the Arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties to the Arbitration; provided that each party shall pay for and bear the cost of his/her/its own experts, evidence, and attorney’s fees, except that, in the discretion of the Panel, any award may include the costs of a party’s counsel and/or its share of the expense of Arbitration if the Panel expressly determines that an award of such costs is appropriate to the party whose position substantially prevails in such Arbitration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no party shall be entitled to an award of special, punitive, or consequential damages. To submit a matter to Arbitration, the party seeking redress shall notify in writing, in accordance with Section 17(a) of this Agreement, the party against whom such redress is sought, describe the nature of such claim, the provision of this Agreement that has been allegedly violated and the material facts surrounding such claim. The Panel shall render a single written, reasoned decision. The decision of the Panel shall be binding upon the parties to the Arbitration, and after the completion of such Arbitration, the parties to the Arbitration may only institute litigation regarding the Agreement for the sole purpose of enforcing the determination of the Arbitration hearing or, with respect to the Company, to seek injunctive or equitable relief pursuant to Section 16 of this Agreement. The Panel shall have exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability or formation of this agreement to arbitrate, including any claim that all or part of this Agreement is void or voidable and any claim that an issue is not subject to arbitration. All proceedings conducted pursuant to this agreement to arbitrate, including any order, decision or award of the arbitrator, shall be kept confidential by all parties except to the extent such disclosure is required by law, or in a proceeding to enforce any rights under this Agreement.

 

12


EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, HE IS WAIVING ANY RIGHT THAT HE MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OR A COURT TRIAL RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(k) Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he/she is bound and (ii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive on and after the Effective Date, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel or other advisor of his choice and has done so regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement, that he is entering into this Agreement knowingly, voluntarily, and of his own free will, that he is relying on his own judgment in doing so, and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

(l) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any Federal, state and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.

(m) The covenants and obligations of the Company under Sections 10, 15, 16 and 17 hereof, and the covenants and obligations of Executive under Sections 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 hereof, shall continue and survive any expiration of the Term, termination of Executive’s employment or any termination of this Agreement.

(n) Representation by Counsel. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive was represented by counsel in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s principal place of business and headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and even though Executive may not be physically located in the State of Minnesota at all times for the performance of all of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, Executive will be required to travel routinely to Minnesota on business on behalf of the Company and Executive’s employment is effectively providing services to the Company within the State of Minnesota. Executive acknowledges and agrees that any equity awards made pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or any successor plan, will be subject to restrictive covenants, governing law, and dispute provisions set forth therein, to which Executive shall be bound in all respects. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that pursuant to Section 925 of the California Labor Code, (i) Executive has waived the application of California law to this Agreement and any proceeding, (ii) Executive has waived any right to have any proceeding adjudicated in California, and (iii) Executive acknowledges and agrees that any Proceeding shall not be deemed to be a controversy arising in California.

[signature page follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

/s/ ROBERT L. CREVISTON

  By:    Robert L. Creviston
  Title: Chief Human Resources Officer
 

/s/ THOMAS W. BOEHNING

  Thomas W. Boehning

 


ATTACHMENT A

This Release (“Release”) between Agiliti, Inc. (hereinafter “Company”) and you relate to your termination from employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, which will be effective on ___________ (“Termination Date”).

Release of Claims

In consideration of and subject to the performance by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates of its obligations under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement, entered into effective as of March 5, 2019 between you the Company, you agree on your own behalf and on behalf of anyone claiming rights through you, to fully and finally release, waive and forever discharge the Company, its subsidiaries and other affiliates, successors, past and present officers, directors, committees, employees, insurers, agents, attorneys, associates and employee benefit plans (collectively “Released Parties”) from all claims, demands or causes of action arising out of facts or occurrences before and as of the date of this Release, whether known or unknown to you; however, you are not prohibited from pursuing claims for any employee benefit vested and accrued in your favor as of your Termination Date.

You agree that this Release is intended to be broadly construed so as to resolve any pending and potential disputes between you and the Released Parties that you have up to the date of your acceptance of this Release, whether such disputes are known or unknown to you, including, but not limited to, claims based on express or implied contract; any administrative agency action or proceeding to the extent allowed by law; any action arising in tort, including, but not limited to interference with contractual or business relationships, breach of fiduciary duty, promissory or equitable estoppel, invasion of privacy, libel, slander, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, or negligence; any or all claims for wrongful discharge, breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and any and all claims including but not limited to those based on the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Employment Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the State of Minnesota Human Rights Act, other applicable state human rights laws and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation, ordinance or order. The above release of claims does not include any claims that the law does not allow to be waived or any claims that may arise after the date you sign this Release, nor does it prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with, or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, you release and waive any right you may have to obtain monetary relief or compensation awarded by the EEOC. You further agree to not voluntarily assist or participate in any lawsuits brought by other individuals against the Released Party, unless such assistance is requested by the Company or the Released Party.

Acceptance of this Release

You acknowledge that, before signing this Release, you were given a period of at least [21][45] days from the date of receipt of this Release to consider it. To accept the terms of this Release, you must sign and date it within the [21][45]-day consideration period or by the end of the workday on your Termination Date, whichever is later. You may not sign this Release before your Termination Date. After you have signed and dated this Release, you must send or return it to the Company by hand or by mail within the [21][45]-day period that you have to consider it. Any changes to this Release whether material or not will not restart the running of the [21][45]-day period.

 

1


To accept this Release, sign and return it to the Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439

If you choose to return this Release by mail, it must be properly addressed and postmarked within the [21][45]-day consideration period and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid.

If you sign this Release before the end of the [21][45]-day consideration period, it will be your voluntary decision to do so because you have decided that you do not need any additional time to decide whether to sign it. You waive any right you might have to additional time beyond the [21][45]-day consideration period within which to consider this Release.

You have been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before signing this Release and this sentence constitutes such advice in writing.

Rescission of this Release

At any time for a period of 15 days after you have signed this Release (not counting the day you signed it), you may rescind it. This Release will not become effective or enforceable until the 15-day rescission period has expired without you rescinding it. To rescind your acceptance, you must send by mail or hand-deliver a written, signed statement of rescission of your acceptance to the Company within the 15-day rescission period. Any statement of recession of acceptance must be directed to the Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439. If you choose to return it by mail, it must be properly addressed and postmarked within 15 days after you signed the Release and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid.

Governing Law and Construction

This Release may not be changed, except in a writing that details the change and is signed by both you and the Company.

This Release will be governed and enforced solely under the laws of the State of Minnesota, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof. If any portion of this Release is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, that portion will be deemed omitted and the remainder of this Release will remaining effect.

Remedies for Breach

If you breach or challenge the enforceability of this Release and do not prevail, you agree to reimburse the Company for any monetary consideration received by you pursuant to this Release and you agree to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs that the Company incurs in enforcing this Release; provided, however, that this provision has no applicability to claims that cannot be waived under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, including the right to challenge whether this Release constitutes a knowing and voluntary waiver of claims within the meaning of the Act.

 

2


Acknowledgement

By my signature below, I acknowledge and certify that:

 

a.

I have read and understand all of the terms of this Release and do not rely on any representation or statement, written or oral, not set forth in this Release; specifically, I understand that this Release includes a waiver and release of legal rights I may have;

 

b.

I have had a reasonable period of time to consider this Release;

 

c.

I am signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily and without pressure, and after having given the matter full and careful consideration;

 

d.

I have been advised to consult with an attorney of my choosing before signing this Release and I have had the opportunity to do so;

 

e.

I have the right to consider the terms of this Release for at least [21][45] days and if I take fewer than [21][45] days to review this Release, I hereby waive any and all rights to the balance of the [21][45]-day review period;

 

f.

I have the right to revoke this Release within 15 days after signing it, by providing written notice of revocation directed to Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439. If I revoke this Release during this 15-day period, it becomes null and void in its entirety; and

 

g.

This Release is not effective if it is signed before my Termination Date.

 

3


If you accept this Release, please sign both copies, and then return both signed original copies to Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439 for countersignature. We will send you a fully executed original for your records.

 

AGILITI, INC.      THOMAS W. BOEHNING

 

    

 

Date:  

                          

     Date:   

                                                      

 

4

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

January 31, 2020

Dear David,

I am pleased to extend an offer to join Agiliti Health, Inc. as a Vice President, located in Home Office and reporting to Tom Leonard, effective January 31st, 2020. This offer is contingent upon completion of Agiliti’s acquisiton of Mobile Instrument Service & Repair Inc.

This letter and the enclosed materials provide important employment information. To indicate your acceptance of the terms and conditions of this offer, please sign and return to recruiting@agilitihealth.com or fax to (952) 607-3112.

It is with great pleasure that Agiliti offers you the following:

 

   

Annual salary of $350,000

 

   

Under the discretion of the Agiliti leadership team, you will be eligible for an annual bonus targeted at 50% of base salary ($175,000) depending on the company’s performance.

 

   

$75,000 of your target bonus will be paid quarterly, based on MISR performance and capped at 100%.

 

   

The remaining porition of your target bonus will fall under the Agiliti Management Incentive plan, paid annually. Full bonus achievement is based on Agiliti company results.

 

   

Benefits – You will be entitled to the following:

 

   

Vacation – You will be entitled to four weeks of vacation (which may be taken at such times and in such increments as you may choose.) There shall be no carryover of unused vacation from any period to another period

 

   

Health Insurance – You will remain on MISR health insurance plans through December 31, 2020, according to your current elections. Starting January 1, 2021, you will be eligible to participate in the Agiliti health and welfare plans.

 

   

You will be responsible for the employee portion of the premium. This amount will be offset by providing you a subsidy on your paycheck. The subsidy for 2020 will cover 100% of the employee portion. This subsidy will reduce by 25% each year with you being responsible for the full employee contribution beginning in 2024.

 

   

Your years of service with Agiliti Health, Inc. will be calculated upon your hire date with Mobile Instrument Service & Repair Inc.

 

   

You are eligible to participate in the Agiliti 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Participation and awards will be subject to Board approval, based upon your role and subject to the terms of the Plan. Pending approval by the Board of Directors, you will be eligible for an annual equity grant with an approximate valuation of $175,000 at the grant date. In addition to the annual grant, you will be eligible for a one-time Founder’s Grant with an approximate valuation of $450,000. We anticipate these grants to be awarded in March 2020.

 

   

You are eligible for the Agiliti Health Inc. Severance Plan. Plan document available upon request.


*Note that compensation and benefits may change at any time, at the company’s discretion and benefits are governed by the terms of the applicable plans and policies.

Once you begin employment with Agiliti you’ll be required to complete an I-9 form and a Healthcare Sanctions verification.

Please be aware that employment with Agiliti is at-will, which means that there is no guarantee of employment for any specific period and either you or Agiliti may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice.

We believe that you can contribute to the success of Agiliti and we sincerely hope that you will accept this offer and join us. Again, to do so please sign, fax or email the letter to recruiting@agilitihealth.com or (952) 607-3112.

If you have any questions, please contact recruiting@agilitihealth.com immediately.

Sincerely,

Bob Creviston

Chief Human Resources Officer

 

Read and accepted: /s/ DAVID L. ANBARI                                                Date: January 29, 2020

Exhibit 10.17

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 5, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Thomas J. Leonard (“Executive”) and Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive, and Executive desires to be employed by the Company, on the terms set forth in this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment Term. The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby agrees to accept employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement commenced on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated pursuant to Section 9. The period during which Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “Term.”

2. Duties and Location. Executive shall have the title of Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have such duties, authorities and responsibilities as are consistent with such position and as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may designate from time to time. Executive shall report directly to the Board. The Company shall appoint Executive a member of the Board and shall nominate and recommend the Executive for election as a member of the Board at each stockholders’ meeting occurring during the Term where the election of directors is scheduled. Executive shall devote his full working time and attention and Executive’s best efforts to Executive’s employment and service with the Company and shall perform Executive’s services in a capacity and in a manner consistent with Executive’s position for the Company; provided, that this Section 2 shall not be interpreted as prohibiting Executive from (i) managing Executive’s personal investments (so long as such investment activities are of a passive nature), (ii) engaging in charitable or civic activities, (iii) participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of non-profit organizations, or (iv) subject to approval by the Board in its sole discretion, participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of for-profit organizations, in each case of (i) – (iv), so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, (a) materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, (b) create a fiduciary conflict, or (c) result in a violation of Section 14 of this Agreement. If requested, Executive shall also serve as an executive officer and/or board member of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company, without any additional compensation. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be in the greater San Diego, California area but Executive shall be required to travel to and render services at other Company locations, as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder. The Company will establish a satellite office in the greater San Diego, California area to support Executive and others working in the San Diego, California area.

3. Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at an annual rate of $750,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for employees as in effect from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to such increases (but not decreases) in base salary, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary.”


4. Annual Bonus. With respect to each calendar year during the Term, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award (the “Annual Bonus”) of one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary (“Target Bonus Opportunity”), based upon the Executive’s achievement and the Company’s achievement of annual performance targets established by the Board in its sole discretion after consultation with Executive at the beginning of each such calendar year. The Annual Bonus, if any, for each calendar year during the Term shall be paid to Executive at the same time that other senior executives of the Company receive annual bonus payments, but in no event earlier than January 1 and in no event later than April 15th of the year following the calendar year to which such Annual Bonus relates. Executive shall not be paid any Annual Bonus with respect to a calendar year unless Executive is employed with the Company through the end of the calendar year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

5. Equity Eligibility. Executive shall be eligible to receive stock options and other equity awards under the Company’s equity programs.

6. Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any benefit plans, including medical, disability and life insurance (but excluding any severance or bonus plans unless specifically referenced in this Agreement) offered by the Company as in effect from time to time (collectively, “Benefit Plans”), on the same basis as those generally made available to other senior executives of the Company, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan. The Company does not promise the adoption or continuance of any particular Benefit Plan and reserves the right to amend or cancel any Benefit Plan at any time in its sole discretion (subject to the terms of such Benefit Plan and applicable law).

7. Vacation. Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick time consistent with the Company’s executive paid time off policy.

8. Expense Reimbursement. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.

9. Termination of Employment. The Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated as follows:

(a) Automatically in the event of the death of Executive;

(b) At the option of the Company, by written notice to Executive or Executive’s personal representative in the event of the Disability of Executive. As used herein, the term “Disability” shall mean the Executive is disabled within the meaning of the Company’s long-term disability policy then in effect;

(c) At the option of the Company for Cause, on prior written notice to Executive;

 

2


(d) At the option of the Company at any time without Cause (provided that the assignment of this Agreement to, and assumption of this Agreement by, the purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be treated as a termination without Cause under this Section 9(d)), by delivering written notice of its determination to terminate to Executive;

(e) At the option of Executive for Good Reason;

(f) At the option of Executive without Good Reason, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to the Company (which the Company may, in its sole discretion, make effective as a resignation earlier than the termination date provided in such notice; provided that the Company shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary for such ninety (90) day period).

10. Payments by Virtue of Termination of Employment.

(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive For Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated at any time during the Term by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, subject to Section 10(e) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i) (A) within ten (10) days following such termination, (i) payment of Executive’s accrued and unpaid Base Salary, (ii) payment for any accrued but unused vacation days, (iii) payment of any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus with respect to the year prior to the year of termination and (iv) reimbursement of expenses under Section 8 of this Agreement, in each case of (i) through (iv), accrued through the date of termination and (B) all other accrued amounts or accrued benefits due to Executive in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance);

(ii) if the termination occurs prior to a Change in Control or more than two years after a Change in Control, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination and (B) Executive’s Target Bonus Opportunity for the year of termination, which sum shall be payable during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of termination (the “Severance Period”) in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time, provided, that the first payment pursuant to this Section 10(a)(ii) shall be made on the payment date (“Payment Date”) determined as (A) the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the second business day after the Release as set forth in Section 10(e) becomes effective and irrevocable (B) unless the sixty (60) day period following the Executive’s termination spans two calendar years in which event on the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the later of (i) the second business day after the Release becomes effective and irrevocable and (ii) the second business day of the second calendar year in such sixty (60) day period, and in all events payments shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior to the Payment Date; and

(iii) if the termination occurs on or within two years after a Change in Control, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twenty-four (24) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination and (B) two times the Executive’s Target Bonus Opportunity for the year of termination, which sum shall be payable in a lump sum on the Payment Date; and

 

3


(iv) an amount equal to the pro-rata portion of Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days the Executive is employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination (or the end of the month preceding such termination if such performance is generally determined as of the end of the month), payable in a lump-sum on the Payment Date (“Pro-rata Bonus”); and

(v) a lump sum payment on the Payment Date equivalent to the amount the COBRA premium would be for Executive for the health coverage Executive had prior to the termination (for Executive and his family to the extent applicable) multiplied by (A) twelve (12) if the termination of employment occurs prior to a Change in Control or more than two years after a Change in Control or (B) twenty four (24) if the termination of employment occurs on or within two years following a Change in Control. Executive may but is not required to elect continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) to receive the payment in this Section 10(a)(v); and

(vi) options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would otherwise vest during the twelve (12) months following such termination of employment will vest in full immediately upon such termination of employment; and

(vii) performance restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program will vest based on actual performance through the date of Executive’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after Executive’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company (last previously approved by the Board prior to the Executive’s termination of employment and after consultation with the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Company), with the Shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days the Executive would have been employed during the performance period if the Executive had remained employed through the first anniversary of the termination of his employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period.

(b) Termination by the Company With Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause during the Term or Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement. In addition, if the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive a Pro-rata Bonus.

(c) Termination due to Executive’s Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment terminates during the Term due to death or Disability, Executive or Executive’s legal representatives, as applicable, shall be entitled to (i) an amount equal to the sum of twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination, (ii) the Pro-rata Bonus, and (iii) the payments and benefits described under Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

4


(d) Termination pursuant to Transition Plan. Without limitation on the payment and benefits pursuant to Section 10(a), if the Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with an orderly transition plan coordinated with the Board, subject to Section 10(e) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i) Options and restricted stock units granted to Executive under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would otherwise vest during the twenty-four (24) months following such termination will vest in full immediately upon such termination; and

(ii) Performance restricted stock units granted to Executive under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program will vest based on actual performance through the date of Executive’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after Executive’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company (last previously approved by the Board prior to the Executive’s termination of employment and after consultation with the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Company), with the Shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days the Executive would have been employed during the performance period if the Executive had remained employed through the second anniversary of the termination of his employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period (but not resulting in more than a 100% proration).

(e) Conditions to Payment. All payments and benefits due to Executive under this Section 10 which are not otherwise required by applicable law shall be payable only if Executive executes and delivers to the Company a general release of claims in a form substantially as set forth on Attachment A (“Release”) and such Release is no longer subject to revocation (to the extent applicable), in each case, within sixty (60) days following termination of employment. Failure to timely execute and return such Release or revocation thereof shall be a waiver by Executive of Executive’s right to severance (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any amounts described in Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement). In addition, severance shall be conditioned on Executive’s continued compliance with Section 14 of this Agreement as provided in Section 16 below.

(f) No Other Severance. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that, other than the severance payments described in this Section 10 upon the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not be entitled to any other severance payments or benefits of any kind under any Company benefit plan, severance policy generally available to the Company’s employees or otherwise and all other rights of Executive to compensation under this Agreement shall end as of such date.

11. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

 

5


(b) “Cause” shall mean, (i) the commission by Executive of, or the indictment of Executive for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) Executive’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of his employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to Executive, (iii) Executive’s material breach of fiduciary duty, (iv) Executive’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with Executive’s duties, (v) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (vi) Executive’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (vii) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Executive that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (viii) material breach by Executive of any provisions of this Agreement.

(c) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any of the following events:

(i) any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (“Person”) has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either (A) the then-outstanding Shares (“Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); or

(ii) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation or entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation or entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person beneficially

 

6


owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation or equity of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation or entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or comparable governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) immediately prior to the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) any material diminution in Executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties; provided that in the event of Executive’s Disability, the Company’s appointment of an interim Chief Executive Officer shall not constitute a diminution of Executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, (ii) any reduction in Executive’s (x) Base Salary or (y) Target Bonus Opportunity (except in the event of an across the board reduction in Base Salary or Target Bonus Opportunity applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company), (iii) a relocation of Executive’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles or (iv) Executive is not a member of the Board; provided, that no event described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall constitute Good Reason unless (A) Executive has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (B) Executive has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.

12. Return of Company Property. Within ten (10) days following the effective date of Executive’s termination for any reason, Executive or Executive’s personal representative shall, return all property of the Company or any of its Affiliates in Executive’s possession, including, but not limited to, all Company-owned computer equipment (hardware and software), telephones, facsimile machines, tablet computers and other communication devices, credit cards, office keys, security access cards, badges, identification cards and all copies (including drafts) of any documentation or information (however stored) relating to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s or any of its Affiliates’ customers and clients or their respective prospective customers or clients. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to retain (i) personal papers and other materials of a personal nature; (ii) information showing Executive’s compensation or relating to reimbursement of expenses, and (iii) copies of plans, programs and agreements relating to Executive’s employment, or termination thereof, with the Company which he received in Executive’s capacity as a participant; provided, that, in each case of (i) – (iii), such papers or materials do not include Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined in Section 14(a)).

13. Resignation as Officer or Director. Upon the effective date of any Executive’s termination, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned, to the extent applicable, as an officer of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or similar governing body of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and as a fiduciary of any Company benefit plan. On or immediately following the effective date of any such termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall confirm the foregoing by submitting to the Company in writing a confirmation of Executive’s resignation(s).

 

7


14. Confidentiality; Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition.

(a) Confidential and Proprietary Information. The Executive agrees that during and at all times after the Term, the Executive will keep secret all confidential matters and materials of the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates), including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, real estate plans and practices, individual office results, customer lists, pricing policies, operational methods, any information relating to the Company (including any of its subsidiaries and affiliates) products, processes, customers and services and other business and financial affairs of the Company (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), to which the Executive had or may have access and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any person, other than (i) the Company, its respective authorized employees and such other persons to whom the Executive has been instructed to make disclosure by the Board, (ii) as appropriate (as determined by the Executive in good faith) to perform his duties hereunder, or (iii) in compliance with legal process or regulatory requirements. “Confidential Information” will not include any information which is in the public domain during or after the Term, provided such information is not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure by the Executive in violation of this Employment Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether above or jointly with others) while employed by the Company or its predecessors and its subsidiaries (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or such subsidiary. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or will be used in any way to limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency or seek and obtain a whistleblower award from a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, including Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Further, 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

 

8


(b) Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that during Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two (2) years commencing with the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s behalf or the behalf of a third party, hire, solicit, persuade or induce to leave, or attempt to do any of the foregoing, any person who is employed by, or performing services as an independent contractor for, the Company or any of its Affiliates as of the date of Executive’s termination (or who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding Executive’s date of termination).

(c) Non-Competition. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, be employed by or otherwise provide services for, including, but not limited to, as a consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity, or own or invest in (other than ownership for investment purposes of less than two percent (2%) of a publicly traded company) any company or other entity or organization engaged in the business of renting medical equipment products and providing various services related to medical and veterinary equipment including, without limitation, asset recovery and equipment brokerage, biomedical services, asset management, equipment outsourcing and maintenance and repair of medical equipment in the United States of America.

(d) Tolling. In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 14, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 14 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.

15. Cooperation. From and after Executive’s termination of employment, Executive shall provide Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder, provided, that the Company shall reimburse Executive for Executive’s reasonable costs and expenses (including legal counsel selected by Executive and reasonably acceptable to the Company) and such cooperation shall not unreasonably burden Executive or unreasonably interfere with any subsequent employment that Executive may undertake.

16. Injunctive Relief and Specific Performance. Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s covenants under Sections 12, 14 and 15 are special and unique and that the Company and its Affiliates may suffer irreparable harm if Executive breaches any of Sections 12, 14, or 15 because monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company and its Affiliates for the breach of any of these sections. Accordingly, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, be entitled to obtain specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief by a federal or state court in Minnesota to enforce the provisions of Sections 12, 14 and/or 15 without the necessity of posting a bond or proving actual damages, without liability should such relief be denied, modified or vacated. Each party shall be responsible for his or its own attorney’s fees in respect of any such action or proceeding. Additionally, in the event of a breach or

 

9


threatened breach by Executive of Section 14, in addition to all other available legal and equitable rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to cease making payments, if any, being made pursuant to Section 10(a)(ii) hereunder. Executive also recognizes that the territorial, time and scope limitations set forth in Section 14 are reasonable and are properly required for the protection of the Company and its Affiliates and in the event that any such territorial, time or scope limitation is deemed to be unreasonable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company and Executive agree, and Executive submits, to the reduction of any or all of said territorial, time or scope limitations to such an area, period or scope as said court shall deem reasonable under the circumstances.

17. Miscellaneous.

(a) All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective when delivered by hand or mailed by (i) certified mail, postage and fees prepaid, or (ii) nationally recognized overnight express mail service, as follows:

If to the Company:

Agiliti, Inc.

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, MN 55439

Attn: General Counsel

If to Executive:

At his home address as then shown in the Company’s personnel records,

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

(b) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assigned by the Executive. Any purported assignment by the Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.    

(c) Except with respect to equity awards granted concurrent herewith on the Effective Date, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and their affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, including without limitation the employment agreement entered into as of April 8, 2015 and amended on March 29, 2016 and November 4, 2016, term sheets, offer letters, and drafts thereof, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. No promises, statements, understandings, representations or warranties of any kind, whether oral or in writing, express or implied, have been made to Executive by any person or entity to induce him to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein, and Executive is not relying upon any promises, statements, understandings, representations, or warranties other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

10


(d) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party charged with waiver. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver, unless so provided in the waiver.

(e) If any provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions (or portions thereof) shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and of full force and effect. If any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereto agree that such invalid or unenforceable restriction shall be deemed modified so that it shall be valid and enforceable to the greatest extent permissible under law, and if such restriction cannot be modified so as to make it enforceable or valid, such finding shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

(f) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

(g) The section or paragraph headings or titles herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. The parties have jointly participated in the drafting of this Agreement, and the rule of construction that a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be applied. The terms “including,” “includes,” “include” and words of like import shall be construed broadly as if followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and words of like import refer to this entire Agreement instead of just the provision in which they are found.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(i) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will the Company, any of its affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, agents, attorneys, employees, executives, shareholders, investors, members, managers, trustees, fiduciaries, representatives, principals, accountants, insurers, successors or assigns be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.

 

11


(ii) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “terminate,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of his employment is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of termination or, if earlier, ten business days following the Executive’s death (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive during the period between the date of termination and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) All reimbursements for costs and expenses under this Agreement shall be paid in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurs such expense. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursements or in-kind, benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.

(iv) If under this Agreement, an amount is paid in two or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

(i) This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce or avoid this Agreement, or otherwise arising from or under the terms of this Agreement, shall be brought only in a state or federal court located in the State of Minnesota. The parties hereby irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction of such courts, acknowledge the propriety of the venue there, and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue.

(j) Other than the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement, any dispute, controversy, or claim between the Executive, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, arising out of, under, pursuant to, or in any way relating to this Agreement and Executive’s employment shall be submitted to and resolved by confidential and binding arbitration (“Arbitration”), administered by the

 

12


American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and conducted pursuant to the rules then in effect of the AAA governing commercial disputes. The Arbitration hearing shall take place in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Such Arbitration shall be before three neutral arbitrators (the “Panel”) licensed to practice law and familiar with commercial disputes. Any award rendered in any Arbitration shall be final and conclusive upon the parties to the Arbitration and not subject to judicial review, and the judgment thereon may be entered in the highest court of the forum (state or federal) having jurisdiction over the issues addressed in the Arbitration, but entry of such judgment will not be required to make such award effective. The Panel may enter a default decision against any party who fails to participate in the Arbitration. The administration fees and expenses of the Arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties to the Arbitration; provided that each party shall pay for and bear the cost of his/her/its own experts, evidence, and attorney’s fees, except that, in the discretion of the Panel, any award may include the costs of a party’s counsel and/or its share of the expense of Arbitration if the Panel expressly determines that an award of such costs is appropriate to the party whose position substantially prevails in such Arbitration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no party shall be entitled to an award of special, punitive, or consequential damages. To submit a matter to Arbitration, the party seeking redress shall notify in writing, in accordance with Section 17(a) of this Agreement, the party against whom such redress is sought, describe the nature of such claim, the provision of this Agreement that has been allegedly violated and the material facts surrounding such claim. The Panel shall render a single written, reasoned decision. The decision of the Panel shall be binding upon the parties to the Arbitration, and after the completion of such Arbitration, the parties to the Arbitration may only institute litigation regarding the Agreement for the sole purpose of enforcing the determination of the Arbitration hearing or, with respect to the Company, to seek injunctive or equitable relief pursuant to Section 16 of this Agreement. The Panel shall have exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability or formation of this agreement to arbitrate, including any claim that all or part of this Agreement is void or voidable and any claim that an issue is not subject to arbitration. All proceedings conducted pursuant to this agreement to arbitrate, including any order, decision or award of the arbitrator, shall be kept confidential by all parties except to the extent such disclosure is required by law, or in a proceeding to enforce any rights under this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, HE IS WAIVING ANY RIGHT THAT HE MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OR A COURT TRIAL RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(k) Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he/she is bound and (ii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive on and after the Effective Date, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel or other advisor of his choice and has done so regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement, that he is entering into this Agreement knowingly, voluntarily, and of his own free will, that he is relying on his own judgment in doing so, and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

13


(l) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any Federal, state and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.

(m) The covenants and obligations of the Company under Sections 10, 15, 16 and 17 hereof, and the covenants and obligations of Executive under Sections 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 hereof, shall continue and survive any expiration of the Term, termination of Executive’s employment or any termination of this Agreement.

(n) Representation by Counsel. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive was represented by counsel in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, namely Perkins Coie LLP. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s principal place of business and headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and even though Executive may not be physically located in the State of Minnesota at all times for the performance of all of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, Executive will be required to travel routinely to Minnesota on business on behalf of the Company and Executive’s employment is effectively providing services to the Company within the State of Minnesota. Executive acknowledges and agrees that any equity awards made pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or any successor plan, will be subject to restrictive covenants, governing law, and dispute provisions set forth therein, to which Executive shall be bound in all respects. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that pursuant to Section 925 of the California Labor Code, (i) Executive has waived the application of California law to this Agreement and any proceeding, (ii) Executive has waived any right to have any proceeding adjudicated in California, and (iii) Executive acknowledges and agrees that any Proceeding shall not be deemed to be a controversy arising in California.

[signature page follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AGILITI, INC.

By:  

/s/ ROBERT L. CREVISTON

 

By: Robert L. Creviston

 

Title: Chief Human Resources Officer

/s/ THOMAS J. LEONARD

Thomas J. Leonard


ATTACHMENT A

This Release (“Release”) between Agiliti, Inc. (hereinafter “Company”) and you relate to your termination from employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, which will be effective on ____________ (“Termination Date”).

Release of Claims

In consideration of and subject to the performance by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates of its obligations under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement, entered into effective as of March 5, 2019 between you the Company, you agree on your own behalf and on behalf of anyone claiming rights through you, to fully and finally release, waive and forever discharge the Company, its subsidiaries and other affiliates, successors, past and present officers, directors, committees, employees, insurers, agents, attorneys, associates and employee benefit plans (collectively “Released Parties”) from all claims, demands or causes of action arising out of facts or occurrences before and as of the date of this Release, whether known or unknown to you; however, you are not prohibited from pursuing claims for any employee benefit vested and accrued in your favor as of your Termination Date.

You agree that this Release is intended to be broadly construed so as to resolve any pending and potential disputes between you and the Released Parties that you have up to the date of your acceptance of this Release, whether such disputes are known or unknown to you, including, but not limited to, claims based on express or implied contract; any administrative agency action or proceeding to the extent allowed by law; any action arising in tort, including, but not limited to interference with contractual or business relationships, breach of fiduciary duty, promissory or equitable estoppel, invasion of privacy, libel, slander, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, or negligence; any or all claims for wrongful discharge, breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and any and all claims including but not limited to those based on the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Employment Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the State of Minnesota Human Rights Act, other applicable state human rights laws and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation, ordinance or order. The above release of claims does not include any claims that the law does not allow to be waived or any claims that may arise after the date you sign this Release, nor does it prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with, or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, you release and waive any right you may have to obtain monetary relief or compensation awarded by the EEOC. You further agree to not voluntarily assist or participate in any lawsuits brought by other individuals against the Released Party, unless such assistance is requested by the Company or the Released Party.

Acceptance of this Release

You acknowledge that, before signing this Release, you were given a period of at least [21][45] days from the date of receipt of this Release to consider it. To accept the terms of this Release, you must sign and date it within the [21][45]-day consideration period or by the end of the workday on your Termination Date, whichever is later. You may not sign this Release before your Termination Date. After you have signed and dated this Release, you must send or return it to the Company by hand or by mail within the [21][45]-day period that you have to consider it. Any changes to this Release whether material or not will not restart the running of the [21][45]-day period.

 

1


To accept this Release, sign and return it to the Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439

If you choose to return this Release by mail, it must be properly addressed and postmarked within the [21][45]-day consideration period and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid.

If you sign this Release before the end of the [21][45]-day consideration period, it will be your voluntary decision to do so because you have decided that you do not need any additional time to decide whether to sign it. You waive any right you might have to additional time beyond the [21][45]-day consideration period within which to consider this Release.

You have been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before signing this Release and this sentence constitutes such advice in writing.

Rescission of this Release

At any time for a period of 15 days after you have signed this Release (not counting the day you signed it), you may rescind it. This Release will not become effective or enforceable until the 15-day rescission period has expired without you rescinding it. To rescind your acceptance, you must send by mail or hand-deliver a written, signed statement of rescission of your acceptance to the Company within the 15-day rescission period. Any statement of recession of acceptance must be directed to the Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439. If you choose to return it by mail, it must be properly addressed and postmarked within 15 days after you signed the Release and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid.

Governing Law and Construction

This Release may not be changed, except in a writing that details the change and is signed by both you and the Company.

This Release will be governed and enforced solely under the laws of the State of Minnesota, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof. If any portion of this Release is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, that portion will be deemed omitted and the remainder of this Release will remaining effect.

Remedies for Breach

If you breach or challenge the enforceability of this Release and do not prevail, you agree to reimburse the Company for any monetary consideration received by you pursuant to this Release and you agree to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs that the Company incurs in enforcing this Release; provided, however, that this provision has no applicability to claims that cannot be waived under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, including the right to challenge whether this Release constitutes a knowing and voluntary waiver of claims within the meaning of the Act.

 

2


Acknowledgement

By my signature below, I acknowledge and certify that:

 

a.

I have read and understand all of the terms of this Release and do not rely on any representation or statement, written or oral, not set forth in this Release; specifically, I understand that this Release includes a waiver and release of legal rights I may have;

 

b.

I have had a reasonable period of time to consider this Release;

 

c.

I am signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily and without pressure, and after having given the matter full and careful consideration;

 

d.

I have been advised to consult with an attorney of my choosing before signing this Release and I have had the opportunity to do so;

 

e.

I have the right to consider the terms of this Release for at least [21][45] days and if I take fewer than [21][45] days to review this Release, I hereby waive any and all rights to the balance of the [21][45]-day review period;

 

f.

I have the right to revoke this Release within 15 days after signing it, by providing written notice of revocation directed to Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439. If I revoke this Release during this 15-day period, it becomes null and void in its entirety; and

 

g.

This Release is not effective if it is signed before my Termination Date.

 

3


If you accept this Release, please sign both copies, and then return both signed original copies to Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439 for countersignature. We will send you a fully executed original for your records.

 

AGILITI, INC.     THOMAS J. LEONARD:
                                                                                                                                                                                                         
Date:                                                                                                Date:                                                                                           

 

4

Exhibit 10.18

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 5, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between James B. Pekarek (“Executive”) and Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive, and Executive desires to be employed by the Company, on the terms set forth in this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment Term. The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby agrees to accept employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement commenced on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated pursuant to Section 9. The period during which Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “Term.”

2. Duties and Location. Executive shall have the title of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall have such duties, authorities and responsibilities as are consistent with such position and as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may designate from time to time. Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall devote his full working time and attention and Executive’s best efforts to Executive’s employment and service with the Company and shall perform Executive’s services in a capacity and in a manner consistent with Executive’s position for the Company; provided, that this Section 2 shall not be interpreted as prohibiting Executive from (i) managing Executive’s personal investments (so long as such investment activities are of a passive nature), (ii) engaging in charitable or civic activities, (iii) participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of non-profit organizations, or (iv) subject to approval by the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in their sole discretion, participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of for-profit organizations, in each case of (i) – (iv), so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, (a) materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, (b) create a fiduciary conflict, or (c) result in a violation of Section 14 of this Agreement. If requested, Executive shall also serve as an executive officer and/or board member of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any entity that is a Subsidiary of the Company, without any additional compensation. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be in the greater Minneapolis, Minnesota area but Executive shall be required to travel to and render services at other Company locations, as may reasonably be required by his duties hereunder.

3. Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary at an annual rate of $472,500, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for employees as in effect from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to such increases (but not decreases) in base salary, if any, as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary.”


4. Annual Bonus. With respect to each calendar year during the Term, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus award (the “Annual Bonus”) of seventy percent (70%) of Base Salary (“Target Bonus Opportunity”), based upon the Executive’s achievement and the Company’s achievement of annual performance targets established by the Board in its sole discretion after consultation with Executive at the beginning of each such calendar year. The Annual Bonus, if any, for each calendar year during the Term shall be paid to Executive at the same time that other senior executives of the Company receive annual bonus payments, but in no event earlier than January 1 and in no event later than April 15th of the year following the calendar year to which such Annual Bonus relates. Executive shall not be paid any Annual Bonus with respect to a calendar year unless Executive is employed with the Company through the end of the calendar year to which such Annual Bonus relates.

5. Equity Eligibility. Executive shall be eligible to receive stock options and other equity awards under the Company’s equity programs.

6. Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any benefit plans, including medical, disability and life insurance (but excluding any severance or bonus plans unless specifically referenced in this Agreement) offered by the Company as in effect from time to time (collectively, “Benefit Plans”), on the same basis as those generally made available to other senior executives of the Company, to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan. The Company does not promise the adoption or continuance of any particular Benefit Plan and reserves the right to amend or cancel any Benefit Plan at any time in its sole discretion (subject to the terms of such Benefit Plan and applicable law).

7. Vacation. Executive will be entitled to vacation and sick time consistent with the Company’s executive paid time off policy.

8. Expense Reimbursement. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.

9. Termination of Employment. The Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated as follows:

(a) Automatically in the event of the death of Executive;

(b) At the option of the Company, by written notice to Executive or Executive’s personal representative in the event of the Disability of Executive. As used herein, the term “Disability” shall mean the Executive is disabled within the meaning of the Company’s long-term disability policy then in effect;

(c) At the option of the Company for Cause, on prior written notice to Executive;

(d) At the option of the Company at any time without Cause (provided that the assignment of this Agreement to, and assumption of this Agreement by, the purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be treated as a termination without Cause under this Section 9(d)), by delivering written notice of its determination to terminate to Executive;

 

2


(e) At the option of Executive for Good Reason;

(f) At the option of Executive without Good Reason, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to the Company (which the Company may, in its sole discretion, make effective as a resignation earlier than the termination date provided in such notice; provided that the Company shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary for such ninety (90) day period).

10. Payments by Virtue of Termination of Employment.

(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive For Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated at any time during the Term by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, subject to Section 10(d) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i) (A) within ten (10) days following such termination, (i) payment of Executive’s accrued and unpaid Base Salary, (ii) payment for any accrued but unused vacation days, (iii) payment of any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus with respect to the year prior to the year of termination and (iv) reimbursement of expenses under Section 8 of this Agreement, in each case of (i) through (iv), accrued through the date of termination and (B) all other accrued amounts or accrued benefits due to Executive in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance);

(ii) if the termination occurs prior to a Change in Control or more than two years after a Change in Control, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination and (B) Executive’s Target Bonus Opportunity for the year of termination, which sum shall be payable during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of termination (the “Severance Period”) in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time, provided, that the first payment pursuant to this Section 10(a)(ii) shall be made on the payment date (“Payment Date”) determined as (A) the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the second business day after the Release as set forth in Section 10(d) becomes effective and irrevocable (B) unless the sixty (60) day period following the Executive’s termination spans two calendar years in which event on the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the later of (i) the second business day after the Release becomes effective and irrevocable and (ii) the second business day of the second calendar year in such sixty (60) day period, and in all events payments shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior to the Payment Date; and

(iii) if the termination occurs on or within two years after a Change in Control, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twenty-four (24) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination and (B) two times the Executive’s Target Bonus Opportunity for the year of termination, which sum shall be payable in a lump sum on the Payment Date; and

 

3


(iv) an amount equal to the pro-rata portion of Executive’s Annual Bonus for the year of termination, based on the number of days the Executive is employed during such year and based on objective actual performance through the date of termination (or the end of the month preceding such termination if such performance is generally determined as of the end of the month), payable in a lump-sum on the Payment Date (“Pro-rata Bonus”); and

(v) a lump sum payment on the Payment Date equivalent to the amount the COBRA premium would be for Executive for the health coverage Executive had prior to the termination (for Executive and his family to the extent applicable) multiplied by (A) twelve (12) if the termination of employment occurs prior to a Change in Control or more than two years after a Change in Control or (B) twenty four (24) if the termination of employment occurs on or within two years following a Change in Control. Executive may but is not required to elect continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) to receive the payment in this Section 10(a)(v); and

(vi) options and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program that would otherwise vest during the twelve (12) months following such termination of employment will vest in full immediately upon such termination of employment; and

(vii) performance restricted stock units granted under the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any other equity plan or program will vest based on actual performance through the date of Executive’s termination of employment and projected performance from the date immediately after Executive’s termination of employment through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company (last previously approved by the Board prior to the Executive’s termination of employment and after consultation with the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Company), with the Shares earned pursuant to such performance restricted stock units prorated based on the number of days the Executive would have been employed during the performance period if the Executive had remained employed through the first anniversary of the termination of his employment in comparison to the total number of days in the performance period.

(b) Termination by the Company With Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause during the Term or Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement. In addition, if the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive a Pro-rata Bonus.

(c) Termination due to Executive’s Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment terminates during the Term due to death or Disability, Executive or Executive’s legal representatives, as applicable, shall be entitled to (i) an amount equal to the sum of twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination, (ii) the Pro-rata Bonus and (iii) the payments and benefits described under Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

4


(d) Conditions to Payment. All payments and benefits due to Executive under this Section 10 which are not otherwise required by applicable law shall be payable only if Executive executes and delivers to the Company a general release of claims in a form substantially as set forth on Attachment A (“Release”) and such Release is no longer subject to revocation (to the extent applicable), in each case, within sixty (60) days following termination of employment. Failure to timely execute and return such Release or revocation thereof shall be a waiver by Executive of Executive’s right to severance (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any amounts described in Section 10(a)(i) of this Agreement). In addition, severance shall be conditioned on Executive’s continued compliance with Section 14 of this Agreement as provided in Section 16 below.

(e) No Other Severance. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that, other than the severance payments described in this Section 10 upon the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not be entitled to any other severance payments or benefits of any kind under any Company benefit plan, severance policy generally available to the Company’s employees or otherwise and all other rights of Executive to compensation under this Agreement shall end as of such date.

11. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement,

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

(b) “Cause” shall mean, (i) the commission by Executive of, or the indictment of Executive for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) Executive’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of his employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to Executive, (iii) Executive’s material breach of fiduciary duty, (iv) Executive’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with Executive’s duties, (v) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (vi) Executive’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (vii) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Executive that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (viii) material breach by Executive of any provisions of this Agreement.

(c) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any of the following events:

(i) any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (“Person”) has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either (A) the then-outstanding Shares (“Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); or

 

5


(ii) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation or entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation or entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation or equity of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation or entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or comparable governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) immediately prior to the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(d) “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) any material diminution in Executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties; provided that in the event of Executive’s Disability, the Company’s appointment of an interim Chief Financial Officer shall not constitute a diminution of Executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, (ii) any reduction in Executive’s (x) Base Salary or (y) Target Bonus Opportunity (except in the event of an across the board reduction in Base Salary or Target Bonus Opportunity applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company), or (iii) a relocation of Executive’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles; provided, that no event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) shall constitute Good Reason unless (A) Executive has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (B) Executive has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.

 

6


12. Return of Company Property. Within ten (10) days following the effective date of Executive’s termination for any reason, Executive or Executive’s personal representative shall, return all property of the Company or any of its Affiliates in Executive’s possession, including, but not limited to, all Company-owned computer equipment (hardware and software), telephones, facsimile machines, tablet computers and other communication devices, credit cards, office keys, security access cards, badges, identification cards and all copies (including drafts) of any documentation or information (however stored) relating to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s or any of its Affiliates’ customers and clients or their respective prospective customers or clients. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall be entitled to retain (i) personal papers and other materials of a personal nature; (ii) information showing Executive’s compensation or relating to reimbursement of expenses, and (iii) copies of plans, programs and agreements relating to Executive’s employment, or termination thereof, with the Company which he received in Executive’s capacity as a participant; provided, that, in each case of (i) – (iii), such papers or materials do not include Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined in Section 14(a)).

13. Resignation as Officer or Director. Upon the effective date of any Executive’s termination, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned, to the extent applicable, as an officer of the Company, as a member of the board of directors or similar governing body of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and as a fiduciary of any Company benefit plan. On or immediately following the effective date of any such termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall confirm the foregoing by submitting to the Company in writing a confirmation of Executive’s resignation(s).

14. Confidentiality; Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition.

(a) Confidential and Proprietary Information. The Executive agrees that during and at all times after the Term, the Executive will keep secret all confidential matters and materials of the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates), including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, real estate plans and practices, individual office results, customer lists, pricing policies, operational methods, any information relating to the Company (including any of its subsidiaries and affiliates) products, processes, customers and services and other business and financial affairs of the Company (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), to which the Executive had or may have access and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any person, other than (i) the Company, its respective authorized employees and such other persons to whom the Executive has been instructed to make disclosure by the Board, (ii) as appropriate (as determined by the Executive in good faith) to perform his duties hereunder, or (iii) in compliance with legal process or regulatory requirements. “Confidential Information” will not include any information which is in the public domain during or after the Term, provided such information is not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure by the Executive in violation of this Employment Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether above or jointly with others) while employed by the Company or its

 

7


predecessors and its subsidiaries (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or such subsidiary. The Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or will be used in any way to limit Executive’s rights to communicate with a government agency or seek and obtain a whistleblower award from a government agency, as provided for, protected under or warranted by applicable law, including Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Further, 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

(b) Non-Solicitation. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that during Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year commencing with the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, on Executive’s behalf or the behalf of a third party, hire, solicit, persuade or induce to leave, or attempt to do any of the foregoing, any person who is employed by, or performing services as an independent contractor for, the Company or any of its Affiliates as of the date of Executive’s termination (or who was an employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding Executive’s date of termination).

(c) Non-Competition. Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, be employed by or otherwise provide services for, including, but not limited to, as a consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity, or own or invest in (other than ownership for investment purposes of less than two percent (2%) of a publicly traded company) any company or other entity or organization engaged in the business of renting medical equipment products and providing various services related to medical and veterinary equipment including, without limitation, asset recovery and equipment brokerage, biomedical services, asset management, equipment outsourcing and maintenance and repair of medical equipment in the United States of America.

(d) Tolling. In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 14, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 14 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.

 

8


15. Cooperation. From and after Executive’s termination of employment, Executive shall provide Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder, provided, that the Company shall reimburse Executive for Executive’s reasonable costs and expenses (including legal counsel selected by Executive and reasonably acceptable to the Company) and such cooperation shall not unreasonably burden Executive or unreasonably interfere with any subsequent employment that Executive may undertake.

16. Injunctive Relief and Specific Performance. Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s covenants under Sections 12, 14 and 15 are special and unique and that the Company and its Affiliates may suffer irreparable harm if Executive breaches any of Sections 12, 14, or 15 because monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company and its Affiliates for the breach of any of these sections. Accordingly, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, be entitled to obtain specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief by a federal or state court in Minnesota to enforce the provisions of Sections 12, 14 and/or 15 without the necessity of posting a bond or proving actual damages, without liability should such relief be denied, modified or vacated. Each party shall be responsible for his or its own attorney’s fees in respect of any such action or proceeding. Additionally, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of Section 14, in addition to all other available legal and equitable rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to cease making payments, if any, being made pursuant to Section 10(a)(ii) hereunder. Executive also recognizes that the territorial, time and scope limitations set forth in Section 14 are reasonable and are properly required for the protection of the Company and its Affiliates and in the event that any such territorial, time or scope limitation is deemed to be unreasonable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company and Executive agree, and Executive submits, to the reduction of any or all of said territorial, time or scope limitations to such an area, period or scope as said court shall deem reasonable under the circumstances.

17. Miscellaneous.

(a) All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective when delivered by hand or mailed by (i) certified mail, postage and fees prepaid, or (ii) nationally recognized overnight express mail service, as follows:

If to the Company:

Agiliti, Inc.

6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300

Minneapolis, MN 55439

Attn: General Counsel

If to Executive:

At his home address as then shown in the Company’s personnel records, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

9


(b) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assigned by the Executive. Any purported assignment by the Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.    

(c) Except with respect to equity awards granted concurrent herewith on the Effective Date, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and their affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, including without limitation the severance arrangement dated April 11, 2013, term sheets, offer letters, and drafts thereof, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. No promises, statements, understandings, representations or warranties of any kind, whether oral or in writing, express or implied, have been made to Executive by any person or entity to induce him to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein, and Executive is not relying upon any promises, statements, understandings, representations, or warranties other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

(d) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party charged with waiver. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver, unless so provided in the waiver.

(e) If any provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions (or portions thereof) shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and of full force and effect. If any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereto agree that such invalid or unenforceable restriction shall be deemed modified so that it shall be valid and enforceable to the greatest extent permissible under law, and if such restriction cannot be modified so as to make it enforceable or valid, such finding shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

(f) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

 

10


(g) The section or paragraph headings or titles herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. The parties have jointly participated in the drafting of this Agreement, and the rule of construction that a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be applied. The terms “including,” “includes,” “include” and words of like import shall be construed broadly as if followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and words of like import refer to this entire Agreement instead of just the provision in which they are found.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(i) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will the Company, any of its affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, agents, attorneys, employees, executives, shareholders, investors, members, managers, trustees, fiduciaries, representatives, principals, accountants, insurers, successors or assigns be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.

(ii) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “terminate,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the termination of his employment is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of termination or, if earlier, ten business days following the Executive’s death (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive during the period between the date of termination and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) All reimbursements for costs and expenses under this Agreement shall be paid in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurs such expense. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursements or in-kind, benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.

(iv) If under this Agreement, an amount is paid in two or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

11


(i) This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce or avoid this Agreement, or otherwise arising from or under the terms of this Agreement, shall be brought only in a state or federal court located in the State of Minnesota. The parties hereby irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction of such courts, acknowledge the propriety of the venue there, and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue.

(j) Other than the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement, any dispute, controversy, or claim between the Executive, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, arising out of, under, pursuant to, or in any way relating to this Agreement and Executive’s employment shall be submitted to and resolved by confidential and binding arbitration (“Arbitration”), administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and conducted pursuant to the rules then in effect of the AAA governing commercial disputes. The Arbitration hearing shall take place in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Such Arbitration shall be before three neutral arbitrators (the “Panel”) licensed to practice law and familiar with commercial disputes. Any award rendered in any Arbitration shall be final and conclusive upon the parties to the Arbitration and not subject to judicial review, and the judgment thereon may be entered in the highest court of the forum (state or federal) having jurisdiction over the issues addressed in the Arbitration, but entry of such judgment will not be required to make such award effective. The Panel may enter a default decision against any party who fails to participate in the Arbitration. The administration fees and expenses of the Arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties to the Arbitration; provided that each party shall pay for and bear the cost of his/her/its own experts, evidence, and attorney’s fees, except that, in the discretion of the Panel, any award may include the costs of a party’s counsel and/or its share of the expense of Arbitration if the Panel expressly determines that an award of such costs is appropriate to the party whose position substantially prevails in such Arbitration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no party shall be entitled to an award of special, punitive, or consequential damages. To submit a matter to Arbitration, the party seeking redress shall notify in writing, in accordance with Section 17(a) of this Agreement, the party against whom such redress is sought, describe the nature of such claim, the provision of this Agreement that has been allegedly violated and the material facts surrounding such claim. The Panel shall render a single written, reasoned decision. The decision of the Panel shall be binding upon the parties to the Arbitration, and after the completion of such Arbitration, the parties to the Arbitration may only institute litigation regarding the Agreement for the sole purpose of enforcing the determination of the Arbitration hearing or, with respect to the Company, to seek injunctive or equitable relief pursuant to Section 16 of this Agreement. The Panel shall have exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability or formation of this agreement to arbitrate, including any claim that all or part of this Agreement is void or voidable and any claim that an issue is not subject to arbitration. All proceedings conducted pursuant to this agreement to arbitrate, including any order, decision or award of the arbitrator, shall be kept confidential by all parties except to the extent such disclosure is required by law, or in a proceeding to enforce any rights under this Agreement.

 

12


EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, HE IS WAIVING ANY RIGHT THAT HE MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OR A COURT TRIAL RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(k) Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he/she is bound and (ii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive on and after the Effective Date, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel or other advisor of his choice and has done so regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement, that he is entering into this Agreement knowingly, voluntarily, and of his own free will, that he is relying on his own judgment in doing so, and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

(l) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any Federal, state and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.

(m) The covenants and obligations of the Company under Sections 10, 15, 16 and 17 hereof, and the covenants and obligations of Executive under Sections 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 hereof, shall continue and survive any expiration of the Term, termination of Executive’s employment or any termination of this Agreement.

(n) Representation by Counsel. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive was represented by counsel in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, namely Perkins Coie LLP. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s principal place of business and headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and even though Executive may not be physically located in the State of Minnesota at all times for the performance of all of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, Executive’s employment is effectively providing services to the Company within the State of Minnesota. Executive acknowledges and agrees that any equity awards made pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or any successor plan, will be subject to restrictive covenants, governing law, and dispute provisions set forth therein, to which Executive shall be bound in all respects. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that pursuant to Section 925 of the California Labor Code, (i) Executive has waived the application of California law to this Agreement and any proceeding, (ii) Executive has waived any right to have any proceeding adjudicated in California, and (iii) Executive acknowledges and agrees that any Proceeding shall not be deemed to be a controversy arising in California.

[signature page follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

/s/ ROBERT L. CREVISTON

  By: Robert L. Creviston
  Title: Chief Human Resources Officer

/s/ JAMES B. PEKAREK

James B. Pekarek


ATTACHMENT A

This Release (“Release”) between Agiliti, Inc. (hereinafter “Company”) and you relate to your termination from employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, which will be effective on _________________ (“Termination Date”).

Release of Claims

In consideration of and subject to the performance by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates of its obligations under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement, entered into effective as of March 5, 2019 between you the Company, you agree on your own behalf and on behalf of anyone claiming rights through you, to fully and finally release, waive and forever discharge the Company, its subsidiaries and other affiliates, successors, past and present officers, directors, committees, employees, insurers, agents, attorneys, associates and employee benefit plans (collectively “Released Parties”) from all claims, demands or causes of action arising out of facts or occurrences before and as of the date of this Release, whether known or unknown to you; however, you are not prohibited from pursuing claims for any employee benefit vested and accrued in your favor as of your Termination Date.

You agree that this Release is intended to be broadly construed so as to resolve any pending and potential disputes between you and the Released Parties that you have up to the date of your acceptance of this Release, whether such disputes are known or unknown to you, including, but not limited to, claims based on express or implied contract; any administrative agency action or proceeding to the extent allowed by law; any action arising in tort, including, but not limited to interference with contractual or business relationships, breach of fiduciary duty, promissory or equitable estoppel, invasion of privacy, libel, slander, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, or negligence; any or all claims for wrongful discharge, breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and any and all claims including but not limited to those based on the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Employment Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the State of Minnesota Human Rights Act, other applicable state human rights laws and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation, ordinance or order. The above release of claims does not include any claims that the law does not allow to be waived or any claims that may arise after the date you sign this Release, nor does it prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with, or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, you release and waive any right you may have to obtain monetary relief or compensation awarded by the EEOC. You further agree to not voluntarily assist or participate in any lawsuits brought by other individuals against the Released Party, unless such assistance is requested by the Company or the Released Party.

Acceptance of this Release

You acknowledge that, before signing this Release, you were given a period of at least [21][45] days from the date of receipt of this Release to consider it. To accept the terms of this Release, you must sign and date it within the [21][45]-day consideration period or by the end of the workday on your Termination Date, whichever is later. You may not sign this Release before your Termination Date. After you have signed and dated this Release, you must send or return it to the Company by hand or by mail within the [21][45]-day period that you have to consider it. Any changes to this Release whether material or not will not restart the running of the [21][45]-day period.

 

1


To accept this Release, sign and return it to the Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439

If you choose to return this Release by mail, it must be properly addressed and postmarked within the [21][45]-day consideration period and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid.

If you sign this Release before the end of the [21][45]-day consideration period, it will be your voluntary decision to do so because you have decided that you do not need any additional time to decide whether to sign it. You waive any right you might have to additional time beyond the [21][45]-day consideration period within which to consider this Release.

You have been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before signing this Release and this sentence constitutes such advice in writing.

Rescission of this Release

At any time for a period of 15 days after you have signed this Release (not counting the day you signed it), you may rescind it. This Release will not become effective or enforceable until the 15-day rescission period has expired without you rescinding it. To rescind your acceptance, you must send by mail or hand-deliver a written, signed statement of rescission of your acceptance to the Company within the 15-day rescission period. Any statement of recession of acceptance must be directed to the Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439. If you choose to return it by mail, it must be properly addressed and postmarked within 15 days after you signed the Release and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid.

Governing Law and Construction

This Release may not be changed, except in a writing that details the change and is signed by both you and the Company.

This Release will be governed and enforced solely under the laws of the State of Minnesota, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof. If any portion of this Release is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, that portion will be deemed omitted and the remainder of this Release will remaining effect.

Remedies for Breach

If you breach or challenge the enforceability of this Release and do not prevail, you agree to reimburse the Company for any monetary consideration received by you pursuant to this Release and you agree to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs that the Company incurs in enforcing this Release; provided, however, that this provision has no applicability to claims that cannot be waived under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, including the right to challenge whether this Release constitutes a knowing and voluntary waiver of claims within the meaning of the Act.

 

2


Acknowledgement

By my signature below, I acknowledge and certify that:

 

a.

I have read and understand all of the terms of this Release and do not rely on any representation or statement, written or oral, not set forth in this Release; specifically, I understand that this Release includes a waiver and release of legal rights I may have;

 

b.

I have had a reasonable period of time to consider this Release;

 

c.

I am signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily and without pressure, and after having given the matter full and careful consideration;

 

d.

I have been advised to consult with an attorney of my choosing before signing this Release and I have had the opportunity to do so;

 

e.

I have the right to consider the terms of this Release for at least [21][45] days and if I take fewer than [21][45] days to review this Release, I hereby waive any and all rights to the balance of the [21][45]-day review period;

 

f.

I have the right to revoke this Release within 15 days after signing it, by providing written notice of revocation directed to Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439. If I revoke this Release during this 15-day period, it becomes null and void in its entirety; and

 

g.

This Release is not effective if it is signed before my Termination Date.

 

3


If you accept this Release, please sign both copies, and then return both signed original copies to Chief Human Resources Officer, Agiliti, Inc., 6625 West 78th Street, Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55439 for countersignature. We will send you a fully executed original for your records.

 

AGILITI, INC.       JAMES B. PEKAREK

 

     

 

Date:  

                                      

      Date:   

                                      

 

4

Exhibit 10.19

AGILITI EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 3, 2018


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

ARTICLE I

  

Establishment and Purpose

     1  

ARTICLE II

  

Definitions

     1  

ARTICLE III

  

Eligibility and Participation

     7  

ARTICLE IV

  

Deferrals

     8  

ARTICLE V

  

Establishment and Purpose

     11  

ARTICLE VI

  

Payment from Accounts

     11  

ARTICLE VII

  

Valuation of Account Balances; Investments

     16  

ARTICLE VIII

  

Administration

     18  

ARTICLE IX

  

Amendment and Termination

     22  

ARTICLE X

  

Informal Funding

     22  

ARTICLE XI

  

Claims

     23  

ARTICLE XII

  

General Provisions

     25  

 


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

ARTICLE I

History and Purpose

Universal Hospital Services, Inc. previously established the UHS Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), effective May 1, 2018, in order to attract and retain key employees by providing opportunities to defer receipt of salary, bonus, and other specified compensation. The Plan is hereby amended and restated effective December 3, 2018, to reflect the following: (i) Universal Hospital Services, Inc. is changing its name to Agiliti Health, Inc. (the “Company”) and (ii) the name of the Plan is changing from UHS Executive Deferred Compensation Plan to Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The Plan is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of Code Section 401(a), but is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, and shall be operated and interpreted consistent with that intent.

The Plan constitutes an unsecured promise by a Participating Employer to pay benefits in the future. Participants in the Plan shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company or the Adopting Employer, as applicable. Each Participating Employer shall be solely responsible for payment of the benefits of its employees and their beneficiaries. The Plan is unfunded for Federal tax purposes and is intended to be an unfunded arrangement for eligible employees who are part of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employer within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. Any amounts set aside to defray the liabilities assumed by the Company or an Adopting Employer will remain the general assets of the Company or the Adopting Employer and shall remain subject to the claims of the Company’s or the Adopting Employer’s creditors until such amounts are distributed to the Participants.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

 

2.1

Account. Account means a bookkeeping account maintained by the Plan Administration Committee to record the payment obligation of a Participating Employer to a Participant as determined under the terms of the Plan. The Plan Administration Committee may maintain an Account to record the total obligation to a Participant and component Accounts to reflect amounts payable at different times and in different forms. Reference to an Account means any such Account established by the Plan Administration Committee, as the context requires. Accounts are intended to constitute unfunded obligations within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.

 

2.2

Account Balance. Account Balance means, with respect to any Account, the total payment obligation owed to a Participant from such Account as of the most recent Valuation Date.

 

2.3

Adopting Employer. Adopting Employer means an Affiliate who, with the consent of the Company, has adopted the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees and who files a declaration with the Company agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Plan and agreeing to bear its allocable share of the costs and expenses incurred in the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

Page 1 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.4

Affiliate. Affiliate means a corporation, trade or business that, together with the Company, is treated as a single employer under Code Section 414(b) or (c).

 

2.5

Beneficiary. Beneficiary means a natural person, estate, or trust designated by a Participant to receive payments to which a Beneficiary is entitled in accordance with provisions of the Plan.

 

2.6

Business Day. Business Day means each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

 

2.7

Claimant. Claimant means a Participant or Beneficiary filing a claim under Article XI of this Plan.

 

2.8

Code. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.9

Code Section 409A. Code Section 409A means section 409A of the Code, and regulations and other guidance issued by the Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service thereunder.

 

2.10

Compensation Committee. Compensation Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee of directors as may be designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, without any further action of the Compensation Committee, exercise the powers and duties of the Compensation Committee under the Plan.

 

2.11

Company. Company means Agiliti Health, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

2.12

Compensation Deferral Agreement. Compensation Deferral Agreement means an agreement between a Participant and a Participating Employer that specifies: (i) the amount of each component of compensation that the Participant has elected to defer to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article IV, and (ii) the Payment Schedule applicable to one or more Accounts.

 

2.13

Deferral. Deferral means a credit to a Participant’s Account(s) that records that portion of the Participant’s compensation that the Participant has elected to defer to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article IV. Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates otherwise, a reference to Deferrals includes Earnings attributable to such Deferrals.

 

Page 2 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.14

Deferral Account. Deferral Account means the Account established for a Participant to record his or her Deferrals made to the Plan.

 

2.15

Discretionary Amount Account. Discretionary Amount Account means the Account established for a Participant to record discretionary Company contributions credited on his or her behalf to the Plan.

 

2.16

Earnings. Earnings means an adjustment to the value of an Account in accordance with Article VII.

 

2.17

Effective Date. Effective Date means May 1, 2018 for the initial Plan and December 3, 2018 for this amended and restated Plan.

 

2.18

Eligible Base Compensation. Eligible Base Compensation means, for a Participant for any period, except as provided in the succeeding paragraphs of this subsection, the sum of all remuneration paid to the Participant during such period for service as an employee of a Participating Employer as base salary and wages, and short-term disability benefits, and shall be determined without regard to Code Section 401(a)(17) and without regard to amounts deferred pursuant to Code Sections 401(k), 125, and 132(f)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Eligible Base Compensation will not include:

 

  (a)

contributions made or benefits (other than short-term disability benefits) paid by the Participating Employer under any other employee benefit plan;

 

  (b)

any remuneration not paid in cash (or remuneration otherwise imputed as income, e.g., value of taxable life insurance coverage);

 

  (c)

severance pay;

 

  (d)

reimbursements, allowances, moving expense payments, relocation cost-of-living payments, tax gross-ups and other similar equalization payments; and

 

  (e)

all bonus, incentive, retention or commission-based remuneration of any kind (including, but not limited to, awards and spot bonus payments).

The Plan Administration Committee’s classification of a remuneration item as included in or excluded from Eligible Base Compensation shall be conclusive for the purpose of the foregoing rules.

 

2.19

Eligible Employee. Eligible Employee means an employee who (i) is employed in a classification of Vice President or above; and (ii) is designated by the Committee as eligible, provided in all events the employee shall be a member of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees” of a Participating Employer within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.

 

Page 3 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.20

Employee. Employee means a common-law employee of an Employer.

 

2.21

Employer. Employer means the Company and each Affiliate.

 

2.22

ERISA. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

2.23

Long-Term Savings Plan. Long-Term Savings Plan means the Agiliti 401(k) Plan (which was formerly known as the Universal Hospital Services, Inc. Long-term Savings Plan), as currently in effect and as may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

2.24

Matching Amount Account. Matching Amount Account means the Account established for a Participant to record Company matching contributions credited on his or her behalf to the Plan.

 

2.25

MIP. MIP means the Management Incentive Plan of the Company, as may be hereafter amended, or any successor thereto.

 

2.26

Participant. Participant means an Eligible Employee who has an Account Balance greater than zero.

 

2.27

Participating Employer. Participating Employer means the Company and each Adopting Employer.

 

2.28

Payment Schedule. Payment Schedule means the date as of which payment of an Account under the Plan will commence and the form in which payment of such Account will be made.

 

2.29

Plan. Generally, the term Plan means the “Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan” as documented herein and as may be amended from time to time hereafter. However, to the extent permitted or required under Code Section 409A, the term Plan may in the appropriate context also mean a portion of the Plan that is treated as a single plan under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(c), or the Plan or portion of the Plan and any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan or portion thereof that is treated as a single plan under such section.

 

2.30

Plan Administration Committee. Plan Administration Committee shall mean the committee described in Section 8.3 appointed by the Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company (and any successor to that title or position).

 

2.31

Plan Year. Plan Year means January 1 through December 31.

 

2.32

Retirement. Retirement means a Separation from Service on or after the Participant attains age 60.

 

Page 4 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.33

Retirement/Termination Account. Retirement/Termination Account means an Account established by the Plan Administration Committee to record amounts payable to a Participant upon Separation from Service.

 

2.34

Separation from Service. Separation from Service means an Employee’s termination of employment with the Employer. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred shall be determined by the Plan Administration Committee in accordance with Code Section 409A.

Except in the case of an Employee on a bona fide leave of absence as provided below, an Employee is deemed to have incurred a Separation from Service if the Employer and the Employee reasonably anticipated that the level of services to be performed by the Employee after a date certain would be reduced to 20% or less of the average services rendered by the Employee during the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the total period of employment, if less than 36 months), disregarding periods during which the Employee was on a bona fide leave of absence.

An Employee who is absent from work due to military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence shall incur a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following the later of: (i) the six-month anniversary of the commencement of the leave, or (ii) the expiration of the Employee’s right, if any, to reemployment under statute or contract. Notwithstanding the preceding, however, an Employee who is absent from work due to a physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of at least six months and that prevents the Employee from performing the duties of his position of employment or a similar position shall incur a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following the 29-month anniversary of the commencement of the leave, unless the Company or the Participant terminates the leave before that date.

For purposes of determining whether a Separation from Service has occurred, the Employer means the Employer as defined in Section 2.24 of the Plan, except that in applying Code sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining whether another organization is an Affiliate of the Company under Code Section 414(b), and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining whether another organization is an Affiliate of the Company under Code Section 414(c), “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in those sections.

The Plan Administration Committee specifically reserves the right to determine whether a sale or other disposition of substantial assets to an unrelated party constitutes a Separation from Service with respect to a Participant providing services to the seller immediately prior to the transaction and providing services to the buyer after the transaction.

 

2.35

Specified Date Account. Specified Date Account means an Account established by the Plan Administration Committee to record the amounts payable at a future date as specified in the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement. A Specified Date Account may be identified in enrollment materials as an “In-Service Account” or such other name as established by the Plan Administration Committee without affecting the meaning thereof.

 

Page 5 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.36

Specified Employee. Specified Employee means an Employee who, as of the date of his or her Separation from Service, is a “key employee” of the Company or any Affiliate, any stock of which is actively traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

An Employee is a key employee if he or she meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder and without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on the Specified Employee Identification Date. Such Employee shall be treated as a key employee for the entire 12-month period beginning on the Specified Employee Effective Date.

 

2.37

Specified Employee Identification Date. Specified Employee Identification Date means December 31, unless the Employer has elected a different date through action that is legally binding with respect to all nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by the Employer.

 

2.38

Specified Employee Effective Date. Specified Employee Effective Date means the first day of the fourth month following the Specified Employee Identification Date, or such earlier date as is selected by the Plan Administration Committee.

 

2.39

Unforeseeable Emergency. Unforeseeable Emergency means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code section 152, without regard to sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), or a Beneficiary; loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, as a result of a natural disaster); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The types of events which may qualify as an Unforeseeable Emergency may be limited by the Plan Administration Committee.

 

2.40

Valuation Date. Valuation Date means each Business Day.

 

Page 6 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

ARTICLE III

Eligibility and Participation

 

3.1

Eligibility and Participation. An Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in this Plan after the first day of a Plan Year must wait to enroll for the next following Plan Year, unless the Plan Administration Committee expressly permits the Participant to make a deferral election for the Plan Year in progress. If the Plan Administration Committee permits any early deferral election, such election may only be made within 30 days after the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan (and all like kind plans aggregated to this Plan for purposes of Code Section 409A), or within such other earlier deadline as may be established by the Plan Administration Committee, in its sole discretion, in order to participate for such period. In such event, such person’s participation in this Plan shall not commence earlier than 30 days after he or she first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, and such person shall only be permitted to defer compensation in accordance with Section 4.2(b) below.

 

3.2

Duration. A Participant shall be eligible to defer compensation and receive allocations of Company Contributions, subject to the terms of the Plan, for as long as such Participant remains an Eligible Employee. In the event the Plan Administration Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that a Participant is no longer an Eligible Employee, and the Participant has not Separated from Service, the Participant will not be allowed to submit future Compensation Deferral Agreements but may otherwise exercise all of the rights of a Participant under the Plan with respect to his or her Account(s). On and after a Separation from Service, a Participant shall remain a Participant as long as his or her Account Balance is greater than zero, and during such time may continue to make allocation elections as provided in Section 7.4. An individual shall cease being a Participant in the Plan when all benefits under the Plan to which he or she is entitled have been paid.

 

3.3

Rehires. An Eligible Employee who previously participated in the Plan, ceased to be eligible to defer amounts under the Plan and was paid all deferred amounts under the Plan before again becoming eligible to participate shall be treated as a newly Eligible Employee under Section 3.1 above. An Eligible Employee who previously participated in the Plan, ceased to be eligible to defer amounts under the Plan for twenty-four (24) months or longer before again becoming eligible to participate shall be treated as a newly Eligible Employee under Section 3.1 above, regardless of whether all amounts deferred under the Plan have been paid to the Employee. A rehired Eligible Employee who is treated as a newly Eligible Employee shall complete such forms as required by the Plan Administration Committee with respect to future deferrals made after re-enrollment. With respect to any unpaid amounts deferred prior to re-enrollment, the Eligible Employee’s prior elections shall continue to apply, and any payments scheduled to be made following the Employee’s Separation from Service that occurred before re-hire shall be made as scheduled.

 

Page 7 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

ARTICLE IV

Deferrals

 

4.1

Deferral Elections, Generally.

 

  (a)

A Participant may elect to defer compensation by submitting a Compensation Deferral Agreement during the enrollment periods established by the Plan Administration Committee and in the manner specified by the Plan Administration Committee, but in any event, in accordance with Section 4.2. A Compensation Deferral Agreement that is not timely filed with respect to a service period or component of compensation, or that is submitted by a Participant who Separates from Service prior to the latest date such agreement would become irrevocable under Section 409A, shall be considered null and void and shall not take effect. The Plan Administration Committee may modify any Compensation Deferral Agreement prior to the date the election becomes irrevocable under the rules of Section 4.2.

 

  (b)

The Plan Administration Committee may permit different deferral amounts for each component of compensation and may establish a minimum or maximum deferral amount for each such component. Unless otherwise specified by the Plan Administration Committee in the Compensation Deferral Agreement, Participants may defer up to 60% of their Eligible Base Compensation and up to 100% of payments under the MIP. A Compensation Deferral Agreement may also specify the investment allocation described in Section 7.4.

 

  (c)

Deferrals of cash compensation shall be calculated with respect to the gross cash compensation payable to the Participant prior to any deductions or withholdings, but shall be reduced by the Plan Administration Committee as necessary so that it does not exceed 100% of the cash compensation of the Participant remaining after deduction of all required income and employment taxes, 401(k) and other employee benefit deductions, and other deductions required by law. Changes to payroll withholdings that affect the amount of compensation being deferred to the Plan shall be allowed only to the extent permissible under Code Section 409A.

 

  (d)

Separate Accounts shall be maintained for each year’s deferrals.

 

  (i)

Each Participant who completes a Compensation Deferral Agreement for Plan Year must make a Retirement/Termination Account election. Each Plan Year, the Participant shall specify in his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement for that year the amount of Deferrals and the form in which amounts allocated to his or her Retirement/Termination Account for that Plan Year shall be paid upon the Participant’s Retirement under Section 6.1.

 

Page 8 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  (ii)

A Participant may also specify in his or her Compensation Deferral Agreement that the Deferrals for a given Plan Year shall be allocated to a Specified Date Account, and such election shall specify the month, year and form in which amounts allocated to the Specified Date Account shall be paid under Sections 4.3 and 6.2. A Specified Date Account for a given year will be overridden if the Participant incurs a Separation from Service or Retirement before that Specified Date Account is paid in full. In such event, the Plan’s payment provisions for Separation from Service or Retirement, as applicable, shall control.

 

4.2

Timing Requirements for Compensation Deferral Agreements.

 

  (a)

General Timing Election. Except as otherwise provided below for newly Eligible Employees, Eligible Base Compensation and MIP may be deferred for a Plan Year by filing a Compensation Deferral Agreement no later than December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the Compensation to be deferred is earned. A Compensation Deferral Agreement filed under this paragraph shall become irrevocable on January 1 of the next following year and shall apply to compensation earned in pay periods which commence on or after such January 1.

 

  (b)

First Year of Eligibility. In the case of the first year in which an Eligible Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the first day of a Plan Year, the Plan Administration Committee may permit him or her to submit a Compensation Deferral Agreement for such Plan Year during the enrollment period established by the Plan Administration Committee, which enrollment period shall not extend beyond the date which is 30 days after the date he or she is first eligible to participate. Any Compensation Deferral Agreement described in this paragraph becomes irrevocable 30 days after the effective date of the individual’s eligibility to participate in the Plan.

A Compensation Deferral Agreement filed under this paragraph applies to Base Eligible Compensation earned for pay periods beginning after the end of the enrollment period specified by the Plan Administration Committee or such later date as the Plan Administration Committee may designate. Unless the Plan Administration Committee allows in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a Compensation Deferral Agreement filed under this paragraph that takes effect on a date other than the first day of a Plan Year shall not apply to MIP payments earned for such year.

An Eligible Employee who Separates from Service and who subsequently resumes performing services for the Employer in the same calendar year will not be allowed to submit a new Compensation Deferral Agreement under this paragraph if he or she had a Compensation Deferral Agreement in effect for such year, but shall instead have his or her prior Compensation Deferral Agreement reinstated for such year.

 

Page 9 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  (c)

“Evergreen” Deferral Elections. The Plan Administration Committee, in its discretion, may provide that Compensation Deferral Agreements will continue in effect for subsequent years or performance periods by communicating that intention to Participants. Such “evergreen” Compensation Deferral Agreements will become effective with respect to an item of compensation on the date such election becomes irrevocable under this Section 4.2. An evergreen Compensation Deferral Agreement may be terminated or modified prospectively with respect to Compensation for which such election remains revocable under this Section 4.2. A Participant whose Compensation Deferral Agreement is cancelled in accordance with Section 4.6 will be required to file a new Compensation Deferral Agreement under this Article IV in order to recommence Deferrals under the Plan.

 

4.3

Specified Date Accounts. A Compensation Deferral Agreement may allocate Deferrals to one or more Specified Date Accounts. The calendar month and year designated by the Participant must be at least three (3) years after the date the Compensation Deferral Agreement becomes effective under Section 4.2(a) or (b) above, as applicable. By way of example, for a Compensation Deferral Agreement that becomes effective January 1, 2019, any deferrals allocated to a Specified Date Account under that agreement may be designated as payable as of a calendar month and year that begins on or after January 1, 2022. In the event a Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement allocates compensation to a Specified Date Account that does not satisfy the minimum three-year deferral period, the compensation shall be allocated to the Retirement/Termination Account of the Participant with the shortest payment duration.

 

4.4

Deductions From Pay. The Plan Administration Committee has the authority to determine the payroll practices under which any component of compensation subject to a Compensation Deferral Agreement will be deducted from a Participant’s compensation. To the extent the Plan Administration Committee allows Deferrals from compensation equal to corrective distributions received from a qualified 401(k) plan of the Employer, Deferrals equal to the amount of the corrective distribution shall be deducted from the first payment of compensation made on or after the date such corrective distribution is issued to the Participant, and shall be deducted from subsequent compensation payments only to the extent the first compensation payment is insufficient to fully fund the Deferral.

 

4.5

Vesting. Participant Deferrals shall be 100% vested at all times.

 

4.6

Cancellation of Deferrals. The Plan Administration Committee may cancel a Participant’s Deferrals: (i) for the balance of the Plan Year in which an Unforeseeable Emergency occurs, and (ii) if the Participant receives a hardship distribution under the Employer’s qualified 401(k) plan, through the end of the Plan Year in which the six-month anniversary of the hardship distribution falls. To the extent Deferrals are cancelled under (i) or (ii), no subsequent Compensation Deferral Agreement may take effect prior to the first day of the Plan Year that begins on or after the 12-month anniversary of the emergency payment or hardship distribution.

 

Page 10 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

ARTICLE V

Company Contributions

 

5.1

Matching Contributions. For each Plan Year, the Participating Employer may, from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, credit Matching Contributions to the Account of a Participant. The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other Participants receive a Matching Contribution for that Plan Year. If a Matching Contribution is credited to a Participant’s Account pursuant to this Section 5.1, it shall be credited to a Participant’s Retirement/Termination Account for the Plan Year for which it is made.

 

5.2

Discretionary Company Contributions. The Participating Employer may, from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion, make Discretionary Contributions for a Plan Year to the account of one or more Participants. The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other Participants receive a Discretionary Contribution for that Plan Year. All Discretionary Contributions will be credited to a Participant’s Retirement/Termination Account for the Plan Year for which it is made.

 

5.3

Vesting. Except as may be otherwise provided by the Participating Employer, Company contributions described in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, above, and the Earnings thereon, shall become vested as determined by the Plan Administration Committee, but in all events shall become fully vested upon the Participant’s death while employed with a Participating Employer. The portion of a Participant’s Accounts that remains unvested upon his or her Separation from Service after the application of the terms of this Section 5.3 shall be forfeited. The provisions of this Section 5.3 shall apply to any amounts credited to a Participant’s Matching Amounts Account or Discretionary Amounts Account.

ARTICLE VI

Payments from Accounts

A Participant’s Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of this Article VI.

 

6.1

Retirement/Termination Distributions. Retirement/Termination Accounts shall be distributed as soon as administratively practicable but commencing no later than the 15th day (or the next Business Day, if such day is not a Business Day) of the third calendar month that begins after Separation from Service, based on the value of the Account(s) as determined under Article VII. Payment on account of Separation from Service shall be

 

Page 11 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  made in a single lump sum, unless the Separation from Service qualifies as a Retirement, in which case payment shall be made in a lump sum or in monthly installments over a period of two to ten years, as elected by the Participant in the Compensation Deferral Agreement with which a Retirement/Termination Account for a Plan Year was established. A Compensation Deferral Agreement that does not specify a form of payment for a Retirement/Termination Account shall be treated as an election providing for a single lump sum.

 

  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1, payment to a Participant who is a Specified Employee as of the date such Participant incurs a Separation from Service will be made or begin as soon as administratively practicable but no later than the 15th day (or next Business Day, if such day is not a Business Day) of the third calendar month that beings after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or within 90 days of the Participant’s date of death, if earlier). Any installments that are delayed due to status as a Specified Employee shall be accumulated and such amounts, with any Earnings accumulated during the delay, shall be paid with the first installment following the six-month anniversary of Separation from Service.

 

6.2

Specified Date Distributions. Specified Date Accounts shall be distributed in the calendar month and year selected by the Participant, based on the value of the Account(s) as determined under Article VII. Payment shall be made in a single lump sum or in monthly installments over a period of two to ten years, as elected by the Participant in the Compensation Deferral Agreement with which a Specified Date Account for a Plan Year was established. A Specified Date Account election that does not specify a form of payment shall be treated as an election providing for a single lump sum.

In the event a Participant incurs a Separation from Service (other than a Retirement) before his or her Specified Date Account(s) has been fully distributed, any remaining balances shall be distributed in a single lump sum. Payment shall be made at the time specified in Section 6.1. If the Participant’s Separation from Service is a Retirement, the Participant’s Specified Date Account(s) will be paid in accordance with the Participant’s Retirement/Termination Account election for the corresponding Plan Year as specified in Section 6.1.

 

6.3

Death. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, upon the death of the Participant, all Retirement/Termination Accounts and Specified Date Accounts shall be paid to his or her Beneficiary in a single lump sum within 90 days of the date of the Participant’s death.

 

  (a)

Designation of Beneficiary in General. The Participant shall designate one or more primary and/or contingent Beneficiaries on the forms provided by the Plan Administration Committee or on such terms and conditions as the Plan Administration Committee may prescribe. No such designation shall become effective unless filed with and accepted by the Plan Administration Committee

 

Page 12 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  during the Participant’s lifetime. Any designation shall remain in effect until a new designation is filed with the Plan Administration Committee; provided, however, that in the event a Participant designates his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, such designation shall be automatically revoked upon the dissolution of the marriage unless, following such dissolution, the Participant submits a new designation naming the former spouse as a Beneficiary. A Participant may from time to time change his or her designated Beneficiary without the consent of a previously-designated Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Plan Administration Committee.

 

  (b)

No Beneficiary. If a designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, or if there is no valid Beneficiary designation, amounts payable under the Plan upon the death of the Participant shall be paid to the first of the following classes of individuals with a member surviving the Participant and (except in the case of surviving issue) in equal shares if there is more than one member in such class:

 

  (i)

Participant’s surviving spouse

 

  (ii)

Participant’s surviving issue per stirpes and not per capita

 

  (iii)

Participant’s surviving parents

 

  (iv)

Participant’s surviving brothers and sisters

 

  (v)

Participant’s estate.

 

  (c)

Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a distribution of all or a portion of the benefits which may be payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan may disclaim an interest therein subject to the following requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must be a natural person, must not have received a distribution of all or any portion of the benefits which may be payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan at the time such disclaimer is executed and delivered, and must have attained at least age 21 years as of the date of the Participant’s death. Any disclaimer must be in writing and must be executed personally by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A disclaimer shall state that the Beneficiary’s entire interest in the undistributed benefits payable with respect to the Participant under the Plan is disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be effective, duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both executed and actually delivered to the Company after the date of the Participant’s death but not later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s death. A disclaimer shall be irrevocable when delivered to the Company. A disclaimer shall be considered to be delivered to the Company only when actually received and acknowledged by the Company. The Company shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and validity of a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing

 

Page 13 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  of a valid disclaimer, the Beneficiary shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to the interest disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered to be a transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of the Plan and shall not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in violation of federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits under this Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by the Company.

 

  (d)

Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has otherwise specified in the Participant’s Beneficiary designation, when used in a Beneficiary designation, “issue” means all persons who are lineal descendants of the person whose issue are referred to, including legally adopted descendants and their descendants but not including illegitimate descendants and their descendants; “child” means an issue of the first generation; “per stirpes” means in equal shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and “survive” and “surviving” mean living after the death of the Participant.

 

  (e)

Special Rules. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in the Participant’s Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:

 

  (i)

If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was living at the time of the death of the Participant, it shall be deemed that the Beneficiary was not living at the time of the death of the Participant.

 

  (ii)

The automatic Beneficiaries specified in subsection (b) of this Section 6.4 and the Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed at the time of the Participant’s death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the receipt of all payments due such Beneficiary hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the representative of such Beneficiary’s estate.

 

  (iii)

If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who is the Participant’s spouse on the date of the designation, either by name or by relationship, or both, the dissolution, annulment or other legal termination of the marriage between the Participant and such person shall automatically revoke such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the Participant from designating a former spouse as a Beneficiary on a form executed by the Participant and received by the Company after the date of the legal termination of the marriage between the Participant and such former spouse, and during the Participant’s lifetime.)

 

  (iv)

Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is accompanied by a description of relationship to the Participant shall be given effect without regard to whether the relationship to the Participant exists either then or at the Participant’s death.

 

Page 14 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  (v)

Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of relationship to the Participant shall be effective only to designate the person or persons standing in such relationship to the Participant at the Participant’s death.

 

  (f)

Validity of Designation. A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is executed or is filed by a Participant who, at the time of such execution or filing, is then a minor under the law of the state of the Participant’s legal residence. The Company shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.

 

  (g)

No Spousal Rights. Prior to the death of the Participant, no spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant and no person designated to be a Beneficiary shall have any rights or interest in the benefits credited under this Plan including, but not limited to, the right to be the sole Beneficiary or to consent to the designation of Beneficiaries (or the changing of designated Beneficiaries) by the Participant.

 

6.4

Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant who experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency may submit a written request to the Plan Administration Committee to receive payment of all or any portion of his or her vested Accounts. If an emergency payment is approved by the Plan Administration Committee, (i) the amount of the payment shall not exceed the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the need, taking into account the additional compensation that is available to the Participant as the result of cancellation of deferrals to the Plan, including amounts necessary to pay any taxes or penalties that the Participant reasonably anticipates will result from the payment, and (ii) deferrals shall be cancelled for the time specified in Section 4.6. Emergency payments shall be paid in a single lump sum within the 90-day period following the date the payment is approved by the Plan Administration Committee, and shall be subtracted from the Participant’s Accounts in the following order: (i) from any Specified Date Accounts, beginning with the Specified Date Account with the latest payment commencement date, (ii) then from Deferral Accounts scheduled to be paid at a specified date, beginning with the Account with the latest payment commencement date, and (iii) then from any Retirement/Termination Accounts, beginning with the Account with the longest payment period.

 

6.5

Small Balances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, the Plan Administration Committee may direct in writing an immediate lump sum payment of the Participant’s Accounts if the balance of such Accounts, combined with any other amounts required to be treated as deferred under a single plan pursuant to Code Section 409A, does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), provided any other such aggregated amounts are also distributed in a lump sum at the same time.

 

Page 15 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

6.6

Administrative Discretion With Regard to Timing and Valuation of Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, the Plan Administration Committee may make a payment at the time specified in the preceding paragraphs or at a later date that falls in the same calendar year as the specified time or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the time specified, provided the Participant is not permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year in which payment will be made. Further, the Plan Administration Committee may make a payment up to 30 days preceding the time specified in the preceding paragraphs, provided the Participant is not permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year in which the payment will be made. To the extent the Plan Administration Committee exercises its discretion hereunder, payment of the Account shall be based on the value of the Account as of the date specified by the Plan Administration Committee, which shall be no earlier than the end of the month preceding payment and shall be no later than the Business Day preceding the date of payment.

 

6.7

Acceleration of or Delay in Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, the Plan Administration Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to accelerate the time or form of payment of an Account, provided such acceleration is permitted under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Administration Committee may also, in its sole and absolute discretion, delay the time for payment of an Account, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(7).

 

6.8

Rules Applicable to Installment Payments. If a Payment Schedule specifies installment payments, annual payments will be made beginning as of the payment commencement date for such installments and shall continue on each anniversary thereof until the number of installment payments specified in the Payment Schedule has been paid. The amount of each installment payment shall be determined by dividing (a) by (b), where (a) equals the Account Balance as of the Valuation Date and (b) equals the remaining number of installment payments. For purposes of Section 6.9, installment payments will be treated as a single form of payment. If an Account is payable in installments, the Account will continue to be credited with Earnings in accordance with Article VII hereof until the Account is completely distributed.

ARTICLE VII

Valuation of Account Balances; Investments

 

7.1

Valuation. Deferrals shall be credited to appropriate Accounts on the date such compensation would have been paid to the Participant absent the Compensation Deferral Agreement. Company contributions shall be credited to the Retirement/Termination Account at the times related contributions are credited to the Long-Term Savings Plan or, if there are no related contributions, at the times determined by the Plan Administration Committee. Valuation of Accounts shall be performed under procedures approved by the Plan Administration Committee.

 

Page 16 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

7.2

Earnings Credit. Each Account will be credited with Earnings on each Business Day, based upon the Participant’s investment allocation among a menu of investment options selected in advance by the Plan Administration Committee, in accordance with the provisions of this Article VII (“investment allocation”). Earnings on amounts deferred or credited to the Plan shall accrue as soon as administratively feasible following the date of deferral or crediting. Earnings shall no longer accrue as of a date no later than seven Business Days prior to the date an amount is distributed from a Participant’s Account.

 

7.3

Investment Options. Investment options will be determined by the Plan Administration Committee. The Plan Administration Committee, in its sole discretion, shall be permitted to add or remove investment options from the Plan menu from time to time, provided that any such additions or removals of investment options shall not be effective with respect to any period prior to the effective date of such change.

 

7.4

Investment Allocations. A Participant’s investment allocation constitutes a deemed, not actual, investment among the investment options comprising the investment menu. At no time shall a Participant have any real or beneficial ownership in any investment option included in the investment menu, nor shall the Participating Employer or any trustee acting on its behalf have any obligation to purchase actual securities as a result of a Participant’s investment allocation. A Participant’s investment allocation shall be used solely for purposes of adjusting the value of a Participant’s Account Balances.

A Participant shall specify an investment allocation for each of his Accounts in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administration Committee. Allocation among the investment options must be designated in increments of 1%. The Participant’s investment allocation will become effective on the same Business Day or, in the case of investment allocations received after a time specified by the Plan Administration Committee, the next Business Day.

A Participant may change an investment allocation on any Business Day, both with respect to future credits to the Plan and with respect to existing Account Balances, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administration Committee. Changes shall become effective on the same Business Day or, in the case of investment allocations received after a time specified by the Plan Administration Committee, the next Business Day, and shall be applied prospectively.

 

7.5

Unallocated Deferrals and Accounts. If the Participant fails to make an investment allocation with respect to an Account, such Account shall be invested in a target retirement fund investment option for the year closest to the year the Participant will attain age 65, as determined by the Plan Administration Committee.

 

Page 17 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

ARTICLE VIII

Administration

 

8.1

Role of the Company. The Company is the sponsor of the plan.

 

8.2

Role of the Board and Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors, or the Compensation Committee of the Board or with respect to subsections (a) and (c) below, any committee or position of the Company designated by the Board, acting on behalf of the Company, shall have the following duties and responsibilities:

 

  (a)

to amend or terminate the Plan, pursuant to Article IX;

 

  (b)

to annually determine the amount of any Company contributions, pursuant to Article V; and

 

  (c)

to approve the merger or spin-off of the Plan or any portion of the Plan.

 

8.3

Role of the Plan Administration Committee. The Plan Administration Committee shall have the authority, responsibilities and full discretion to serve on behalf of the Company in the administration of the Plan. The Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company shall be responsible for the appointment of committee members.

 

  (a)

Delegation. The Plan Administration Committee may delegate and allocate responsibilities for the administration of the Plan and may delegate specified administrative functions, discretion or authority as it deems appropriate, by written contract, direction letter or written instrument of delegation to the Benefit Administrator, trustee, a third-party special-purpose Administrator, legal counsel, a professional consultant or advisor, or to designated employees of the Company (whether or not such employees are members of the Committee). The Plan Administration Committee may also delegate authority as it deems appropriate to one or more Committee members in the form of a sub-committee.

 

  (b)

Specific Administrative Responsibilities. Without limiting the general responsibilities of the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administration Committee shall have the following specific authority, responsibility and discretion:

 

  (1)

authority to adopt or amend a charter;

 

  (2)

authority and discretion to adopt and amend one or more of the following:

 

  (A)

the Plan Administration Policies, and benefit policy objectives, for the Plan;

 

Page 18 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  (B)

the Ethics and Conflicts of Interest Policies for members and service providers;

 

  (C)

document retention policies pertaining to the Plan, and policies prohibiting document tampering; and to review and comment upon policies prohibiting retaliation against any employee who identifies a potential compliance issue (a “whistleblower”), as such policies apply to Plan compliance;

 

  (3)

authority to delegate to the Secretary of the Plan Administration Committee of the Company, and/or other employees, the performance of various Plan administration duties, including the authority and responsibility to issue direction letters to the Benefit Administrator and Trustee, subject to the responsibility to periodically review the performance of such duties;

 

  (4)

authority to approve the appointment and/or replacement of the Benefit Administrator and the terms of any contractual agreements and amendments governing the Benefit Administrator and to monitor the performance of its duties;

 

  (5)

authority to appoint and retain professional advisors, consultants and legal counsel and the terms of any contractual agreements and amendments thereto governing any of the foregoing;

 

  (6)

authority and responsibility to maintain the respective Plan documents in accordance with the provisions of applicable law, and the authority to delegate to legal counsel the duty to advise and assist;

 

  (7)

authority and responsibility to conduct compliance reviews, the frequency and scope of which as may be provided in the Plan Administration Policies;

 

  (8)

authority and responsibility to review the results of any audit and to ensure that any government filings required for the Plan are accurately prepared and filed in a timely manner;

 

  (9)

authority and responsibility to prepare and distribute in a timely manner the respective Plan communications;

 

  (10)

responsibility to periodically monitor Plan utilization and to review the alignment of Plan design with the Employer’s business goals for the Plan; and

 

Page 19 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  (11)

authority and responsibility to conduct a periodic governance self-assessment of the structure and processes of the Plan Administration Committee, its composition of members, and its charter.

 

  (c)

Specific Investment Responsibilities. Without limiting the general responsibilities set forth above, the Plan Administration Committee shall have the following specific authority, responsibility and discretion:

 

  (1)

authority and discretion to adopt, monitor and amend an investment policy for the selection, performance review monitoring and oversight of the Plan’s investment options;

 

  (2)

authority and responsibility to periodically review the appropriateness of the Plan’s investment options as a whole and to approve any one or more additions, deletions or replacements of investment options;

 

  (3)

authority and discretion to adopt and amend one or more policies pertaining to such topics as:

 

  (A)

offerings of investment education or investment advice to Plan Participants;

 

  (B)

rules and procedures relating to Participant allocations to investment options and transfers, and the permitted frequency thereof;

 

  (C)

allocation of Plan expenses between the Company, a rabbi trust and individual Participant accounts; and

 

  (D)

allocation of authority and responsibility for proxy voting of any shares held in connection with this Plan other than mutual funds.

 

  (4)

authority to approve the appointment and/or replacement of any one or more rabbi trustees and custodians and the terms of any contractual agreements and amendments with either of them, and to monitor the performance of the duties delegated to each;

 

  (5)

authority to appoint, monitor and remove professional advisors, consultants, legal counsel, providers of investment education, investment advice and investment management services to participants in the Plan, and the terms of any contractual agreements and amendments governing any of the foregoing;

 

  (6)

authority and responsibility to routinely distribute to Participants, and to make available on any Participant’s request, the various forms of information about investment options and any other communications pertaining to the investment education or the allocation among investment options, as the Plan Administration Committee determines is appropriate;

 

Page 20 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  (7)

responsibility to ensure that the Participants are complying with any applicable requirements of any policy of the Plan Administration Committee, fund prospectus, or regulation, pertaining to the frequency of trading of fund investments; and

 

  (8)

authority and responsibility to conduct a periodic governance self-assessment of the structure and processes of the Plan Administration Committee, its composition of members, and its charter.

The Plan Administration Committee shall have the aforementioned powers to the maximum extent permitted by law. All findings, decisions and determinations made by the Plan Administration Committee shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties and shall not be subject to de novo review if challenged in court.

 

8.4

Role of the Benefit Administrator. The Benefit Administrator is the contractual service provider to the Plan appointed by the Plan Administration Committee to assist the Plan Administration Committee in the administration of the Plan as provided in this Article VIII and the Plan Administration Committee in the designation of the investment options as provided in Article VII. The Benefit Administrator’s duties shall be stated in contractual agreements with the Plan Administration Committee, including, for example, serving as: record keeper for participant accounts in the Plan; manager of the call center and websites that support the Plan; and provider of administrative forms, notices and communications to participants. The Benefit Administrator shall perform such services in accordance with the terms of its contractual agreement(s) with the Plan Administration Committee.

 

8.5

Compensation. No member of the Plan Administration Committee shall receive any compensation from the Trust for services provided.

 

8.6

Indemnity. The Company shall, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify each member of the Plan Administration Committee, and any other employee of the Company, including any officer, who in the performance of his or her duties as an employee exercises any discretion or control over the administration of the Plan or its assets against any and all claims, loss, damages, expenses (including counsel fees approved by the respective committee), and liability (including any amounts paid in settlement with the respective committee’s approval) arising from any loss or damage or depreciation which may result in connection with the execution of the respective committee’s duties or the exercise of the respective committee’s discretion or from any other action or failure to act hereunder.

 

Page 21 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

8.7

Powers Denied. No action of the Plan Administration Committee shall:

 

  (a)

alter the amount of contributions otherwise payable to the Plan;

 

  (b)

cause the Plan to fail to qualify under Code §409A or as a rabbi trust; or

 

  (c)

increase the duties or liabilities of a rabbi trustee without its written consent.

ARTICLE IX

Amendment and Termination

 

9.1

Amendment and Termination. The Company may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan or may terminate the Plan as provided in this Article IX. Each Participating Employer may also terminate its participation in the Plan.

 

9.2

Amendments. The Company, by action taken by its Board of Directors, may amend the Plan at any time and for any reason.

 

9.3

Termination. The Company, by action taken by its Board of Directors, may terminate the Plan and pay Participants and Beneficiaries their Account Balances in a single lump sum at any time, to the extent and in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix). If an Adopting Employer terminates its participation in the Plan, or if the Company terminates the participation of an Adopting Employer, the benefits of affected Employees shall be paid at the time provided in Article VI.

 

9.4

Accounts Taxable Under Code Section 409A. The Plan is intended to constitute a plan of deferred compensation that meets the requirements for deferral of income taxation under Code Section 409A. The Plan Administration Committee, pursuant to its authority to interpret the Plan, may sever from the Plan or any Compensation Deferral Agreement any provision or exercise of a right that otherwise would result in a violation of Code Section 409A.

ARTICLE X

Informal Funding

 

10.1

General Assets. Obligations established under the terms of the Plan may be satisfied from the general funds of the Participating Employers, or a trust described in this Article X. No Participant, spouse or Beneficiary shall have any right, title or interest whatever in assets of the Participating Employers. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship, between the Participating Employers and any Employee, spouse, or Beneficiary. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments hereunder, such rights are no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Participating Employer.

 

Page 22 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

10.2

Rabbi Trust. A Participating Employer may, in its sole discretion, establish a grantor trust, commonly known as a rabbi trust, as a vehicle for accumulating assets to pay benefits under the Plan. Payments under the Plan may be paid from the general assets of the Participating Employer or from the assets of any such rabbi trust. Payment from any such source shall reduce the obligation owed to the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan.

ARTICLE XI

Claims

 

11.1

Filing a Claim. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Plan shall be filed in writing with the Plan Administration Committee which shall make all determinations concerning such claim. Any claim filed with the Plan Administration Committee and any decision by the Plan Administration Committee denying such claim shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Participant or Beneficiary filing the claim (the “Claimant”).

 

  (a)

In General. Notice of a denial of benefits will be provided within 90 days of the Plan Administration Committee’s receipt of the Claimant’s claim for benefits. If the Plan Administration Committee determines that it needs additional time to review the claim, the Plan Administration Committee will provide the Claimant with a notice of the extension before the end of the initial 90-day period. The extension will not be more than 90 days from the end of the initial 90-day period and the notice of extension will explain the special circumstances that require the extension and the date by which the Plan Administration Committee expects to make a decision.

 

  (b)

Contents of Notice. If a claim for benefits is completely or partially denied, notice of such denial shall be in writing and shall set forth the reasons for denial in plain language. The notice shall: (i) cite the pertinent provisions of the Plan document, and (ii) explain, where appropriate, how the Claimant can perfect the claim, including a description of any additional material or information necessary to complete the claim and why such material or information is necessary. The claim denial also shall include an explanation of the claims review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse decision on review.

 

11.2

Appeal of Denied Claims. A Claimant whose claim has been completely or partially denied shall be entitled to appeal the claim denial by filing a written appeal with the Plan Administration Committee. A Claimant who timely requests a review of the denied claim (or his or her authorized representative) may review, upon request and free of charge, copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the denial and may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim to the Plan Administration Committee. All written comments, documents, records, and

 

Page 23 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  other information shall be considered “relevant” if the information: (i) was relied upon in making a benefits determination, (ii) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making a benefits decision regardless of whether it was relied upon to make the decision, or (iii) demonstrates compliance with administrative processes and safeguards established for making benefit decisions. The Plan Administration Committee may, in its sole discretion and if it deems appropriate or necessary, decide to hold a hearing with respect to the claim appeal.

 

  (a)

In General. Appeal of a denied benefits claim must be filed in writing with the Plan Administration Committee no later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification of such claim denial. The Plan Administration Committee shall make its decision regarding the merits of the denied claim within 60 days following receipt of the appeal (or within 120 days after such receipt, in a case where there are special circumstances requiring extension of time for reviewing the appealed claim). If an extension of time for reviewing the appeal is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. The notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administration Committee expects to render the determination on review. The review will take into account comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  (b)

Contents of Notice. If a benefits claim is completely or partially denied on review, notice of such denial shall be in writing and shall set forth the reasons for denial in plain language.

The decision on review shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, or other information relevant (as defined above) to the Claimant’s claim, and (iv) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the plan and a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

11.3

Legal Action. A Claimant may not bring any legal action, including commencement of any arbitration, relating to a claim for benefits under the Plan unless and until the Claimant has followed the claims procedures under the Plan and exhausted his or her administrative remedies under such claims procedures.

If a Participant or Beneficiary prevails in a legal proceeding brought under the Plan to enforce the rights of such Participant or any other similarly situated Participant or Beneficiary, in whole or in part, the Participating Employer shall reimburse such Participant or Beneficiary for all legal costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees and such other liabilities incurred as a result of such proceedings.

 

Page 24 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

11.4

Committee Discretion. All interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Plan Administration Committee with respect to any claim shall be made in its sole discretion, and shall be final and conclusive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Compensation Committee may, at any time and from time to time, without any further action of the Plan Administration Committee, exercise the powers and duties of the Plan Administration Committee under the Plan.

ARTICLE XII

General Provisions

 

12.1

Assignment. No interest of any Participant, or Beneficiary under this Plan and no benefit payable hereunder shall be assigned as security for a loan, and any such purported assignment shall be null, void and of no effect, nor shall any such interest or any such benefit be subject in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily, through court order or otherwise, to anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance by or through any Participant or Beneficiary.

The Company may assign any or all of its liabilities under this Plan in connection with any restructuring, recapitalization, sale of assets or other similar transactions affecting a Participating Employer without the consent of the Participant.

 

12.2

No Legal or Equitable Rights or Interest. No Participant or other person shall have any legal or equitable rights or interest in this Plan that are not expressly granted in this Plan. Participation in this Plan does not give any person any right to be retained in the service of the Participating Employer. The right and power of a Participating Employer to dismiss or discharge an Employee is expressly reserved. The Participating Employers make no representations or warranties as to the tax consequences to a Participant or a Participant’s beneficiaries resulting from a deferral of income pursuant to the Plan.

 

12.3

No Employment Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute a contract of employment between an Employee and a Participating Employer.

 

12.4

Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be delivered to the Plan Administration Committee under this Plan shall be delivered in writing, in person, or through such electronic means as is established by the Plan Administration Committee. Notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Written transmission shall be sent by certified mail to:

 

Page 25 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

AGILITI HEALTH, INC.

ATTN: NQDC PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

6625 W 78TH ST., SUITE 300

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55439

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing or hand-delivered, or sent by mail to the last known address of the Participant.

 

12.5

Headings. The headings of Sections are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

 

12.6

Invalid or Unenforceable Provisions. If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan Administration Committee may elect in its sole discretion to construe such invalid or unenforceable provisions in a manner that conforms to applicable law or as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not been included.

 

12.7

Lost Participants or Beneficiaries. Any Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a benefit from the Plan has the duty to keep the Plan Administration Committee advised of his or her current mailing address. If benefit payments are returned to the Plan or are not presented for payment after a reasonable amount of time, the Plan Administration Committee shall presume that the payee is missing. The Plan Administration Committee, after making such efforts as in its discretion it deems reasonable and appropriate to locate the payee, shall stop payment on any uncashed checks and may discontinue making future payments until contact with the payee is restored.

 

12.8

Facility of Payment to a Minor. If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administration Committee may, in its discretion, make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence, or (ii) to the conservator or guardian or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Administration Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Company, and the Plan from further liability on account thereof.

 

12.9

Governing Law and Venue. To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the laws of the State of Minnesota shall govern the construction and administration of the Plan. All litigation in any way related to the Plan (including but not limited to any and all claims for benefits) must be filed in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota.

 

Page 26 of 27


Agiliti Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned executed this Plan as of the 3rd day of December, 2018, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Agiliti Health, Inc.
By: Robert L. Creviston                                   (Print Name)
Its: Chief Human Resources Officer                 (Title)

 

/s/ ROBERT L. CREVISTON____________   (Signature)

 

Page 27 of 27

Exhibit 10.20

AGILITI, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(Adopted on [], 2021)

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purposes of the Plan are to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to acquire an equity ownership interest in the Company and to encourage employees to remain in the employ of the Company and its Designated Companies.

The Company intends the Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code but makes no representation of such status nor undertaking to maintain such status. The provisions of the Plan will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

Certain capitalized terms used in the Plan have the meanings set forth in Appendix A.

SECTION 3. OFFERINGS

3.1 Offering Periods

(a) Except as otherwise set forth below, the Plan shall be implemented by a series of Offerings (each, an “Offering”) during which shares of Common Stock may be purchased by Participants. Offering Periods shall begin on May 1 and November 1 of each year and shall end on the next October 31 and April 30, respectively, occurring thereafter.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish (i) a different term for one or more Offerings and (ii) different commencing and ending dates for such Offerings; provided, however, that an Offering Period may not exceed five years; and provided, further, that if the Purchase Price may be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date because, pursuant to Section 6.1, the Committee utilized its discretion to look-back to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the first day of the Offering Period, the Offering Period may not exceed 27 months.

(c) The Committee may further designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical and which may be overlapping or consecutive) in which Eligible Employees of one or more Employers may participate, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering, including the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(b) regarding the maximum length of Offering Periods. An Offering Period may but need not be the same length as a Purchase Period, as determined by the Committee.

(d) In the event the first or the last day of an Offering Period is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Offering Period shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Offering Period shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.

 

 

1


3.2 Purchase Periods

(a) Each Offering Period shall consist of one or more consecutive purchase periods (each, a “Purchase Period”). The last day of each Purchase Period shall be the purchase date (a “Purchase Date”) for such Purchase Period. Purchase Periods shall begin on May 1 and November 1 of each year and shall end on the next October 31 and April 30, respectively, occurring thereafter.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may establish (i) a different term for one or more Purchase Periods and (ii) different commencing and ending dates for any such Purchase Period.

(c) In the event the first or the last day of a Purchase Period is not a regular business day, then the first day of the Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the next regular business day and the last day of the Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the last preceding regular business day.

SECTION 4. ENROLLMENT

4.1 Initial Enrollment

An Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan for an Offering Period by completing an enrollment election form, electronic or otherwise (an “Enrollment Agreement”) provided by the Company or a third party designated by the Company, and completing such other procedures as the Committee or its designee shall prescribe for enrollment. Enrollment in the Plan must be completed on or before the Cut-Off Date applicable to an Offering Period to participate in such Offering Period. Participation in the Plan is entirely voluntary.

4.2 Continuing Effectiveness of Enrollment Agreement; Enrollment Agreement Changes

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant’s Enrollment Agreement and the designated rate of payroll deduction or contribution by a Participant shall continue for future Offering Periods unless the Participant changes or cancels, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, the enrollment election or the designated rate of payroll deduction or contribution prior to the Cut-Off Date with respect to a future Offering Period or elects to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 7.1. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee for an Offering Period, a Participant may withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 7.1 but, while participating in an Offering Period, may not otherwise change his or rate of payroll deduction or contribution for such Offering Period.

4.3 Initial Eligibility During Offering Period; Participation in Multiple Offering Periods

An employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after an Offering Period has begun shall not be eligible to participate in that Offering Period but may participate in any subsequent Offering Period, provided that such employee is still an Eligible Employee as of the commencement of any such subsequent Offering Period and completes the enrollment procedures set forth in this Section 4. Eligible Employees may not participate in more than one Offering at a time.

 

2


SECTION 5. GRANT OF OPTIONS

5.1 Option Grant

(a) Enrollment by an Eligible Employee in the Plan as of the first day of an Offering Period in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 will constitute the grant by the Company to such Participant of an Option on such date to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company pursuant to the Plan.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Eligible Employee shall be granted an Option under the Plan to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee would own directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code, and for purposes of this paragraph, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply, and stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the employee). In addition, no Eligible Employee shall be entitled to purchase stock under the Plan (and under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company that are intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code) at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in fair market value of the stock (based on the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which any such option to purchase stock is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code.

5.2 Share Purchase Limits

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee determines otherwise for a future Offering Period or Purchase Period, no Participant may purchase during a single Purchase Period more than 5,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.

5.3 Adjustments to Contributions

The Company shall have the authority to take all necessary action, including, but not limited to, suspending the payroll deductions or contributions of any Participant, in order to ensure compliance with this Section 5. Any payroll deductions or contributions suspended as a result of the limits of this Section 5 shall automatically resume for Eligible Employees at the beginning of the earliest Purchase Period for which the foregoing limits will not be exceeded, provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions or contributions, the Company shall apply the contribution rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension or in effect pursuant to an amended or new Enrollment Agreement that satisfies the requirements of Section 4.

 

3


SECTION 6. PURCHASE PRICE; PAYMENT

6.1 Purchase Price

The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) at which shares of Common Stock may be acquired in an Offering Period pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of an Option granted under the Plan shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date; provided, however, that the Committee may change the Purchase Price to be anywhere from 85% to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first day of an Offering Period or the Purchase Date for a future Offering Period, subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code as applicable.

6.2 Purchase of Shares

(a) An Option held by a Participant that was granted under the Plan and that remains outstanding as of a Purchase Date shall be deemed to have been exercised on such Purchase Date for the number of whole shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) that the funds accumulated in the Participant’s Account as of the Purchase Date will purchase at the applicable Purchase Price (but not in excess of the number of shares for which Options have been granted to the Participant pursuant to Section 5).

(b) During the Purchase Period, shares of Common Stock that are to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of all or any portion of an Option shall be paid for by means of payroll deductions from a Participant’s Eligible Compensation or, if payroll deductions are not permitted under local law, through another means of contribution specified by the Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise for a future Purchase Period, any payroll deductions must be in whole percentages comprising not less than 1% and not more than 10% of a Participant’s Eligible Compensation received on each applicable pay day during the Purchase Period. Payment amounts shall be credited on a bookkeeping basis to a Participant’s Account under the Plan. All payroll deductions or contributions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any purpose and the Company shall have no obligation to segregate such funds, except as may be required by local law. No interest shall accrue on payroll deductions or contributions by Participants, except as may be required by local law.

(c) Any payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first pay day following the first day of an Offering Period and shall end on the last pay day on or prior to the Purchase Date to which an Enrollment Agreement applies.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law or (ii) the Committee determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code.

6.3 Refund of Excess Amount

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if, after a Participant’s exercise of an Option under Section 6.2, an amount remains credited to the Participant’s Account as of a Purchase Date (including as a result of the share purchase limit in Section 5.2), then the remaining amount shall be returned to the Participant, except that any amounts that are not sufficient to purchase a full share of Common Stock shall be retained in the Participant’s Account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 7.1.

 

4


6.4 Pro Rata Allocation

If the total number of shares for which Options are or could be exercised on any Purchase Date in accordance with this Section 6, when aggregated with all shares for which Options have been previously exercised under the Plan, exceeds the maximum number of shares reserved in Section 11, the Company may allocate the shares available for delivery and distribution in the ratio that the balance in each Participant’s Account bears to the aggregate balances of all Participants’ Accounts, and the remaining balance of the amount credited to the Account of each Participant under the Plan shall be returned to him or her as promptly as possible.

6.5 Holding Requirements and Notice of Disposition

Unless the Committee determines otherwise or sets other parameters, Participants are required to hold shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Option for at least twelve months from the Purchase Date. If a Participant or former Participant who is subject to United States federal income tax sells, transfers, or otherwise makes a disposition of shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan prior to the later of: (i) two years after the first day of the Offering Period during which the shares were purchased and (ii) one year after the Purchase Date, then such Participant or former Participant shall notify the Company or the Employer in writing of such sale, transfer or other disposition within ten days of the consummation of such sale, transfer, or other disposition, unless the Committee or its designee determines otherwise.

SECTION 7. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND LEAVE OF ABSENCE

7.1 Withdrawal from the Plan

A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the funds accumulated in the Participant’s Account from the Plan during any Purchase Period by delivering a notice of withdrawal to the Company or the Employer (in a manner prescribed by the Committee or its designee) at any time up to but not including the fifteen days prior to the Purchase Date for such Purchase Period, or by such other time period in advance of the Purchase Date as the Committee or its designee may require. If notice of complete withdrawal from the Plan as described in the preceding sentence is timely received, the Participant will no longer be deemed a Participant in the Plan and the Company or the Employer will cease the Participant’s payroll withholding, or other contributions to the Plan, and all funds then accumulated in the Participant’s Account shall not be used to purchase shares of Common Stock, but shall instead be distributed to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible without interest. An Eligible Employee who has withdrawn from a Purchase Period may not return funds to the Company or the Employer during that or any other Purchase Period and require the Company or the Employer to apply those funds to the purchase of shares. Any Eligible Employee who has withdrawn from the Plan in accordance with this Section 7.1 may, however, choose to re-enroll in the Plan for a future Offering Period in accordance with Section 4. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, during an Offering Period, a Participant may not otherwise change the rate of his or her contributions to the Plan.

 

5


7.2 Termination of Employment

Participation in the Plan terminates immediately on the date on which a Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or the Employer for any reason whatsoever or otherwise ceases to be an Eligible Employee. In the event of termination of employment, all funds then accumulated in the Participant’s Account shall not be used to purchase shares of Common Stock but shall instead be distributed to the Participant (or in case of the Participant’s death to his or her estate, beneficiary or heirs, as applicable) as soon as administratively feasible without interest, except as otherwise required by local law.

7.3 Leave of Absence

If a Participant takes a leave of absence, the Participant shall have the right, in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, to elect to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 7.1. The employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under applicable laws. If a leave of absence exceeds three months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed by statute or contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following the end of the three-month period.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

8.1 Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization

In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or of any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or of any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall make proportional adjustments in (i) the maximum number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan, including without limitation, the number and kind of securities available for issuance under the Plan because of the annual increase of shares permitted pursuant to Section 11; (ii) the aggregate maximum number and kind of securities that may be issued with respect to any Purchase Period; and (iii) the number and kind of securities that are subject to any outstanding Option and the per share price of such securities. The determination by the Committee as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

 

6


8.2 Adjustment upon Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale

Without limitation on the preceding provisions, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s outstanding securities, sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or any similar transaction as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, the Committee may make such adjustments it deems appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights in the number and class of shares which may be delivered under Section 11, in the number, class of shares or price of shares available for purchase under the Plan and in the number of shares which a Participant is entitled to purchase and any other adjustments it deems appropriate. Without limiting the Committee’s authority under the Plan, in the event of any such transaction, the Committee may elect to have the Options hereunder assumed or such Options converted or substituted by a successor entity (or its Parent), to terminate all outstanding Options either prior to their expiration or upon completion of the purchase of shares on the next Purchase Date, to shorten the Offering Period by setting a new Purchase Date, or to take such other action deemed appropriate by the Committee.

8.3 No Limitations

The grant of Options will in no way affect the Company’s right to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merger, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assts.

SECTION 9. MARKET STANDOFF

In the event of an underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, no person may sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, assign, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to any shares issued pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that in no event shall such period exceed (a) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering or (b) such longer period requested by the underwriters as is necessary to comply with regulatory restrictions on the publication of research reports. The limitations of this Section 9 shall in all events terminate two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.

SECTION 10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

To the extent provided by the Committee, each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom the amount in his or her Account is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, any Account balance remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate.

 

7


SECTION 11. NUMBER OF SHARES

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 8, the initial number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be 2,000,000 shares. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2022 equal to the lesser of (a) 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by the Board. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 20,000,000 shares.

If any Option granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. The shares purchased under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or shares from any other proper source.

SECTION 12. ADMINISTRATION

12.1 Administration by Committee

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to delegate duties to officers, directors or employees of the Company as it deems advisable.

12.2 Authority of Committee

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the full and exclusive discretionary authority (i) to construe and interpret the Plan and Options granted under it; (ii) to establish, amend, and revoke rules and regulations for administration and operation of the Plan (including, without limitation, the determination of Offering Periods, Purchase Periods and payment procedures, the requirement that shares of Common Stock be held for a specific period after the Purchase Date or by a specified broker or other designated agent, and the establishment of an exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars); (iii) to determine all questions of eligibility, disputed claims and policy that may arise in the administration of the Plan; and (iv) to generally exercise such powers, perform such acts and make such determinations as the Committee deems necessary or expedient to administer and operate the Plan, including, but not limited to, designating from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Companies. The determinations of the Committee or any others to whom it has delegated authority to administer the Plan shall be final and conclusive and each action of the Committee or its designee shall be binding on all persons.

 

8


SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Restrictions on Transfer

Options granted under the Plan to a Participant may not be exercised during the Participant’s lifetime other than by the Participant. Neither amounts credited to a Participant’s Account nor any rights with respect to the exercise of an Option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or by a beneficiary designation as permitted by Section 10. Any such attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 7.1.

13.2 Administrative Assistance

If the Committee so elects, it may retain a brokerage firm, bank, or other financial institution to assist in the purchase of shares of Common Stock, delivery of reports, or other administrative aspects of the Plan. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, each Participant shall (unless prohibited by applicable law) be deemed upon enrollment in the Plan to have authorized the establishment of an account on his or her behalf at such institution. Shares purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be held in such account in the Participant’s name, or if the Participant so indicates in the Enrollment Agreement and permitted by the Committee, in the Participant’s name together with the name of his or her spouse in joint tenancy with right of survivorship or spousal community property, or in certain forms of trust permitted by the Committee. The Company may require that shares be retained with a broker or agent for a designated period of time following purchase and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares.

13.3 Treatment of Non-U.S. Participants

Participants who are employed by non-U.S. Designated Companies, who are paid in foreign currency, and who contribute foreign currency to the Plan through contributions or payroll deductions will have such contributions converted to U.S. dollars. The exchange rate and method for such conversion will be determined as prescribed by the Committee. In no event will any procedure implemented for dealing with exchange rate fluctuations that may occur during an Offering Period result in a purchase price below the Purchase Price permitted under the Plan. Each Participant shall bear the risk of any currency exchange fluctuations (if applicable) between the date on which any Participant contributions are converted to U.S. dollars and the following Purchase Date.

13.4 Withholding

The Company or any Employer shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or any Employer, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of participation by a Participant in the Plan.

13.5 Equal Rights and Privileges

Except as provided in Section 13.6, all Eligible Employees shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to the Plan so that the Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Notwithstanding the express terms of the Plan, any provision of the Plan other than Section 13.6 that is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code shall without further act or amendment by the Company or the Committee be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. This Section 13.5 shall take precedence over all other provisions in the Plan except Section 13.6.

 

9


13.6 Eligible Employees in Other Countries

Without amending the Plan, the Committee may grant Options or establish other procedures to provide benefits to Eligible Employees of Designated Companies with non-U.S. employees on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or desirable (a) to comply with provisions of the laws or regulations or conform to the requirements to operate the Plan in a qualified or tax or accounting advantageous manner in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or any Designated Company may operate or have employees, (b) to ensure the viability of the benefits from the Plan to Eligible Employees employed in such countries or jurisdictions and (c) to meet the objectives of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any such actions taken by the Committee with respect to Eligible Employees of any Designated Company may be treated as a subplan outside of an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and not subject to the requirements of Section 423 set forth in the Code and this Plan.

13.7 Choice of Law and Venue

The Plan, all Options granted thereunder, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Participants irrevocably consent to the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware.

13.8 Amendment, Suspension and Termination

The Board or the Compensation Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment that would amend or modify the Plan in a manner requiring shareholder approval under Section 423 of the Code or the requirements of any securities exchange on which the shares are traded shall be effective unless such shareholder approval is obtained. No Options may be granted during any period of suspension of the Plan.

If the Plan is terminated, the Board or the Compensation Committee may elect to terminate all outstanding Options either prior to their expiration or upon completion of the purchase of shares on the next Purchase Date or may elect to permit Options to expire in accordance with their terms (and participation to continue through such expiration dates). If the Options are terminated prior to expiration, all funds accumulated in Participants’ Accounts as of the date the Options are terminated shall be returned to the Participants as soon as administratively feasible without interest.

 

10


13.9 No Right of Employment

Neither the grant nor the exercise of any rights to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan nor anything in the Plan shall impose upon the Company or any Employer any obligation to employ or continue to employ any employee or Participant or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Employer to terminate a Participant’s employment, with or without cause. The right of the Company or any Employer to terminate any employee shall not be diminished or affected because any rights to purchase shares of Common Stock have been granted to such employee. The grant of an Option hereunder during any Offering Period shall not give a Participant any right to similar grants thereafter.

13.10 Rights as Shareholder

No Participant shall have any rights as shareholder with respect to shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan unless and until such shares of Common Stock have been issued to him or her (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). Until such shares of Common Stock are issued, a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

13.11 Issuance of Shares

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless, (i) the Company has an effective registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under the Plan and (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, such issuance, delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act or the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction) and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

(b) The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or to register or qualify under the laws of any state or foreign jurisdiction, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.

(c) As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require (i) the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that such shares are being purchased only for the Participant’s own account and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares and (ii) such other action or agreement by the Participant as may from time to time be necessary to comply with federal, state and foreign securities laws. At the option of the Company, a stop-transfer order against any such shares may be placed on the official stock books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that such shares may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred, unless an opinion of counsel is provided (concurred in by counsel for the Company) stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates to ensure exemption from registration.

 

11


13.12 Code Section 409A

The Plan is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that an Option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision of the Plan would cause an Option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding Option, or take such other action the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding Option or future Option that may be granted under the Plan or to allow any such Option to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if an Option that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that any Option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code or otherwise qualifies for special tax treatment under the laws of the United Shares or jurisdictions outside the United States.

13.13 Condition for Participation

As a condition to participation in the Plan, Eligible Employees agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan (including, without limitation, the notification and holding requirements of Section 6) and the determinations of the Committee.

13.14 Term of Plan

The Plan shall be in effect until the tenth anniversary of the date of the initial adoption of the Plan by the Board, unless sooner terminated under Section 13.8 hereof. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

13.15 Severability

If any provision of the Plan or any Option is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the Committee’s determination, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Option, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or option, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Option shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 14. EFFECTIVE DATE

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date, subject to shareholder approval within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such shareholder approval.

 

12


APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan,

Account” means a recordkeeping account maintained for a Participant to which the Participant’s payroll deductions or contributions, if applicable, shall be credited for the purchase of shares of Common Stock. No interest shall be paid on any contributions credited to such Account, unless required by local law.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code will be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Committee” means the Board and/or the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee or any other committee (which committee need not be comprised of members of the Board) appointed by the Board or the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee to administer the Plan.

Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

Company” means Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Cut-Off Date” means the date established by the Committee or its designee from time to time by which Enrollment Agreements must be received to participate in an Offering Period.

Designated Company” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. A Designated Company shall cease to be a Designated Company on the earlier of (a) the date the Committee determines that such entity is no longer a Designated Company or (b) such Designated Company ceases for any reason to be a “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Sections 424(f) of the Code.

Effective Date” means the date on which shares of Common Stock are first offered to the public in an underwritten initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (such day, for this purpose, being the first trading day for the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or other applicable trading market).

Eligible Compensation” means all base straight time gross earnings, cash bonuses, commissions and overtime, including such amounts of gross earnings that are deferred by an Eligible Employee (a) under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code or (b) to a plan qualified under Section 125 of the Code. Eligible Compensation does not include severance pay, hiring and relocation bonuses, pay in lieu of vacation, sick leave, gain from stock option exercises and other equity compensation income, imputed income arising under any Company group insurance or benefit program or any other special payments. The Committee, in its discretion, may establish a different definition of Eligible Compensation for a future Offering Period.

 

 

13


Eligible Employee” means an employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company who (a) has been employed by the Company or a Designated Company for at least 90 days and (b) is not a temporary/on demand employee who is customarily employed 20 hours or less per week or customarily employed not more than five months in any calendar year.

The Committee, in its discretion, may determine from time to time, prior to the first day of an Offering Period (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2), that the definition of Eligible Employee shall be subject to alternative eligibility requirements, consistent with the eligibility requirements permitted under Section 423 of the Code. For purposes of the foregoing, alternative eligibility requirements may include or exclude an individual if he or she (a) has been employed less than two years; (b) is customarily employed 20 hours or less per week; (c) is not customarily employed more than five months in any calendar year; and (d) is a highly compensated employee, within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, each such eligibility requirement to be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with Section 423 of the Code to the extent required.

Employer” means the Company or any Designated Company by which an employee is employed.

Enrollment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the Common Stock, as of any date, the closing trading prices for the Common Stock on any given date during regular trading, or if not trading on that date, such price on the last preceding date on which the Common Stock was traded, unless determined otherwise by the Committee using such methods or procedures as it may establish.

Offering” means an offer under the Plan of an Option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 3.

Offering Period” means each period designated by the Committee as further described in Section 3.

Option” means an option granted under the Plan to a Participant to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has enrolled in the Plan pursuant to Section 4 and who has not withdrawn from the Plan or otherwise terminated participation in the Plan.

Plan” means the Agiliti, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

14


Purchase Date” means the last day of a Purchase Period.

Purchase Period” means each period designated by the Committee as further described in Section 3.

Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Subsidiary” means a corporation, domestic or foreign, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

15

Exhibit 10.21

AGILITI, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals cash and stock-based incentives in order to attract, retain and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Company’s stockholders. The Plan is effective as of the date set forth in Article XV.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1 “Affiliate” means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or one of its Affiliates; (d) any trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any of its Affiliates has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Committee; provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Common Stock subject to any Award constitutes “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code or otherwise does not subject the Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.2 “Award” means any award under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award. All Awards shall be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms of, a written agreement between the Company and the Participant.

2.3 “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Cause” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such agreement in effect but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), the Participant’s:(i) the commission by Participant of, or the indictment of Participant for (or pleading guilty or nolo

 


contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) Participant’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of his employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to Participant, (iii) Participant’s material breach of fiduciary duty, (iv) Participant’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with Participant’s duties, (v) Participant’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (vi) Participant’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (vii) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Participant that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (viii) material breach by Participant of any provisions of the Award Agreement or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control (as defined in such agreement) actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter. With respect to a Participant’s Termination of Directorship, “cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

2.6 “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in 11.2.

2.7 “Change in Control Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

2.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any treasury regulation promulgated thereunder.

2.9 “Committee” means the Board and/or the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee or any other committee appointed by the Board or the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee to administer the Plan.

2.10 “Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

2.11 “Company” means Agiliti, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its successors by operation of law.

2.12 “Consultant” means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant to the Company or its Affiliates.

2.13 “Disability” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination, a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, Disability shall mean that a Participant is disabled under Section 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) or (ii) of the Code.

 

2


2.14 “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or shares of Common Stock) of dividends paid on shares of Common Stock.

2.15 “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan as defined in Article XV.

2.16 “Eligible Employees” means each employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

2.17 “Eligible Individual” means an Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant who is designated by the Committee in its discretion as eligible to receive Awards subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.18 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.19 “Fair Market Value” means, for purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date and except as provided below, the last sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date: (a) as reported on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed, or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of the exercise of any Award, the applicable date shall be the date a notice of exercise is received by the Committee or, if not a date on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the pricing date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.20 “Family Member” means “family member” as defined in Section A.1.(a)(5) of the general instructions of Form S-8.

2.21 “Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee who is an employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Parents (if any) under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.22 “Non-Employee Director” means a director or a member of the Board of the Company who is not an active employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

2.23 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option awarded under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.24 “Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right to receive an amount in cash and/or stock equal to the difference between (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date such right is exercised, and (y) the aggregate exercise price of such right, otherwise than on surrender of a Stock Option.

 

3


2.25 “Other Cash-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan and payable in cash at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.26 “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award under Article X of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including, without limitation, an Award valued by reference to an Affiliate.

2.27 “Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.28 “Participant” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.29 “Performance Award” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article IX hereof contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals.

2.30 “Performance Goals” means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest and/or become exercisable or distributable.

2.31 “Performance Period” means the designated period during which the Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to the Award to which the Performance Goals relate.

2.32 “Person” has the meaning shall ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.33 “Plan” means this Agiliti, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.34 “Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.9.

2.35 “Reference Stock Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

2.36 “Registration Date” means the date on which the Company sells its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

2.37 “Reorganization” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii).

2.38 “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Common Stock under the Plan that is subject to restrictions under Article VIII.

 

4


2.39 “Restricted Stock Units” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Committee to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

2.40 “Restriction Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a) with respect to Restricted Stock.

2.41 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act as then in effect or any successor provision.

2.42 “Section 409A of the Code” means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable treasury regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.43 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Securities Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.44 “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right pursuant to an Award granted under Article VII.

2.45 “Stock Option” or “Option” means any option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to Eligible Individuals granted pursuant to Article VI.

2.46 “Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.47 “Tandem Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right to surrender to the Company all (or a portion) of a Stock Option in exchange for an amount in cash and/or stock equal to the difference between (i) the Fair Market Value on the date such Stock Option (or such portion thereof) is surrendered, of the Common Stock covered by such Stock Option (or such portion thereof), and (ii) the aggregate exercise price of such Stock Option (or such portion thereof).

2.48 “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent.

2.49 “Termination” means a Termination of Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable.

2.50 “Termination of Consultancy” means: (a) that the Consultant is no longer acting as a consultant to the Company or an Affiliate; or (b) when an entity which is retaining a Participant as a Consultant ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, a Consultant to the Company or another Affiliate at the time the entity ceases to be an Affiliate. In the event that a Consultant becomes an Eligible Employee or a Non-Employee Director upon the

 

5


termination of such Consultant’s consultancy, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, no Termination of Consultancy shall be deemed to occur until such time as such Consultant is no longer a Consultant, an Eligible Employee or a Non-Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “Termination of Consultancy” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.51 “Termination of Directorship” means that the Non-Employee Director has ceased to be a director of the Company; except that if a Non-Employee Director becomes an Eligible Employee or a Consultant upon the termination of such Non-Employee Director’s directorship, such Non-Employee Director’s ceasing to be a director of the Company shall not be treated as a Termination of Directorship unless and until the Participant has a Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy, as the case may be.

2.52 “Termination of Employment” means: (a) a termination of employment (for reasons other than a military or personal leave of absence granted by the Company) of a Participant from the Company and its Affiliates; or (b) when an entity which is employing a Participant ceases to be an Affiliate, unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, employed by the Company or another Affiliate at the time the entity ceases to be an Affiliate. In the event that an Eligible Employee becomes a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director upon the termination of such Eligible Employee’s employment, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, no Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur until such time as such Eligible Employee is no longer an Eligible Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Employment in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Employment thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “Termination of Employment” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.53 “Transfer” means: (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other disposition (including the issuance of equity in any entity), whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary (including by operation of law), and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (including the issuance of equity in any entity) whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including by operation of law). “Transferred” and “Transferable” shall have a correlative meaning.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee.

3.2 Grants of Awards. The Committee shall have full authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, to Eligible Individuals: (i) Stock Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Units, (v) Performance Awards; (vi) Other Stock-Based Awards; and (vii) Other Cash-Based Awards. In particular, the Committee shall have the authority:

(a) to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

6


(b) to determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(c) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(d) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion);

(e) to determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(f) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances grants of Options and other Awards under the Plan are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

(g) to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock and/or Restricted Stock under Section 6.4(d);

(h) to determine whether a Stock Option is an Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option;

(i) to determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the acquisition of such Award; and

(j) to modify, extend or renew an Award, subject to Article XII and Section 6.4(l).

3.3 Guidelines. Subject to Article XII hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special guidelines and provisions for persons who are residing in or employed in, or subject to, the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with applicable tax and securities laws of such domestic or foreign jurisdictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the Committee under this Section 3.3 shall impair the rights of any Participant without the Participant’s consent. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3.

 

7


3.4 Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, the Board or the Committee (or any of its members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

3.5 Procedures. If the Committee is appointed, the Board shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman and the Committee shall hold meetings, subject to the By-Laws of the Company, at such times and places as it shall deem advisable, including, without limitation, by telephone conference or by written consent to the extent permitted by applicable law. A majority of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the Committee members in accordance with the By-Laws of the Company, shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

3.6 Designation of Consultants/Liability; Delegation of Authority.

(a) The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable exchange rules) may grant authority to officers to grant Awards and/or execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee.

(b) The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members and any person designated pursuant to sub-section (a) above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

(c) The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to a subcommittee of directors or to any officer of the Company, including the power to perform administrative functions and grant Awards; provided that such delegation does not (i) violate applicable law, or (ii) result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” shall be deemed to include any subcommittee or officer of the Company to whom such powers have been delegated by the Committee. Any such delegation shall not limit the right of such subcommittee members or such an officer to receive Awards. The Committee may also appoint agents who are not executive officers of the Company or members of the Board to assist in administering the Plan, provided, however, that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in shares of Common Stock.

 

8


3.7 Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such person, each officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate and member or former member of the Committee or the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including reasonable fees of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Committee) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors or members or former officers, directors or members may have under applicable law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any Affiliate. Notwithstanding anything else herein, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to such individual under the Plan.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

4.1 Shares. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed [_____________]1 shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2) (the “Share Reserve”), which may be either authorized and unissued Common Stock or Common Stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both. The number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be subject to an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the Plan, equal to the lesser of (a) 3% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by the Board. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan shall be equal to [___________]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, shares of Common Stock subject to an Award under the Plan shall again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares of Common Stock are (A) Shares tendered in payment of an Option, (B) shares of Common Stock delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, (C) shares of Common Stock covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award, or (D) Shares subject to an Award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, or terminated

without issuance of the full number of Shares to which the Award related. Any Award under the Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations.

 

1 

Note to Draft: To be equal to 10,356,000 plus an amount equal to 5% of outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the IPO.

 

9


4.2 Adjustments.

(a) The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1:

(i) If the Company at any time subdivides (by any split, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or combines (by reverse split, combination or otherwise) its outstanding Common Stock into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the respective exercise prices for outstanding Awards that provide for a Participant elected exercise and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by outstanding Awards, as well as the Share Reserve, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(ii) Excepting transactions covered by Section 4.2(b)(i), if the Company effects any merger, consolidation, statutory exchange, spin-off, reorganization, sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or business, or other corporate transaction or event in such a manner that the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted into the right to receive (or the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive in exchange therefor), either immediately or upon liquidation of the Company, securities or other property of the Company or other entity (each, a “Reorganization”), then, subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, (A) the aggregate number or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan, (B) the number or kind of securities or other property (including cash) to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (including as a result of the assumption of the Plan and the obligations hereunder by a successor entity, as applicable), or (C) the purchase price thereof, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(iii) If there shall occur any change in the capital structure of the Company other than those covered by Section 4.2(b) or 4.2(b)(ii), including by reason of any extraordinary dividend (whether cash or equity), any conversion, any adjustment, any issuance of any class of securities convertible or exercisable into, or exercisable for, any class of equity securities of the Company, then the Committee shall adjust any Award and make such other adjustments to the Plan to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

 

10


(iv) Any such adjustment determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. Any adjustment to, or assumption or substitution of, an Award under this Section 4.2(b) shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto), to the extent applicable. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.2 or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no additional rights under the Plan by reason of any transaction or event described in this Section 4.2.

4.3 Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the aggregate value of all compensation paid or granted to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any calendar year, including Awards granted under this Plan and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director outside of the Plan, shall not exceed six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000), calculating the value of any Awards granted during such calendar year based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes; provided that, for any fiscal year in which a Non-Employee Director (i) first commences service on the Board, (ii) serves on a special committee of the Board, or (iii) serves as lead director or chairman of the Board, such limit shall be seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000).

4.4 Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Committee may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its Affiliate (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Committee deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the overall share limit (nor shall shares of Common Stock subject to a Substitute Award be added to the shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grants pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the Plan (and shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards shall not be added to the shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Eligible Employees or Non-Employee Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

11


ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

5.1 General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee shall have full discretion to treat different Participants under the Plan differently in any circumstance, and will not be required to treat all Participants in a uniform manner.

5.2 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Eligible Employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Parent (if any) are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Eligibility for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3 General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual are conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be of one of two types: (a) an Incentive Stock Option or (b) a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.2 Grants. The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more Incentive Stock Options, Non- Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to an Eligible Employee who is an employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or its Parents (if any). The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non- Employee Director one or more Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Stock Option or the portion thereof which does not so qualify shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.3 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of the Participants affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under such Section 422.

 

12


6.4 Terms of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Stock Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted; and provided further that the term of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not exceed five years.

(c) Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4, Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that such Stock Option is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such Stock Option may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 6.4(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving written notice of exercise (which may be electronic) to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price (which shall equal the product of such number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased multiplied by the applicable exercise price). The exercise price for the Stock Options may be paid upon such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may establish payment terms for the exercise of Stock Options pursuant to which the Company may withhold a number of shares of Common Stock that otherwise would be issued to the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Stock Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, or that permit the Participant to deliver cash or shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price on the date of payment, or through a simultaneous sale through a broker of shares of Common Stock acquired on exercise, all as permitted by applicable law. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for.

(e) Non-Transferability of Options. No Stock Option shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that a Non-Qualified Stock Option that is otherwise not

 

13


Transferable pursuant to this Section is Transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee, provided that “for-value” Transfers shall not be permitted. A Non-Qualified Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member pursuant to the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee pursuant to a Transfer after the exercise of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(f) Termination by Death or Disability. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(g) Involuntary Termination Without Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination is by involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(h) Voluntary Resignation. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.4(i)(y) hereof), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(i) Termination for Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination (x) is for Cause or (y) is a voluntary Termination (as provided in Section 6.4(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

 

14


(j) Unvested Stock Options. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, Stock Options that are not vested as of the date of a Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(k) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(l) Form, Modification, Extension and Renewal of Stock Options. Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan, Stock Options shall be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend or renew outstanding Stock Options granted under the Plan (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent and provided further that such action does not subject the Stock Options to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an outstanding Option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Option (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Section 4.2), unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company. Moreover, no payment in cash for an Option that has an exercise price less than the Fair Market Value shall be permitted.

(m) Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Non-Qualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Non-Qualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Option, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Options may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

15


ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option (a “Reference Stock Option”) granted under the Plan (“Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights”). In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option.

7.2 Terms and Conditions of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, and the following:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Term. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted with respect to a Reference Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the Reference Stock Option, except that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant, a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by the Reference Stock Option shall not be reduced until, and then only to the extent that the exercise or termination of the Reference Stock Option causes, the number of shares covered by the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right to exceed the number of shares remaining available and unexercised under the Reference Stock Option.

(c) Exercisability. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Reference Stock Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Article VI, and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.4(c).

(d) Method of Exercise. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by the Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the Reference Stock Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in this Section 7.2. Stock Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent that the related Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

(e) Payment. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the Option exercise price per share specified in the Reference Stock Option agreement multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.

 

16


(f) Deemed Exercise of Reference Stock Option. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, the Reference Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Article IV of the Plan on the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued under the Plan.

(g) Non-Transferability. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Stock Option would be Transferable under Section 6.4(e) of the Plan.

7.3 Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted without reference to any Stock Options granted under the Plan.

7.4 Terms and Conditions of Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, and the following:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Term. The term of each Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted.

(c) Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4, Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any such right is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that it is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such right may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 7.4(c), Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised.

 

17


(e) Payment. Upon the exercise of a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right a Participant shall be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

(f) Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason, Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights will remain exercisable following a Participant’s Termination on the same basis as Stock Options would be exercisable following a Participant’s Termination in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.4(f) through 6.4(j).

(g) Non-Transferability. No Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant.

7.5 Limited Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Tandem and Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights either as a general Stock Appreciation Right or as a Limited Stock Appreciation Right. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or such other event as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate at the time of grant or thereafter. Upon the exercise of Limited Stock Appreciation Rights, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall receive in cash and/or Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, an amount equal to the amount (i) set forth in Section 7.2(e) with respect to Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, or (ii) set forth in Section 7.4(e) with respect to Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.6 Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Appreciation Rights may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

18


ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1 Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards. The Committee shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan, including any vesting or forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units upon the attainment of specified performance targets (including, the Performance Goals) or such other factor as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

8.2 Awards and Certificates. Eligible Individuals selected to receive Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. Further, such Award shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) Restricted Stock.

(i) Purchase Price. The purchase price of Restricted Stock shall be fixed by the Committee. The purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be zero to the extent permitted by applicable law, and, to the extent not so permitted, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

(ii) Legend. Each Participant receiving Restricted Stock shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall, in addition to such legends required by applicable securities laws, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(iii) Custody. If stock certificates are issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

 

19


(iv) Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.3(c) or as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such shares and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, the right to tender such shares. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine at the time of grant that the payment of dividends shall be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period.

(v) Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant. All legends shall be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by applicable law or other limitations imposed by the Committee.

(b) Restricted Stock Units.

(i) Settlement. The Committee may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practical after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(ii) Right as a Stockholder. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until shares of Common Stock are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units.

(iii) Dividend Equivalents. If the Committee so provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or shares of Common Stock, and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

8.3 Restrictions and Conditions. The shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units awarded pursuant to the Plan, as well as any Dividend Equivalents to be awarded in respect to shares of Restricted Stock Units, shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

(a) Restriction Period. The Participant shall not be permitted to Transfer shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or vest in Restricted Stock Units during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and such agreement shall set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of any Award.

 

20


(b) If the grant of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or the lapse of restrictions or vesting schedule is based on the attainment of Performance Goals, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals and the applicable vesting percentage of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing prior to the beginning of the applicable fiscal year or at such later date as otherwise determined by the Committee and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar type events or circumstances.

(c) Termination. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units still subject to restriction will be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant or thereafter.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1 Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee upon the grant of each Performance Award. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Performance Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Performance Awards may be paid in cash, shares of Common Stock, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE X

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

10.1 Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, shares of Common Stock awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, shares of Common Stock in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be awarded pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. The Committee may also provide for the grant of Common Stock under such Awards upon the completion of a specified Performance Period.

 

21


The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Other Stock-Based Awards upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion.

10.2 Terms and Conditions. Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Article X shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, shares of Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Article X may not be Transferred prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.

(b) Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of Award, subject to the provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Award under this Article X shall not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or Dividend Equivalents in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award.

(c) Vesting. Any Award under this Article X and any Common Stock covered by any such Award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(d) Price. Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article X may be issued for no cash consideration. Common Stock purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Article X shall be priced, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

10.3 Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may from time to time grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, as it shall determine in its sole discretion. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, and if subject to vesting conditions, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of such Awards at any time in its sole discretion. The grant of an Other Cash-Based Award shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation thereunder.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

11.1 Benefits. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below), and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Awards shall not vest automatically and a Participant’s Awards shall be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

 

22


(a) Awards, whether or not then vested, shall be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and restrictions to which shares of Restricted Stock or any other Award granted prior to the Change in Control are subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control and the Restricted Stock or other Award shall, where appropriate in the sole discretion of the Committee, receive the same distribution as other Common Stock on such terms as determined by the Committee; provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Stock or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Stock Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto). If the Awards are not continued or assumed, all of the unvested Awards (but only those that are not assumed, substituted, and/or continued) will vest.

(b) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company or an Affiliate for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Change in Control Price (as defined below) of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Awards, over the aggregate exercise price of such Awards. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control Price” shall mean, in the sole discretion of the Committee, the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in any transaction related to a Change in Control of the Company.

(c) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or any Other Stock-Based Award that provides for a Participant elected exercise, effective as of the date of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each such Participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of such Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise shall be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions, of an Award at any time.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any escrow, holdback, earnout or similar provisions in the definitive documents relating to such Change in Control may apply to any payment to Participants to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Common Stock. In addition, Participants will be required to execute any definitive transaction documents in connection with any Change in Control at the request of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their collective successors.

 

23


11.2 Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, one of any of the following events occur:

(a) any Person has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of Stock (“Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”);

(b) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

(c) consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation or entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation or entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation or equity of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation or entity, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or comparable governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

 

24


(d) immediately prior to the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of this Section 11.2, acquisitions of securities of the Company by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. any of its respective affiliates, or any investment vehicle or fund controlled by or managed by, or otherwise affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. shall not constitute a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any applicable law), or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination, may not be impaired without the consent of such Participant and, provided further, that without the approval of the holders of the Company’s Common Stock entitled to vote in accordance with applicable law, no amendment may be made that would (i) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of Section 4.2); (ii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; (iii) reduce the exercise price of any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (iv) grant a new Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Award in substitution for, or upon the cancellation of, any previously granted Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right that has the effect of reducing the exercise price thereof; (v) exchange any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right for Common Stock, cash, or other consideration when the exercise price per Share under such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share; or (vi) take any other action that would be considered a “repricing” of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the applicable listing standards of the national exchange on which the Common Stock is listed (if any). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board or the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time without a Participant’s consent to comply with applicable law, including Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Article IV or as otherwise specifically provided herein, no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder’s consent.

ARTICLE XIII

UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but which are not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any right that is greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

25


ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1 Legend. The Committee may require each person receiving shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system upon whose system the Common Stock is then quoted, any applicable federal or state securities law, and any applicable corporate law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. If the shares of Common Stock are held in book-entry form, then the book-entry will indicate any restrictions on such shares of Common Stock.

14.2 Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

14.3 No Right to Employment/Directorship/Consultancy. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Option or other Award hereunder shall give any Participant or other employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy or directorship at any time.

14.4 Withholding of Taxes. A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or one of its Affiliates, as applicable, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any income tax, social insurance contribution or other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld in respect of an Award. The Committee may (but is not obligated to), in its sole discretion, permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or any portion of the applicable taxes that are required to be withheld with respect to an Award by (a) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been both held by the Participant and vested for at least six (6) months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment under applicable accounting standards) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability (or portion thereof); (b) having the Company withhold from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, the Participant upon

 

26


the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement of the Award, as applicable, a number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such withholding liability; or (c) by any other means specified in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee. If such tax withholding amounts are satisfied through net settlement or previously owned shares, the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be so withheld or surrendered shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, foreign and/or local tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to such Award, as determined by the Committee.

14.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards, or other securities or property shall be used or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited, or otherwise eliminated.

14.6 No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan shall, except as otherwise specifically provided by law or permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit shall be void, and any such benefit shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person who shall be entitled to such benefit, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

14.7 Clawback Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the Award) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with applicable law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy or the Award Agreement.

14.8 Listing and Other Conditions.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be conditioned upon such shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company shall have no obligation to issue such shares unless and until such shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award with respect to such shares shall be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b) If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option or other Award is or may in the circumstances be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company under the statutes, rules or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to shares of Common Stock or Awards, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

 

27


(c) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 14.6, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all shares available before such suspension and as to shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(d) A Participant shall be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent or approval the Company deems necessary or appropriate.

14.9 Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

14.10 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of any thereof, shall be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each Participant shall irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submit in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof (a “Proceeding”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware, the court of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, and agree that all claims in respect of any such Proceeding shall be heard and determined in such Delaware State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court, (b) consent that any such Proceeding may and shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company and each Participant may now or thereafter have to the venue or jurisdiction of any such Proceeding in any such court or that such Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agree not to plead or claim the same, (c) waive all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, (d) agree that service of process in any such Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (e) agree that nothing in the Plan shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14.11 Construction. Wherever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and wherever words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

 

28


14.12 Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

14.13 Costs. The Company shall bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock pursuant to Awards hereunder.

14.14 No Right to Same Benefits. The provisions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and such Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years.

14.15 Death/Disability. The Committee may in its discretion require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require that the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan.

14.16 Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.15, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

14.17 Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, shares of Common Stock, or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules, and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.

14.18 Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and Awards are intended to comply with or be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed, and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary, or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith or be exempt

 

29


therefrom, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period.

14.19 Successor and Assigns. The Plan shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate.

14.20 Severability of Provisions. If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

14.21 Headings and Captions. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

14.22 Company Recoupment of Awards. A Participant’s rights with respect to any Award hereunder shall in all events be subject to (i) any right that the Company may have under any Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with a Participant, or (ii) any right or obligation that the Company may have regarding the clawback of “incentive-based compensation” under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

ARTICLE XV

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on [__________], 2021, which is the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XVI

TERM OF PLAN

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that the Plan is adopted or the date of stockholder approval, but Awards granted prior to such tenth anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

30

Exhibit 10.22

Employee Form

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE

AGILITI, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

* * * * *

Participant:                                                                                                                                                                                  

Grant Date:                                                                                                                                                                                  

Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                                                                                                 

Number of Restricted Stock Units Granted:                                                                                                                          

* * * * *

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between Agiliti, Inc., a corporation organized in the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and the Participant specified above, pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Committee; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined under the Plan that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) provided herein to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan on the Grant Date unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to the Award provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

2. Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award. The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, the number of RSUs specified above. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.

 


3. Vesting.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b), 3(c), and 3(d) hereof, the RSUs subject to this Agreement shall become vested as follows, provided that the Participant has not incurred a Termination prior to each such vesting date:

 

Vesting Date   Cumulative Number of
  RSUs that are Vested

There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date, subject to the Participant’s continued service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on each applicable vesting date.

(b) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the RSUs at any time and for any reason.

(c) Change in Control. If the Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause [or the Participant resigns for Good Reason] within one year following a Change in Control, all unvested RSUs will fully vest upon the Participant’s Termination.

(d) Forfeiture. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c), all unvested RSUs shall be immediately forfeited upon the Participant’s Termination [, provided that, to the extent the Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause or the Participant resigns for Good Reason prior to the consummation of a Change in Control (each, a “Good Leaver Termination Event”), the RSUs scheduled to vest in the one year period following the Good Leaver Termination Event shall vest on the occurrence of the Good Leaver Termination Event, subject to the Participant’s compliance with the section of that certain employment agreement by and between the Participant and the Company, dated [•] entitled “Conditions to Payment” (the “Release Requirement”)] [, further provided, if the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates in accordance with an orderly transition plan coordinated with the Board, and subject to the satisfaction of the Release Requirement, the RSUs scheduled to vest for the two year period after such termination of service will vest in full].

4. Delivery of Shares. As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of RSUs pursuant to Section 3, but in no event later than 60 days after such vesting date, the Company shall deliver to the Participant a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested RSUs. All shares of Common Stock issued hereunder shall be delivered either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares to the Participant or by entering such shares in book entry form, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The value of the shares of Common Stock shall not bear any interest owing to the passage of time. Neither this Section 4 nor any action taken pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement shall be construed to create a trust or a funded or secured obligation of any kind.

 

2


5. Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The cash dividends that would have been payable to the Participant had the unvested RSUs held by the Participant at the record date of such dividend been instead shares of Common Stock shall be credited to a dividend book entry account on behalf of the Participant with respect to each unvested RSU of the Participant, provided that such cash dividends shall not be deemed to be reinvested in shares of Common Stock and shall be held uninvested and without interest and paid in cash as unvested RSUs vest. Stock dividends on shares of Common Stock shall be credited to a dividend book entry account on behalf of the Participant with respect to each RSU granted to the Participant, provided that such stock dividends shall be paid in shares of Common Stock at the same time that the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs are delivered to the Participant in accordance with the provisions hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, (i) any amount potentially payable to the Participant in respect of any dividend payable to holders of Common Stock shall be automatically forfeited for no consideration to the extent the RSU to which they relate are forfeited for any reason prior to vesting and (ii) the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by any RSU unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of such shares.

6. Non-Transferability. No portion of the RSUs may be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, hypothecated or pledged by the Participant, other than to the Company as a result of forfeiture of the RSUs as provided herein, unless and until payment is made in respect of vested RSUs in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Participant has become the holder of record of the vested shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder.

7. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

8. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the receipt, vesting or settlement of the RSUs results in compensation income or wages to the Participant for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to the RSUs, which arrangements include the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Common Stock (including previously owned Common Stock, net settlement, a broker-assisted sale, or other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to this Agreement), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax obligations are satisfied through net settlement or the surrender of previously owned Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to the RSUs, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash to the

 

3


Participant. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the receipt, vesting or settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant has been advised, and hereby is advised, to consult a tax advisor. The Participant represents that the Participant is in no manner relying on the Board, the Committee, the Company or an Affiliate or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter, including but not limited to any term sheet the Participant may have entered into with the Company; provided, however, that the terms of Sections 15, 16, and 17 are in addition to and complement (and do not replace or supersede) all other agreements and obligations between the Company and the Participant with respect to intellectual property, confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition or non-solicitation. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan as in effect on the Grant Date. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

10. Notices. Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

11. No Right to Employment. [Any questions as to whether and when there has been a Termination and the cause of such Termination shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.] Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time, for any reason and with or without Cause.

12. Transfer of Personal Data. The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary) of any personal data information related to the RSUs awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

13. Compliance with Laws. The grant of RSUs and the issuance of shares of Common Stock hereunder shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law, rule regulation or exchange requirement applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue the RSUs or any shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements. As a condition to the settlement of the RSUs, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation.

 

4


14. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except in accordance with Section 6 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

15. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

(a) In consideration of the Company’s grant of the RSUs hereunder, the Participant acknowledges that, during the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (the “Term”), the Participant shall become familiar with the trade secrets of the Company and its Affiliates and other Confidential Information (as defined below) concerning the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective predecessor companies) and that the Participant’s services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Affiliates. Accordingly, the Participant agrees that during the Term and until end of the [first][second] anniversary of the Participant’s Termination, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business (as defined below) in the United States; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Participant from owning stock as a passive investor in any publicly traded corporation so long as the Participant’s ownership in such corporation, directly or indirectly, is less than 2% of the voting stock of such corporation. For purposes of this paragraph, “Competing Business” means company or other entity or organization engaged in the business of renting medical equipment products and providing various services related to medical and veterinary equipment including, without limitation, asset recovery and equipment brokerage, biomedical services, asset management, equipment outsourcing and maintenance and repair of medical equipment in the United States of America.

(b) During the Term and thereafter until the end of the [first][second] anniversary of the Participant’s Termination, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any Affiliate to leave the employ of the Company or such Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any Affiliate at any time within the one (1) year period before the Participant’s Termination, or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee or other business relation of the Company or any Affiliate to cease doing business with the Company or such Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company or any Affiliate, except with the prior written consent of the Board, which consent will be given at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

5


16. Non-Disclosure. The Participant agrees that during and at all times after the Term, the Participant will keep secret all confidential matters and materials of the Company (including its Subsidiaries and Affiliates), including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, real estate plans and practices, individual office results, customer lists, pricing policies, operational methods, any information relating to the Company (including any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) products, processes, customers and services and other business and financial affairs of the Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), to which the Participant had or may have access and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) the Company, its respective authorized employees and such other Persons to whom the Participant has been instructed to make disclosure by the Board, (ii) as appropriate (as determined by the Participant in good faith) to perform the Participant’s duties to the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) in compliance with legal process or regulatory requirements. “Confidential Information” will not include any information which is in the public domain during or after the Term to the extent that such information is not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure by the Participant in violation of this Agreement.

17. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents. The Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services of the Company or its Affiliates and which are conceived, developed or made by the Participant (whether individually or jointly with others) while employed by the Company or its Affiliates (or their respective predecessors) (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or its Affiliates. The Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

18. Modification. The Participant agrees and acknowledges that the duration and scope of the covenants described in Section 15, 16 and 17 are fair, reasonable and necessary in order to protect the goodwill and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates, that adequate consideration has been received by the Participant for such obligations, and that these obligations do not prevent the Participant from earning a livelihood. If, however, for any reason any court of competent jurisdiction determines that any restriction contained in Section 15, 16 or 17 are not reasonable, that consideration is inadequate, such restriction will be interpreted, modified or rewritten to include as much of the duration, scope and geographic area identified in Section 15, 16 or 17 as will render such restrictions valid and enforceable.

19. Remedies.

(a) The Participant acknowledges that the Company will suffer irreparable harm as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Participant for which an adequate monetary remedy does not exist and a remedy at law may prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach by the Participant of any provision of this Agreement, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies permitted by law, be entitled to obtain remedies in equity, including without limitation specific performance, injunctive relief, a temporary restraining order and/or a permanent injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction, to prevent or otherwise

 

6


restrain any such breach without the necessity of proving damages, posting a bond or other security. Such relief will be in addition to and not in substitution of any other remedies available to the Company. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Participant against the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of this Agreement. The Participant agrees not to defend on the basis that there is an adequate remedy at law.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, in the event the Committee determines that the Participant has failed to abide by the provisions of Sections 15, 16, or 17 of this Agreement or any other confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation covenant in any other agreement by and between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, then, in addition to and without limiting the remedies set forth in Section 19(a): (i) all RSUs that have not been settled as of the date of such determination (and all rights arising from such RSUs and from being a holder thereof) will terminate automatically without any further action by the Company and will be forfeited without further notice and at no cost to the Company; and (ii) the Participant shall, within 30 days following the Participant’s receipt of a written notice from the Company, pay to the Company a cash amount equal to (A) the Fair Market Value of any shares of Common Stock previously received by the Participant pursuant to this Award (with such Fair Market Value determined as of the date of receipt of such shares) and (B) all payments previously received in respect of Dividend Equivalents.

20. Headings. The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Section 409A of the Code.

(a) The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Participant by Section 409A of the Code or damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

7


(c) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under this Agreement to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be paid no sooner than six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and all amounts not paid because of the foregoing limitation shall be paid upon expiration of such six (6) months period (or if earlier, the death of the specified employee).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

23. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder.

24. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

25. Whistleblower Protections. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede the Participant (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Participant does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and the Participant shall not be not required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.

26. Section 1833(b). § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (A) is made (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the Participant has the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The Participant also has the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

 

8


27. Acquired Rights. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Company may terminate or amend the Plan at any time as provided in the Plan on the Grant Date; (b) the Award of RSUs made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (c) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, the RSUs awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (d) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

28. Clawback Provisions. The RSUs (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt of the RSUs or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with applicable law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy.

29. Definitions.

(a) “Cause” means the following, as applicable: (i) if the Participant is party to a written employment agreement with the Company, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified therein, and (ii) if the Participant is not a party to any such agreement, or if “Cause” is not defined in such agreement, “Cause” shall mean (A) the commission by the Participant of, or the indictment of the Participant for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (B) the Participant’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of the Participant’s employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to the Participant, (C) the Participant’s material breach of fiduciary duty, (D) the Participant’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with the Participant’s duties, (E) the Participant’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (F) the Participant’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (G) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Participant that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (H) the material breach by the Participant of any provisions of this Agreement.

(b) [“Good Reason” means the following, as applicable: (i) if the Participant is party to a written employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning specified therein, and (ii) if the Participant is not a party to any such agreement, or if “Good Reason” is not defined in such agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (A) any material diminution in the Participant’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, (B) any reduction in the Participant’s base salary (except in the event of an across the board reduction in base salary applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company), or (C) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment by more than fifty (50)

 

9


miles; provided, that no event described in clause (A), (B), or (C) shall constitute Good Reason unless (a) the Participant has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (b) the Participant has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a resignation from employment by the Participant for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.]

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

                 

Name:  

                 

Title:  

                 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name:  

                 

 

11

Exhibit 10.23

PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE

AGILITI, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

* * * * *

Participant:                                                                                                                                                                        

Grant Date:                                                                                                                                                                        

Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                                                                                       

Target Number of Performance Restricted Stock Units Granted:                                                                           

* * * * *

THIS PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between Agiliti, Inc., a corporation organized in the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and the Participant specified above, pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Committee; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined under the Plan that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the Performance Restricted Stock Units (“PRSUs”) provided herein to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan on the Grant Date unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to the PRSUs provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

2. Grant of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award. The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, the number of PRSUs specified above. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of the shares of Common Stock underlying the PRSUs, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.


3. Vesting.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof, all of the PRSUs subject to this Agreement shall become time-vested on the three-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Participant has not incurred a Termination prior to the vesting date. There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting prior to the vesting date. The PRSUs will be settled based on performance from 0% to 200% of target levels of performance based on actual levels of performance, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in accordance with Attachment A.

(b) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the PRSUs at any time and for any reason.

(c) Change in Control. If the Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause [or the Participant resigns for Good Reason] within one year following a Change in Control, (i) all unvested PRSUs will fully vest upon the Participant’s Termination and (ii) the PRSUs will be settled based on the greater of (A) actual performance as of the Change in Control, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in accordance with Attachment A and (B) the target number of PRSUs granted under this Agreement.

(d) Forfeiture. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c), all unvested PRSUs shall be immediately forfeited upon the Participant’s Termination for any reason[, provided that, to the extent the Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause or the Participant resigns for Good Reason prior to the consummation of a Change in Control (each, a “Good Leaver Termination Event”), subject to the Participant’s compliance with the section of that certain employment agreement by and between the Participant and the Company, dated [•] entitled “Conditions to Payment” (the “Release Requirement”), (i) the time-vesting conditions associated with the PRSUs shall accelerate with respect to a prorated portion based on a ratio equal to (A) the number of days the Participant would have been employed during the period beginning on the Vesting Commencement Date if the Participant had remained employed through the first (1st) anniversary of the Good Leaver Termination Event divided by (B) 1095 (provided that such ratio shall not exceed one (1)), [provided, further, that if the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates in accordance with an orderly transition plan coordinated with the Board (“Orderly Transition”), the time-vesting conditions associated with the PRSUs shall accelerate with respect to a prorated portion based on a ratio equal to (x) the number of days the Participant would have been employed during the period beginning on the Vesting Commencement Date if the Participant had remained employed through the second (2nd) anniversary of the Orderly Transition divided by (y) 1095 (provided that such ratio shall not exceed one (1))], and (ii) in respect of any performance periods that have not yet completed as of the Good Leaver Termination Event [or Orderly Transition, as applicable] performance will be measured at the time of the Good Leaver Termination Event [or Orderly Transition, as

 

2


applicable] based on the sum of (A) actual performance through the Good Leaver Termination Event [or Orderly Transition, as applicable] plus (B) projected performance from the date immediately after the Good Leaver Termination Event [or Orderly Transition, as applicable] through the end of the applicable performance period based on the then current operating budget of the Company, last previously approved by the Board prior to the Executive’s Good Leaver Termination [or Orderly Transition, as applicable] after consultation with the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Company.]

4. Delivery of Shares. As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of PRSUs pursuant to Section 3, but in no event later than 60 days after such vesting date, the Company shall deliver to the Participant a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested PRSUs. All shares of Common Stock issued hereunder shall be delivered either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares to the Participant or by entering such shares in book entry form, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The value of the shares of Common Stock shall not bear any interest owing to the passage of time. Neither this Section 4 nor any action taken pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement shall be construed to create a trust or a funded or secured obligation of any kind.

5. Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The cash dividends that would have been payable to the Participant had the unvested RSUs held by the Participant at the record date of such dividend been instead shares of Common Stock shall be credited to a dividend book entry account on behalf of the Participant with respect to each unvested PRSU of the Participant, provided that such cash dividends shall not be deemed to be reinvested in shares of Common Stock and shall be held uninvested and without interest and paid in cash as PRSUs vest. Stock dividends on shares of Common Stock shall be credited to a dividend book entry account on behalf of the Participant with respect to each PRSU granted to the Participant, provided that such stock dividends shall be paid in shares of Common Stock at the same time that the shares of Common Stock underlying the PRSUs are delivered to the Participant in accordance with the provisions hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, (i) any amount potentially payable to the Participant in respect of any dividend payable to holders of Common Stock shall be automatically forfeited for no consideration to the extent the PRSU to which they relate are forfeited for any reason prior to vesting and (ii) the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by any PRSU unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of such shares.

6. Non-Transferability. No portion of the PRSUs may be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, hypothecated or pledged by the Participant, other than to the Company as a result of forfeiture of the PRSUs as provided herein, unless and until payment is made in respect of vested PRSUs in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Participant has become the holder of record of the vested shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder.

7. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

3


8. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the receipt, vesting or settlement of the PRSUs results in compensation income or wages to the Participant for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to the PRSUs, which arrangements include the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Common Stock (including previously owned Common Stock, net settlement, a broker-assisted sale, or other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to this Agreement), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax obligations are satisfied through net settlement or the surrender of previously owned Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to the PRSUs, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the receipt, vesting or settlement of the PRSUs or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant has been advised, and hereby is advised, to consult a tax advisor. The Participant represents that the Participant is in no manner relying on the Board, the Committee, the Company or an Affiliate or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter, including but not limited to any term sheet the Participant may have entered into with the Company; provided, however, that the terms of Sections 15, 16, and 17 are in addition to and complement (and do not replace or supersede) all other agreements and obligations between the Company and the Participant with respect to intellectual property, confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition or non-solicitation. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan as in effect on the Grant Date. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

10. Notices. Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

 

4


11. No Right to Employment. [Any questions as to whether and when there has been a Termination and the cause of such Termination shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.] Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time, for any reason and with or without Cause.

12. Transfer of Personal Data. The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary) of any personal data information related to the PRSUs awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

13. Compliance with Laws. The grant of PRSUs and the issuance of shares of Common Stock hereunder shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law, rule regulation or exchange requirement applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue the PRSUs or any shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements. As a condition to the settlement of the PRSUs, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation.

14. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except in accordance with Section 6 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

15. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

(a) In consideration of the Company’s grant of the PRSUs hereunder, the Participant acknowledges that, during the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (the “Term”), the Participant shall become familiar with the trade secrets of the Company and its Affiliates and other Confidential Information (as defined below) concerning the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective predecessor companies) and that the Participant’s services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Affiliates. Accordingly, the Participant agrees that during the Term and until end of the [first][second] anniversary of the Participant’s Termination, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business (as defined below) in the United States; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Participant from owning stock as a passive investor in any publicly traded corporation so long as the Participant’s ownership in such corporation, directly or indirectly, is less than 2% of the voting stock of such corporation. For purposes of this paragraph, “Competing Business” means company or other entity or organization engaged in the business of renting medical equipment products and providing various services related to medical and veterinary equipment including, without limitation, asset recovery and equipment brokerage, biomedical services, asset management, equipment outsourcing and maintenance and repair of medical equipment in the United States of America.

 

5


(b) During the Term and thereafter until the end of the [first][second] anniversary ofthe Participant’s Termination, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any Affiliate to leave the employ of the Company or such Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any Affiliate at any time within the one (1) year period before the Participant’s Termination, or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee or other business relation of the Company or any Affiliate to cease doing business with the Company or such Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company or any Affiliate, except with the prior written consent of the Board, which consent will be given at the sole discretion of the Board.

16. Non-Disclosure. The Participant agrees that during and at all times after the Term, the Participant will keep secret all confidential matters and materials of the Company (including its Subsidiaries and Affiliates), including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, real estate plans and practices, individual office results, customer lists, pricing policies, operational methods, any information relating to the Company (including any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) products, processes, customers and services and other business and financial affairs of the Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), to which the Participant had or may have access and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) the Company, its respective authorized employees and such other Persons to whom the Participant has been instructed to make disclosure by the Board, (ii) as appropriate (as determined by the Participant in good faith) to perform the Participant’s duties to the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) in compliance with legal process or regulatory requirements. “Confidential Information” will not include any information which is in the public domain during or after the Term to the extent that such information is not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure by the Participant in violation of this Agreement.

17. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents. The Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services of the Company or its Affiliates and which are conceived, developed or made by the Participant (whether individually or jointly with others) while employed by the Company or its Affiliates (or their respective predecessors) (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or its Affiliates. The Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

 

6


18. Modification. The Participant agrees and acknowledges that the duration and scope of the covenants described in Section 15, 16 or 17 are fair, reasonable and necessary in order to protect the goodwill and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates, that adequate consideration has been received by the Participant for such obligations, and that these obligations do not prevent the Participant from earning a livelihood. If, however, for any reason any court of competent jurisdiction determines that any restriction contained in Section 15, 16 or 17 are not reasonable, that consideration is inadequate, such restriction will be interpreted, modified or rewritten to include as much of the duration, scope and geographic area identified in Section 15, 16 or 17 as will render such restrictions valid and enforceable.

19. Remedies.

(a) The Participant acknowledges that the Company will suffer irreparable harm as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Participant for which an adequate monetary remedy does not exist and a remedy at law may prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach by the Participant of any provision of this Agreement, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies permitted by law, be entitled to obtain remedies in equity, including without limitation specific performance, injunctive relief, a temporary restraining order and/or a permanent injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction, to prevent or otherwise restrain any such breach without the necessity of proving damages, posting a bond or other security. Such relief will be in addition to and not in substitution of any other remedies available to the Company. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Participant against the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of this Agreement. The Participant agrees not to defend on the basis that there is an adequate remedy at law.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, in the event the Committee determines that the Participant has failed to abide by the provisions of Sections 15, 16, or 17 of this Agreement or any other confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation covenant in any other agreement by and between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, then, in addition to and without limiting the remedies set forth in Section 19(a): (i) all PRSUs that have not been settled as of the date of such determination (and all rights arising from such PRSUs and from being a holder thereof) will terminate automatically without any further action by the Company and will be forfeited without further notice and at no cost to the Company; and (ii) the Participant shall, within 30 days following the Participant’s receipt of a written notice from the Company, pay to the Company a cash amount equal to (A) the Fair Market Value of any shares of Common Stock previously received by the Participant pursuant to this Award (with such Fair Market value determined as of the date of receipt of such shares) and (B) all payments previously received in respect of Dividend Equivalents.

20. Headings. The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7


22. Section 409A of the Code.

(a) The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Participant by Section 409A of the Code or damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under this Agreement to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be paid no sooner than six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and all amounts not paid because of the foregoing limitation shall be paid upon expiration of such six (6) months period (or if earlier, the death of the specified employee).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

23. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder.

24. Whistleblower Protections. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede the Participant (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Participant does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and the Participant shall not be not required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.

 

8


25. Section 1833(b). § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the Participant has the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The Participant also has the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

26. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

27. Acquired Rights. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Company may terminate or amend the Plan at any time as provided in the Plan on the Grant Date; (b) the award of PRSUs made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (c) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, the PRSUs awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (d) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

28. Clawback Provisions. The PRSUs (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt of the PRSUs or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the PRSUs) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with applicable law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy.

29. Definitions.

(a) “Cause” means the following, as applicable (i) if the Participant is party to a written employment agreement with the Company, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified therein, and (ii) if the Participant is not a party to any such agreement, or if “Cause” is not defined in such agreement, “Cause” shall mean (A) the commission by the Participant of, or the indictment of the Participant for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (B) the Participant’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of the Participant’s employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to the Participant, (C) the Participant’s material breach of fiduciary duty, (D) the Participant’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to

 

9


the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with the Participant’s duties, (E) the Participant’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (F) the Participant’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (G) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Participant that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (H) material breach by the Participant of any provisions of this Agreement.

(b) [“Good Reason” means the following, as applicable: (i) if the Participant is party to a written employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning specified therein, and (ii) if the Participant is not a party to any such agreement, or if “Good Reason” is not defined in such agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (A) any material diminution in the Participant’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, (B) any reduction in the Participant’s base salary (except in the event of an across the board reduction in base salary applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company), or (C) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles; provided, that no event described in clause (A), (B), or (C) shall constitute Good Reason unless (a) the Participant has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (b) the Participant has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a resignation from employment by the Participant for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.]

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGILITI, INC.

By:                                                                  

Name:                                                              

Title:                                                                

PARTICIPANT

                                                                          

Name:                                                              

 

11

Exhibit 10.24

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE

AGILITI, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

* * * * *

Participant:                                                                                                 

Grant Date:                                                                                                 

Per Share Exercise Price: $                                                                       

Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                  

Number of Shares subject to this Option:                                                  

* * * * *

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between Agiliti, Inc., a corporation organized in the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and the Participant specified above, pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Committee; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined under the Plan that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the Non-Qualified Stock Option provided for herein to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan on the Grant Date unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to this Option provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. No part of this Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.


2. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, a Non-Qualified Stock Option (this “Option”) to acquire from the Company at the Per Share Exercise Price specified above, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock specified above (the “Option Shares”). Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by this Option unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of such shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.

3. Vesting and Exercise.

(a) Vesting. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b), 3(c) and 4 hereof, this Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows, provided that the Participant has not incurred a Termination prior to each such vesting date:

 

  Vesting Date    Cumulative Percentage
     of Option that is Vested

There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date, subject to the Participant’s continued service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on each applicable vesting date. Upon expiration of this Option, this Option shall be cancelled and no longer exercisable.

(b) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of this Option at any time and for any reason.

(c) Change in Control. If the Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause [or the Participant resigns for Good Reason] within one year following a Change in Control all unvested Options will fully vest and become exercisable upon the Participant’s Termination.

(d) Expiration. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and/or this Agreement, all portions of this Option (whether vested or not vested) shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date.

4. Termination. Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, this Option, to the extent vested at the time of the Participant’s Termination, shall remain exercisable in a manner consistent as set forth in Section 6.4 of the Plan. Any portion of this Option that is not vested as of the date of the Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination[, provided that, to the extent the Participant is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason prior to the consummation of a Change in Control (each, a “Good Leaver Termination Event”), subject to the Participant’s compliance with the section of that certain employment agreement by and between the Participant and the Company, dated [•] entitled “Conditions to Payment” (the “Release Requirement”) any unvested portion of this Option scheduled to vest in the one year period following the Good Leaver Termination Event shall vest on the occurrence of the Good Leaver Termination Event] [, further provided, if the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates in accordance with an orderly transition plan coordinated with the Board, and subject to the satisfaction of the Release Requirement (the “Orderly Transition”), any unvested portion of this Option scheduled to vest in the two year period after such termination of service shall vest on the occurrence of the Orderly Transition].

 

2


5. Method of Exercise and Payment. Subject to Section 8 hereof, to the extent that this Option has become vested and exercisable with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock as provided herein, this Option may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of this Option as provided herein and in accordance with Sections 6.4(c) and 6.4(d) of the Plan. The Per Share Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock as to which this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in cash (including check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company or wire transfer of immediately available funds). Additionally, if permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion, aggregate exercise price may be paid (i) by delivering or constructively tendering the shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Per Share Exercise Price (provided such shares used for this purpose must have been held by the Participant for such minimum period of time as may be established from time to time by the Committee to avoid adverse accounting consequences), (ii) through a “cashless exercise” in accordance with a Company established policy or program for the same, (iii) by “net issuance exercise” pursuant to which the Company reduces the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of this Option by a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Per Share Exercise Price at the time of exercise or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. No fraction of a share of Common Stock shall be issued by the Company upon exercise of this Option or accepted by the Company in payment of the exercise price thereof; rather, the Participant shall provide a cash payment for such amount as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole shares of Common Stock.

6. Non-Transferability. This Option, and any rights and interests with respect thereto, issued under this Agreement and the Plan shall be subject to Section 6.4(e) of the Plan.

7. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

8. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the receipt, vesting or exercise of this Option results in compensation income or wages to the Participant for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to this Option, which arrangements include the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Common Stock (including previously owned Common Stock, net exercise, a broker-assisted sale, or other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to this Option), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax obligations are satisfied through net exercise or the surrender of previously owned Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax

 

3


purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to this Option, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the receipt, vesting or exercise of this Option or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant has been advised, and hereby is advised, to consult a tax advisor. The Participant represents that the Participant is in no manner relying on the Board, the Committee, the Company or an Affiliate or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter, including but not limited to any term sheet the Participant may have entered into with the Company; provided, however, that the terms of Sections 17, 18, and 19 are in addition to and complement (and do not replace or supersede) all other agreements and obligations between the Company and the Participant with respect to intellectual property, confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition or non-solicitation. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan as in effect on the Grant Date. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

10. Notices. Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

11. No Right to Employment. [Any questions as to whether and when there has been a Termination and the cause of such Termination shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.] Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time, for any reason and with or without Cause.

12. Transfer of Personal Data. The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary) of any personal data information related to this Option awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

 

4


13. Compliance with Laws. The issuance of this Option (and the Option Shares upon exercise of this Option) pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law or regulation applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue this Option or any of the Option Shares pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements.

14. Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, this Option is intended to be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

15. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except in accordance with Section 6 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

16. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

(a) In consideration of the Company’s grant of this Option hereunder, the Participant acknowledges that, during the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (the “Term”), the Participant shall become familiar with the trade secrets of the Company and its Affiliates and other Confidential Information (as defined below) concerning the Company and its Affiliates (and their respective predecessor companies) and that the Participant’s services have been and shall be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Affiliates. Accordingly, the Participant agrees that during the Term and until the end of the [first][second] anniversary of the Participant’s Termination, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any Competing Business (as defined below) in the United States; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Participant from owning stock as a passive investor in any publicly traded corporation so long as the Participant’s ownership in such corporation, directly or indirectly, is less than 2% of the voting stock of such corporation. For purposes of this paragraph, “Competing Business” means any company or other entity or organization engaged in the business of renting medical equipment products and providing various services related to medical and veterinary equipment including, without limitation, asset recovery and equipment brokerage, biomedical services, asset management, equipment outsourcing and maintenance and repair of medical equipment in the United States of America.

(b) During the Term and thereafter until the end of the [first][second] anniversary of the Participant’s Termination, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any Affiliate to leave the employ of the Company or such Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any Affiliate at any time within the one (1) year period before the Participant’s Termination, or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee or other business relation of the Company or any Affiliate to cease doing business with the Company or such Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company or any Affiliate, except with the prior written consent of the Board, which consent will be given at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

5


17. Non-Disclosure. The Participant agrees that during and at all times after the Term, the Participant will keep secret all confidential matters and materials of the Company (including its Subsidiaries and Affiliates), including, without limitation, know-how, trade secrets, real estate plans and practices, individual office results, customer lists, pricing policies, operational methods, any information relating to the Company (including any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) products, processes, customers and services and other business and financial affairs of the Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), to which the Participant had or may have access and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any Person other than (i) the Company, its respective authorized employees and such other Persons to whom the Participant has been instructed to make disclosure by the Board, (ii) as appropriate (as determined by the Participant in good faith) to perform the Participant’s duties to the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) in compliance with legal process or regulatory requirements. “Confidential Information” will not include any information which is in the public domain during or after the Term to the extent that such information is not in the public domain as a consequence of disclosure by the Participant in violation of this Agreement.

18. Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents. The Participant acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services of the Company or its Affiliates and which are conceived, developed or made by the Participant (whether individually or jointly with others) while employed by the Company or its Affiliates (or their respective predecessors) (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or its Affiliates. The Participant shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

19. Modification. The Participant agrees and acknowledges that the duration and scope of the covenants described in Section 16, 17 or 18 are fair, reasonable and necessary in order to protect the goodwill and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates, that adequate consideration has been received by the Participant for such obligations, and that these obligations do not prevent the Participant from earning a livelihood. If, however, for any reason any court of competent jurisdiction determines that any restriction contained in Section 16, 17 or 18 are not reasonable, that consideration is inadequate, such restriction will be interpreted, modified or rewritten to include as much of the duration, scope and geographic area identified in Section 16, 17 or 18 as will render such restrictions valid and enforceable.

20. Remedies.

(a) The Participant acknowledges that the Company will suffer irreparable harm as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the Participant for which an adequate monetary remedy does not exist and a remedy at law may prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach by the Participant of any provision of this Agreement, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies permitted by law, be entitled to obtain remedies in equity,

 

6


including without limitation specific performance, injunctive relief, a temporary restraining order and/or a permanent injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction, to prevent or otherwise restrain any such breach without the necessity of proving damages, posting a bond or other security. Such relief will be in addition to and not in substitution of any other remedies available to the Company. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Participant against the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, will not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of this Agreement. The Participant agrees not to defend on the basis that there is an adequate remedy at law.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, in the event the Committee determines that the Participant has failed to abide by the provisions of Sections 16, 17, or 18 of this Agreement or any other confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation covenant in any other agreement by and between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, then, in addition to and without limiting the remedies set forth in Section 20(a): (i) all vested Options that have not been exercised as of the date of such determination (and all rights arising from such vested Options and from being a holder thereof) will terminate automatically without any further action by the Company and will be forfeited without further notice and at no cost to the Company; and (ii) the Participant shall, within 30 days following the Participant’s receipt of a written notice from the Company, pay to the Company a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any shares of Common Stock previously received by the Participant upon the exercise of vested Options under this Award (with such Fair Market Value determined as of the date of receipt of such shares).

21. Whistleblower Protections. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede the Participant (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Participant does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and the Participant shall not be not required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.

22. Section 1833(b). § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the Participant has the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The Participant also has the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

 

7


23. Headings. The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

24. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

25. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder.

26. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

27. Acquired Rights. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Company may terminate or amend the Plan at any time as provided in the Plan on the Grant Date; (b) the award of this Option made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (c) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, this Option awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (d) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

28. Clawback Provisions. This Option (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of this Option or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying this Option) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with applicable law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy.

29. Definitions.

(a) “Cause” means the following, as applicable: (i) if the Participant is party to a written employment agreement with the Company, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified therein, and (ii) if the Participant is not a party to any such agreement, or if “Cause” is not defined in such agreement, “Cause” shall mean (A) the commission by the Participant of, or the indictment of the Participant for (or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to), a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (B) the Participant’s repeated failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform the usual and customary duties of the Participant’s employment or to act in accordance with any lawful direction or order of the Board, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to the Participant, (C) the Participant’s material breach of fiduciary

 

8


duty, (D) the Participant’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with the Participant’s duties, (E) the Participant’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, (F) the Participant’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates having, or likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates (economically or its reputation), (G) an act of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Participant that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (H) the material breach by the Participant of any provisions of this Agreement.

(b) [“Good Reason” means the following, as applicable: (i) if the Participant is party to a written employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning specified therein, and (ii) if the Participant is not a party to any such agreement, or if “Good Reason” is not defined in such agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (A) any material diminution in the Participant’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, (B) any reduction in the Participant’s base salary (except in the event of an across the board reduction in base salary applicable to substantially all senior executives of the Company), or (C) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles; provided, that no event described in clause (A), (B), or (C) shall constitute Good Reason unless (a) the Participant has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such event, and (b) the Participant has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a resignation from employment by the Participant for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.]

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

            

Title:  

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name:  

                    

Exhibit 10.25

Director Form

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE

AGILITI, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

* * * * *

Participant:                                                                                                                                   

Grant Date:                                                                                                                                   

Vesting Commencement Date: ________________                                                                 

Number of Restricted Stock Units Granted:                                                                           

* * * * *

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between Agiliti, Inc., a corporation organized in the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and the Participant specified above, pursuant to the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Committee; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined under the Plan that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) provided herein to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan on the Grant Date unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to the Award provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

2. Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award. The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, the number of RSUs specified above. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.


3. Vesting.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b), 3(c), and 3(d) hereof, all of the RSUs subject to this Agreement shall become vested on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Participant has not incurred a Termination prior to the vesting date. There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting prior to the vesting date.

(b) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the RSUs at any time and for any reason.

(c) Change in Control. In connection with a Change in Control, subject to the Participant continuing to provide services to the Company through immediately before the Change in Control, all unvested RSUs will fully vest immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(d) Forfeiture. Subject to the Committee’s discretion to accelerate vesting hereunder, all unvested RSUs shall be immediately forfeited upon the Participant’s Termination for any reason.

4. Delivery of Shares. As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of RSUs pursuant to Section 3, but in no event later than 60 days after such vesting date, the Company shall deliver to the Participant a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested RSUs. All shares of Common Stock issued hereunder shall be delivered either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares to the Participant or by entering such shares in book entry form, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The value of the shares of Common Stock shall not bear any interest owing to the passage of time. Neither this Section 4 nor any action taken pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement shall be construed to create a trust or a funded or secured obligation of any kind. [Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 4, the Participant may elect to defer the delivery of the Shares in settlement of the RSUs pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Election Form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Any such deferral election shall be made in compliance with such rules and procedures as the Committee prescribes from time to time.]

5. Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The cash dividends that would have been payable to the Participant had the unvested RSUs held by the Participant at the record date of such dividend been instead shares of Common Stock shall be credited to a dividend book entry account on behalf of the Participant with respect to each unvested RSU of the Participant, provided that such cash dividends shall not be deemed to be reinvested in shares of Common Stock and shall be held uninvested and without interest and paid in cash as unvested RSUs vest. Stock dividends on shares of Common Stock shall be credited to a dividend book entry account on behalf of the Participant with respect to each RSU granted to the Participant, provided that such stock dividends shall be paid in shares of Common Stock at the same

 

2


time that the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs are delivered to the Participant in accordance with the provisions hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, (i) any amount potentially payable to the Participant in respect of any dividend payable to holders of Common Stock shall be automatically forfeited for no consideration to the extent the RSU to which they relate are forfeited for any reason prior to vesting and (ii) the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by any RSU unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of such shares.

6. Non-Transferability. No portion of the RSUs may be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, hypothecated or pledged by the Participant, other than to the Company as a result of forfeiture of the RSUs as provided herein, unless and until payment is made in respect of vested RSUs in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Participant has become the holder of record of the vested shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder.

7. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

8. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the receipt, vesting or settlement of the RSUs results in compensation income or wages to the Participant for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, the Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to the RSUs, which arrangements include the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Common Stock (including previously owned Common Stock, net settlement, a broker-assisted sale, or other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to this Agreement), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax obligations are satisfied through net settlement or the surrender of previously owned Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to the RSUs, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash to the Participant.The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the receipt, vesting or settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant has been advised, and hereby is advised, to consult a tax advisor. The Participant represents that the Participant is in no manner relying on the Board, the Committee, the Company or an Affiliate or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

3


9. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter, including but not limited to any term sheet the Participant may have entered into with the Company. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan as in effect on the Grant Date. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

10. Notices. Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

11. No Right to Continued Service. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Board to terminate the Participant’s service at any time, for any reason.

12. Transfer of Personal Data. The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary) of any personal data information related to the RSUs awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

13. Compliance with Laws. The grant of RSUs and the issuance of shares of Common Stock hereunder shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law, rule regulation or exchange requirement applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue the RSUs or any shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements. As a condition to the settlement of the RSUs, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation.

14. Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except in accordance with Section 6 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

15. Headings. The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4


17. Section 409A of the Code.

(a) The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit to the Participant and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Participant by Section 409A of the Code or damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

18. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder.

19. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

20. Acquired Rights. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Company may terminate or amend the Plan at any time as provided in the Plan on the Grant Date; (b) the Award of RSUs made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (c) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, the RSUs awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (d) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

21. Clawback Provisions. The RSUs (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt of the RSUs or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with applicable law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGILITI, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

                              

Title:  

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name:  

 

6


EXHIBIT A

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Election Form

Please complete this Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Election Form (the “Deferral Election Form”) and return a signed copy to the General Counsel no later than [•] (the “Election Deadline”).

Name: [•]

NOTE: This Deferral Election Form will apply to all grants of Restricted Stock Units (the “RSUs”) you may receive from Agiliti, Inc. (the “Company”) until such time as a new signed Deferral Election Form is received by the Company. Any new signed Deferral Election Form must be received by the Company no later than December 31 of the calendar year preceding the calendar in which it is intended to apply.

 

  1.

Settlement of RSUs

In making this election, the following rules apply:

 

   

Unless otherwise specified, capitalized terms used but not defined in this Deferral Election Form shall have the meaning attributed to them in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Grant Agreement”), or the Agiliti, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), as applicable.

 

   

You must complete this Deferral Election Form by the Election Deadline and select a payment date on which you will receive the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs (and cash in respect of any Dividend Equivalents). If you fail to complete and timely submit this Deferral Election Form, the shares of Common Stock underlying your RSUs (and cash in respect of any Dividend Equivalents) will be paid to you at the default time specified in Section 4 of the Grant Agreement.

 

  2.

Deferral Election

I hereby irrevocably elect to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to any RSUs (and cash in respect of any Dividend Equivalents) granted to me in 2021 and any future calendar years, until such time as a new signed Deferral Election Form is received by the Company, upon (select only one of the following):

 

 

(a) The default time specified in the Agreement.

 

 

(b) The earliest to occur of my death, “disability” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), a Change in Control, a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) (the “Termination/CIC Date”).

 

7


 

(c) The earliest of the (i) Termination/CIC Date and (ii) anniversary of the vesting of the RSUs as circled: [first] [second] [third] [fourth] [fifth].

 

  3.

Signature

I understand that my rights to the shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs (and cash in respect of any Dividend Equivalents) are subject to (i) fluctuations in market prices, which may increase or decrease between the default time specified in the Grant Agreement and the settlement date I elected above and (ii) the rights of the general creditors of the Company in the event of its insolvency. I also understand that cash in respect of any Dividend Equivalents will not bear any interest owing to the passage of time. I further understand that this Deferral Election Form will become effective and irrevocable as of 5:00 pm CST on [                ], which is the Election Deadline. Once I have elected the time of settlement of my RSUs by submitting this Deferral Election Form, I understand that (a) the settlement election will be irrevocable and (b) the settlement election will control over any contrary payment time or event specified in Section 4 of the Agreement. I acknowledge that, if I do not complete and timely submit this Deferral Election Form, the shares of Common Stock underlying my RSUs (and cash in respect of any Dividend Equivalents) will be paid to me at the default time specified in the Grant Agreement.

By executing this Deferral Election Form, I hereby acknowledge my understanding of, and agreement with, the terms and provisions set forth in this Deferral Election Form, the Grant Agreement and the Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name: [•]

Exhibit A

Exhibit 21.1

Agiliti, Inc.

Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020

 

Name of Company

   Jurisdiction

Federal Street Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware

Agiliti Holdco, Inc.

   Delaware

Agiliti Health, Inc.

   Delaware

Agiliti Surgical, Inc.

   Delaware

Agiliti Imaging, Inc.

   California

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Agiliti, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company has changed its method for accounting for leases effective January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and all related amendments.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

March 5, 2021